UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 20-F
(Mark One)
☐ |
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
OR
☒ |
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended 31 March 2019
OR
☐ |
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
OR
☐ |
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
Date of event requiring this shell company report
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number: 1-08819
BT Group plc
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Not Applicable | England and Wales | |
(Translation of Registrants name into
English) |
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization) |
BT Centre 81 Newgate Street, London, EC1A 7AJ England (address of principal executive offices) |
BT Americas Inc. 8951 Cypress Waters Blvd Suite 200 Dallas, TX 75019 United States FAO: Richard Nohe, Vice President and Chief Counsel North America (203) 461-8098 (Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person) |
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class: |
Trading Symbol(s) |
Name of each exchange on which registered: |
||
American Depositary Shares | BT | New York Stock Exchange | ||
Ordinary shares of 5p each | New York Stock Exchange* |
* |
Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares representing these shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuers classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:
9,968,127,681 Ordinary Shares, of 5p each
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes ☒ No ☐
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ☐ No ☒
Note Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer, and emerging growth company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ☒ Accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☐ Emerging growth company ☐
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
|
The term new or revised financial accounting standard refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012. |
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
U.S. GAAP ☐ |
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ☒ |
Other ☐ |
If Other has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. Item 17 ☐ Item 18 ☐
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court. Yes ☐ No ☐
Not Applicable
All references in this Form 20-F to us, we or the Company, are to BT Group plc. None of the websites referred to in the Annual Report for the year ended March 31, 2019 included as Exhibit 15.2 to this Form 20-F (the Annual Report 2019), including where a link is provided, nor any of the information contained on such websites is incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F.
2
ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
Not applicable
ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
Not applicable
3.A Selected financial data
The information set forth under the heading Selected financial data on page 188 of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
3.B Capitalization and indebtedness
Not applicable
3.C Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds
Not applicable
3.D Risk factors
Principal risks and uncertainties
The principal risks and uncertainties that affect us could have an impact on our business, brand, assets, revenue, profits, liquidity and capital resources. The principal risks we described last year have evolved, and so has our response to them.
Our Enterprise Risk Management framework gives reasonable (but cannot give absolute) assurance that weve identified and addressed our biggest risks. However, there may be some risks that are either currently unknown, or currently seen as less important but with the potential to become more so in the future.
Events outside BT present both risks and opportunities. We focus our efforts on predicting and reducing risks while aiming to take advantage of any opportunities that may emerge.
We recognise the uncertainty that political and geopolitical risks present and have continued to operate a specific Brexit programme across BT that looks at how we might be affected and what our response should be. This programme is keeping a close watch on developments, and reports to a steering group chaired by our group CFO.
STRATEGIC RISKS
Competition & Technology Changes
Our strategy and business model could be disrupted by technology change and/or intensifying competition from established players and new entrants into our markets. This competition compounds some of the external challenges that we see in the market place, notably:
|
fixed broadband and mobile connectivity nearing saturation |
|
customers seeking fast migration from higher-margin legacy products to fully digitised, converged, secure, faultless solutions |
|
efficient markets demanding clear differentiation for premium pricing, driving price deflation of basic connectivity and data |
|
high exit barriers, prolonging and intensifying competition even when selected companies in the sector are struggling to generate economic returns. |
Technology change is also a key characteristic of our sector. We need to be able to identify emerging technologies, assess how customers will adopt these technologies, and invest accordingly, frequently a long-time before the demand materialises. We also need to respond to changes in the use of existing technology, such as the exponential growth the sector has seen in data consumption and network capacity requirements.
Potential impact
Intensified competition can result in lower volumes and/or prices than we currently forecast. If we do not respond effectively to competition then we can lose market share, revenue and/or profit.
In addition, new technology developments can lead to accelerated obsolescence of our current products, increased investment requirements, new sources of competition and/or the deterioration of our competitive position. This in turn can result in lower volumes and prices, stranded assets and higher costs. A failure to invest optimally in technology today can have implications for our market position and ability to generate future returns.
3
Whats changed over the last year?
Set against a challenging economic climate our leading competitors have been very active over the last 12 months. Important developments included:
|
The UK telecom market has struggled to grow. |
|
Competition increased in the UK as many of our competitors tried to take more market share. |
|
Some alternative network providers announced fibre network investment plans in the UK. |
|
UK sports rights competition increased, with Amazon winning a three-year broadcast package for the Premier League, starting in 2019. |
|
Competitors are developing their future 5G propositions. |
Communications Industry Regulation
Regulation affects much of what we do.
In the UK, where Ofcom identifies competition concerns in communications markets, it can set rules requiring us to provide certain services on specified terms to our customers. Ofcom reviews markets regularly and can introduce, extend, relax or remove rules as a result of its findings. It has powers to conduct specific investigations about market behaviour, including price levels. In addition, Ofcom can set out rules for spectrum auctions and to ensure consumer protection in the sector.
Ofcom will investigate our compliance with regulatory requirements and can impose fines and restitution on us if we fail to comply.
Ofcom also has powers to regulate the terms on which were supplied with certain services by others for instance, mobile call termination and can sort out disputes between us and other communications providers about the terms on which services are supplied. Appeals of regulatory decisions also give rise to risks (and opportunities).
Outside the UK, regulation defines where and how we are able to compete through licensing rules and defining the terms on which we are able to access networks of incumbent operators.
Potential impact
Some of our revenue comes from supplying wholesale services to markets where Ofcom has found us to have significant market power. This includes revenue relating to services where regulation requires us to cut average prices each year by a specific, real-term percentage for a three-year period.
Where other telecoms providers ask Ofcom to resolve disputes with us, there is a risk that Ofcom may set the prices at which we supply services, make us provide additional services and/or impact how we structure our business. In some circumstances, Ofcom can adjust past prices and make us pay back amounts to wholesale customers.
Regulation outside the UK can hit our revenue too. For example, overly-restrictive licensing requirements or ineffective regulation of access to other networks mean we might not be able to compete fairly. Regulation can also define and control the terms of access to necessary regulated inputs, which raises our costs.
Whats changed over the last year?
Ofcom has continued its cycle of market reviews, including consultations on the business connectivity and physical infrastructure markets and on its move to more holistic regulation of access across business and residential markets.
Ofcom also published Digital Communications Review Implementation Reports in June and November 2018 reviewing BTs and Openreachs adoption of the Commitments and Governance Protocol.
Consumer issues such as charges once a customers minimum contract term expires were part of a super-complaint made by Citizens Advice in September 2018 to the Competition and Markets Authority, which covered matters across the telecommunications and financial services sectors and has been referred back to Ofcom.
Finally, the Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport published its Future Telecoms Infrastructure Review in July 2018 as part of the Governments modern Industrial Strategy, setting out a longer-term vision for the UKs connectivity and associated infrastructure.
Political Risk
Across our operations we are exposed to the effects of political and geopolitical risks, in particular:
|
In the UK, internet access is increasingly seen as an essential part of peoples lives. As a result, political debate continues to focus on network coverage, quality and speed of service, as well as broader issues of online safety and security. As well as providing a critical element of the UKs national infrastructure, both fixed and wireless, were also engaged in supporting high-profile programmes such as the Broadband Delivery UK regional fibre deployment programme and the Emergency Services Network. |
|
The result of the UK referendum to leave the European Union (Brexit) significantly increased political uncertainty. This continues to impact political debates around the United Kingdom, such as the possibility of a second Scottish Independence referendum and the complex situation in Northern Ireland including border matters. |
|
Outside the UK, political and geopolitical risk can impact our business through changes in the regulatory and competitive landscape but also as a direct threat to our people and assets as a result of social unrest or a breakdown in the rule of law. |
4
Potential impact
Political uncertainty can have direct financial consequences across the economy, impacting for example foreign exchange rates, the availability and cost of capital, interest rates and also resulting in changes in the tax regime. For BT specifically, the most significant impact of political risk is its potential interaction with some of our other Principal Risks. In the UK, were seeing an increasing overlap between political debate and the regulatory environment, with the potential that our Communications Industry Regulation risk increases as a result.
The impacts of Brexit are still uncertain while the UKs future trading and transition relationship with the EU is determined, albeit the agreement in principle on a number of withdrawal measures was welcome, notably the commitment to protect the rights of EU citizens living in the UK and vice versa. There is the potential for our costs to increase, for example through any changes required to our systems to reflect new taxes or customs duties or other processes. Our regulatory risk could increase if there were to be future divergence with the EU regime. Our suppliers may face disruption as a result of challenges in their own organisations and supply chains. Also, delivering a great customer experience and great network will become more challenging if it is harder for us to recruit and retain skilled talent and to source a sufficient construction workforce. The UK economy may also suffer as a result of this uncertainty.
Geopolitical risk outside the UK can most clearly impact our Communications Industry Regulation risk, but also our Security and Resilience risks where it poses a threat to the continuity of our operations.
Whats changed over the last year?
There has been continued uncertainty over the eventual nature and timing of Brexit, despite ongoing negotiations between the EU and UK to agree arrangements against a backdrop of domestic political instability that has included new political parties being established and the defection of MPs from both the Conservative and Labour parties. In the build up to the UKs scheduled exit from the EU weve continued our contingency planning activities, including issuing communications to our people and working with our suppliers to understand issues such as how we can best manage stock levels through this period.
In the UK, there was continued high political interest and policy focus around communications particularly fibre broadband and 5G. As referenced above, this included the publication by the Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport of its Future Telecoms Infrastructure Review in July 2018. There was also more political focus on issues like consumer pricing and contracts, and security and competition in the communications supply chain.
5
FINANCIAL RISKS
Pensions Risk
We have a large funding obligation to our defined benefit (DB) pension schemes. The largest of these, the BT Pension Scheme (BTPS or Scheme), represents over 97% of our pension obligations. The BTPS faces similar risks to other UK DB schemes: things like future low investment returns, high inflation, longer life expectancy and regulatory changes may all mean the BTPS becomes more of a financial burden.
Potential impact
The next valuation of the BTPS is scheduled to take place as at 30 June 2020. When a valuation is calculated, the funding position is affected by the financial market conditions at the valuation date. When determining expected future returns on the Scheme assets, different factors are taken into account, including yields (or returns) on government bonds. If assets returns are lower than expected over the period to the next valuation, or a lower future investment return assumption is adopted at the 30 June 2020 valuation, the deficit would likely increase, potentially leading to a higher level of future deficit payments. Indirectly it may also have an adverse impact on our share price and credit rating.
Any deterioration in our credit rating would increase our cost of borrowing and may limit the availability or flexibility of future funding for the group, thereby affecting our ability to invest, pay dividends or repay debt as it matures.
Whats changed over the last year?
The actuarial valuation of the Scheme as at 30 June 2017 was announced in May 2018. This led to a £2bn contribution in June 2018, funded by proceeds from issuing long-term bonds to the BTPS. Agreement of this valuation and the associated funding plan provides certainty over the level of cash contributions required until the next triennial valuation is concluded, taking place no later than as at 30 June 2020.
As part of the actuarial valuation, we discussed the Schemes approach to investing assets with the Trustee. The resulting changes should help protect the BTPS from volatile investment returns and high inflation by investing in a way which provides greater certainty over the Schemes ability to meet benefit payments over the longer term.
We also reviewed pension arrangements for our UK people, closing Sections B and C of the BTPS to future benefit accrual on 30 June 2018 (representing more than 99% of active members at the time). This has largely removed the build-up of additional future liabilities in the BTPS.
In March 2019 The Pension Regulator issued its Annual Statement, which increased the regulatory pressure on companies for example encouraging trustees to seek shorter Recovery Plans (of less than 7 years) and to aim for contributions no lower than dividend payments. This could potentially have a negative impact on the level and timing of BTs cash contributions following the next valuation at 30 June 2020.
Financial Risk
In common with other major international businesses, were exposed to a variety of financial risks. These include treasury risks, which arise principally from market risk (including interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk), credit risk, and liquidity risk. They also include tax risk, principally that we need to understand fully the current and future tax consequences of business decisions to comply with tax rules and avoid financial and reputational damage.
Potential impact
If there is an adverse movement in foreign exchange and interest rates there could be a negative impact on the groups profitability, cash flow, and balance sheet. Sensitivity in the income statement and shareholders equity arising from interest rate and foreign exchange volatility is shown in note 27 to the consolidated financial statements.
The failure of Treasury counterparties to honour financial obligations could have an adverse impact on the groups liquidity (for example from the loss of cash deposits) and profitability (for example from increased finance expenses). A deterioration in liquidity could have an adverse impact on the Boards assessment of going concern, particularly if combined with an inability to refinance maturing debt.
If we fail to comply with tax rules then we could face financial penalties and reputational damage. Beyond compliance, if we dont adequately reflect the current and future tax consequences in our business decisions, we might make bad decisions resulting in financial loss and potentially financial misstatements, as well as reputational damage.
Whats changed over the last year?
We continue to face similar treasury risks as in financial year 2017/18.
Earlier in the year S&P and Fitch downgraded our credit rating, due to concerns over the effect that competing pressures, including those related to our pension and our network investments, may have on our cash flows. The three main agencies now rate us Baa2/BBB with stable outlook.
Global tax rules also continue to evolve, for example the OECDs Base Erosion and Profit Shifting project, US tax reform, the European Commissions challenge to tax practices under state aid provisions, and EC and UK proposals for the introduction of an interim digital services tax. All these change the current and future tax consequences of business decisions. As the external tax environment changes, we have to make more judgements to forecast the future tax consequences of business decisions.
6
COMPLIANCE RISKS
Significant Financial Control Failure Risk
Financial controls, and the assurance that exists over them, play an important part in our ability to prevent and detect inappropriate behaviour and error. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.
Potential impact
Failures in our financial control framework could result in financial misstatement, financial loss including a failure to prevent fraud, or key decisions being taken based on incorrect information.
Whats changed over the last year?
A new central financial controls and assurance team has been created with responsibility for setting and maintaining finance controls, policies and standards. During the year, the team continued the improvements and commenced a significant Sarbanes-Oxley control enhancement programme which identified two particular areas requiring remediation: IT general controls and risk assessment, in particular, documentation of information used in controls. Although significant improvements have been made, remediation and testing of all remediating plans was not complete at 31 March 2019 and will be a significant focus for 2019/20. We concluded that unremediated deficiencies in the two areas resulted in a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as at 31 March 2019 as defined by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As a result, management concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or furnish under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarised and reported, within the time periods specified in the applicable rules and forms.
Management also carried out an assessment of our close procedures, which resulted in more detailed and holistic quarterly reviews, improved quality and timeliness of reviews, as well as reduced duplication and increased standardisation.
The central financial controls and assurance team also support the BT units first line compliance teams in the enhancement of and compliance with their financial process and related control frameworks. The programme of detailed balance sheet reviews, including in our operations outside the UK have continued in 2018/19. All actions resulting from these reviews are tracked and monitored and the reviews performed in 2018/19 have not identified significant issues or areas of concern.
KPMG became our new external auditors this year. We have also brought together, under new management, our risk management, compliance, internal audit and some second line assurance functions with the intention of creating more integrated and aligned assurance activity.
Privacy, Data Protection and Governance
We control and process huge quantities of customer data around the world, so observing data privacy laws is something we take extremely seriously. Its essential that individuals and businesses can trust us to do the right thing with their data.
We make sure our customers data is secure, and protected against both internal and external threats (e.g. cyber-attacks). Being trusted with our customers data goes further than that though. It means preserving the integrity of the personal data we process, and only keeping the things we need to provide customers with the services theyve signed up for. It also means being transparent around how we use customer data, who we share it with, making sure the way we process personal data is legal, fair and in line with customers rights and wishes, and ensuring that we fulfil the legal obligations we have when customers want to exercise their rights under data legislation.
As a communications provider we currently operate under a stringent reporting regime to tell the UK Information Commissioners Office (ICO) if we become aware of a personal data security breach. We must also tell any affected individuals as quickly as possible if the incident is likely to have an impact on them.
An individuals fundamental right to privacy is reflected in the fact that data privacy laws are in force in more than 100 countries. The nature of those laws varies across different parts of the world. Increasingly we (and other multinationals) have to show that were handling personal data in line with a complex web of national data laws and societys ethical expectations.
Potential impact
Failing to stick to data protection and privacy laws could result in regulatory enforcement action, significant fines, class-action, prison sentences and the regulator telling us to stop processing data.
On top of that, we could see huge reputational damage and big financial losses. Those losses could come from fines and damages if we fail to meet our legal requirements, as well as the subsequent customer churn. Companies whove had high profile data incidents have seen a significant impact to their share price and suffered ongoing costs from their non-compliance.
Whats changed over the last year?
The EU General Data Protection Regulation (EU GDPR) came into force on 25 May 2018. It is deemed one of the biggest shake ups in data law for over a decade. Its been created to update the existing law to ensure that individuals data is protected and secured and gives people a greater say as to how their data is used. It also increases their rights as to how their personal data is kept, used and retained by businesses. The sanctions for breaching the GDPR are significantly higher than under the previous regime, which could result in a substantial fine in the event of a breach.
Scrutiny from national regulators is increasing as companies are monitored to ensure they are working in compliance with the new law. In addition within the last 12 months several large companies have suffered further well-publicised data incidents.
7
Health, Safety and Wellbeing
Our colleagues are crucial to our business and if they feel safe, healthy and happy they will perform better for our customers and our shareholders. Working to reduce the risk of harm to our people helps us comply with health and safety laws wherever we operate.
Many of our people, especially our UK engineers, work for much of the time in community settings where we have limited control over the working environment. Much of the network is carried above ground level and temporary work at height is a major risk for us. All of our people work in a fast-paced and highly competitive sector where change is constant and psychological pressures are significant. Managing physical and psychological hazards is therefore complex.
There is a risk we might fail to ensure the health, safety and wellbeing of our people or members of the public, in breach of health and safety laws and regulations.
Potential impact
We work to make sure our people go home safely every day. Any health and safety failure could result in injury to our people or members of the public, financial penalties, hindered or stopped operations and/or reputational damage.
The wellbeing of our colleagues is important if were to transform our business while continuing to recruit, retain and engage our workforce to deliver a great customer experience and grow the business. An adverse reaction to change could impact talent retention, resulting in a loss of critical skills and greater need for external recruitment, which would add cost to the business. Poor engagement also raises the risk of general industrial unrest and action.
Whats changed over the last year?
We aim to adapt our technology and working practices to help reduce the physical risks to our people, although there can be no assurances that these changes will be successful. For example, this year we introduced new TETRA ladders to the Openreach workforce to support safer working at height.
In parallel, a change in our workforce is increasing risks in areas such as driving. Weve had a mature workforce with little labour turnover for many years. That cadre is reaching retirement age and so were recruiting large numbers of younger people. The new intake may have a different risk attitude, combined with less experience, so we need to make sure we put in additional safeguards with less reliance on expertise and individual judgement.
The pace of upgrading the network, fixed and mobile, has continued to accelerate. That increases our civil engineering workload and the hazards and risks associated with that type of work.
The pace and scale of change within the business has also continued to accelerate and were aware this has a psychological impact on our people. Finally, weve also appointed a new Director of Health, Safety and Wellbeing this year.
Ethical Culture
Its crucial that we maintain high ethical standards. We respect human rights and we dont tolerate fraud, bribery, any form of corruption or any illegal or unethical activity.
We follow local and international law, including anti-corruption and bribery laws. The UK Bribery Act and US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) have extraterritorial reach, so cover our global operations. We also have to make sure we follow trade sanctions and import and export controls. We comply with the Modern Slavery Act and follow international standards on human rights, such as the International Labour Organisations Principles and the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights.
We also face the risks associated with inappropriate and unethical behaviour in local and other markets by our people or associates, such as suppliers or agents, which can be difficult to detect. There is also a risk that our controls, which are designed to prevent, detect and correct such behaviour, may be circumvented. Controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential conditions, regardless of how remote.
Potential impact
If our people, or associates like suppliers or agents, breach anti-corruption, bribery, sanctions or other legislation there could be significant penalties, criminal prosecution and damage to our brand and reputation. This could have an impact on future revenue and cash flow depending on the nature of the breach, the legislation concerned and any penalties. If we were accused of corruption, bribery, human rights abuses, violating sanctions regulations or other laws, it could lead to reputational damage with investors, regulators, civil society and customers. A breakdown in our financial control framework could result in financial misstatement.
Whats changed over the last year?
Weve seen an increase in Speak Up (BTs confidential whistleblowing service) reports and conflict of interest registrations. This is indicative of a culture where people are more aware and confident to tell us about their concerns.
8
In terms of anti-corruption and bribery enforcement generally, weve continued to see a steady flow of significant cases from both the UK Bribery Act and the FCPA. Theres also been an increase in legislation (either enacted or proposed) to address and report on human rights abuses by companies.
9
OPERATIONAL RISKS
Customer Experience
There is a risk that our customer experience (products and services, culture, brand, processes, leadership, technology, people and policies) may not be brand enhancing nor drive sustainable profitable revenue growth.
Potential impact
If we dont deliver a great customer experience it could damage our brand, cause customers to leave and so reduce our revenue, or even lead to financial penalties. It could also impact our peoples pride in working for BT. Perceptions around poor customer experience also have the potential to influence political and regulatory discussions and interventions, which can in turn then impact our business.
Whats changed over the last year?
Customer complaints to Ofcom reduced by a third for both BTs consumer broadband and EEs mobile customers when measured on a year on year basis. From the 1 st April, Consumer has chosen to automatically compensate BT brand customers if we miss our provision or repair promises. EE will join this scheme in 2020 with Plusnet to follow.
Our consumer brands came together under a new Consumer Unit and we combined Business & Public Sector with Wholesale & Ventures to create a new Enterprise division. Our One BT change programme includes activity to simplify the way we work. However, as that and other change programmes progress, there emerges an associated risk that the volume of change across BT could result in a loss of focus on delivering for the customer.
We also launched our new Be There brand positioning and launch new and innovative products to further enhance our customers experience.
Major Contracts
We have a number of complex and high-value national and multinational customer contracts. The revenue and profitability of these contracts are affected by things like: variation in cost; achieving cost savings anticipated in contract pricing (both in terms of scale and time); delays in achieving agreed milestones owing to factors either in or out of our control; changes in customers needs, their budgets, strategies or businesses; and our suppliers performance. Any of these factors could make a contract less profitable or even loss-making.
The degree of risk varies with the scope and life of the contract and is typically higher in the early stages. Some customer contracts need investment in the early stages, which we then expect to recover over the life of the contract.
Major contracts often involve implementing new systems and communications networks, transforming legacy networks, managing customer networks and developing new technologies. Delays or missed milestones might have an impact on us recovering these upfront costs. Theres a substantial performance risk throughout the term of some of these highly-complex contracts.
Potential impact
If we dont manage to meet our commitments under these contracts or if customers needs, budgets, strategies or businesses change then our expected future revenue, profitability and cash generation may go down. Unexpectedly high costs associated with fulfilling particular transformational contracts could also hit profitability. Earnings may drop. Contracts may even become loss-making through loss of revenue, changes to customers businesses (due to, for example, mergers or acquisitions), business failure or contract termination.
One of our highest profile contracts is providing a key element of the UK Emergency Services Network (ESN) on our EE mobile network. The complexities described above all apply to this programme. This service is delivered with several partners and managed by the Home Office. Furthermore, the criticality of this service increases our risk exposure, and given the network provides emergency services communications for the UK, any in-life network performance issues could have reputational consequences for BT.
Were continuing to deliver contracts with local authorities through regional fibre deployment programmes, including the Broadband Delivery UK programme (BDUK). As with our other major contracts, if we fail to deliver these contracts successfully it might lead to reduced future revenue, profitability and cash generation. As well as carrying a higher reputational risk, these contracts present specific risks around deployment, delivery and our ability to recover public funding. We also have an obligation to potentially either reinvest or repay grant funding depending on lots of different factors including how many customers take up a new service.
Whats changed over the last year?
Governance and risk management over our major customer contracts remains a key area of focus. Initiatives over the course of the year have included a focus on: learning more about why the performance of some contracts deteriorates and how to stop it happening in future; the process for management reviewing contracts; long-term forecasting; our contract management systems and governance processes; and redefining and enhancing our controls and assurance.
On top of deploying the second and third phases of our BDUK contracts, we continued to win new BDUK work to further extend coverage of superfast broadband in rural areas. Although these third phase contracts are smaller in scale and coverage, the deployment challenges are significantly greater in terms of the geography encountered as we reach further into the final 5% of households.
10
We also agreed a new ESN contract framework with the Government. While our broadband contracts and ESN carry a different risk profile to other major corporate contracts, we apply our governance and reporting processes to make sure we identify risks and mitigation activities and report them to management.
Service Interruption
Our commercial success is firmly rooted in our reputation for the security and resilience of our services. So we strive to maintain the highest standards of protection and incident management in order to confront the natural perils, network and system faults, and malicious acts that threaten our operations.
There is a risk we are unable to prevent and respond to incidents caused by natural perils, network and system faults, and malicious acts that threaten our network We may also fail to prevent interruption to our services as a result of supply chain failure, software changes, equipment faults, fire, flood, infrastructure outages and sabotage.
Potential impact
The consequences of service interruption can include major financial loss, long-term damage to reputation and loss of market share. Regulatory sanctions, fines and contract penalties might be applied, contracts might be terminated, and costly concessions might be needed, together with unplanned and rapid improvements to retain business and rebuild trust. We might also miss opportunities to grow revenue and launch new services ahead of the competition.
Whats changed over the last year?
Extreme weather always challenges our IT and network estate. This year we had to keep our network operating through the joint hottest UK summer on record, lightning storms and heavy rain. Another driver of service interruption can arise from technology aging and no longer being supported by its suppliers. Weve therefore particularly focused on technology lifecycle management to recognise and manage the risks associated with our systems estate over time.
Cyber and Information Security
Security risks could arise from people inside BT or from external sources like hacktivists, criminals, terrorists or nation states attacking our infrastructure and assets, for example through use of hacking tools, phishing scams and disruptive malware.
As noted above, our commercial success is firmly rooted in our reputation for the security and resilience of our services. So we strive to, as far as possible, detect, prevent, limit the impact of and respond to any cyber-attacks that threaten our operations.
By monitoring cyber-attacks on our networks and systems and our peers and customers, we see that hacking tools, phishing scams and disruptive malware are becoming more sophisticated and yet more accessible to attackers. In response, we continue to develop our cyber defence capability, make use of proactive threat hunting and invest more in automatic detection and prevention systems.
Potential impact
The consequences of security risks can include major financial loss, long-term damage to reputation and loss of market share. Regulatory sanctions, fines and contract penalties might be applied, contracts might be terminated, and costly concessions might be needed, together with unplanned and rapid improvements to retain business and rebuild trust. We might also miss opportunities to grow revenue and launch new services ahead of the competition.
Whats changed over the last year?
Cyber attackers are learning how to defeat conventional defences such as Anti-Virus (AV), proxy servers, and basic authentication. They are changing malware signatures faster than AV vendors can deliver matching identity files, launching Denial of Service attacks that are disguised as legitimate traffic at the application level, and using increasingly convincing phishing emails to trick users into giving access to restricted systems. The growth in ransomware attacks has made headline news and caused significant disruption to some of our corporate customers, but we have so far managed to avoid such consequences. Our incident management teams are gaining experience from these events and applying lessons learned to improve our responses. Were also helping customers by sharing this expertise.
Major corporates have continued to fall victim to cyberattack, with a number of high-profile incidents occurring in 2018/19. Also of particular significance this year was the EU General Data Protection Regulation (EU GDPR) coming into force on 25 May 2018, which could be relevant to this risk where a cyber-attack also results in a data breach.
Supplier Risk
We operate in a global supply market. Our supply chains range from simple to very complex. Its critical to our operations that we can guarantee their integrity and continuity.
Global markets expose us to global risks, including different standards in labour, environmental and climate change practices, increasing regulation and geopolitical events. We weigh up the impact and likelihood of external market forces on our suppliers ability to support us.
11
Globalisation means better sourcing opportunities, but brings challenges if suppliers become more geographically and culturally remote from our customers or if governments put barriers in the way of doing business to protect national or regional economic interests.
Our dealings with suppliers follow our trading and ethical policies, from the way we choose them to the contracts we sign and how we pay them.
Potential impact
If something goes wrong in our supply chain, the speed and scale of impact can vary. We need to determine the potential damage to customer experience, the likelihood of higher costs and the potential damage to our brand. If substituting a failing supplier meant that we had to disrupt our business, it could cost us a lot of time and money. If we couldnt find an alternative supplier, it might compromise the commitments we make to our customers, which could in turn lead to breach of contract, lost revenue or penalties.
If any link in our supply chain falls foul of the law, or fails to meet our ethical expectations, that could damage our reputation possibly leading to legal action, fines and lost revenue.
If we dont meet the expectations of regulators that govern us and the data we manage, it could result in significant penalties. In the case of EU General Data Protection Regulation 2018, this could amount to 4% of our global annual turnover.
Whats changed over the last year?
We dedicate time to assessing emerging geopolitical threats and the impact they could have on our supply chain. These include the impacts of the UK vote to leave the EU, which has required extensive preparation on our part to understand our suppliers readiness and the impact the availability of goods and services. Other impacts of supplier risk include the threat of modern slavery and human trafficking; and the growing threat of cyber-attacks on our systems and networks where our suppliers represent a source of vulnerability.
We continue to monitor the trend for mergers and acquisitions in some of the global markets we do business in. It highlights the risk of us becoming too dependent on single or monopolistic suppliers. We also try to make sure that suppliers do not become too dependent on us. Both scenarios are unhealthy for our business.
With EU GDPR coming into force, we worked closely with our suppliers through the year to help protect our people and customers and incorporate privacy-by-design and default into the products and services they supply us. More broadly, we have also started work to establish a new centralised third-party risk and control capability.
Over the course of the year there has been significant geo-political focus on Huawei, one of our major suppliers whose products include mobile handsets and also equipment for both current networks and for future 5G networks. On 15 May 2019, the U.S. government issued an Executive Order relating to the information and communications technology and services supply chain, which allows for the prohibition of certain transactions that pose a risk to U.S. national security. On 16 May 2019, the U.S. Department of Commerce amended its Entity List of restricted persons to include a number of Huawei entities. Certain transactions with the listed Huawei entities of any item subject to the Export Administration Regulations now require prior licensing. On 20 May 2019, the Department of Commerce issued a Temporary General License allowing specified activities for a period of 90 days. We have been closely monitoring these developments and will continue to do so as governments determine their future policies. In December 2018 we announced that in line with our long-standing network architecture principles around the use of Huawei, we will replace the current Huawei 4G core (inherited through the EE acquisition). This will be implemented as we move to a future new and combined 4G/5G core.
Colleague Engagement
Our people are central to everything we do and a vital part of our ambition to deliver a great customer experience and sustainable, profitable revenue growth. Our people strategy supports this ambition by creating an inclusive and enjoyable workplace so that our people can thrive as part of a dynamic business. Great employee engagement is necessary to ensure we meet our strategic aims.
Potential impact
We need to transform our business while also continuing to recruit, retain and engage our workforce to deliver a great customer experience and grow the business. An adverse reaction to change could impact talent retention resulting in a loss of critical skills and greater need for external recruitment, which would add cost to the business. Poor engagement also raises the risk of general industrial unrest and action, which in turn could cause disruption to our operations and the services that we provide to our customers.
Whats changed over the last year?
Weve worked constructively with our unions this year to agree a number of transformation initiatives, including changes to our defined benefit pension scheme and the TUPE transfer of our people into Openreach Limited. As we create a simpler business, were also working closely with them to roll out a new people framework defining job families and career levels for our people.
Change Management
We are implementing a wide-ranging change programme across the entire organisation known as One BT. We need to continue to deliver differentiated customer experiences, whilst being able to have the financial capacity to invest in integrated network leadership. At the same time, we want BT to be a simple and agile business where our people can thrive.
In transforming our operating model, we need to manage this change carefully to ensure it delivers the desired outcomes. We recognise that such extensive change can also be a distraction and can cause uncertainty amongst our colleagues, so its important that we keep focused on delivering for our customers.
12
Potential impact
If we do not manage our change programmes carefully then they will not deliver the business outcomes that we are trying to achieve. That could result in poorer customer experiences, negative impacts on employee engagement, or potential overspend on the projects themselves, and at the end of the programmes we may not have achieved the efficient processes needed to deliver a great customer experience, the desired cost savings, or differentiated products and services we were trying to launch.
As we describe elsewhere, weve been working hard on improving our customers experiences. If our transformation programmes do not deliver their intended customer benefits, or divert colleagues attention away from serving our customers, then we may suffer a reduction in the quality of the service we provide, and as a result incur customer churn and even financial penalties in some cases.
There is also a risk that we could overspend on the change programme itself.
Whats changed over the last year?
Over the past year, we have progressed delivery of our BT transformation plan and reorganising our business, including establishing a new people framework for our management grades. Work has continued delivering a new Digital Global Services with a new organisational structure. We have also completed the integration of our Business and Public Sector and Wholesale and Ventures units into a single new Enterprise unit.
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
4.A History and development of the company
Background
BT Group plc is a public limited company registered in England and Wales and listed on the London and New York Stock Exchanges. It was incorporated in England and Wales on 30 March 2001 as Newgate Telecommunications Limited with the registered number 4190816. Its registered office address is 81 Newgate Street, London EC1A 7AJ and its telephone number is 020 7356 5000 (from within the United Kingdom) and +44 1793 596 931 (from outside the United Kingdom). The company changed its name to BT Group plc on 11 September 2001. The principal laws and legislation under which BT Group plc operates is the Companies Act 2006, as amended, and regulations made under it.
Following the demerger of mmO2 from BT in November 2001, the continuing activities of BT were transferred to BT Group plc.
British Telecommunications plc is a wholly-owned subsidiary of BT Group plc and encompasses virtually all the businesses and assets of the group. The successor to the statutory corporation British Telecommunications, it was incorporated in England and Wales as a public limited company, wholly owned by the Government, as a result of the Telecommunications Act 1984. Between November 1984 and July 1993, the Government sold all of its shareholding in British Telecommunications plc in three public offerings.
The information set forth under the headings:
|
About BT on page 4; |
|
Our customer-facing units on page 5; |
|
Our corporate units on page 5; |
|
Group performance Capital expenditure on page 37; and |
|
General information Capital management and funding policy on page 97 |
of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
4.B Business overview
The information set forth under the headings:
|
About BT on page 4; |
|
Our customer-facing units on page 5; |
|
Our corporate units on page 5; |
|
Market context on page 8; |
|
Our business model on page 12; |
|
Our strategy on page 14; |
|
Strategic progress Delivering a differentiated customer experience on page 16; |
|
Strategic progress Building the best converged network on page 18; |
13
|
Strategic progress Creating a simplified, leaner and more agile business on page 20; |
|
Our stakeholders on page 22; |
|
Our performance as a sustainable and responsible business on page 32; |
|
A message from the Openreach Chairman on page 42; |
|
Consolidated financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements Segment information on page 122; |
|
Consolidated financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements Operating costs on page 128; and |
|
Additional information Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements on page 190 |
of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
Further note on certain activities
In addition, under Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, which added Section 13 (r) to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we are required to disclose whether BT or any of its affiliates knowingly engaged in certain activities, transactions or dealings relating to Iran or certain designated individuals or entities. Disclosure is required even when the activities were conducted outside the US by non-US entities and even when they were conducted in compliance with applicable law.
During 2018/19, certain of the groups non-US subsidiaries or other non-US entities conducted limited activities in, or with persons from, certain countries identified by the US Department of State as State Sponsors of Terrorism or otherwise subject to US sanctions. These activities, which generally relate to the provision of communications services to embassies and diplomatic missions of US-allied governments, other Communication Providers, news organisations, multinational corporations and other customers that require global communications connectivity, are insignificant to the groups financial condition and results of operations.
BT has a contract in place with Telecommunication Infrastructure Company (TIC), to make and receive voice calls from Iran to the UK.
BT entered into a Framework Agreement with Rafsanjan Industrial Complex (RIC) for business consultancy services in May 2010 and provided an initial consultancy engagement under phase 1 of the agreement. In February 2011, phase 2 was agreed with RIC however BT stopped work in December 2011 due to the geopolitical situation. RIC made an advance payment to BT of 384,120 to carry out the phase 2 work.
BTs subsidiary, EE (the acquisition of which was completed on 29 January 2016), has in place roaming partner agreements with Mobile Company of Iran (MCI), and Taliya Company (also known as Rafsanjan Industrial Complex). These bilateral agreements allow the transmission of mobile calls. There has been no traffic with Taliya in 2018/19. The value of the gross revenue to EE under these contracts is less than £25,000, although no payments have been made or received in 2018/19.
4.C Organizational structure
The information set forth under the headings:
|
About BT on page 4; |
|
Our customer-facing units on page 5; |
|
Our corporate units on page 5; |
|
Executive Committee on page 6; |
|
Our business model on page 12; and |
|
Related undertakings on page 177 |
of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
4.D Property, plants and equipment
The information set forth under the headings:
|
Networks and physical assets on page 12; |
|
Strategic progress Creating a simplified, leaner and more agile business on page 20; |
|
Consolidated financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements Property, plant and equipment on page 138; and |
|
Selected financial data on page 188 |
of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
14
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
As far as the Company is aware, there are no unresolved written comments from the SEC staff regarding its periodic reports under the Exchange Act received more than 180 days before March 31, 2019.
ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
5.A Operating results
The information set forth under the headings:
|
Our customer-facing units on page 5; |
|
Our corporate units on page 5; |
|
Strategic progress Delivering a differentiated customer experience on page 16; |
|
Strategic progress Building the best converged network on page 18; |
|
Strategic progress Creating a simplified, leaner and more agile business on page 20; |
|
Our stakeholders on page 22; |
|
Our key performance indicators on page 30; |
|
Our performance as a sustainable and responsible business on page 32; |
|
Group performance on page 34, excluding the information under the sub-headings 2019/20 outlook and Outlook for 2019/20 on page 34; |
|
A message from the Openreach Chairman on page 42; |
|
Alternative performance measures on page 185; and |
|
Additional information Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements on page 190 |
of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
5.B Liquidity and capital resources
The information set forth under the headings:
|
Group performance on page 34, excluding the information under the sub-headings 2019/20 outlook and Outlook for 2019/20 on page 34; |
|
Additional information Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements on page 190; |
|
Consolidated financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements Loans and other borrowings on page 159; |
|
Consolidated financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements Financial instruments and risk management on page 163; and |
|
Consolidated financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements Financial commitments and contingent liabilities on page 171 |
of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
5.C Research and development, patents and licenses
Our research programmes are carefully designed to support the strategic aims of the whole of BTs business and, even more importantly, to deliver the absolute best for our customers.
We work with the very best technologists from all over the world, drawing research & technologies from partnerships with universities and academia, start-ups, strategic partners, Government bodies, other telcos and key customers. We apply our own deep research skills & expertise, combined with our business and market know-how, to deliver innovative solutions that better serve our customers.
Key areas of focus include the pioneering work we are driving with partners and standards bodies, in network technologies to enable our customers to get the data speeds they need at a competitive cost.
Then theres our business and operational transformation research programmes. These have led us to transform the way we serve our customers and manage our networks.
15
Our industry-shaping research into the critical technologies of our time ranging from security, cloud computing, the Internet of Things to mobility, TV & content and big data is pioneering new products and services across BT Group.
Converged network research
The ability to provide world-class connectivity across converged networks is an absolute priority for BT. Thats why our research mission is to accelerate the adoption of converged networks. We are exploring the possibilities of virtualised environments such as cloud-centric networks and IT convergence and expanding the reach and coverage of our fixed and mobile networks into rural areas.
In particular, for connected cars and trains we are researching how 5G network slicing could help deliver dedicated, low-latency networks which are essential for the large-scale introduction of safe and secure connected vehicles.
And because 5G will be based on virtualised infrastructures, we are carrying out a broad spectrum of research initiatives looking at programmable networking and software-defined networks (SDN) and network functions virtualisations (NVF) and how they can empower our customers.
AI, Big Data
Our aim is to help the company become more efficient in the way we use data and information to manage our business and deliver products and services to our customers. We want to better understand how to store data and how to harvest the vast quantities of information being collected. Using analytics and data science, we are also exploring how artificial intelligence (AI) can analyse data to help us better predict future trends.
Cybersecurity
In cybersecurity we are investing heavily in research and development to come up with robust solutions that secure our networks and help our customers do the same.
The research we do is focused on three main areas with the first of these being prevention, working on building systems and virtual environments like cloud or IoT networks that are intrinsically very hard to break into.
Another key area for us is detection and prediction, where AI, machine learning and big data analysis can help us to create sophisticated network alarm systems that find anomalies and react to them or to predict threats before they happen. We are also researching interactive visualisation technologies that allow humans to assess, review and take the necessary action in a way thats innovative.
Innovations like automatic system patching or disruptive technologies like blockchain can help speed up response times to help reduce or eliminate threats and were exploring both.
Connected Entertainment
We want to make sure our customers get the same viewing experience regardless of location, the network they are using or however they choose to watch that content. Thats why, right now we are exploring areas such as low latency, single content architectures and 5G network slicing. These are the technologies that will pave the way for true, near real-time multi-screen viewing experiences. We are also carrying out research into High Dynamic Range (HDR) TV, working closely with BT Sport.
This year we invested £643m (2017/18: £632m) in innovation over the last decade weve been one of the largest investors in innovation in the UK, and globally in the telecoms sector. We have a portfolio of more than 5,000 patents and applications, with 106 patents for inventions filed in 2018/19.
The information set forth under the headings:
|
Consolidated financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements Significant accounting policies that apply to the overall financial statements Research and development on page 121; and |
|
Consolidated financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements Operating costs on page 128 |
of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
5.D Trend information
The information set forth under the headings:
|
Group performance on page 34, excluding the information under the sub-headings 2019/20 outlook and Outlook for 2019/20 on page 34; |
|
Selected financial data on page 188; and |
|
Additional information Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements on page 190 |
of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
16
5.E Off-balance sheet arrangements
The information set forth under the heading General information Off-balance sheet arrangements on page 97 of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
5.F Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations
The information set forth under the heading Group performance Contractual obligations and commitments on page 39 of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
5.G Safe harbor
The information set forth under the heading Additional information Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements on page 190 of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
6.A Directors and senior management
The information set forth under the headings:
|
Board of Directors on page 58; and |
|
The Board on page 60 |
of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
6.B Compensation
The information set forth under the headings:
|
Reports of the Board committees Report on Directors Remuneration on page 73; |
|
Reports of the Board committees Focus on Remuneration on page 76; |
|
Reports of the Board committees Annual Remuneration Report on page 79; |
|
Consolidated financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements Retirement benefit plans on page 145; and |
|
Consolidated financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements Share-based payments on page 155 |
of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
6.C Board practices
The information set forth under the headings:
|
Our governance framework on page 57; |
|
Board of Directors on page 58; |
|
The Board on page 60; |
|
Nominations Committee Chairs report on page 66; |
|
Audit & Risk Committee Chairs report on page 69; |
|
Reports of the Board committees Report on Directors Remuneration on page 73; |
|
Reports of the Board committees Focus on Remuneration on page 76; |
|
Reports of the Board committees Annual Remuneration Report on page 79 |
of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
The information set forth under the heading Remuneration Policy on pages 139 to 145 of the Annual Report & Form 20-F 2017, filed as Exhibit 15.2 to the BT Group plc Form 20-F filed on May 25, 2017, is incorporated herein by reference, excluding any cross-references to other sections of the Annual Report & Form 20-F 2017.
6.D Employees
17
The information set forth under the headings:
|
People on page 22; and |
|
Consolidated financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements Employees on page 129 |
of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
6.E Share ownership
The information set forth under the headings:
|
Reports of the Board committees Report on Directors Remuneration on page 73; |
|
Reports of the Board committees Focus on Remuneration on page 76; |
|
Reports of the Board committees Annual Remuneration Report on page 79; and |
|
Consolidated financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements Share-based payments on page 155 |
of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
The information set forth under the heading Remuneration Policy on pages 139 to 145 of the Annual Report & Form 20-F 2017, filed as Exhibit 15.2 to the BT Group plc Form 20-F filed on May 25, 2017, is incorporated herein by reference, excluding any cross-references to other sections of the Annual Report & Form 20-F 2017.
ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
7.A Major shareholders
The information set forth under the heading Relations with shareholders on page 64 of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
Analysis of shareholdings at 31 March 2019
Ordinary shares of 5p each | ||||||||||||||||
Range |
Number of
holdings |
Percentage of total
% |
Number of shares held
millions |
Percentage of total
% |
||||||||||||
1 399 |
291,732 | 39.85 | 61 | 0.61 | ||||||||||||
400 799 |
190,237 | 25.99 | 105 | 1.06 | ||||||||||||
800 1,599 |
136,690 | 18.67 | 153 | 1.54 | ||||||||||||
1,600 9,999 |
107,629 | 14.70 | 335 | 3.36 | ||||||||||||
10,000 99,999 |
4,616 | 0.63 | 87 | 0.88 | ||||||||||||
100,000 999,999 |
643 | 0.09 | 239 | 2.40 | ||||||||||||
1,000,000 4,999,999 |
295 | 0.04 | 687 | 6.90 | ||||||||||||
5,000,000 and above a,b,c,d |
192 | 0.03 | 8 | 83.25 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total e |
732,034 | 100.00 | 9,968 | 100.00 |
a |
9m shares were held in trust by Ilford Trustees (Jersey) Limited for allocation to employees under the employee share plans. |
b |
Under the BT Group Employee Share Investment Plan, 61.8m shares were held in trust on behalf of 39,934 participants who were beneficially entitled to the shares. 378,918,106 shares were held in the corporate nominee BT Group EasyShare on behalf of 89,064 beneficial owners. |
c |
167.4m shares were represented by ADSs. An analysis by size of holding is not available for these. |
d |
45.3m shares were held as treasury shares. |
e |
7.08% of the shares were in 732,034 individual holdings, of which 45,519 were joint holdings, and 92.92% of the shares were in 7,713 institutional holdings. |
As far as the company is aware, the company is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation or by the UK Government or any other foreign government or by any other natural or legal person severally or jointly. There are no arrangements known to the company, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the company.
The companys major shareholders do not have different voting rights to those of other shareholders.
At 8 May 2019, there were 9,968,127,681 ordinary shares outstanding, including 45,269,774 shares held as treasury shares. At the same date, approximately 34m ADSs (equivalent to 174,468,805 ordinary shares, or approximately 1.75% of the total number of ordinary shares outstanding on that date) were outstanding and were held by 1,379 record holders of ADRs.
At 31 March 2019, there were 3,426 shareholders with a US address on the register of shareholders who in total hold 0.03% of the ordinary shares of the company.
18
7.B Related party transactions
The information set forth under the headings:
|
Directors information Interest of management in certain transactions on page 93; and |
|
Consolidated financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements Related party transactions on page 171 |
of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
7.C Interests of experts and counsel
Not applicable
8.A Consolidated statements and other financial information
See Item 18 below.
In addition, the information set forth under the headings:
|
General information Legal proceedings on page 97; and |
|
Group performance Dividends on page 37 |
of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
Dividends
The companys shareholders can declare dividends by passing an ordinary resolution provided that no dividend can exceed the amount recommended by the directors. Dividends must be paid out of profits available for distribution. If the Board considers that the profits of the company justify such payments, they can pay interim dividends on any class of shares of the amounts and on the dates and for the periods they decide. Fixed dividends will be paid on any class of shares on the dates stated for the payments of those dividends.
The directors can offer ordinary shareholders the right to choose to receive new ordinary shares, which are credited as fully paid, instead of some or all of their cash dividend. Before they can do this, the companys shareholders must have passed an ordinary resolution authorising the directors to make this offer.
Any dividend which has not been claimed for ten years after it was declared or became due for payment will be forfeited and will belong to the company.
A final dividend in respect of the year ended 31 March 2018 was paid on 3 September 2018 to shareholders on the register on 10 August 2018, and an interim dividend in respect of the year ended 31 March 2019 was paid on 4 February 2019 to shareholders on the register on 28 December 2018. The final proposed dividend in respect of the year ended 31 March 2019, if approved by shareholders, will be paid on 9 September 2019 to shareholders on the register on 9 August 2019.
The dividends paid or payable on BT shares and ADSs for the last five financial years are shown in the following table. The dividends on the ordinary shares exclude the associated tax credit. The amounts shown are not those that were actually paid to holders of ADSs. Dividends have been translated from Sterling into US Dollars using exchange rates prevailing on the date the ordinary dividends were paid.
Per ordinary share | Per ADS | Per ADS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial years ended 31 March |
Interim
pence |
Final
pence |
Total
pence |
Interim
£ |
Final
£ |
Total
£ |
Interim
US$ |
Final
US$ |
Total
US$ |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2015 |
3.90 | 8.50 | 12.40 | 0.390 | 0.850 | 1.240 | 0.573 | 1.285 | 1.858 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2016 |
4.40 | 9.60 | 14.00 | 0.220 | a | 0.480 | a | 0.700 | a | 0.296 | a | 0.623 | 0.919 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2017 |
4.85 | 10.55 | 15.40 | 0.2425 | 0.5275 | 0.770 | 0.281 | 0.6658 | 0.9468 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 |
4.85 | 10.55 | 15.40 | 0.2425 | 0.5275 | 0.770 | 0.319 | 0.6658 | 0.9468 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2019 |
4.62 | 10.78 | 15.40 | 0.231 | 0.5390 | 0.770 | 0.282 | | b | | b |
a |
The reduction in the dividend payment is to reflect the ratio change to BT ADRs. |
b |
Qualifying holders of ADSs on record as of 9 August 2019 are entitled to receive the final dividend which will be paid to ADS holders on 16 September 2019, subject to approval at the AGM. The US Dollar amount of the final dividend of 53.90 pence per ADS to be paid to holders of ADSs will be based on the exchange rate in effect on 9 September 2019, the date of payment to holders of ordinary shares. |
19
As dividends paid by the company are in Sterling, exchange rate fluctuations will affect the US Dollar amounts received by holders of ADSs on conversion by the Depositary of such cash dividends.
Dividend investment plan
Under the Dividend investment plan, cash from participants dividends is used to buy further BT shares in the market. Shareholders could elect to receive additional shares in lieu of a cash dividend for the following dividends:
Date paid |
Price per share
pence |
|||||||
2013/14 interim |
3 February 2014 | 385.76 | ||||||
2013/14 final |
8 September 2014 | 387.00 | ||||||
2014/15 interim |
9 February 2015 | 436.92 | ||||||
2014/15 final |
7 September 2015 | 428.17 | ||||||
2015/16 interim |
8 February 2016 | 469.41 | ||||||
2015/16 final |
5 September 2016 | 394.44 | ||||||
2016/17 interim |
6 February 2017 | 309.41 | ||||||
2016/17 final |
4 September 2017 | 291.07 | ||||||
2017/18 interim |
5 February 2018 | 248.73 | ||||||
2017/18 final |
3 September 2018 | 222.31 | ||||||
2018/19 interim |
4 February 2019 | 231.16 |
Global Invest Direct
Details of the direct purchase plan run by the ADR Depositary, JPMorgan Chase & Co, Global Invest Direct, including reinvestment of dividends, are available from JPMorgan Chase & Co on +1 800 428 4237 (toll free within the US), or on written request to the ADR Depositary.
8.B Significant changes
The information set forth under the heading Directors information Going concern on page 92 of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
Spectrum Annual Licence Fee restitution claim
Annual fees for 1800MHz spectrum have increased from 31 January 2019 following Ofcoms final statement and introduction of new fees regulations in December 2018. The Group has sought, through legal proceedings, repayment of overpaid fees that were charged during the period 2015-2017 under the previous 2015 fees regulations that were quashed by the Court of Appeal in 2017. On 17 May 2019, the Commercial Court handed down its judgment in the favour of the Group, and the Group received a payment of £87 million on 21 May 2019. Ofcom has obtained permission to appeal the judgment to the Court of Appeal, the appeal will likely be heard in late 2020.
Other than as disclosed in this item above, since the date of the annual consolidated financial statements included in this Form 20-F, which are dated May 8, 2019, no significant change has occurred.
9A. Offer and listing details
The principal listing of BT Groups ordinary shares is on the London Stock Exchange. Trading on the London Stock Exchange is under the symbol BT.A. American Depositary Shares (ADSs), have been issued by JPMorgan Chase & Co, as Depositary for the American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) evidencing the ADSs, and are listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Trading on the New York Stock Exchange is under the symbol BT.
In December 2015 BT changed the ratio of its NYSE-listed American Depositary Receipt (ADR) programme from the previous ratio of one ADR per ten ordinary shares to one ADR per five ordinary shares. These changes to the ADR ratio have brought the ADR price broadly in line with the market average. To implement the change, ADR holders on the record at the close of business on 30 November 2015 received two ADRs for every one ADR held. There was no change to the underlying ordinary shares.
9B. Plan of distribution
Not applicable
9C. Markets
See Item 9A above
20
9D. Selling shareholders
Not applicable
9E. Dilution
Not applicable
9F. Expenses of the issue
Not applicable
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
10A. Share capital
Not applicable
10B. Memorandum and articles of association
Articles of Association (Articles)
The following is a summary of the principal provisions of BTs Articles, a copy of which has been filed with the Registrar of Companies. A holder of shares and a shareholder is, in either case, the person entered on the companys register of members as the holder of the relevant shares. Shareholders can choose whether their shares are to be evidenced by share certificates (i.e. in certificated form) or held in electronic (ie uncertificated) form in CREST (the electronic settlement system in the UK).
BT adopted new Articles of Association with effect from July 2015, to provide additional flexibility for BT when trying to trace shareholders and to amend the provisions in line with the UK Corporate Governance code by providing for automatic retirement of all the directors at each AGM.
(a) Voting rights
Subject to the restrictions described below, on a show of hands, every shareholder present in person or by proxy at any general meeting has one vote and, on a poll, every shareholder present in person or by proxy has one vote for each share which they hold.
Voting at any meeting of shareholders is by a show of hands unless a poll is demanded by the chairman of the meeting or by at least five shareholders at the meeting who are entitled to vote (or their proxies), or by one or more shareholders at the meeting who are entitled to vote (or their proxies) and who have, between them, at least 10% of the total votes of all shareholders who have the right to vote at the meeting.
No person is, unless the Board decides otherwise, entitled to attend or vote at any general meeting or to exercise any other right conferred by being a shareholder if they or any person appearing to be interested in those shares has been sent a notice under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006 (which confers upon public companies the power to require information with respect to interests in their voting shares) and they or any interested person has failed to supply to the company the information requested within 14 days after delivery of that notice.
These restrictions end seven days after the earlier of the date the shareholder complies with the request satisfactorily or the company receives notice that there has been an approved transfer of the shares.
(b) Variation of rights
Whenever the share capital of the company is split into different classes of shares, the special rights attached to any of those classes can be varied or withdrawn either:
(i) |
with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class; or |
(ii) |
with the consent in writing of the holders of at least 75% in nominal value of the issued shares of that class. |
At any separate meeting, the necessary quorum is two persons holding or representing by proxy not less than one-third in nominal amount of the issued shares of the class in question (but at any adjourned meeting, any person holding shares of the class or his proxy is a quorum).
The company can issue new shares and attach any rights and restrictions to them, as long as this is not restricted by special rights previously given to holders of any existing shares. Subject to this, the rights of new shares can take priority over the rights of existing
shares, or existing shares can take priority over them, or the new shares and the existing shares can rank equally.
(c) Changes in capital
The company may by ordinary resolution:
(i) |
divide all or any of its share capital into shares with a smaller nominal value; and |
(ii) |
consolidate and divide all or part of its share capital into shares of a larger nominal value. |
21
The company may also:
(i) |
buy back its own shares; and |
(ii) |
by special resolution reduce its share capital, any capital redemption reserve and any share premium account. |
(d) Dividends
The companys shareholders can declare dividends by passing an ordinary resolution provided that no dividend can exceed the amount recommended by the directors. Dividends must be paid out of profits available for distribution. If the Board considers that the profits of the company justify such payments, they can pay interim dividends on any class of shares of the amounts and on the dates and for the periods they decide. Fixed dividends will be paid on any class of shares on the dates stated for the payments of those dividends.
The directors can offer ordinary shareholders the right to choose to receive new ordinary shares, which are credited as fully paid, instead of some or all of their cash dividend. Before they can do this, the companys shareholders must have passed an ordinary resolution authorising the directors to make this offer.
Any dividend which has not been claimed for ten years after it was declared or became due for payment will be forfeited and will belong to the company.
(e) Distribution of assets on winding up
If the company is wound up (whether the liquidation is voluntary, under supervision of the court or by the court) the liquidator can, with the authority of a special resolution passed by the shareholders, divide among the shareholders all or any part of the assets of the company. This applies whether the assets consist of property of one kind or different kinds. For this purpose, the liquidator can place whatever value the liquidator considers fair on any property and decide how the division is carried out between shareholders or different groups of shareholders. The liquidator can also, with the same authority, transfer any assets to trustees upon any trusts for the benefit of shareholders which the liquidator decides. The liquidation of the company can then be finalised and the company dissolved. No past or present shareholder can be compelled to accept any shares or other property under the Articles which could give that shareholder a liability.
(f) Transfer of shares
Certificated shares of the company may be transferred in writing either by an instrument of transfer in the usual standard form or in another form approved by the Board. The transfer form must be signed or made effective by or on behalf of the person making the transfer. The person making the transfer will be treated as continuing to be the holder of the shares transferred until the name of the person to whom the shares are being transferred is entered in the register of members of the company.
The Board may refuse to register any transfer of any share held in certificated form:
(i) |
which is in favour of more than four joint holders; or |
(ii) |
unless the transfer form to be registered is properly stamped to show payment of any applicable stamp duty and delivered to the companys registered office or any other place the Board decide. The transfer must have with it: the share certificate for the shares to be transferred; any other evidence which the Board ask for to prove that the person wanting to make the transfer is entitled to do this; and if the transfer form is executed by another person on behalf of the person making the transfer, evidence of the authority of that person to do so. |
Transfers of uncertificated shares must be carried out using a relevant system (as defined in the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 (the Regulations)). The Board can refuse to register a transfer of an uncertificated share in the circumstances stated in the Regulations.
If the Board decide not to register a transfer of a share, the Board must notify the person to whom that share was to be transferred giving reasons for its decision. This must be done as soon as possible and no later than two months after the company receives the transfer or instruction from the operator of the relevant system.
(g) Untraced shareholders
The company may sell any shares if the shares have been in issue for at least ten years, during that period at least three dividends have become payable on them and have not been cashed and BT has not heard from the shareholder or any person entitled to the dividends by transmission. BT must take all reasonable steps in the circumstances, to trace shareholders. This can include engaging an asset reunification company or other tracing agent to search for shareholders who have not kept their details up-to date, or taking any other steps the company considers appropriate. Shareholders whose shares are sold following this process will not be able to claim the proceeds of the sale. BT will be able to use the proceeds in any way the Board from time to time thinks fit.
(h) General meetings of shareholders
Every year the company must hold an annual general meeting. The Board can call a general meeting at any time and, under general law, must call one on a shareholders requisition. At least 21 clear days written notice must be given for every annual general meeting. For every other general meeting, at least 14 clear days written notice must be given. The Board can specify in the notice of meeting a time by which a person must be entered on the register of shareholders in order to have the right to attend or vote at the meeting. The time specified must not be more than 48 hours before the time fixed for the meeting.
(i) Limitations on rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders
The only limitation imposed by the Articles on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders is that a shareholder whose registered address is outside the UK and who wishes to receive notices of meetings of shareholders or documents from BT must give the company an address within the UK to which they may be sent.
22
(j) Directors
Directors remuneration
Excluding remuneration referred to below, each director will be paid such fee for his services as the Board decide, not exceeding £65,000 a year and increasing by the percentage increase of the retail prices index (as defined by section 833(2) Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988) for any 12-month period beginning 1 April 1999 or an anniversary of that date. The company may by ordinary resolution decide on a higher sum. This resolution can increase the fee paid to all or any directors either permanently or for a particular period. The directors may be paid their expenses properly incurred in connection with the business of the company.
The Board can award extra fees to a director who: holds an executive position; acts as chairman or deputy chairman; serves on a Board committee at the request of the Board; or performs any other services which the Board consider extend beyond the ordinary duties of a director.
The directors may grant pensions or other benefits to, among others, any director or former director or persons connected with them. However, BT can only provide these benefits to any director or former director who has not been an employee or held any other office or executive position in the company or any of its subsidiary undertakings, or to relations or dependants of, or people connected to, those directors or former directors, if the shareholders approve this by passing an ordinary resolution.
Directors votes
A director need not be a shareholder, but a director who is not a shareholder can still attend and speak at shareholders meetings.
Unless the Articles say otherwise, a director cannot vote on a resolution about a contract in which the director has an interest (this will also apply to interests of a person connected with the director).
If the legislation allows, a director can vote and be counted in the quorum on a resolution concerning a contract:
(i) |
in which the director has an interest of which the director is not aware; or which cannot reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest; |
(ii) |
in which the director has an interest only because the director is a holder of shares, debentures or other securities of BT, or by reason of any other interest in or through BT; |
(iii) |
which involves: the giving of any security, guarantee or indemnity to the director or any other person for money lent or obligations incurred by the director or by any other person at the request of or for the benefit of BT or the benefit of any of its subsidiary undertakings; or a debt or other obligation which is owed by BT or any of its subsidiary undertakings to that other person if the director has taken responsibility for all or any part of that debt or obligation by giving a guarantee, security or indemnity; |
(iv) |
where BT or any of its subsidiary undertakings is offering any shares, debentures or other securities for subscription or purchase to which the director is or may be entitled to participate as a holder of BT securities; or where the director will be involved in the underwriting or sub-underwriting; |
(v) |
relating to any other company in which the director has an interest, directly or indirectly (including holding a position in that company) or is a shareholder, creditor, employee or otherwise involved in that company these rights do not apply if the director owns 1% or more of that company or of the voting rights in that company; |
(vi) |
relating to an arrangement for the benefit of BT employees or former BT employees or any of BTs subsidiary undertakings which only gives the directors the same benefits that are generally given to the employees or former employees to whom the arrangement relates; |
(vii) |
relating to BT buying or renewing insurance for any liability for the benefit of directors or for the benefit of persons who include directors; |
(viii) |
relating to the giving of indemnities in favour of directors; |
(ix) |
relating to the funding of expenditure by any director or directors: on defending criminal, civil or regulatory proceedings or actions against the director or the directors; in connection with an application to the court for relief; or on defending the director or the directors in any regulatory investigations; or which enables any director or directors to avoid incurring expenditure as described in this paragraph; and |
(x) |
in which the directors interest, or the interest of directors generally, has been authorised by an ordinary resolution. |
Subject to the relevant legislation, the shareholders can, by passing an ordinary resolution, ratify any particular contract carried out in breach of those provisions.
Directors appointment and retirement
Under BTs Articles there must be at least two directors, who manage the business of the company. The shareholders can vary this minimum and/or decide a maximum by ordinary resolution. The Board and the shareholders (by ordinary resolution) may appoint a person who is willing to be elected as a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director.
At every annual general meeting, all directors must automatically retire. A retiring director is eligible for re-election.
In addition to any power of removal under the 2006 Act, the shareholders can pass an ordinary resolution to remove a director, even though his or her time in office has not ended. They can elect a person to replace that director subject to the Articles, by passing an ordinary resolution. A person so appointed is subject to retirement by rotation when the director replaced would have been due to retire.
Directors borrowing powers
To the extent that the legislation and the Articles allow, the Board can exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money, to mortgage or charge its business, property and assets (present and future) and to issue debentures and other securities, and give security either outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the company or another person. The Board must limit the borrowings of the company and exercise all the companys voting and other rights or powers of control exercisable by the
23
company in relation to its subsidiary undertakings so as to ensure that the aggregate amount of all borrowings by the group outstanding, net of amounts borrowed intragroup among other things, at any time does not exceed £35bn. These borrowing powers may only be varied by amending the Articles.
(k) Sinking fund, liability to further calls and change of control
BTs shares are not subject to any sinking fund provision under the Articles or as a matter of the laws of England and Wales. No shareholder is currently liable to make additional contributions of capital in respect of BTs ordinary shares in the future. There are no provisions in the Articles or of corporate legislation in England and Wales that would delay, defer or prevent a change of control.
(l) Disclosure of interests in shares
Under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 and the UK Disclosure and Transparency Rules there is a statutory obligation on a person who acquires or ceases to have a notifiable interest in the relevant share capital of a public company like BT to notify the company of that fact. The disclosure threshold is 3%. These Rules also deal with the disclosure by persons of interests in shares or debentures of companies in which they are directors and certain associated companies. Under section 793 of the 2006 Act (referred to in (a) above), BT may ascertain the persons who are or have within the last three years been interested in its shares and the nature of those interests. The UK City Code on Takeovers and Mergers also imposes strict disclosure requirements with regard to dealings in the securities of an offeror or offeree company on all parties to a takeover and also on their respective associates during the course of an offer period.
10C. Material contracts
Not applicable
10D. Exchange controls
Limitations affecting security holders
There are no government laws, decrees, regulations, or other UK legislation which have a material effect on the import or export of capital, including the availability of cash and cash equivalents for use by the company except as otherwise described in Item 10E below.
There are no limitations under UK law restricting the right of non-residents to hold or to vote shares in the company.
10E. Taxation
Taxation (US Holders)
This is a summary only of the principal US federal income tax and UK tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs by US Holders (as defined below) who hold their ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets. It does not address all aspects of US federal income taxation and does not address aspects that may be relevant to persons who are subject to special provisions of US federal income tax law, including: US expatriates; insurance companies; tax-exempt organisations; banks; regulated investment companies; financial institutions; securities broker-dealers; traders in securities who elect a mark-to-market method of accounting; persons subject to alternative minimum tax; investors that directly, indirectly or by attribution own 10% or more of the total combined voting power or total value of share capital of BT; persons holding their ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a straddle, hedging transaction or conversion transaction; persons who acquired their ordinary shares or ADSs pursuant to the exercise of options or otherwise as compensation; or persons whose functional currency is not the US Dollar, amongst others. Those holders may be subject to US federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. This summary does not address US federal taxes other than the income tax (such as estate or gift taxes) or US state and local taxes.
For the purposes of this summary, a US Holder is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs that, for US federal income tax purposes, is: a citizen or individual resident of the United States; a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for US federal income tax purposes) created or organised in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof; an estate the income of which is subject to US federal income taxation regardless of its the administration of the trust and one or more US persons are authorised to control all substantial decisions of the trust. If a partnership holds ordinary shares or ADSs, the US tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partner in a partnership that holds ordinary shares or ADSs is urged to consult its own tax adviser regarding the specific tax consequences of owning and disposing of the ordinary shares or ADSs.
In particular, this summary is based on (i) current UK tax law and the practice of Her Majestys Revenue & Customs (HMRC) and US law and US Internal Revenue Service (IRS) practice, including the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, existing and proposed Treasury regulations, rulings, judicial decisions and administrative practice, all as currently in effect and available, (ii) the United Kingdom-United States Convention relating to estate and gift taxes, and (iii) the United Kingdom-United States Tax Convention that entered into force on 31 March 2003 and the protocol thereto (the Convention), all as in effect on the date of this Annual Report, all of which are subject to change or changes in interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect.
US Holders should consult their own tax advisers as to the applicability of the Convention and the consequences under UK, US federal, state and local, and other laws, of the ownership and disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs.
Taxation of dividends
Under current UK tax law, BT will not be required to withhold tax at source from dividend payments it makes. Unless a US Holder of ordinary shares or ADSs is resident for UK tax purposes in the UK or unless a US Holder of ordinary shares or ADSs carries on a trade, profession or vocation in the UK involving the ordinary shares or ADSs, the holder should not be liable for UK tax on dividends received in respect of ordinary shares and/or ADSs.
24
For US federal income tax purposes, a distribution will be treated as ordinary dividend income. The amount of the distribution includible in gross income of a US Holder will be the US Dollar value of the distribution calculated by reference to the spot rate in effect on the date the distribution is actually or constructively received by a US Holder of ordinary shares, or by the Depositary. In the case of ADSs, a US Holder who converts Sterling into US Dollars on the date of receipt generally should not recognise any exchange gain or loss. A US Holder who does not convert Sterling into US Dollars on the date of receipt generally will have a tax basis in Sterling equal to their US Dollar value on such date. Foreign currency gain or loss, if any, recognised by the US Holder on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of Sterling generally will be US source ordinary income or loss. Dividends paid by BT to a US Holder will not be eligible for the US dividends received deduction that may otherwise be available to corporate shareholders.
For purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation, dividends paid on the ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as income from sources outside the US and generally will constitute passive income. US Holders who do not elect to claim a credit with respect to any foreign taxes paid in a given taxable year may instead claim a deduction for foreign taxes paid. A deduction does not reduce US federal income tax on a Dollar for Dollar basis like a tax credit. The deduction, however, is not subject to the limitations applicable to foreign credits.
As of 6 April 2016, UK tax credits no longer attach to any dividends paid on the ordinary shares or ADSs, irrespective of the domicile or residence of the shareholder. No question therefore arises as to the entitlement of any US Holder to any UK tax credit.
Certain US Holders (including individuals) are eligible for reduced rates of US federal income tax (currently at a maximum of 20%) in respect of qualified dividend income. There could also be a 3.8% net investment income tax on dividends to individuals and other non-corporate holders with income above a certain amount. For these purposes, qualified dividend income generally includes dividends paid by a non-US corporation if, among other things, the US Holders meet certain minimum holding periods and the non-US corporation satisfies certain requirements, including that either (i) the shares or ADSs with respect to which the dividend has been paid are readily tradable on an established securities market in the US, or (ii) the non-US corporation is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive US income tax treaty (such as the Convention) which provides for the exchange of information. BT currently believes that dividends paid with respect to its ordinary shares and ADSs should constitute qualified dividend income for US federal income tax purposes. Each individual US Holder of ordinary shares or ADSs is urged to consult his own tax adviser regarding the availability to him of the reduced dividend tax rate in light of his own particular situation and regarding the computations of his foreign tax credit limitation with respect to any qualified dividend income paid by BT to him, as applicable.
Taxation of capital gains
Unless a US Holder of ordinary shares or ADSs is resident for UK tax purposes in the UK or unless a US Holder of ordinary shares or ADSs carries on a trade, profession, or vocation in the UK through a branch, agency, or, in the case of a company, a permanent establishment in the UK, and the ordinary shares and/or ADSs have been used, held, or acquired for the purposes of that trade, profession or vocation, the holder should not be liable for UK tax on capital gains on a disposal of ordinary shares and/or ADSs.
A US Holder who is an individual and who has ceased to be resident for tax purposes in the UK on or after 17 March 1998 or who falls to be regarded as resident outside the UK for the purposes of any double tax treaty (Treaty non-resident) on or after 16 March 2005 and continues to not be resident in the UK or continues to be Treaty non-resident for a period of less than five years of assessment and who disposes of his ordinary shares or ADSs during that period may also be liable on his return to the UK to UK tax on capital gains, subject to any available exemption or relief, even though he is not resident in the UK or is Treaty non-resident at the time of disposal.
For US federal income tax purposes, a US Holder generally will recognise capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs in an amount equal to the difference between the US Dollar value of the amount realised on the disposition and the US Holders adjusted tax basis (determined in US Dollars) in the ordinary shares or ADSs. Such gain or loss generally will be US source gain or loss, and will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the ordinary shares have been held for more than one year at the time of disposition. Long-term capital gains recognised by an individual US Holder generally are subject to US federal income tax at preferential rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to significant limitations. Non-corporate US Holders may also be subject to a 3.8% tax on net investment income in respect of any gains.
A US Holders tax basis in an ordinary share or ADS will generally be its US Dollar cost. The US Dollar cost of an ordinary share or ADS purchased with foreign currency will generally be the US Dollar value of the purchase price on the date of purchase, or the settlement date for the purchase, in the case of ordinary shares or ADSs traded on an established securities market, as defined in the applicable Treasury Regulations, that are purchased by a cash basis US Holder (or an accrual basis US Holder that so elects). Such an election by an accrual basis US Holder must be applied consistently from year to year and cannot be revoked without the consent of the IRS. The amount realised on a sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs for an amount in foreign currency will be the US Dollar value of this amount on the date of sale or disposition. On the settlement date, the US Holder will recognise US source foreign currency gain or loss (taxable as ordinary income or loss) equal to the difference (if any) between the US Dollar value of the amount received based on the exchange rates in effect on the date of sale or other disposition and the settlement date. However, in the case of ordinary shares or ADS traded on an established securities market that are sold by a cash basis US Holder (or an accrual basis US Holder that so elects), the amount realised will be based on the exchange rate in effect on the settlement date for the sale, and no exchange gain or loss will be recognised at that time.
Passive foreign investment company status
A non-US corporation will be classified as a passive foreign investment company (a PFIC) for US federal income tax purposes for any taxable year if at least 75% of its gross income consists of passive income or at least 50% of the average value of its assets consist of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.
BT currently believes that it did not qualify as a PFIC for the tax year ended 31 March 2019. If BT were to become a PFIC for any tax year, US Holders would suffer adverse tax consequences. These consequences may include having gains realised on the disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs treated as ordinary income rather than capital gains and being subject to punitive interest charges on certain
25
dividends and on the proceeds of the sale or other disposition of the ordinary shares or ADSs. Furthermore, dividends paid by BT would not be qualified dividend income which may be eligible for reduced rates of taxation as described above. US Holders should consult their own tax advisers regarding the potential application of the PFIC rules to BT.
US information reporting and backup withholding
Dividends paid on and proceeds received from the sale, exchange or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and backup withholding. Certain exempt recipients (such as corporations) are not subject to these information reporting requirements. In addition, non-corporate US Holders may be required to report their investment on a Form 8938. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a US Holder who provides a correct taxpayer identification number or certificate of foreign status and makes any other required certification or who is otherwise exempt. Persons that are US persons for US federal income tax purposes who are required to establish their exempt status generally must furnish IRS Form W-9 (Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification). Holders that are not US persons for US federal income tax purposes generally will not be subject to US information reporting or backup withholding. However, such holders may be required to provide certification of non-US status in connection with payments received in the US or through certain US-related financial intermediaries.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against a holders US federal income tax liability. A holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by timely filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information.
UK stamp duty
A transfer of or an agreement to transfer an ordinary share will generally be subject to UK stamp duty or UK stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT) at 0.5% of the amount or value of any consideration provided rounded up (in the case of stamp duty) to the nearest £5. SDRT is generally the liability of the purchaser. It is customarily also the purchaser who pays UK stamp duty.
A transfer of an ordinary share to, or to a nominee for, a person whose business is or includes the provision of clearance services or to, or to a nominee or agent of, a person whose business is or includes issuing depositary receipts may give rise to a charge to stamp duty or SDRT of 1.5% of the amount of the consideration provided rounded up (in the case of stamp duty) to the nearest £5. HMRC accept that this charge is in breach of EU law so far as it applies to transfers that are an integral part of a share issue, and it was confirmed in the Autumn 2017 Budget that the Government intends to continue this approach following Brexit. HMRCs published view is that the 1.5% SDRT or stamp duty charge continues to apply to other transfers of shares into a clearance service or depositary receipt arrangement, although this has been disputed. In view of the continuing uncertainty, specific professional advice should be sought before incurring a 1.5% SDRT or stamp duty charge in any circumstances.
No SDRT will be payable on the transfer of an ADS (assuming it is not registered in the UK), and, provided that the transfer documents are executed and always retained outside the UK, no UK stamp duty should in practice be required to be paid on the transfer of an ADS.
Transfers of ordinary shares into CREST will generally not be subject to stamp duty or SDRT unless such a transfer is made for a consideration in money or moneys worth, in which case a liability to SDRT will arise, usually at the rate of 0.5% of the value of the consideration. Paperless transfers of ordinary shares within CREST are generally liable to SDRT at the rate of 0.5% of the value of the consideration. CREST is obliged to collect SDRT from the purchaser of the shares on relevant transactions settled within the system.
The above statements are intended as a general guide to the current position. Certain categories of person (including recognised market makers, brokers and dealers) may not be liable to stamp duty or SDRT or may, although not liable for the tax, be required to notify and account for it under the Stamp Duty Reserve Tax Regulations 1986.
UK inheritance and gift taxes in connection with ordinary shares and/or ADSs
The rules and scope of domicile for UK tax purposes are complex and action should not be taken without advice specific to the individuals circumstances.
A lifetime gift or a transfer on death of ordinary shares and/or ADSs by an individual holder, who is US domiciled (for the purposes of the UK/US Estate and Gift Tax Convention) and who is not a UK national (as defined in the Convention) will not generally be subject to UK inheritance tax if the gift is subject to US federal gift or US estate tax unless the tax is not paid (otherwise than as a result of a specific exemption, deduction, exclusion, credit or allowance).
10F. Dividends and paying agents
Not applicable
10G. Statement by experts
Not applicable
10H. Documents on display
All reports and other information that BT files with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) may be inspected at the SECs public reference facilities at Room 1580, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, US.
These reports may be accessed via the SECs website at sec.gov
10I. Subsidiary information
Not applicable
26
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information set forth under the heading Consolidated financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements Financial instruments and risk management on page 163 of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
12.A. Debt securities
Not applicable
12.B. Warrants and rights
Not applicable
12.C. Other securities
Not applicable
12.D American Depositary Shares
During the 2019 financial year, the Company received direct and indirect payments from the Depositary of USD $1,099,420.45 which included the annual NYSE listing fee, investor relations expenses and other costs relating to the ADR program.
Category (as defined by SEC) |
Depositary Actions |
Associated Fee |
||
(a) Depositing or substituting the underlying shares |
Each person to whom ADRs are issued against deposits of Shares, including deposits and issuances in respect of:
Share distributions, stock split, rights, merger
Exchange of securities or any other transaction or event or other distribution affecting the ADSs or the Deposited Securities |
USD 5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) evidenced by the new ADRs delivered | ||
(b) Receiving or distributing dividends | Distribution of dividends | USD 0.05 or less per ADS | ||
(c) Selling or exercising rights | Distribution or sale of securities, the fee being in an amount equal to the fee for the execution and delivery of ADSs which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of such securities | USD 5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) | ||
(d) Withdrawing an underlying security | Acceptance of ADRs surrendered for withdrawal of deposited securities | USD 5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) evidenced by the ADRs surrendered | ||
(e) Transferring, splitting or grouping receipts | Transfers, combining or grouping of depositary receipts | USD 1.50 per ADS | ||
(f) General depositary services, particularly those charged on an annual basis |
Other services performed by the depositary in administering the ADRs
Provide information about the depositarys right, if any, to collect fees and charges by offsetting them against dividends received and deposited securities |
USD 0.05 per ADS (or portion thereof) not more than once each calendar year and payable at the sole discretion of the depositary by billing Holders or by deducting such charge from one or more cash dividends or other case distributions |
27
(g) Expenses of the depositary |
Expenses incurred on behalf of Holders in connection with
Compliance with foreign exchange control regulations or any law or regulation relating to foreign investment
The depositarys or its custodians compliance with applicable law, rule or regulation
Stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges
Cable, telex, facsimile transmission/delivery
Expenses of the depositary in connection with the conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars (which are paid out of such foreign currency)
Any other charge payable by depositary or its agents |
Expenses payable at the sole discretion of the depositary by billing Holders or by deducting charges from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions |
28
ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
Not applicable
ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
Not applicable
ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
(a) Disclosure controls and procedures
The information set forth under the headings:
|
Directors Information on page 92; and |
|
General Information on page 94 |
of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
(b) Managements annual report on internal control over financial reporting
The information set forth under the heading General Information Controls and procedures Managements report on internal control over financial reporting as of 31 March 2019 on page 95 of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
(c) Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm
The information set forth under the headings:
|
General information Controls and procedures Audit of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting on page 96; and |
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on page 102 |
of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
(d) Changes in internal control over financial reporting
The information set forth under the headings:
|
General Information Controls and procedures Remediation of material weakness in relation to the calculation of our IAS19 accounting valuation of retirement benefit obligations on page 94; and |
|
General Information Controls and procedures Changes in internal control over financial reporting on page 96 |
of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
The information set forth under the heading General Information US Regulation US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 on page 94 of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
The information set forth under the heading General Information US Regulation US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 on page 94 of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
16C.(a) Audit Fees
The information set forth in the table under the heading Audit services in Consolidated financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements Audit, audit related and other non-audit services on page 130 of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
16C.(b) Audit-Related Fees
The information set forth in the table under the heading Audit related assurance services in Consolidated financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements Audit, audit related and other non-audit services on page 130 of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
29
16C.(c) Tax Fees
The information set forth in the table under the headings Other non-audit services Taxation compliance services and Other non-audit services Taxation advisory services in Consolidated financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements Audit, audit related and other non-audit services on page 130 of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
16C.(d) All Other Fees
The information set forth in the table under the headings Other non-audit services All other assurance services and Other non-audit services All other services in Consolidated financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements Audit, audit related and other non-audit services on page 130 of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
16C.(e)
The information set forth under the headings:
|
Reports of the Board committees Audit & Risk Committee Chairs report on page 69; and |
|
Consolidated financial statements Notes to the consolidated financial statements Audit, audit related and other non-audit services on page 130 |
of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
16C.(f)
Not applicable
ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
Not applicable
ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
Share buyback
There were no share repurchases between 1 April 2018 and 31 March 2019
Calendar month |
Total number of shares
purchased |
Average price paid per
share (pence- net of dealing costs) |
Total number of shares
purchased as part of publicly announced plans or programmes |
Maximum number of
shares yet to be purchased under the AGM authority a |
||||||||||||
April 2018 |
nil | n/a | nil | 941,326,818 | ||||||||||||
May |
nil | n/a | nil | 941,326,818 | ||||||||||||
June |
nil | n/a | nil | 941,326,818 | ||||||||||||
July |
nil | n/a | nil | 941,326,818 | ||||||||||||
August |
nil | n/a | nil | 941,326,818 | ||||||||||||
September |
nil | n/a | nil | 941,326,818 | ||||||||||||
October |
nil | n/a | nil | 941,326,818 | ||||||||||||
November |
nil | n/a | nil | 941,326,818 | ||||||||||||
December |
nil | n/a | nil | 941,326,818 | ||||||||||||
January 2019 |
nil | n/a | nil | 941,326,818 | ||||||||||||
February |
nil | n/a | nil | 941,326,818 | ||||||||||||
March |
nil | n/a | nil | 941,326,818 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||
941,326,818 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
a |
Authority was given to purchase up to 996m shares on 12 July 2017 and 992m shares on 11 July 2018. These authorities expire at the close of the following AGM. |
ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANTS CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
KPMG LLP (KPMG) was our auditor for the 2018/19 financial year, such appointment having been approved by shareholders at the Companys Annual General Meeting on 11 July 2018. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) was our auditor for the 2017/18 financial year and for prior financial years.
PwC and its predecessor firms were our auditors since BT listed on the London Stock Exchange in 1984 and PwCs reappointment had not been subject to a tender until 2017 when the Audit & Risk Committee recommended to the Board that an audit tender process be undertaken with a view to appointing a new auditor for the financial year 2018/19. PwC advised the Audit & Risk Committee on 11 April 2017 that it would not participate in the tender process and so effectively indicated that it would decline to stand for re-election after the completion of the 2017/18 audit for the purposes of Item 16F(a)(1)(i) of Form 20-F. In this regard, we note that PwC would only have been permitted to serve as our auditor until the end of the 2019/20 audit due to the auditor rotation rules in the United Kingdom. In June 2017, following the conclusion of the audit tender process, we announced that the Board had approved the proposed appointment of KPMG as auditor beginning with the 2018/19 financial year, and the appointment was approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 11 July 2018.
30
PwC audited our financial statements for 2016/17 and 2017/18. None of the reports of PwC on those financial statements contained an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, or was qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.
During those fiscal years there were no disagreements with PwC, whether or not resolved, on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which, if not resolved to PwCs satisfaction, would have caused PwC to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with their reports. During such fiscal years there were no reportable events as that term is defined in Item 16F(a)(1)(v) of Form 20-F other than management concluded that there was a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting as at 31 March 2017 in respect of the Italian business, as described our Annual Report on Form 20-F for 2016/17 and 2017/18, and as at 31 March 2018 in respect of the IAS 19 accounting error, as described on pages 94 to 95 of the Annual Report 2019 incorporated herein by reference.
As part of our investigation into our Italian business, in October 2016, we engaged KPMG to conduct an independent review of the accounting practices in our Italian business. The investigation, which included our own review with support and oversight from our Legal, Governance & Compliance function and Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer, revealed inappropriate behavior in our Italian business, improper accounting practices and a complex set of improper sales, purchase, factoring and leasing transactions.
In 2017, KPMG and our internal investigation team, with support and oversight from our Legal, Governance & Compliance function and Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer conducted an investigation of the systems and controls relating to our Italian business. This investigation resulted in the steps to improve our internal controls described in our Annual Reports on Form 20-F for 2016/17 and 2017/18.
We have provided KPMG with a copy of this disclosure in response to Item 16F and requested that KPMG provides us with a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether they agree with such disclosure. A copy of KPMGs letter, dated May 23, 2019, is attached as Exhibit 15.4 to this Form 20-F.
We have provided PwC with a copy of this disclosure in response to Item 16F and requested that PwC provides us with a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether they agree with such disclosure. A copy of PwCs letter, dated May 23, 2019, is attached as Exhibit 15.5 to this Form 20-F.
ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information set forth under the heading General Information US Regulation New York Stock Exchange on page 94 of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
Not applicable
31
Not applicable
The information set forth under the headings:
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on page 101; |
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on page 102; and |
|
Financial statements on page 110 |
of the Annual Report 2019 is incorporated herein by reference.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of BT Group plc
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying group balance sheet of BT Group plc and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of 31 March 2018, and the related group income statements, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended 31 March 2018, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements), before the effects of the adjustments noted in the paragraph below. In our opinion, the financial statements before the effects of the adjustments noted in the paragraph below, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of 31 March 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended 31 March 2018 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (the 2018 financial statements before the effects of the adjustments noted in the paragraph below are not presented herein).
We were not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the adjustments in relation to the following:
|
retrospectively apply the transfer of the Northern Ireland Networks business between reportable segments, as described in Notes 2, 5, and 8, and retrospectively apply the reclassification of internal revenue generated by the Ventures business within the Enterprise segment, as described in Note 5; and |
|
retrospectively apply the re-presentation of other operating costs as described in Note 7, and the presentation of amounts related to items designated as hedging instruments in Note 27. |
Accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance about whether such adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied. Those adjustments were audited by other auditors.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Companys financial statements before the effects of the adjustments described above based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits of these financial statements, before the effects of the adjustments described above, in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
London, United Kingdom
9 May 2018, except for the effects of the restatement of previously issued financial statements for IAS 19 accounting valuation of retirement benefit obligations discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, as to which the date is 19 September 2018.
We served as the Companys auditor from 1984 to 2018.
The following exhibits are filed as part of this annual report:
* |
Certain of the information included within Exhibit 15.2, which is provided pursuant to Rule 12b-23(a)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is incorporated by reference in this Form 20-F, as specified elsewhere in this Form 20-F. With the exception of the items and pages so specified, the Annual Report 2019 is not deemed to be filed as part of this Form 20-F. |
32
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
BT Group plc |
/s/ Simon Lowth |
Name: Simon Lowth |
Title: Chief Financial Officer |
Date: May 23, 2019
33
Exhibit 4.1
DATED 24 OCTOBER 2018
(1) |
BT GROUP plc |
(2) |
PHILIP ERIC RENE JANSEN |
DIRECTORS SERVICE CONTRACT
CONTENTS |
|
|||||
1. |
INTERPRETATION | 3 | ||||
2. |
PERIOD | 6 | ||||
3. |
DUTIES | 6 | ||||
4. |
SHARE DEALING AND OTHER RULES | 7 | ||||
5. |
CONFLICTS | 8 | ||||
6. |
SALARY AND INCENTIVE ARRANGEMENTS | 8 | ||||
7. |
PENSION | 9 | ||||
8. |
INSURANCE | 9 | ||||
9. |
HOLIDAY | 10 | ||||
10. |
CAR | 10 | ||||
11. |
TELECOMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES | 10 | ||||
12. |
SICK PAY | 10 | ||||
13. |
MEDICAL EXAMINATION | 11 | ||||
14. |
EXPENSES | 11 | ||||
15. |
PROFESSIONAL SUBSCRIPTIONS AND ADVICE | 11 | ||||
16. |
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY | 11 | ||||
17. |
DISCIPLINARY AND GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE | 12 | ||||
18. |
OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE WORK | 12 | ||||
19. |
TERMINATION | 13 | ||||
20. |
CONFIDENTIALITY | 15 | ||||
21. |
RESTRICTIONS | 16 | ||||
22. |
DATA PROTECTION | 17 | ||||
23. |
CONTINUATION | 17 | ||||
24. |
VARIATION | 17 | ||||
25. |
NOTICES | 18 | ||||
26. |
COUNTERPARTS | 18 | ||||
27. |
CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999 | 18 | ||||
28. |
MISCELLANEOUS | 18 |
2
DATED 24 OCTOBER 2018
PARTIES
1) |
BT GROUP plc (registered number 4190816) whose registered office is at 81 Newgate Street, London EC1A 7AJ (BT) |
2) |
PHILIP ERIC RENE JANSEN whose address is 81 Newgate Street, London, EC1A 7AJ (the Director) |
1. |
INTERPRETATION |
1.1 |
In this Agreement the following expressions shall mean: |
Agreement | means this agreement and any of its schedules. | |
Associated Company | any company or venture in which BT or a Subsidiary has a shareholding or equity participation; | |
Benefits | pension benefits (including life cover), health cover, dental cover, the car currently provided on termination together with the cost of maintenance, insurance and motor vehicle tax (but not petrol); | |
Board | the board of directors of BT, or a committee of the board; | |
BT Group Chairman |
BT and all its Subsidiaries from time to time; the chairman of BT or his designated nominee; |
|
Commencement Date | 1 January 2019; | |
Competing Business | means any business which competes (or is about to compete) with the part(s) of BT or BT Groups business in which the Director was actively involved any time during the 12 months immediately before the date his employment endsor about which he had access to Confidential Information. | |
Confidential Information | means trade secrets, commercially sensitive information and confidential information which the Director knows about as part of or in connection with his employment. It means anything about the business, products, affairs, personal affairs, and finances of BT, BT Groupor any of their customers or prospective customers, suppliers, management or shareholderswhich could be of value, or which could give an unfair advantage to an actual or potential competitor of BT or BT Group, or would cause harm to BT or BT Group if disclosed. It can be in any form. It includes but isnt limited to: | |
(i) | terms of business with suppliers and what theyve charged; | |
(ii) | past, current or prospective customers identities; | |
(iii) | contract and business terms with past or current |
3
customers, including what theyve asked for, and what BT has charged (or details of negotiations with prospective customers); | ||
(iv) | individual contact numbers, addresses and details of past, current or prospective customers, clients and suppliers; | |
(v) | business plans, strategies (including pricing strategies), costings, pricing structures or lists, sales plans, policies, targets and forecasts, and business dealings or transactions, tenders and bids; | |
(vi) | confidential management and financial information, results and forecasts (including draft, provisional and final figures). Thats things like dividend information, turnover and stock levels, profits and profit margins; | |
(vii) | confidential proposals on acquisitions or disposals. That could be about whole or parts of BT or the BT Group, or us proposing to grow or shrink any of our activities. It could also be any other information about confidential transactions or proposals; | |
(viii) | confidential details of employees, consultants and officers and of their pay, fees or other benefits; | |
(ix) | information on products, services, research, inventions, secret processes, technology development, manufacture, composition, designs, formulae, specifications, drawings, technical data, source codes, computer systems, software, prototypes and product lines; | |
(x) | marketing strategy, market share statistics, marketing plans, surveys, and/or reports, marketing research and/or marketing methods; and | |
(xi) | any information which is treated as confidential or which the Director has been told (or should reasonably know) is confidential. That includes information given to BT or the BT Group in confidence by customers, suppliers or anyone else. | |
Controller,
Personal Data and |
||
Process/Processing | have the meanings ascribed to them in the Directive, and/or in the GDPR and will apply from the Commencement Date; | |
Data Protection | ||
Legislation | means collectively (i) the Directive, (ii) other applicable legislation of the European Union, (iii) applicable local legislation relating to the Processing of Personal Data and/or the protection of an individuals privacy, and, (iv) from 25 May |
4
2018, the GDPR, and any successor legislation or regulation and (v) any binding guidance or code of practice issued by a Supervisory Authority; | ||
Directive | means Directive 95/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 October 1995; | |
Employment | the Directors employment in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; | |
Group Company | any company in the BT Group; | |
GDPR | means General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679 repealing the Directive, and any amendment or replacement to it (including any corresponding or equivalent national law or regulation which implements the GDPR); and | |
in any way | in the Schedule means acting in any capacity directly or indirectly for the Director or jointly with (or for) any person, company or organisation. That includes acting as agent, consultant, director, employee, owner, partner, shareholder or in any other capacity. The Director is allowed to hold for investment purposes only up to five per cent of any class of securities of any company, whether or not it is listed on a recognised investment exchange. | |
Key Employee | is a director or senior employee of BT or BT Group with whom the Director had personal dealings any time during the 12 months immediately before the date his employment ends, and who knows Confidential Information, or has knowledge of, connections with, or influence over BT or BT Group customers. | |
The Offer | ||
Letter Terms | The terms set out in Annex 1 to this Agreement. | |
Salary | £1,100,000 a year or such higher salary as may be determined by the Board; | |
Subsidiary | any subsidiary which for the time being is a subsidiary company (as defined in Section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006) of BT | |
Supervisory Authority | means any competent authority responsible for supervising compliance with Data Protection Legislation. | |
the date the Directors employment ends | in the Schedule means the effective date of termination of his BT employment, as defined by Section 97 of the Employment Rights Act 1996 (as amended). | |
Works | means any invention, design, or copyright work, including without limitation all documents, data, drawings, |
5
specifications, articles, computer programmes, object codes, source codes, network designs, business logic, notes, sketches, drawings, reports, modifications, tools, scripts or other items |
1.2 |
A reference to something being determined, specified or required by BT includes a determination, specification or requirement from time to time. |
1.3 |
This Agreement supersedes any previous agreement between BT or any other Group Company and the Director. |
2. |
PERIOD |
2.1 |
Subject to Paragraph 19, this Agreement will continue for an indefinite period until either BT has given to the Director previous written notice of not less than twelve months or the Director has given to BT previous written notice of not less than six months, ending in either case at any time after the initial period. |
2.2 |
The Directors period of continuous employment for statutory purposes shall begin on the Commencement Date. |
3. |
DUTIES |
3.1 |
BT will employ the Director as a full-time executive director and as of 1 February 2019, Chief Executive of BT. The Directors initial place of work will be at BTs head office, which is currently located at BT Centre, 81 Newgate Street, London, EC1A 7AJ. However, you will be required to visit and work at various other locations, in the UK and overseas, so that you can properly fulfil your duties. |
3.2 |
During the Employment, the Director will: |
(a) |
diligently perform all such duties and exercise all such powers as are lawfully and properly assigned to him from time to time by the Board, whether such duties or powers relate to BT or the BT Group and Associated Companies, at such locations in the United Kingdom or overseas, as the Board or the Chairman may specify; |
(b) |
comply with all BT rules, regulations, policies and procedures (including codes of conduct) and those of any applicable Group Company or Associated Company from time to time in force; |
(c) |
comply with all directions lawfully and properly given to him by the Board; |
(d) |
unless prevented by sickness, injury or other incapacity, and other than any time reasonably spent on any external non-executive directorship or other position which has been approved by the Chairman or the Remuneration Committee, devote the whole of his time, attention and abilities during his working hours to the business of BT or any other Group Company or Associated Company for which he is required to perform duties; |
6
(e) |
promptly provide the Board with all information it may require in connection with the business or affairs of BT and of any other Group Company or Associated Company for which he is required to perform duties; and |
(f) |
report to BT and any applicable Group Company or Associated Company any matters of concern of which he is aware, in particular any wrongdoing (or proposed wrongdoing), acts of misconduct, dishonesty, breach of any policies of the BT Group or Associated Companies, including but not limited to the codes of conduct or breach of any relevant regulatory rules committed, contemplated or discussed by any member of staff, contractor or other third party. |
3.3 |
The Director acknowledges that the Company may appoint a temporary replacement as acting Chief Executive if, as a result of any illness, injury or other incapacity, he has been unable to perform his duties for a continuous period of three months (or, in the reasonable opinion of the Board, is likely to be unable to perform his duties for a continuous period of at least three months). |
3.4 |
The Directors working hours will be such hours as are required for the proper performance of his duties |
3.5 |
The Director agrees, that due to the autonomous nature of his role the duration of his working time cannot be measured or monitored and, accordingly, the Directors employment falls within the scope of regulation 20 of the Working Time Regulations 1998 (the Regulations ). |
3.6 |
The Directors employment with BT is subject to and conditional upon his being entitled to be lawfully employed by BT in the UK and the Director providing evidence, satisfactory to BT, of the same. The Director will not be permitted to commence employment unless and until he has done this to BTs satisfaction. The Director agrees to immediately notify BT about any change to his entitlement to work for BT in the UK. If the Directors lawful employment in the UK is subject to BT making an application for a visa, permission or any other approval in respect of the same, it is a condition of the Directors employment that he cooperates with any such application and provides BT with any information, assistance and documents as BT may specify |
3.7 |
Should the Director: |
(a) |
cease, or appear in BTs belief to have ceased, to be entitled to be lawfully employed by BT in the UK; |
(b) |
fail to provide on request documents to demonstrate that he is entitled to be lawfully employed by BT in the UK; or |
(c) |
not provide BT with the information, assistance or documents it may specify in relation to any application relating to the Directors lawful employment in the UK, |
BT may terminate the Directors employment without notice and without compensation or Payment in Lieu.
7
4. |
SHARE DEALING AND OTHER RULES |
4.1 |
The Director will comply with the BT share dealing rules, BTs internal codes, rules and/or policies as amended from time to time, BTs Articles of Association and with all applicable rules and regulations from time to time of the UK Listing Authority, any stock exchange on which BTs and/or any other Group Companys shares and/or stock are listed and/or traded, and any other relevant regulatory bodies. |
4.2 |
The Director will: |
(a) |
consent to BT or any other Group Company inspecting any electronic equipment used by the Director, and to monitoring and recording any use that he makes of BTs or any other Group Companys electronic communications and information technology systems for the purpose of ensuring that BTs rules (and those of any other Group Company) are being complied with and for legitimate business purposes; and |
(b) |
comply with any electronic communication systems policy that BT may issue from time to time. |
5. |
CONFLICTS |
5.1 |
The Director will promote, and not do anything which is harmful or conflicts with, the interests and reputation of the BT Group. |
5.2 |
The Director will not without obtaining prior written consent of the Chairman: |
(a) |
work for (in any capacity) any other person, business, organisation or company or be engaged, concerned or interested either directly or indirectly in any other trade, profession, business or occupation or hold any directorship or office in any company or entity that does or is likely to compete with the BT Group businesses; or |
(b) |
hold any shares or interests in any business or company that does or is likely to compete with the BT Group businesses. |
5.3 |
The Director is entitled to fees received by him from directorships of other companies but only in accordance with BTs remuneration policy. |
5.4 |
If the Director becomes aware of any conflicts of interest that may arise, he must disclose these without delay to the Board. |
6. |
SALARY AND INCENTIVE ARRANGEMENTS |
6.1 |
The Director will be paid the Salary in twelve equal monthly instalments, payable on the last business day of each month. |
6.2 |
The Directors salary will be inclusive of all fees and other remuneration to which he may be or become entitled as an officer of any Group Company or Associated Company. |
6.3 |
The Director will be eligible to participate in annual performance-related bonus arrangements at the discretion of the Board, subject to and in accordance with the |
8
terms of the relevant bonus arrangements from time to time in force. Any bonus will be subject to applicable deferral arrangements. |
6.4 |
The Director may, at the discretion of the Board, participate in any scheme established for BT employees to acquire shares in BT subject to the applicable rules of the scheme, but participation under such schemes will not constitute a term of employment. |
6.5 |
The Director agrees that, pursuant to Part II of the Employment Rights Act 1996, BT has the right to deduct from his Salary and/or any other sum or benefit due to the Director any amount owed to BT and/or any other company in the BT Group by the Director, including without limitation any amount to be recovered pursuant to any share-related arrangement in which the Director participates. |
6.6 |
Following the enactment of sections 79 to 82 of the Enterprise and Regulatory Reform Act 2013 the Director agrees that: |
(a) any obligation of BT or any other Group Company or Associated Company under this Agreement and any other arrangement relating to remuneration from which the Director benefits or enters into in connection with being a director of BT shall comply with the Directors Remuneration policy as approved by BT shareholders in a general meeting in accordance with the terms of applicable legislation; and(b) in the event that approval of the Directors Remuneration Policy is not obtained at any general meeting, the Director will have no entitlement to compensation or damages in respect of any loss suffered as a consequence.
7. |
PENSION |
7.1 |
BT will pay an amount of 15 percent of the Salary in each year as a contribution to the Directors personal pension by twelve monthly instalments, payable on the last day of each month or should the Director so elect such sum will be paid to him as a cash allowance each month (subject to the appropriate deductions). The cash allowance does not count as salary for the purpose of determining incentives or other benefits |
7.2 |
BT will comply with its automatic enrolment obligations under legislation in relation to the Director. If the Director is automatically enrolled to an automatic enrolment scheme nominated by BT in accordance with its automatic enrolment obligations and does not opt out, or if the Director opts in to such a scheme, the pension allowance described in Paragraph 7.1 will be reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate of any employer and employee contributions (including tax relief in respect of such contributions, if any) payable to or in respect of the Director to such scheme. |
8. |
INSURANCE |
8.1 |
During the Employment, subject to the Directors age, health and/or any other personal characteristics (or, where relevant, that of his spouse or children) not preventing cover being obtained without exceptional conditions or unusually high |
9
premiums, and to the terms of the relevant policy and rules of the relevant insurer or provider from time to time, BT will: |
(a) |
arrange for the benefit of the Director life insurance cover equal to 4 times Salary and |
(b) |
arrange private health cover for the Director, the Directors spouse and children under the age of 18 (or 21 if in full-time education) and dental cover for the Director and the Directors spouse. |
(c) |
The Director acknowledges that as the above insured benefits are insured arrangements, the payment of any benefit is subject to the discretion of the insurers. BT has no obligation to assist the Director in the advancement of any claim under the insurance, nor any obligation to make any payment or provide any alternative benefit should the insurer refuse to pay or provide cover for any reason |
9. |
HOLIDAY |
The Director will be entitled to paid statutory holidays and to 30 days paid holiday in each year which accrues rateably each month in arrears, to be taken at times agreed with the Chairman.
10. |
CAR |
10.1 |
BT will provide the Director with a car appropriate to his status and responsibilities in accordance with BTs company car policy from time to time. BT will bear the cost of taxing, insuring, repairing and maintaining the car as well as the cost of business mileage. |
11. |
TELECOMMUNICATIONS FACILITIES |
BT will provide telecommunications facilities and home security at the Directors main residences in the UK, all as determined by BT.
12. |
SICK PAY |
(a) |
During the Employment, the Director will be entitled to receive sick pay (inclusive of any statutory sick pay and any benefits payable under any permanent health insurance effected by BT) of: one-twelfth of the Salary for each month in the first six months; and |
(b) |
one twenty-fourth of the Salary for each month in the next six months |
in total in any continuous period of four years and subject to production of medical certificates and any other requirements BT may reasonably request, including (without limitation) the Director complying with BTs sickness policies and procedures for executives (including any sickness reporting obligations). Once the Director has been absent for more than twelve months within a rolling four year period, no further sick pay will be payable. Both calculations run in conjunction with each other taking into account each days absence in the respective rolling period.
10
12.2 |
If the Directors absence is due to the actionable negligence of a third party in respect of which damages are recoverable, then he must |
(a) |
notify BT immediately of all the relevant circumstances and of any claim, compromise, settlement, judgement or award made in connection with it; |
(b) |
give to BT such information concerning the above matters as BT may reasonably require; and |
(c) |
if BT requires it, refund to BT any amount received from any such third party provided that the refund will be no more than the amount which has been recovered in respect of remuneration. |
13. |
MEDICAL EXAMINATION |
BT may, at its expense, require the Director to be examined by a medical practitioner of BTs choice. BT will be entitled to receive a copy of any report produced in connection with all such examinations, on a confidential basis, and to discuss the contents of the report with the doctor who produced it.
14. |
EXPENSES |
BT will reimburse authorised expenses properly incurred in the course of the Directors duties against receipts or other proof of expenditure.
15. |
PROFESSIONAL SUBSCRIPTIONS AND ADVICE |
15.1 |
The Director will be reimbursed subscriptions to professional bodies where the Chairman considers it to be in the interests of BT. |
15.2 |
BT will pay the cost of personal tax and financial planning advice up to a maximum of £5,000 (excluding VAT) a year. |
16. |
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY |
16.1 |
Subject to the Patents Act 1977 and the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988, any Works made by the Director during the course of his employment with BT (whether or not in the course of his duties) shall immediately upon creation or performance vest in and shall be and remain the sole and exclusive property of BT, and the Director hereby irrevocably and unconditionally assigns to BT, all right, title and interest in and to the same. |
16.2 |
The Director must promptly notify BT of any Works which he creates, which shall become the absolute property of BT and he hereby unconditionally waive in favour of BT all rights (if any) he may have under Chapter IV (moral rights) of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 (or any foreign corresponding rights) in connection with the authorship of any Works, wherever in the world enforceable, including without limitation the right to be identified as the author of such Works and the right not to have such Works altered or subjected to derogatory treatment. |
11
16.3 |
The Director agrees to execute any formal and additional assignment required by BT to vest or confirm the vesting in it of all rights in any Works as set out in this Clause at the expense of BT. |
16.4 |
The Director hereby authorises BT to appoint someone to be his attorney and, in his name, and on his behalf, to sign, execute and do all such things as BT thinks necessary or desirable to fully vest or confirm the vesting in it of all rights in any works as set out in this Clause. |
16.5 |
The terms and obligations of this Clause survive the expiry or termination of the Directors employment for any reason. |
17. |
DISCIPLINARY AND GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE |
17.1 |
If the Director is dissatisfied with any disciplinary decision taken in relation to him he may appeal in writing to the Board within seven days of that decision. The Boards decision shall be final. |
17.2 |
If the Director has any grievance he may apply in writing to the Chairman who personally will either propose a solution or refer the matter to the Board. |
18. |
OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE WORK |
18.1 |
BT is under no obligation to provide the Director with work and may: |
(a) |
suspend the Director, if the Board considers this appropriate, for up to 3 months; or |
(b) |
if notice to terminate this Agreement has been given or received or the Director seeks to or indicates an intention to resign (or terminate) his employment without notice (or full notice), vary the Directors duties or require the Director to cease performing all duties during all or part of the notice period (or during the period that should have been the notice period), |
in which case BT may continue to pay the Salary in accordance with Paragraph 6.1 and provide the Benefits under this Agreement until this Agreement terminates and the Director will, in addition to his duties of fidelity, confidence and good faith, continue to comply with his obligations under this Agreement, including under Paragraph 5.
18.2 |
Where Paragraph 18.1 applies, BT may require the Director: |
(a) |
not to attend any BT Group or Associated Company premises |
(b) |
to refrain from business contact with any customers, prospective customers, workers, officers, directors, employees or any other business contacts of the BT Group or any Associated Company |
(c) |
to take any holiday which has accrued under Paragraph 9 during any period of suspension under this Paragraph 18.2; |
For the avoidance of any doubt, where Paragraph 18.1 applies, the Director will:
12
(a) |
not compete with BT, any Group Company or any Associated Company; and/or |
(b) |
not do any act or thing or make or cause to be made any statement reasonably likely to damage the business or reputation of BT, any Group Company or any Associated Company. |
18.3 |
Where Paragraph 18.1(b) applies, the Director will at BTs request promptly resign in writing as a director of BT (and as a member of any committee of the Board), any other Group Company and of any company of which BT is a shareholder but this Agreement will not terminate on the Director resigning under this sub-paragraph. The Company Secretary of BT is irrevocably authorised as the Directors attorney to sign a letter of resignation on behalf of the Director if he fails to do so. |
19. |
TERMINATION |
19.1 |
This Agreement will terminate immediately, without compensation, Payment in Lieu or prior notice: |
(a) |
subject to Paragraphs 18.3 and 19.3, if the Director: |
(i) |
ceases to be a director under the provisions of BTs Articles of Association as altered from time to time (other than in connection with a change of control of BT); or |
(ii) |
resigns as a Director of BT or any Group Company; or |
(iii) |
is disqualified from acting as a director; or |
19.2 |
BT may terminate this Agreement without notice, and without compensation or Payment in Lieu, if the Board believes that the Director: |
(a) |
is incapacitated for any reason from performing the Directors duties for a continuous period of one year or any periods totalling 365 days in any continuous period of two years; or |
(b) |
is guilty of any fraud, dishonesty or disreputable conduct; or |
(c) |
is guilty of any misconduct (including outside the course of his employment) or neglect of duty after receiving a warning; or |
(d) |
is guilty of any gross misconduct or gross negligence or any conduct which, in the opinion of the Board does or may result in the breakdown in trust and confidence between the Director and BT and/or which does or may prejudice any Group Companys business or reputation; or |
(e) |
is guilty of a breach of the Market Abuse Regulation, or the rules or regulations as amended from time to time of the UK Listing Authority or any other regulatory authorities relevant to BT or any other Group Company or any code |
13
of practice issued by BT or any Group Company from time to time relating to dealing in securities of BT or any Group Company; or |
(f) |
is convicted of any criminal offence (other than under the Road Traffic Acts for which a penalty of imprisonment is not imposed); or |
(g) |
repeatedly, and after receiving a warning, fails to follow BTs policies and procedures or his obligations in this Agreement. |
19.3 |
If the Director ceases to be a director of BT because he is not re-elected or deemed to be re-elected at a general meeting, BT may either; |
(a) |
terminate this Agreement immediately and pay compensation in lieu of notice (calculated in accordance with Paragraph 19.4 below) subject to Paragraph 19.5 and the Director complying with his obligations under it; or |
(b) |
require the Director to perform such duties for the BT Group (other than as a director of BT), as the Board or the Chairman may specify. |
19.4 |
In lieu of giving the Director the 12 months notice referred to in Paragraph 2.1 or at any time during any notice period (whether given or received by BT), BT may (but shall not be obliged to) terminate this Agreement immediately and subsequently make a payment in lieu of notice equal to: |
(a) |
the Salary which the Director would have been entitled to receive in accordance with Paragraph 6.1 during the notice period referred to in Paragraph 2.1 if notice had been given or received or (if notice has already been given or received) during the remainder of the notice period; and |
(b) |
the cost to BT of continuing to provide the Benefits during that period. Alternatively, BT may in its absolute discretion continue to provide the Benefits during that period, |
(the Payment in Lieu ).
19.5 |
The Payment in Lieu will be payable in equal monthly instalments on the normal payroll dates. These instalments will continue until the date on which the relevant notice period would have expired or (if earlier) the date on which the Director secures alternative employment or alternative engagements, subject to the conditions set out in sub-Paragraphs 1.1(a) to (b) below: |
(a) |
the Director will provide to the Board the evidence it may reasonably require on a monthly basis to show that he is making all reasonable efforts to secure alternative employment or engagements and full details of his remuneration package in any such employment or engagements; and |
(b) |
in the absence of such evidence or if the Board is not satisfied (on reasonable grounds) that the evidence provided shows that the Director is making reasonable efforts to secure alternative employment or engagement(s), BT may cease making any further payments. In these circumstances, the Director will have no right to any compensation or damages in respect of the loss of any |
14
further instalments of the Payment in Lieu that would otherwise have been due to him. |
(c) |
in the event that the Director secures alternative employment or engagement(s) at a lower basic salary or fee than the Salary, then subsequent instalments of the Payment in Lieu shall be reduced by an amount equal to such lower salary or fee (expressed on a monthly basis) in calculating the Payment in Lieu. The Payment in Lieu will be further reduced as the Board deems appropriate if the remuneration arrangements agreed between the Director and his new employer, in the reasonable opinion of the Board, are not appropriately balanced between basic salary and other incentives and benefits in accordance with market practice |
19.6 |
Upon termination of this Agreement the Director will at BTs request promptly resign in writing as a director of BT (and as a member of any committee of the Board or any other office holdings) and of any company of which BT is a shareholder and from any Group Company, and will promptly return to BT any property of the BT Group |
19.7 |
The Company Secretary of BT is irrevocably authorised as the Directors attorney to sign a letter of resignation on behalf of the Director if he fails to do so |
19.8 |
After the termination of his employment under this Agreement, the Director will, on request, render assistance and perform any tasks and functions BT may require for its business to assist BT or any other Group Company to deal properly, efficiently and cost-effectively with any matters in connection with the affairs of BT and/or any other Group Company and in respect of which the Director has particular knowledge and expertise by reason of his employment under this Agreement. The Director will be entitled to be reimbursed all reasonable out of pocket expenses properly incurred in rendering assistance and performing the tasks and functions if approved in advance by BT |
20. |
CONFIDENTIALITY |
20.1 |
The Director must apply the highest standards of confidentiality and not disclose to any person, firm or company (whether during the course of the appointment or at any time after its termination) any Confidential Information concerning BT or any other Group Company with which the Director comes into contact by virtue of his position. |
20.2 |
The Director agrees to accept the following restrictions; |
(a) |
He must not, (other than in the proper course of his duties), without consent divulge or make known to any person or use for the benefit of himself or any other person, any Confidential Information. |
(b) |
During his employment with BT he must not obtain or seek to obtain any financial advantage (direct or indirect) from the disclosure of Confidential Information he has acquired during the course of his employment with BT. |
(c) |
During his employment or after its termination (without limit in time) he must not for his own or any other purposes (other than those of BT) for any reason |
15
and in any manner use, divulge or communicate to any person, firm, company or organisation any Confidential Information acquired or discovered by him in the course of his employment with BT. |
20.3 |
The restrictions contained in this clause dont apply to; |
(a) |
any disclosure authorised by the Board or required by the order of a court of competent jurisdiction or as otherwise required by law; |
(b) |
any information which he can demonstrate was known to him before the start of his employment by BT or is in the public domain otherwise than as a result of a breach by the Director of this clause; or |
(c) |
a protected disclosures made pursuant to and in accordance with the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998 and/or any policy on disclosure operated by BT from time-to-time; |
(d) |
using his personal skill, expertise and know-how in the business in which he may be lawfully engaged following the termination of his employment. |
20.4 |
The Director must not make or publish any derogatory or disparaging statements or do anything in relation to BT or any Associated or Group Company and/or its or their current or former officers or employees which is intended to, or which might be expected to damage or lower their reputations. |
20.5 |
The Directors attention is also drawn to the requirements under both legislation and regulation as to the handling and disclosure of inside information. The Director should avoid making any statements that might breach these requirements without prior clearance from the BT Company Secretary. |
20.6 |
All notes, memoranda, records, lists of customers and suppliers and employees, correspondence, documents, discs and tapes, digital memory and data storage devices, computer software, computer programmes, computer operating systems, computers, laptops, tablet computers, mobile phones, PDAs, other portable electronic devices, data listing, codes, and other documents and material whatsoever (whether made or created by the Director or otherwise and whether or not containing Confidential Information) relating to the business of BT or any other Group Company (and any copies of the same) shall be handed over and delivered by the Director to BT (or to such other Group Company as the case may require) immediately on demand and in any event on the termination of his employment (whether or not requested by BT). |
20.7 |
This Paragraph 20 shall continue to apply after the termination of the Directors employment and the Agreement (whether terminated lawfully or not) without limit in time. |
21. |
RESTRICTIONS |
21.1 |
The Director will be bound by the provisions of the Schedule to this Agreement. |
16
21.2 |
The 12-month periods referred to in the Schedule will be reduced by any time during which BT exercises its right not provide the Director with any work under Paragraph 18.1(b) during his notice period. |
21.3 |
The Director will not at any time after termination of his employment represent himself as being in any way concerned with or interested in the business of, or employed by, any company in the BT Group or any Associated Company. |
22. |
DATA PROTECTION |
22.1 |
Personal data about other people: While the Director is working for BT he may have access to personal data about other BT people, customers, clients, suppliers or agents. The Director must only access and/or use this personal data when he needs it to do his job. The Director must not use it for any other reason. If the Director handles personal data in his job he must comply with Data Protection Legislation, BTs privacy policy, employee privacy policy and any other information security and information retention policies BT makes him aware of. |
22.2 |
Personal data about the Director: |
(a) |
While the Director is working for BT, BT will process personal data, including special categories of personal data, about him. BT do this for legal, personnel, administrative and management reasons. BT will do this in line with Data Protection Legislation and BTs employee privacy policy. It might include, but isnt limited to: |
(i) |
Information about the Directors physical or mental health so BT can monitor sick leave and make decisions about the Directors fitness for work. |
(ii) |
The Directors racial or ethnic origin and religious (or similar) information so BT can make sure it is following equal opportunities legislation. |
(iii) |
Any other information BTs need to make sure it is sticking to the law and our obligations to third parties. |
(b) |
BT may share the Directors personal data with anyone who supplies products or services to BT, (like advisers and payroll administrators), BTs pension and benefits providers, regulatory authorities, potential or future employers, governmental or quasi-governmental organisations and potential purchasers of BT or the business the Director works in. This could include the Directors name, address, gender, date of birth and other information. BT can transfer the Directors personal data to countries or territories outside the European Economic Area even if they dont have adequate data protection standards. |
(c) |
The Director can refer to BTs employee privacy notice for more details on how it uses the Directors personal information, what information BT collect about him (including from third parties), why BT collects it, what BT uses it for and on what basis |
17
23. |
CONTINUATION |
Paragraphs 16, 19.6, 19.7, 19.8 20 and 21 inclusive will continue in force after the termination of this Agreement.
24. |
VARIATION |
BT may vary Paragraphs 8 to 12 inclusive, 15 and 17 but only after first consulting the Director.
25. |
NOTICES |
Any notice or document may be served on the Director personally or by posting it to his last known address, or on BT addressed to the Company Secretary at its registered office, and if sent by first class post will be deemed to have been received within 24 hours after posting.
26. |
COUNTERPARTS |
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by each party on separate counterparts. Each counterpart is an original, but all counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart signature page of this Agreement by e-mail or fax shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. In relation to each counterpart, upon confirmation by or on behalf of the signatory that the signatory authorises the attachment of such counterpart signature page to the final text of this Agreement, such counterpart signature page shall take effect together with such final text as a complete authoritative counterpart.
27. |
CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999 |
Save for any Group Company or any Associated Company, a person who is not a party to this Agreement shall have no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any of its terms.
28. |
MISCELLANEOUS |
28.1 |
This Agreement (including the Schedule and Annex 1) constitute the entire agreement and understanding between the parties and supersedes all other agreements both oral and in writing between BT and the Director (other than those expressly referred to in this Agreement). The Director acknowledges that he has not entered into this Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not set out in this Agreement or expressly referred to in it as forming part of the Directors contract of employment. |
28.2 |
The Director represents and warrants to BT that he will not by reason of entering into the Employment, or by performing any duties under this Agreement, be in breach of any terms of employment with a third party whether express or implied or of any other obligation binding on him. |
28.3 |
Any reference in this Agreement to an Act of Parliament shall be deemed to include any statutory modification or re-enactment of it |
18
28.4 |
The following provisions shall have effect for the purposes of the Employment Rights Act 1996 as amended: |
(a) |
there is no current requirement for the Director to work outside the United Kingdom for any consecutive period in excess of one month; and |
(b) |
there are no collective agreements currently in force which affect directly or indirectly the terms and conditions of the Directors employment. |
28.5 |
This Agreement is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of England. The Courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction in relation to all disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. |
29. |
Directors and Officers Liability Insurance and Indemnity |
29.1 |
The Company shall maintain directors and officers liability insurance (D&O Insurance) to insure the Director as a director of the Company during the period of the Directors appointment and for a period of six years thereafter to the extent that such insurance can be obtained at such cost and on such terms as the board considers to be reasonable. |
29.2 |
The Director shall have the benefit of the indemnity from the Company as set out in the deed poll executed by the Company on 13th October 1992 as amended by supplemental deed poll dated 7th September 2001. |
This Agreement has been executed as a deed and is delivered and takes effect on the date written on the first page of this Agreement.
19
SIGNED as a DEED and DELIVERED by PHILIP ERIC RENE JANSEN |
In the presence of: |
Name, address and occupation of witness: |
THE COMMON SEAL of |
BT GROUP PLC affixed to this |
DEED is AUTHENTICATED by |
Authorised signatory |
20
SCHEDULE
1. |
Confidentiality |
1.1 The Director must not ever, in any way, use Confidential Information for anything other than properly carrying out his job. Nor must he, ever, in any way, use Confidential Information for his own or for anyone elses benefit (other than BT) or disclose it to any person, company or other organisation.
1.2 The Director also agrees to use his best endeavours to prevent unauthorised use or publication or disclosure of any Confidential Information. If he suspects, or finds out, that anyone has inappropriately used or knows any Confidential Information, he must tell the Chairman straight away.
1.3 Clauses 1.1 to 1.2 apply throughout the Directors employment and still apply at any time after his employment ends (however it ends). The exceptions to this are:
(i) |
If he uses or discloses Confidential Information as part of properly performing his job, or if BT authorises him to do so (in writing) or if he is required to by law. |
(ii) |
If any information is already in the public domain, other than through his unauthorised disclosure. |
(iii) |
If its a protected disclosure under section 43A of the Employment Rights Act 1996. |
2. |
Restrictive Covenants |
During the Directors employment with BT, he will have access to Confidential Information and personal knowledge of customers and employees of BT or BT Group. Because of this, he agrees with BT (for itself and as trustee and agent for each BT Group Company) to be bound by the following covenants:
(i) |
For 12 months immediately after the date his employment ends, he will not in any way (as defined) carry on, be engaged, employed, be concerned or interested in any Competing Business, or take steps to set up, promote or help to create any Competing Business in the United Kingdom; |
(ii) |
For 12 months immediately after the date his employment ends, he will not in any way for the purposes of any Competing Business canvass, solicit, deal with or accept business or custom from any person, company or organisation who: |
a. |
was a business customer of BT or BT Group any time during the 12 months immediately before the date his employment ends; and |
21
b. |
he personally dealt with as part of his employment at any time during the 12 months immediately before the date his employment ends, or about whom he had access to Confidential Information; |
(iii) |
For 12 months immediately after the date his employment ends, he will not solicit, or entice away (or try to), or offer engagement or employment to any Key Employee to work for any Competing Business. |
(iv) |
Any reference to engagement or employment in this Schedule means with or without a contract. If under a contract, it could include a contract of employment, or a contract for services, or any other form of contract. |
3. The Director agrees that the restrictions in this Schedule are necessary to protect the legitimate interests of BT and the BT Group, and that theyre reasonable.
4. If any of the restrictions in this Schedule are judged to be void or ineffective for whatever reason but would be valid and effective if part of the wording were deleted or reworded, then they will apply with whatever changes would be needed to make them valid and effective. (For example, if periods or areas referred to were reduced in time or scope.)
5. Each of the covenants in this Schedule is intended to be separate and severable. If any one or more of them are partly or entirely unenforceable for any reason, then the other ones will still apply.
6. The Director can only change or waive the restrictions in this Schedule with written agreement from BT. If this happens, everything BT hasnt changed or waived will still apply.
7. If the Director is asked to be involved in any business concern in any way before the date his employment ends or before the restrictions set out in this Schedule expire, he must:
(i) |
straight away (and before he accepts any such offer) give a copy of this Schedule to the person, company or organisation making the offer; and |
(ii) |
tell the Chairman the name of the person, company or organisation thats making the offer and the role theyre offering before he accepts the offer. |
8. If any current or former employee of BT or BT Group solicits or induces the Director to leave his employment with a view to working in any way for any Competing Business, he must tell the Chairman straight away.
9. If BT asks the Director to, he must enter into a separate agreement with any BT Group Company. In that agreement he would agree to be bound by restrictions corresponding to the ones in this Schedule (or those which BT consider appropriate) to protect the legitimate interests of that company.
22
10. The terms of this Schedule will continue to apply after the date the Directors employment ends (however it ends).
ACCEPTANCE ~ SCHEDULE
I acknowledge that my contract of employment with BT includes the covenants set out above in the Schedule and I undertake to observe them.
Signed |
Date |
Name Philip Eric Rene Jansen |
23
Annex 1 - The Offer Letter Terms
1. |
Buy Out |
a. |
The Director will be granted an award of 370,798 BT shares under the BT Incentive Share Plan which will not be subject to any BT performance conditions. This number of shares has been determined based on a grant value of £895,848 at a BT closing share price on 17 October 2018 of £2.4160 and an US$ FX rate of 1.3088. The award will be granted as soon as practicable after joining subject to any close period dealing restrictions. |
b. |
The shares will vest on 20 March 2020 (the Vesting Date) subject to the Directors continued employment and will only vest to the extent that the original Worldpay award vests based on the original Worldpay performance conditions (for example, if the original Worldpay award vests on 20 March 2020 at 50% based on the performance achieved then the BT buy-out will vest at 50% of the BT shares granted). |
c. |
The Director has committed to hold any vested shares for a further one year until 20 March 2021. In accordance with the BT Incentive Share Plan rules, if the Remuneration Committee deem the Director to be a good leaver between the date the buy-out is granted and 20 March 2020, BT will pro-rate the buy-out award and it will continue to vest on 20 March 2020 subject to the satisfaction of the original Worldpay performance conditions. |
d. |
The Director will be deemed to be a good leaver unless prior to the Vesting Date he has been dismissed pursuant to Clause 19.1 or 19.2 of this Agreement or he has given notice of termination (other than in response to a repudiatory breach of contract by BT). |
2. |
Annual Bonus for Financial Year 2018/19 |
a. |
The Director is eligible to be considered for a bonus of up to 240% of salary subject to meeting the rules of the scheme including performance. On-target performance is expected to deliver a bonus of 120% of salary. Two thirds of any bonus will be paid in cash. One third of any bonus will be deferred into shares for a further 3 year period. Any cash bonus is scheduled to be paid in June 2019. Any bonus for the 2018/19 financial year will be pro-rated to reflect the Director joining part way through the year. |
3. |
ISP for the Financial Year 2018/19 |
a. |
The Director will be granted a new joiner Incentive Share Plan award as soon as practicable after joining subject to the rules of the scheme including any close period dealing restrictions. The award will have a grant value of 300% of salary to reflect the Director joining part way through the three-year performance period. |
b. |
The shares will vest after three years subject to the rules of the scheme including performance. Vested shares must be held for a further two years. The performance targets will be the same as those used for the Incentive Share Plan award granted to BT Group executives in June 2018. |
For the avoidance of doubt there is no contractual entitlement to participate in any future annual or long term incentive schemes or plans.
24
Exhibit 4.2
Matthew Key, Esq
c/o pp A9F
BT Centre
81 Newgate Street
London
EC1A 7AJ
24 October 2018
Dear Matthew,
The Board of BT Group plc (the Company) has agreed your appointment as a non-executive director and a member of the Audit & Risk and Nominating & Governance Committees. You will be appointed to such other Board Committees as may from time to time be agreed with you. This letter sets out the terms of your appointment.
Appointment
Your appointment is for an initial period of three years from 25 October 2018. During that period either you or the Board can give the other at least three months written notice to terminate the appointment at any time. If for any reason the Board does not give you such notice, you will not be entitled to any compensation in respect of your notice period or otherwise.
Your appointment is subject to the Companys Articles of Association. Nothing in this letter is intended to exclude or vary the terms of the Articles of Association as they apply to you as a director of the Company.
In accordance with the relevant corporate governance provisions, you will be required to stand for election at the Companys next Annual General Meeting and then for re-election at the Companys Annual General Meeting each year.
Subject to your annual re-election as a director and satisfactory performance by you of your duties as a non-executive director, the appointment may be continued at the end of the initial three year period if you and the Board agree.
If you are not re-elected by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting, or your directorship is terminated under the Companys Articles of Association, the Companies Act 2006 or in accordance with the Termination provision below, your appointment will terminate automatically, with immediate effect and without any compensation in respect of your notice period or otherwise.
1
Time commitment
You are expected to attend all meetings of the Board (including a minimum of six meetings in person), all meetings of those Board Committees to which you are appointed, the Annual General Meeting (in person) and any Board away days. If you cannot attend any meeting you should advise the Secretary in advance. In addition, you will be expected to devote appropriate preparation time ahead of each Board and Board Committee meeting and to take part in at least one visit each year to one of BTs offices or other sites.
It is difficult to be precise about the amount of time you should expect to spend on this work, but we estimate that you should allow a minimum of 22 days each year, subject to Board Committee commitments. You should allow a slightly higher commitment in the first year of your appointment whilst you familiarise yourself with the BT group and go through our induction programme for new directors. Additional time commitment may also be required if the Company is undergoing a period of particularly increased activity (such as a major acquisition or capital transaction).
By accepting this appointment, you confirm that you are able to allocate sufficient time to meet what is expected of you in your role as a non-executive director. You should obtain the agreement of the Chairman before accepting any additional commitments that might affect the time you are able to devote to your role as a non-executive director of the Company.
Role
Non-executive directors have the same general legal responsibilities to the Company as any other director.
The Boards principal focus is the strategy, development, growing shareholder value, oversight and control and governance of the group. In support of this it approves the groups strategic plans, annual and investment budgets and capital expenditure. It sets the direction for the groups values, ethics and business policies and practices. It also has oversight of the groups operating and financial performance, risk management and internal controls, and compliance and major public policy issues. Board members are expected to challenge constructively and help develop proposals on strategy. These responsibilities are set out in the formal statement of the Boards role, included in your directors briefing pack and are in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code.
2
Fees and expenses
You will receive fees for your services as a director, and as a Board Committee member or Chair, of £110,000 a year comprising a Basic Fee of £75,000 p.a., the Audit & Risk Committee members fee of £25,000 p.a. and the Nominating & Governance Committee members fee of £10,000 p.a. Your fees will be paid monthly in arrears subject to such deductions for income tax and social security contributions as the Company may be required by law to deduct.
You will have no entitlement to any bonus and no entitlement to participate in any employee share plan or pension scheme operated by the Company.
The Company will either pay or reimburse you for all reasonable and properly documented travelling, hotel and other expenses incurred on the Companys business.
Any obligation of the Company or any group companies under this letter and any other arrangement relating to remuneration from which you benefit or enter into after becoming a director shall be subject to and conditional on approval, by the shareholders in a general meeting, of the Companys policy on directors remuneration in accordance with the relevant legislation. If that approval is not obtained, you will not be entitled to compensation or damages in respect of any loss or damage suffered as a result.
Independence
You are considered to be an independent non-executive director and will be identified accordingly in the Companys annual report and other documentation. If circumstances change, and you believe that your independence may be in doubt, you should discuss this with the Chairman or the Secretary as soon as practicable.
Outside interests
It is acknowledged and accepted that you have business interests other than those of the Company. You are required to disclose to the Board, via the Secretary, any interests you have at the date of your appointment. Advice on notifiable interests is enclosed in your briefing pack. You will be asked to review the interests notified annually. However, you should notify the Secretary of any new interests or potential conflicts of interests which arise during your period of appointment as soon as they become apparent.
3
Confidentiality and share dealings
You must apply the highest standards of confidentiality and not disclose to any person, firm or company (whether during the course of the appointment or at any time after its termination) any confidential information concerning the Company or any group companies with which you come into contact by virtue of your position as a non-executive director of the Company. For these purposes, confidential information shall include, but not be limited to, information (whether or not recorded in documentary form, or stored electronically) relating to the business, products, affairs and finances of the Company and/or any group companies, which is treated as confidential to the Company and/or any group companies or which you are told or ought reasonably to know is confidential or which has been given to the Company and/or any group companies in confidence by customers, suppliers or other persons, and any trade secrets including, without limitation, technical data and know-how relating to the business of the Company and/or any group companies or any of its or their business contacts.
Your attention is also drawn to the requirements under both legislation and regulation as to the handling and disclosure of inside information. You should avoid making any statements that might breach these requirements without prior clearance from the Secretary.
You will be bound by the Companys Articles of Association, any rules and regulations that may apply to the Company, including any rules issued by the United Kingdom Listing Authority, the Market Abuse Regulation, the Companys share dealing code and such other requirements as the Board may from time to time specify.
For a period of six years after the termination of your appointment, you may retain documents and papers made available to you by the Company provided that (i) you comply strictly with the confidentiality obligations set out above, and (ii) you return to the Company all documents, papers and other property of or relating to the business of the Company or any group company which are in your possession, custody or power by virtue of your position as a non-executive director of the Company at the end of that period, and you do not retain copies (other than where the Company permits this). The Company is able to arrange the disposal of papers which you no longer require.
4
Induction and briefings
The Company has in place arrangements to complement the briefing material you have received about the BT group through an on-going programme to keep you informed about the Companys businesses, activities and developments, the communications industry and the regulatory environment. This can include meetings with the Companys executive management, major shareholders and other stakeholders and the external auditors. We will also arrange a tailored package of visits to business locations so you can see BT and its people at work.
Review
The performance of the Board and its committees is evaluated annually. If, in the interim, there are any matters which cause you concern about your role you should discuss them with the Chairman or the Secretary as soon as is appropriate.
Individual training and development needs will be regularly reviewed and agreed with each director as part of the Board evaluation process.
Insurance
You are covered by the Companys directors and officers liability insurance. We intend to continue to arrange this insurance cover. In the event that we do not, run-off cover will be arranged for six years commencing from the date that cover under the latest insurance policy lapsed. The current limit in respect of any one claim or all claims in aggregate during the period of the insurance policy is £250 million.
Independent professional advice
The Company has a procedure for its directors, in furtherance of their duties, to take independent advice if necessary, at the Companys expense. If you feel it necessary to seek such advice, please contact the Secretary first. A copy of the procedure is included in your briefing pack.
Termination
The Company may immediately terminate your appointment if you:
a) |
are in material breach of any of the terms of this letter; |
b) |
are guilty of gross misconduct and/or any serious or persistent negligence or misconduct in respect of your obligations under this letter; |
c) |
have engaged in any conduct which has or may have the effect of materially prejudicing the reputation of the Company or any other group company; or |
5
d) |
fail or refuse to carry out the duties reasonably and properly required of you under this letter. |
Upon termination of your appointment for any reason you will, at the Companys request, promptly resign in writing as a director of BT Group plc. The Secretary is irrevocably authorised by this letter to sign a letter of resignation on your behalf if you fail to do so.
After your appointment is terminated, you will not represent yourself as being in any way concerned with or interested in the business of the Company or any group companies.
Data protection
During your appointment you may have access to personal data relating to BT people, customers, clients, suppliers or agents. You must only access and/or use this personal data when you need to, for the purposes of your role. If you handle personal data you must comply with Data Protection Legislation, the Companys privacy policy, the BT employee privacy notice and any other information security and information retention policies the Company adopts.
During your appointment the Company will process personal data, including special categories of personal data, about you, for legal, personnel, administrative and management reasons. We will do it in line with Data Protection Legislation and the BT employee privacy notice. It is limited to information we need to make sure we are complying with the law and obligations to third parties.
We may share your personal data with third parties including regulatory authorities and governmental or quasi-governmental organisations. This could include your name, address, gender, date of birth and other information. We can transfer your personal data to countries or territories outside the European Economic Area. A copy of the Companys employee privacy notice is included in your briefing pack.
Miscellaneous
You confirm that you will not by reason of your appointment or your performance of any duties under this letter be in breach of any legal obligation binding on you.
This letter (and any document referred to in it) constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all other agreements (both oral and in writing) between you and the Company.
6
The terms of this letter are governed by English law and the parties submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts.
Acceptance
Please confirm your acceptance of these terms by signing the attached copy of this letter as a deed and returning it. For convenience, this letter may be executed in counterparts. Once executed, the counterparts will constitute an original, and both counterparts together will constitute one instrument.
Yours sincerely
DAN FITZ
To: |
Dan Fitz |
Company Secretary
I confirm acceptance of my appointment on the above terms.
SIGNED as a DEED and )
DELIVERED by )
)
in the presence of:
Witnesss Signature:
Witnesss Name (in capitals):
Witnesss Address:
Date:
7
Exhibit 4.3
Allison Kirkby
c/o pp A9F
BT Centre
81 Newgate Street
London
EC1A 7AJ
12 February 2019
Dear Allison,
The Board of BT Group plc (the Company) has agreed your appointment as a non-executive director. You will be appointed to such Board Committees as may from time to time be agreed with you. This letter sets out the terms of your appointment.
Appointment
Your appointment is for an initial period of three years from 15 March 2019. During that period either you or the Board can give the other at least three months written notice to terminate the appointment at any time. If for any reason the Board does not give you such notice, you will not be entitled to any compensation in respect of your notice period or otherwise.
Your appointment is subject to the Companys Articles of Association. Nothing in this letter is intended to exclude or vary the terms of the Articles of Association as they apply to you as a director of the Company.
In accordance with the relevant corporate governance provisions, you will be required to stand for election at the Companys next Annual General Meeting and then for re-election at the Companys Annual General Meeting each year.
Subject to your annual re-election as a director and satisfactory performance by you of your duties as a non-executive director, the appointment may be continued at the end of the initial three year period if you and the Board agree.
If you are not re-elected by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting, or your directorship is terminated under the Companys Articles of Association, the Companies Act 2006 or in accordance with the Termination provision below, your appointment will terminate automatically, with immediate effect and without any compensation in respect of your notice period or otherwise.
1
Time commitment
You are expected to attend all meetings of the Board (including a minimum of six meetings in person), all meetings of those Board Committees to which you are appointed, the Annual General Meeting (in person) and any Board away days. If you cannot attend any meeting you should advise the Secretary in advance. In addition, you will be expected to devote appropriate preparation time ahead of each Board and Board Committee meeting and to take part in at least one visit each year to one of BTs offices or other sites.
It is difficult to be precise about the amount of time you should expect to spend on this work, but we estimate that you should allow a minimum of 22 days each year, subject to Board Committee commitments. You should allow a slightly higher commitment in the first year of your appointment whilst you familiarise yourself with the BT group and go through our induction programme for new directors. Additional time commitment may also be required if the Company is undergoing a period of particularly increased activity (such as a major acquisition or capital transaction).
By accepting this appointment, you confirm that you are able to allocate sufficient time to meet what is expected of you in your role as a non-executive director. You should obtain the agreement of the Chairman before accepting any additional commitments that might affect the time you are able to devote to your role as a non-executive director of the Company.
Role
Non-executive directors have the same general legal responsibilities to the Company as any other director.
The Boards principal focus is the strategy, development, growing shareholder value, oversight and control and governance of the group. In support of this it approves the groups strategic plans, annual and investment budgets and capital expenditure. It sets the direction for the groups values, ethics and business policies and practices. It also has oversight of the groups operating and financial performance, risk management and internal controls, and compliance and major public policy issues. Board members are expected to challenge constructively and help develop proposals on strategy. These responsibilities are set out in the formal statement of the Boards role, included in your directors briefing pack and are in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code.
2
Fees and expenses
You will receive fees for your services as a director of £75,000 p.a. Your fees will be paid monthly in arrears subject to such deductions for income tax and social security contributions as the Company may be required by law to deduct.
You will have no entitlement to any bonus and no entitlement to participate in any employee share plan or pension scheme operated by the Company.
The Company will either pay or reimburse you for all reasonable and properly documented travelling, hotel and other expenses incurred on the Companys business.
Any obligation of the Company or any group companies under this letter and any other arrangement relating to remuneration from which you benefit or enter into after becoming a director shall be subject to and conditional on approval, by the shareholders in a general meeting, of the Companys policy on directors remuneration in accordance with the relevant legislation. If that approval is not obtained, you will not be entitled to compensation or damages in respect of any loss or damage suffered as a result.
Independence
You are considered to be an independent non-executive director and will be identified accordingly in the Companys annual report and other documentation. If circumstances change, and you believe that your independence may be in doubt, you should discuss this with the Chairman or the Secretary as soon as practicable.
Outside interests
It is acknowledged and accepted that you have business interests other than those of the Company. You are required to disclose to the Board, via the Secretary, any interests you have at the date of your appointment. Advice on notifiable interests is enclosed in your briefing pack. You will be asked to review the interests notified annually. However, you should notify the Secretary of any new interests or potential conflicts of interests which arise during your period of appointment as soon as they become apparent.
Confidentiality and share dealings
You must apply the highest standards of confidentiality and not disclose to any person, firm or company (whether during the course of the appointment or at any time after its termination) any confidential information concerning the
3
Company or any group companies with which you come into contact by virtue of your position as a non-executive director of the Company. For these purposes, confidential information shall include, but not be limited to, information (whether or not recorded in documentary form, or stored electronically) relating to the business, products, affairs and finances of the Company and/or any group companies, which is treated as confidential to the Company and/or any group companies or which you are told or ought reasonably to know is confidential or which has been given to the Company and/or any group companies in confidence by customers, suppliers or other persons, and any trade secrets including, without limitation, technical data and know-how relating to the business of the Company and/or any group companies or any of its or their business contacts.
Your attention is also drawn to the requirements under both legislation and regulation as to the handling and disclosure of inside information. You should avoid making any statements that might breach these requirements without prior clearance from the Secretary.
You will be bound by the Companys Articles of Association, any rules and regulations that may apply to the Company, including any rules issued by the United Kingdom Listing Authority, the Market Abuse Regulation, the Companys share dealing code and such other requirements as the Board may from time to time specify.
For a period of six years after the termination of your appointment, you may retain documents and papers made available to you by the Company provided that (i) you comply strictly with the confidentiality obligations set out above, and (ii) you return to the Company all documents, papers and other property of or relating to the business of the Company or any group company which are in your possession, custody or power by virtue of your position as a non-executive director of the Company at the end of that period, and you do not retain copies (other than where the Company permits this). The Company is able to arrange the disposal of papers which you no longer require.
Induction and briefings
The Company has in place arrangements to complement the briefing material you have received about the BT group through an on-going programme to keep you informed about the Companys businesses, activities and developments, the communications industry and the regulatory environment. This can include meetings with the Companys executive management, major shareholders and other stakeholders and the external auditors. We will also arrange a tailored package of visits to business locations so you can see BT and its people at work.
4
Review
The performance of the Board and its committees is evaluated annually. If, in the interim, there are any matters which cause you concern about your role you should discuss them with the Chairman or the Secretary as soon as is appropriate.
Individual training and development needs will be regularly reviewed and agreed with each director as part of the Board evaluation process.
Insurance
You are covered by the Companys directors and officers liability insurance. We intend to continue to arrange this insurance cover. In the event that we do not, run-off cover will be arranged for six years commencing from the date that cover under the latest insurance policy lapsed. The current limit in respect of any one claim or all claims in aggregate during the period of the insurance policy is £250 million.
Independent professional advice
The Company has a procedure for its directors, in furtherance of their duties, to take independent advice if necessary, at the Companys expense. If you feel it necessary to seek such advice, please contact the Secretary first. A copy of the procedure is included in your briefing pack.
Termination
The Company may immediately terminate your appointment if you:
a) |
are in material breach of any of the terms of this letter; |
b) |
are guilty of gross misconduct and/or any serious or persistent negligence or misconduct in respect of your obligations under this letter; |
c) |
have engaged in any conduct which has or may have the effect of materially prejudicing the reputation of the Company or any other group company; or |
d) |
fail or refuse to carry out the duties reasonably and properly required of you under this letter. |
Upon termination of your appointment for any reason you will, at the Companys request, promptly resign in writing as a director of BT Group plc. The Secretary is irrevocably authorised by this letter to sign a letter of resignation on your behalf if you fail to do so.
5
After your appointment is terminated, you will not represent yourself as being in any way concerned with or interested in the business of the Company or any group companies.
Data protection
During your appointment you may have access to personal data relating to BT people, customers, clients, suppliers or agents. You must only access and/or use this personal data when you need to, for the purposes of your role. If you handle personal data you must comply with Data Protection Legislation, the Companys privacy policy, the BT employee privacy notice and any other information security and information retention policies the Company adopts.
During your appointment the Company will process personal data, including special categories of personal data, about you, for legal, personnel, administrative and management reasons. We will do it in line with Data Protection Legislation and the BT employee privacy notice. It is limited to information we need to make sure we are complying with the law and obligations to third parties.
We may share your personal data with third parties including regulatory authorities and governmental or quasi-governmental organisations. This could include your name, address, gender, date of birth and other information. We can transfer your personal data to countries or territories outside the European Economic Area. A copy of the Companys employee privacy notice is included in your briefing pack.
Miscellaneous
You confirm that you will not by reason of your appointment or your performance of any duties under this letter be in breach of any legal obligation binding on you.
This letter (and any document referred to in it) constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all other agreements (both oral and in writing) between you and the Company.
The terms of this letter are governed by English law and the parties submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts.
6
Acceptance
Please confirm your acceptance of these terms by signing the attached copy of this letter as a deed and returning it. For convenience, this letter may be executed in counterparts. Once executed, the counterparts will constitute an original, and both counterparts together will constitute one instrument.
Yours sincerely
RACHEL CANHAM
To: |
Rachel Canham |
Company Secretary
I confirm acceptance of my appointment on the above terms.
SIGNED as a DEED and
DELIVERED by ALLISON KIRKBY
in the presence of:
Witnesss Signature:
Witnesss Name (in capitals):
Witnesss Address: |
Date:
7
Exhibit 4.4
Mike Inglis
c/o BT Centre
81 Newgate Street
London
EC1A 7AJ
April 2018
I am writing to confirm that the Board has agreed to extend your appointment for three years from 1 September 2018. Your appointment will continue in all other respects on the terms set out in your letter of appointment dated 11 August 2015 including, and in particular, that either you or the Board may give the other at least three months written notice to terminate the appointment at any time. Please sign the attached copy of this letter to confirm your acceptance of this extension on the above terms and return a copy to me.
Yours sincerely
DAN FITZ
Company Secretary, BT Group plc
To: |
Dan Fitz |
Company Secretary, BT Group plc
I accept this extension of my appointment on the above terms.
|
|
|||
Mike Inglis | Date |
Exhibit 12.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Philip Jansen, certify that:
1. |
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of BT Group plc; |
2. |
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
3. |
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
4. |
The companys other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have: |
a) |
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
b) |
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
c) |
Evaluated the effectiveness of the companys disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
d) |
Disclosed in this report any change in the companys internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the companys internal control over financial reporting; and |
5. |
The companys other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the companys auditors and the audit committee of the companys board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
a) |
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the companys ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
b) |
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the companys internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: May 23, 2019
/s/ Philip Jansen |
Name: Philip Jansen |
Title: BT Chief Executive |
Exhibit 12.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Simon Lowth, certify that:
1. |
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of BT Group plc; |
2. |
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; |
3. |
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; |
4. |
The companys other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have: |
a) |
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
b) |
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
c) |
Evaluated the effectiveness of the companys disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and |
d) |
Disclosed in this report any change in the companys internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the companys internal control over financial reporting; and |
5. |
The companys other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the companys auditors and the audit committee of the companys board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): |
a) |
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the companys ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
b) |
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the companys internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: May 23, 2019
/s/ Simon Lowth |
Name: Simon Lowth |
Title: Chief Financial Officer |
Exhibit 13.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
We the undersigned hereby certify that to the best of our knowledge:
1. |
this annual report on Form 20-F of BT Group plc fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
2. |
the information contained in this annual report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of BT Group plc. |
Date: May 23, 2019
/s/ Philip Jansen |
Name: Philip Jansen |
Title: Chief Executive |
Date: May 23, 2019
/s/ Simon Lowth |
Name: Simon Lowth |
Title: Chief Financial Officer |
Exhibit 15.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
BT Group plc:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-178663 and 333-219524) on Form S-8 of BT Group plc of our reports dated 8 May 2019, with respect to the group balance sheet of BT Group plc and subsidiaries as of 31 March 2019, the related group income statement, group statement of comprehensive income, group statement of changes in equity, and group cash flow statement for the year ended 31 March 2019, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of 31 March 2019, which reports appear in the 31 March 2019 annual report on Form 20-F of BT Group plc.
Our report on the consolidated financial statements refers to our audit of the adjustments that were applied to revise the 2018 and 2017 consolidated financial statements to:
|
Retrospectively apply the transfer of the Northern Ireland Networks business between reportable segments, as described in Notes 2, 5, and 8, |
|
Retrospectively apply the reclassification of internal revenue generated by the Ventures business within the Enterprise segment, as described in Note 5, |
|
Retrospectively apply the re-presentation of product costs and commissions; provision and installation; marketing and sales; and other operating costs as described in Note 7, and |
|
Retrospectively apply the re-presentation of disclosures required resulting from the adoption of IFRS 9, Financial Instruments , with respect to items designated as hedging instruments, as described in Note 27. |
However, we were not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the 2018 and 2017 consolidated financial statements other than with respect to such adjustments.
Our report on the consolidated financial statements refers to a change in method of accounting for revenue from contracts with customers in 2019 due to the adoption of IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , and a change in method of accounting for financial instruments in 2019 due to the adoption of IFRS 9, Financial Instruments.
Our report dated 8 May 2019, on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of 31 March 2019, expresses our opinion that BT Group plc did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of 31 March 2019 because of the effect of material weaknesses on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria and contains an explanatory paragraph that states material weaknesses related to General IT Controls and Risk Assessments have been identified and included in managements assessment.
/s/ KPMG LLP
London, United Kingdom
23 May 2019
Exhibit 15.2
BT Group plc Annual Report 2019 |
1 | ||||||||||||
|
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
|||||||||
Governance |
|
|||||||||||
Financial statements |
|
|||||||||||
Additional information |
|
|||||||||||
|
||||||||||||
Strategic report |
||||||||||||
Look out for these throughout the report:
Reference to another page in the report
Reference to further reading online
Critical accounting estimates and key judgements
More information
btplc.com bt.com/annualreport
Digital impact and sustainability report btplc.com/digitalimpactandsustainability |
||||||||||||
2 | ||||||||||||
|
3 | |||||||||||
|
4 | |||||||||||
|
6 | |||||||||||
|
8 | |||||||||||
|
12 | |||||||||||
|
14 | |||||||||||
|
16 | |||||||||||
|
22 | |||||||||||
|
30 | |||||||||||
|
34 | |||||||||||
|
42 | |||||||||||
|
44 | |||||||||||
|
46 | |||||||||||
|
54 | |||||||||||
|
55 | |||||||||||
|
100 | |||||||||||
|
185 | |||||||||||
This Strategic report was approved by the Board on 8 May 2019. |
||||
By order of the Board | ||||
Rachel Canham | ||||
Company Secretary & General Counsel, Governance | ||||
8 May 2019 | ||||
Please see the cautionary statement regarding
forward-looking statements on page 190. |
||||
Pages 1 to 54 form the Strategic report. It includes
Our business model, Strategic progress, Group performance and Our principal risks and uncertainties. |
||||
The Governance section on pages 55 to 99 forms the
Report of the Directors. |
||||
2 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
our Chairman |
||
We have made good progress on delivering our strategy, focused around differentiated customer experience, our best converged network, and creating a simple, lean and agile business.
I am pleased to report that we have over the last year overcome numerous challenges to deliver a set of solid financial results. More importantly, we have made good progress on delivering our strategy, focused around differentiated customer experience, our best converged network, and creating a simple, lean and agile business. We have continued to deliver the vital connectivity and services that families and businesses in the UK and beyond need to flourish.
BT has a critical role at the heart of the UKs digital future, and our substantial investments in fixed and mobile networks make an essential contribution. The new converged propositions we launched this year are the start of the services of the future. Within BT we are strengthening our focus on enabling the digital skills of our people, customers and communities, thereby further contributing to the UKs digital economy.
We will be launching 5G in 16 cities this year. We will also increase our investment in fibre-to-the-premises (FTTP), while working with the Government and Ofcom to create the right conditions to go further and faster. We are pleased with our closer relationships with these key stakeholders as we unite around the common goal of building the UKs FTTP network.
|
In May 2018 we agreed the 2017 triennial funding valuation for the BT Pension Scheme. This allows us to move ahead with greater financial certainty.
Our solid profit and normalised free cash flow not only provide the foundation for investment in our strategic priorities but allow us to reward shareholders. We are paying the same dividend as last year at 15.4p per share. We also expect to hold the dividend unchanged in respect of the 2019/20 financial year given our outlook for earnings and cash flow. The Board remains committed to our dividend policy, which is to maintain or grow the dividend each year whilst taking into consideration a number of factors including underlying medium term earnings expectations and levels of business reinvestment (which would include the consideration of accelerated FTTP investment).
I am satisfied we are making progress at pace. The coming year will see BT continuing its transformation to become a simplified, lean and agile business. Across the business I see a commitment to streamlining processes, governance and organisational structures; simplifying lines of responsibility; and helping people make better decisions.
As a Board, we are leading by example. I recently carried out a review of the structure, composition and operation of our committees to speed up decision making and improve overall governance. As a result, we have reduced the number of board committees and clarified lines of responsibility. Further details are described in the Governance report on page 55.
I would like to welcome non-executive directors Matthew Key and Allison Kirkby to the Board. They both bring valuable experience of the communications and technology sectors.
Gavin Patterson stepped down as chief executive at the end of January and I would like to thank him for his contribution to the business over his 15 years with the company. He led BT with vision and dedication through a challenging time and started the necessary process of transforming our business for the demands of modern society. We wish him well for the future.
|
I would like to extend a warm welcome to our new chief executive Philip Jansen. Philip is a proven leader with outstanding experience in managing large, complex businesses and has the right combination of skills and experience to take BT into the future. Philip has made an excellent start as chief executive and I am confident that he will have the full support of all our people as we embark on the challenging but exciting next chapter of this great company.
This is a very important time for BT and the UKs digital economy. I look forward to working with Philip and his team as they develop our strategy and accelerate the reshaping of BT to deliver future success.
Jan du Plessis Chairman 8 May 2019
Full year dividend per share
15.4p
Revenue
£23.4bn (1)%
Profit after tax
£2.2bn +6% |
3 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Governance |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||
|
||||||||
our Chief Executive |
||
I am delighted to be the new chief executive of BT. We play an important role in UK society and provide mission-critical services all around the world. It is a privilege to lead such a special company, with a great history and a very exciting future. BT creates value for a large and diverse group of stakeholders.
My first priority on joining in January was to meet as many BT colleagues as possible, and I have seen first-hand the energy and commitment they bring to doing the right thing by our customers. As we build the BT of the future, this dedication will be essential for transforming the company and improving the service we provide to our customers.
Many of our people talk to customers every day and can provide great insight into how they think. The way our customers see the world and our role in their lives and businesses is changing. In the coming year we will focus on developing a better understanding of what customers value about BT in each of our market segments.
BT is already making significant investments in our key markets and we have a very strong market position, but we need to invest more in our core areas to drive future growth. Constant innovation is key to keeping our business moving forward. Our increasing investment in fibre and 5G programmes is vital to our future success.
Our relationship with the UK Government and Ofcom continues to improve. Were working in a pragmatic, straightforward and collaborative way. We want to shape the regulatory environment so that it is clear and predictable, enabling BT to |
succeed by delivering sustainable value that reflects what customers and society want.
Our core priorities around customer experience, building the best converged network and transforming our operating model underpin how we will compete and drive sustainable growth.
Everything we do should start with the aim of delivering a differentiated customer experience. We are already making progress with this. We introduced our first converged products, BT Plus, for consumers and 4G Assure, for small businesses, which have seen strong take-up. In the coming year there will be additional investment to improve our propositions, offer great value for money and increase consumer loyalty.
We will also invest to maintain our network leadership position. We already have the best mobile and fixed networks and in the coming year we will launch 5G across 16 UK cities and accelerate our rollout of FTTP. Although important points still need to be agreed, our dialogue with the Government and Ofcom is constructive and we are increasingly confident in the environment for investment in the UK. As a result we are increasing our aim of reaching 3 million homes to 4 million by March 2021 and 15 million by the mid-2020s, subject to conditions being right.
BT has made progress during the year towards creating a simplified, lean and more agile business. We will make further improvements in the coming year to speed up decision making and the pace of work, making use of the latest digital technologies. Our people recognise we are too complex and want us to go faster in our transformation. Employee engagement is high, with a 77% engagement outcome for colleagues participating in our recent people survey. The results were generally encouraging, and demonstrate our collective desire to embrace the changes required to make BT a brilliant place to work and give our customers an outstanding experience.
I am pleased to see how much our people contribute to the community and am proud that BT encourages this work. One area I want us to really lead on is improving digital skills for our colleagues, customers and families across the UK and well beyond. BT is uniquely qualified to help people navigate the |
opportunities and challenges of our digital age. Enabling these skills will help people adapt to new ways of working and create future customer demand for our products.
Were committed to respecting human and digital rights we launched an overarching human rights policy, and were partnering with others to combat modern slavery. We continue to tackle environmental challenges, having recently announced our ambition to be a net zero carbon emissions business by 2045.
BT has delivered solid results for the year, and this is due to the commitment of our colleagues. The markets we are in remain highly competitive and we continue to expect market dynamics, cost inflation and legacy product declines and the changing regulatory environment to impact our results in the short term, however, we are confident that our plans will deliver good returns over the medium term and improve the quality and performance of the business.
As a result, for 2019/20, we expect adjusted revenue to be down around 2%. This is mainly as a result of the challenging market conditions, regulatory pressure in both fixed and mobile markets, and the ongoing impact from our decision to de-emphasise lower margin products, particularly in our enterprise businesses.
Along with the flow through of lower revenue, we expect our opex investments to result in Group adjusted EBITDA for 2019/20 being in the range £7.2bn £7.3bn. While we will sustain these opex investments into 2020/21, we continue to expect Group adjusted EBITDA for 2020/21 to be above that for 2019/20.
We are raising our reported capital expenditure guidance (excluding BDUK clawback) for 2019/20 to be in a range of £3.7bn £3.9bn. We expect normalised free cash flow for 2019/20 to out-turn in the range £1.9bn £2.1bn.
I look forward to working alongside our colleagues to build the new BT and I am optimistic and energised for the future.
Philip Jansen Chief Executive 8 May 2019 |
4 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
5 | ||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
Governance |
||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||
Our customer-facing units | Our corporate units | |||||||||||||||
Consumer
Across our three brands BT, EE and Plusnet we connect customers to information, entertainment, friends and family, at home and on the move. Between them, the three brands serve the whole of the UK, providing mobile, broadband, home phone and TV services. We buy access to fixed-line and broadband infrastructure from Openreach, and we use EEs mobile network to provide mobile phone services.
Led by Marc Allera CEO, Consumer |
Enterprise
We sell communications and IT services to businesses and public sector organisations in the UK and Ireland. We also provide network products and services to communications providers operating in Great Britain. Were focused on four main product markets: fixed voice, mobile, converged connectivity and networked IT services.
Led by Gerry McQuade CEO, Enterprise |
Strategy and Transformation
We are responsible for developing and setting corporate, network and product strategies for the group. We also drive pan-BT transformation programmes.
Led by Michael Sherman Chief strategy and transformation officer
Technology
We are responsible for designing, building and operating BTs core and mobile networks, platforms and IT systems in the UK and globally. We also work with the customer-facing units to develop and roll out products and services for their customers.
Led by Howard Watson Chief technology and information officer
Corporate functions
The remaining corporate units carry out central activities on behalf of the group. We benefit from shared expertise and economies of scale. They include: Finance, HR, Legal and Company Secretarial, Compliance, Corporate Affairs, Property, Facilities, Procurement, Regulatory Affairs and Group Business Services. |
|
|||||||||||||
External revenue £10,588m +3% |
External revenue £5,933m (4)% |
|||||||||||||||
Percentage of group revenue 45% |
|
Percentage of group revenue 25% |
|
|||||||||||||
Global Services
We are a leading enterprise communications provider, serving enterprise customers in 180 countries. We provide managed network and IT infrastructure services, enabling customers digital transformations.
Led by Bas Burger CEO, Global Services |
Openreach
We build and operate the fixed network that connects the UKs homes and businesses. We are responsible for providing wholesale last mile fixed access from premises to exchanges, and installing and maintaining the fibre and copper communications networks.
Led by Clive Selley CEO, Openreach |
|||||||||||||||
External revenue £4,735m (6)% |
External revenue £2,200m (3)% |
|||||||||||||||
Percentage of group revenue 20% |
|
Percentage of group revenue 10% |
|
|||||||||||||
6 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
The Executive Committee provides input and recommendations to support the chief executive in exercising the authority delegated by the Board to run the business of the group day-to-day. It meets weekly and is chaired by the chief executive.
The Executive Committee assists the chief executive in:
developing the group strategy and budget for the Boards approval
executing the strategic plan once agreed by the Board
providing assurance to the Board in relation to overall performance and risk management.
All decisions are taken by the chief executive, or his delegate, in keeping with the principle of single point accountability. |
Philip Jansen Chief executive Appointed as chief executive in February 2019 and on the Board since January 2019.
Philip joined BT from Worldpay where he had been CEO since April 2013. Before that he was CEO and then chairman at Brakes Group between 2010 and 2015. Philip spent the previous six years at Sodexo where he was group chief operating officer and chief executive, Europe, South Africa and India. Prior to that he was chief operating officer at MyTravel Group from 2002 to 2004 and managing director of Telewest Communications (now Virgin Media) from 2000 to 2002, after starting his career at Procter & Gamble. |
Simon Lowth Chief financial officer Appointed to the Board as chief financial officer in July 2016.
Simon was CFO and executive director of BG Group before the takeover by Royal Dutch Shell in February 2016. Previously Simon was CFO and an executive director of AstraZeneca, and finance director and executive director of ScottishPower. Prior to that, Simon was a director of McKinsey & Company.
Gerry McQuade CEO, Enterprise Appointed CEO, Wholesale and Ventures in March 2016 and became CEO, Enterprise in May 2018.
Gerry was formerly chief sales and marketing officer at EE responsible for the business, wholesale and product development areas which he had overseen since the merger in 2010 of Orange and T-Mobile. He joined the board of Orange in January 2008, and prior to Orange he was a founding director of Virgin Mobile.
Howard Watson Chief technology and information officer Appointed February 2016.
Howard was formerly chief architect and managing director, global IT systems and led the technical teams behind the launch of BT Sport in 2013.
Howard joined BT in 2011 and has 30 years of telecoms experience having spent time at Telewest Communications (now Virgin Media) and Cartesian, a telecommunications consultancy and software company.
|
7 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Governance |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Marc Allera CEO, Consumer Appointed February 2016 as CEO, EE and became CEO, Consumer in September 2017.
Marc was previously chief commercial officer for EE from 2011 to 2015. Marc spent ten years at Three UK as sales and marketing director and subsequently chief commercial officer. Prior to that, Marc was general manager of Sega UK and Europe. |
Bas Burger CEO, Global Services Appointed June 2017.
Bas was formerly president, BT in the Americas, BT Global Services. Bas joined BT in 2008 as CEO Benelux.
Before joining BT, Bas was executive president and a member of the management committee of Getronics NV, where he ran global sales, channels and partnerships, developing the companys international business. He was also CEO and managing director of KPN Entercom Solutions. |
Sabine Chalmers General counsel Appointed April 2018.
Before joining BT, Sabine was chief legal and corporate affairs officer and company secretary of Anheuser-Busch InBev for 12 years. She also held various legal leadership roles at Diageo. Sabine is qualified to practise law in England and Wales and New York State. |
||||||||||
Ed Petter Corporate affairs director Appointed November 2016.
Ed was formerly deputy director of corporate affairs at Lloyds Banking Group. Prior to that he held corporate affairs roles at McDonalds Europe, McKinsey & Company and the Blue Rubicon communications consultancy, having previously worked as a news producer and editor at the BBC. |
Cathryn Ross Regulatory affairs director Appointed January 2018.
Cathryn was formerly chief executive of Ofwat, the independent economic regulator for the water and waste water sector in England and Wales. Cathryn is an experienced regulatory and competition economist and has worked across a number of different sectors advising on economic, regulatory and competition issues. |
Michael Sherman Chief strategy and transformation officer Appointed May 2018.
Michael is responsible for developing BTs long-term strategy and guiding pan-BT business transformation. Prior to BT, Michael was a partner and managing director at Boston Consulting Group for 11 years. Before that, Michael spent eight years as an executive at Viewlocity, an enterprise software company. |
||||||||||
Alison Wilcox HR director Appointed July 2015.
Alison was formerly regional HR director for Vodafone Europe and before that, regional HR director for Vodafones Africa, Middle East and Asia Pacific footprint. Alison joined Vodafone in 2006 as group director of leadership following a career in consulting. |
Clive Selley Invitee, CEO, Openreach
Clive was appointed CEO, Openreach in February 2016. He was formerly CEO, BT Technology, Service & Operations, CEO BT innovate & design and before that president, BT Global Services portfolio & service design. The CEO of Openreach cannot be a member of the Executive Committee under the provisions of the Commitments. Clive attends Executive Committee meetings as appropriate.
|
Rachel Canham Company secretary & general counsel, governance
Rachel is company secretary of BT Group plc. She joined BT in 2011 as a senior commercial lawyer before becoming chief counsel for mergers & acquisitions in 2013. Rachel was appointed company secretary & general counsel, governance in November 2018. Rachel attends all Executive Committee meetings.
|
8 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
|
||
9 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Governance |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||
|
||||||||
UK fixed connectivity |
Providing fixed
|
We connect customers to information, entertainment, and friends and family, at home.
Fixed connectivity includes providing connectivity directly to homes or businesses and is our biggest market by revenue. It includes voice telephony, internet access and the provision of dedicated lines for business and public sector customers.
Within Enterprise, we have three main types of customers with different communications needs:
Small and Medium Enterprise customers, who we define as having fewer than 100 employees, often rely heavily on communications services and look for more consumer-style products.
Corporate customers, who often have more complex needs, and who are increasingly buying more security and cloud-based products.
Public Sector and Major Business customers, who look to buy both fixed and mobile services in multi-year contracts and who can demand very high security.
We also serve communications providers who want to buy solutions to sell on to their end customers. |
This segment is experiencing a technology migration from the legacy Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) to Internet Protocol (IP). The UK Government actively supports this.
In Consumer, fixed internet connectivity is increasingly essential to our individual and household customers, with each using an average of 240GB a year. In 2018, nine in ten people had access to the internet in their home. Many adults claim to spend as much as 24 hours per week online, more than twice as much as in 2007.
Price competition on phone calls and broadband continues to be intense. Therefore, revenue opportunities in this segment focus on increased demand for higher speed and better-quality products, driven by consumers and businesses using more data. |
||||||
UK mobile |
||||||||
Providing mobile
|
This market includes any data or voice services on mobile devices. It is a major segment of our business.
We use EEs mobile network to provide mobile phone services across our three brands to the whole of the UK.
Both Consumer and Enterprise sell mobile services in this market.
Another aspect of the mobile market is wholesaling to Mobile Virtual Network Operators (MVNOs) in the UK, where Mobile Network Operators offer wholesale mobile connectivity. |
Historically, the mobile market has largely been driven by handset launches. Less innovation and differentiation mean consumers are keeping their handset for longer and visiting stores less often. This trend is leading to increased uptake of SIM-only plans in the market. We also see market volume growth coming from consumers buying extra SIMs and devices and using more data.
Businesses are increasingly letting their people use their own smartphones at work. Despite that, they are continuing to buy large data bundles to support their peoples increasing mobile data use, for example in areas such as collaboration.
The UK currently has more than 100 MVNOs and we are one of the leading providers of MVNO services. |
10 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Market context continued
|
||
TV and content |
11 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Governance |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Global ICT services |
Providing ICT services to
|
The global ICT services market includes security, network and IT services and is highly competitive, with many players. It includes local markets often dominated by incumbent communications providers and the global enterprise-grade fixed line services market.
Global Services operates in this market, leveraging the strengths of the BT network and capabilities, to deliver the tailored service that customers need. |
The demands of business customers are changing. For example, they are moving from traditional voice services to digital voice services from MPLS (Multi Protocol Label Switching) to services such as SD-WAN (Software-Defined Wide Area Networks). They are also increasingly focused on solving security challenges.
Companies value partners with the knowledge to help them on this journey. They rely on their technical expertise and scale to help them benefit from advanced services, in multiple regions, across infrastructures with mixed technologies and standards.
|
||||||
Fixed infrastructure |
||||||||
Providing network
|
In just under half of the fixed infrastructure market, Openreach is the main provider to communications providers, who then offer services to their home and business customers. In the rest, we overlap with our biggest cable and fibre competitors.
Openreach is deploying new technologies such as Fibre to the Premises (FTTP) and Gfast to improve the performance and quality of its network. It also provides regulated access to its passive network assets (ducts and poles) to support network build by other providers.
|
The UK has a large fixed access network consisting of fibre and copper communication networks. Openreach operates in the UKs regulated, fixed access market and trades mainly with communications providers. It is responsible for providing services over the local access network, sometimes referred to as the last mile, installing and maintaining the fibre and copper communications networks that connect homes and businesses. | ||||||
12 | ||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||||
model
|
International Integrated Reporting Councils capitals
This key provides a mapping to the capitals of the IIRCs Integrated Reporting (IR) Framework.
You can find out more at theiirc.org |
Financial | ||||
Human | ||||||
Manufactured | ||||||
Intellectual | ||||||
Social | ||||||
Natural | ||||||
|
||||||||||||
|
Our business model is centred around providing customers with communications and connectivity services, while delivering great experiences and maintaining long-term relationships.
Our customers and what we offer them Our customers are consumers, businesses, multinational corporations, public sector organisations and other communications providers.
We sell fixed-voice, broadband, mobile and TV to UK consumers, with a range of ancillary products and services such as handsets and insurance. For our UK and global business customers, our services range from phone and broadband to complex managed networks, IT services and cybersecurity. We also sell wholesale access products and services to UK communications providers.
Customers primarily buy through monthly, recurring subscriptions or contracts, which provide us with ongoing and predictable revenue. This is complemented by pay-as-you-go mobile services.
Individuals, households and SMEs pay for standalone or bundled services, typically on 12- to 24-month contracts. In addition, large enterprise customers both domestic and international buy managed services on multi-year contracts.
Wholesale contracts range from one month for regulated products, to five years or more for major managed services deals.
To create lasting revenue and profit, we focus on providing a differentiated customer experience, measured through Net Promoter Score (NPS a ), which has improved over 11 consecutive quarters.
a Group NPS measures Net Promoter Score in our retail business and Net Satisfaction in our wholesale business.
|
|
What sets us apart We have a unique combination of people, technology, content, networks and other physical assets that sets us apart and supports us in adding value:
|
|||||||||
Financial strength
Our cash flows provide us with the funding to make long-term investments. This year we invested £2.1bn in our network and generated £2.4bn normalised free cash flow, to support investment in future years.
Our people
The commitment, expertise and diversity of our people are key to our success. We have 106,700 employees, 84,300 of whom are in the UK.
Our customer base
The size, scope and breadth of our customer base gives us an advantage over our competitors. We have a total of around 26.8 million consumer customers, 1.1 million UK business customers and 4,100 multinational customers.
Networks and physical assets
We maintain a substantial core network with key fixed and mobile assets, such as our superfast fibre broadband footprint of 27.5 million homes and businesses and our mobile spectrum assets.
Our brands
We own three retail brands: BT, EE and Plusnet. We also own the Openreach brand which serves communications providers.
Retail footprint
In the UK we have more than 600 retail stores, giving us the largest retail footprint of any mobile network operator.
Innovation
This year we spent £643m on research and development enabling us to stay at the forefront of a rapidly changing world. We have a portfolio of more than 5,000 patents and applications, with 103 patent applications for inventions filed in 2018/19. As an example we are currently market leaders in the rollout of 4G and intend to lead the market to 5G.
Partners
Our business model relies on partners and suppliers. |
£2.4bn
Normalised free cash flow
106,700
Total number of employees
28m
Total number of customers worldwide
27.9m
Homes and businesses with superfast fibre broadband
Our brands
600
Retail stores throughout the UK
£643m
R&D spend
100
Number of countries we have suppliers in |
13 | ||||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|
Strategic report |
|||||||
Governance |
||||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||||
What we do
|
Stakeholder outcomes
|
|||||||||
Our purpose To use the power of communications to make a better world.
Our goal Drive sustainable growth in value. Lead in converged connectivity and services, seize new business opportunities and deliver industry-leading efficiency.
|
Shareholders 10.78p
Proposed final dividend per share
Customers 5.4%
Improvements in Right First Time performance
Colleagues 77%
Employee engagement outcome
Suppliers £13.4bn
Spent with suppliers |
15.40p
Full year dividend per share
3.4m
BT Call Protect customers
1,400
Agency workers converted to permanent
67% With top 100 suppliers |
||||||||
We build We build fixed and mobile connectivity across the UK, creating the UKs leading network. |
||||||||||
We innovate We use our customer insight and technical skills to create new connectivity-based products and solutions. |
||||||||||
Communities and society | ||||||||||
We sell Through our brands, we sell products and services to build trust, create value and generate loyalty. |
2m
Children reached through the Barefoot Computing programme
Government 1,800 UK public sector customers |
87% Electricity used from renewable sources worldwide (UK now at 100% directly purchased) |
||||||||
We operate We operate fast, secure and reliable fixed and mobile networks that deliver what our customers need. |
||||||||||
|
Information linked to our business model
About BT we explain how were organised and how and where we operate on page 4.
Strategy our strategy supports our business model and is on page 14.
Principal risks and uncertainties we describe these and how we manage them on page 46.
Viability statement our directors assessment of our prospects and viability is on page 54.
Governance we describe how we govern our business from page 55.
Remuneration the directors remuneration report is from page 73.
|
14 | ||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||||||
|
|
|||||||
Our strategy is to lead in converged connectivity and services, capitalising on new business opportunities and delivering industry-leading operational efficiency. This is to support our goal of delivering sustainable growth in value. |
Our markets are transitioning but they are still based on the universal need to connect and communicate, a need which has never been more essential.
Creating experiences for our customers that truly differentiate us from our competitors is at the centre of our strategic framework. Everything we do with respect to building the best converged network, and becoming a simpler, leaner and more agile business, needs to ultimately support our strategy to deliver great customer experience.
|
We have underpinned our strategy to fulfil the needs of two other critical stakeholder groups our people and the communities in which we do business. For our people, our strategy is to make BT a brilliant place to work. For the communities we operate in, our strategy is to be a valued partner in helping to build better digital lives. | ||||||||||
|
|
|
15 | ||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||
Governance |
||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||
|
Strengths and opportunities Our long-standing relationships with home and business customers give us a platform for continued investment.
Our investments result in long-lasting assets. This includes nationwide networks, where we are investing in the critical physical components such as cabling, switches and routers of the digital economy of the near future. Our strategy supports the building of a robust network that will underpin the growth of the digital economy, and enhanced connectivity in all parts of the UK.
Our network also creates a robust physical foundation for many uses in next generation technologies which need the best connectivity. We will own the foundation and therefore be in an unrivalled position. |
We see significant opportunities in the advancement of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and machine learning, for new communications methods, such as virtual and augmented reality, and for connected devices. All of these opportunities require great connectivity, which we will need to support.
As a major player in the UK communications market we have a responsibility to do the right thing for the UK and make sure we operate within a fair regulatory framework and clear ethical boundaries. But being a player with substantial resources and a large and diverse customer base also gives us a real strategic advantage. |
In global markets we are often a challenger to the incumbent, presenting an opportunity to innovate and move faster to deliver secure hybrid network solutions that support our customers migration to new digital technologies.
For more on the risks that affect us see page 46. |
|
||||||||
16 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
17 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Governance |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||
|
||||||||
1. Delivering a consistent and reliable service
The communications we enable are so essential to our customers that delayed orders, faults or service disruptions can cause significant distress. This year, therefore, our investments included:
speeding up our ultrafast fibre rollout (FTTP), passing an average of c14,000 new premises every week in 2018/19.
hiring over 4,000 new contact centre agents, and switching 800 from agency contracts to full time, helping cut call centre wait times for business customers by a third and for EE broadband customers by a half.
increasing the proportion of all BT brand Consumer service conversations handled in the UK to around 83%, and working towards a target of 100%. All BT Plus, EE and Plusnet calls are handled in the UK
improving our eChat service, which is now used by one in five BT brand Consumer customers for service queries.
increasing our intake of engineering apprentices by around 1,700.
We are innovating to improve the experience of our customers. For example, we are using remote visual assistant technology to help our call centre agents and our engineers provide expert advice more quickly.
Openreachs proactive maintenance meant we had 2% fewer copper network faults than in 2017/18, Global Services transformation has enabled 71% of service incidents to be proactively detected. Openreach provided 99% of all customers with their first appointment date for a new service within 12 days, an improvement from 92% in 2017/18. Customer complaints to Ofcom reduced by a third for both BTs consumer broadband and EEs mobile customers when measured on a year-on-year basis.
Like many businesses, our complexity is still a challenge. But making our portfolio smaller and simplifying our processes will cut the cost and inertia that leads to poor customer experience.
Service progress around BT
We have met or exceeded all of Ofcoms 42 Minimum Service Level targets on copper and broadband services.
We now miss less than 1.8% of engineering appointments, 23% fewer than last year.
Average Ethernet provisioning times went down 7.6% compared to last year.
Enterprise won two golds at the UK Customer Experience Awards. |
2. Loyalty and value
We want to reward customer loyalty by focusing on value for money.
There will be no price increases for our BT brand consumer broadband, line rental and mobile products in 2019.
We want to do more than just stop customers leaving. We want to build more loyalty across all our brands, by focusing on value for money. We want customers to increasingly get more for their money whether that is faster broadband speeds or better mobile coverage.
Loyalty and value progress around BT
Customers can talk to us face-to-face in more than 600 EE shops about BT broadband and TV and EE products and services, with a full BT service planned for the end of 2019/20.
Average broadband speeds for BTs Consumer customers have improved 10% to 45Mbps.
We now have nearly 3.4 million customers using our Call Protect product, preventing more than 220 million unwanted calls since launch in January 2017.
3. Products that fit our customers needs
Our BT Plus convergence proposition includes mobile replacement, guaranteed minimum speeds and double mobile data allowances for customers.
BT Plus launched in May 2018 and has around one million subscribers. Complete Wi-Fi subsequently launched as an enhanced version of the service and the take up has been encouraging. BT Sport saw a 4% audience increase for English Premier League games and an 18% increase for Champions League coverage.
We also launched BTs new Stay Fast Guarantee to improve customer experience and reduce churn. Well optimise connection performance for new and re-contracting customers and then monitor and proactively manage connection quality, offering £20 compensation if we cannot fix speed issues.
We launched EE Smart Plans to expand our differentiation and drive value through more for more offers. The handset plan came with Swappable Benefits to increase value and encourage migration from SIM only, whilst both handset and Smart SIM plans offer a Service Pack including annual device health checks, accessory vouchers and extended device warranties. |
Openreach launched a new volume-related discount offer for communications providers to help them boost their customers adoption of higher-speed and more reliable broadband services.
We have also started migrating customers to our all-IP digital platform. This brings opportunities for a range of richer experiences and propositions from smart home technologies for consumers to sophisticated voice services for SMEs.
Products progress around BT
We have launched innovative converged products for businesses such as BTNet, SD-WAN and cloud solution collaboration with Microsoft Azure.
In TV, we are now a content super-aggregator with Netflix and Amazon Prime already available, and Sky (via NOW TV) on its way later in 2019.
We launched a trial of fast mobile phone delivery through Enjoy on EE (within the M25) offering customers delivery and set-up of their smartphone as quickly as two hours from placing their order.
We launched a trial same-day repair service with Samsung where more than 90% of repairs were fixed on the same day and 80% in the same hour.
We launched 4G Assure for our business customers, providing 4G connectivity if their fixed broadband service was not available. Half of new SME business orders now take this product.
4. Enabling digital global business
Our Global Services unit is refocusing on truly global customers. We are offering a smaller portfolio of repeatable, scalable cloud-of-clouds solutions supported by market-leading security to give customers flexibility, choice and control. We are also making processes smoother with self-service tools and automation.
Digital global business progress around BT
Next generation, SD-WAN services are now available in 180 countries and we have launched two new Cisco and Meraki-based solutions.
We were the first to market with Riverbeds Visibility as a Service, which allows customers to view and manage their application traffic.
To help our customers migrate to the cloud, last year we added Google and IBM to the partners we already support on our Cloud Connect Platform.
Last year, a BT joint venture was awarded domestic operating licences within China. This is a major step towards allowing us to better serve our multinational customers. |
18 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Strategic progress Building the best converged network |
||
19 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Governance |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||
|
||||||||
This year we made good progress, which will continue next year. More of our customers took up superfast broadband products and we increased the pace of our investments in ultrafast.
Ultimately, our ambition is to lead the UK to 5G. We are starting to roll out our 5G network, with 16 UK locations going live in 2019. We are proud of still being the best network in the UK for current technologies, such as 4G.
We believe fibre is the future fixed connection to homes and we are rolling it out as fast as possible. We are increasing our aim of bringing FTTP from three million to four million properties by the end of March 2021, and our ambition to go from ten million properties to 15 million by the mid-2020s, subject to conditions being right.
To keep us in the lead for mobile, we are switching 3G signal to 4G and upgrading 4G sites to enable more spectrum and give customers a better experience. In 2018 we also acquired the spectrum we needed to start rolling out 5G. There is another spectrum auction happening in Spring 2020 where we expect to bid for more.
Commercial success increasingly depends on innovation, which is why we invest in research and development.
We are constantly looking at new innovations to deploy like edge computing to cut network congestion and speed up application performance.
This year we invested £643m (2017/18: £632m) in innovation. Over the last decade weve been one of the largest investors in innovation in the UK, and globally in the telecoms sector.
We have a portfolio of more than 5,000 patents and applications, with 103 patents for inventions filed in 2018/19. |
1. Superfast and ultrafast fibre a
We have now rolled out ultrafast fibre to 3.2 million homes and businesses. As part of the Openreach full fibre rollout, we are progressing build in 26 locations and in April announced a further 12 locations to benefit from FTTP availability. This includes London, Birmingham, Leeds, Manchester, Bristol, Cardiff, Edinburgh and Liverpool.
Superfast and ultrafast progress around BT
We have 12.2 million superfast fibre broadband customers, within our footprint of 27.5 million covering 86.6% of homes and businesses.
Our ultrafast fibre footprint now reaches more than 3.2 million homes and businesses.
EE will offer ultrafast broadband to customers in summer 2019.
We are working with government and Ofcom on options for a broadband Universal Service Obligation to provide 100% of UK homes and businesses with a minimum speed of 10Mbps by 2020.
2. Current and future mobile
In August, RootMetrics named EE as the UKs best network for the fifth year in a row. Using Ofcom measures, our mobile network now provides 84% geographic coverage in the UK. We aim to be the UKs first mobile provider to offer 5G, launching in 16 busy UK cities in 2019.
Mobile progress around BT
Weve switched on 5G sites in East London and are rapidly launching more. We have also trialled live 5G in Canary Wharf.
We announced a partnership with OnePlus on 5G in the UK. EE will be the first mobile operator in the world to offer the OnePlus 5G smartphone.
We continue to increase capacity on 4G sites, laying the foundation for our 5G launch, and we have built more than 350 new 4G sites in the last 12 months to connect previously unconnected rural communities.
|
3. Network integration
We are bringing together our market-leading mobile, broadband and wi-fi networks into one converged, digital network to give customers seamless connectivity wherever they go. It will be the first of its kind in the UK. It is scheduled for completion in 2022 and when it launches it will signal a new era of connectivity.
Network integration progress around BT
EE showcased Hybrid Broadband, combining mobile and fixed connections in one service.
EE is the first UK network to support all major smart home ecosystems with partnerships including Google, Apple, Alexa, Hive and Nest.
We launched broadband with 4G Assure for SME customers to keep their broadband running if the fixed connection is lost. By the end of March 2019 half of SME broadband sales came with 4G Assure.
We created a team dedicated to partnering with innovative converged technology companies to introduce new content, smartphones and smart home technology.
Since EE launched shared data plans there have been more than three million data gifts between customers. |
a Superfast fibre broadband refers to fibre-to-the-cabinet (FTTC). Ultrafast broadband refers to fibre-to-the-premises (FTTP) and Gfast.
20 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Strategic progress Creating a simplified, leaner and more agile business |
||
21 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Governance |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||
|
||||||||
To transform our business we need a simpler, flatter and more modern organisational structure. This means having broader, more accountable roles; fewer job levels; market-aligned pay; and clearer career paths that support individuals development.
Last year we committed to reshaping our workforce by reducing roles in the UK and overseas by 13,000 over the next three years, with a focus on senior and middle management roles and by getting smarter about how we operate.
We are on track against our restructuring plans with reductions in senior management balanced with hiring in our front lines engineers and contact centres. This includes hiring more apprentices into Openreach to resource our integrated network and fibre rollout programmes.
In contact centres, we are recruiting more people to help improve the experience of our customers when they get in touch with us. Balancing the reductions in management roles with the increases in contact centre and engineering roles will leave a net reduction of around 7,000 roles by March 2021.
We are working with our people to ensure those affected by changes are supported through the change process.
We are one of the biggest private sector recruiters of apprentices in the UK by a significant margin. We are also popular last year there were 63,000 apprentice applications for almost 4,000 places.
We aim to reshape our workplaces to make working for BT feel more like working for a modern technology company. We have started to roll out a more open working culture. This includes more teams working in the same buildings to boost productivity, innovation and inter-team working, supported by a wider range of collaborative software.
We are also speeding up ways of working. This means quickly bringing together teams for specific projects, then dissolving them when the project has finished. We are also letting people work in more fluid ways, encouraging more collaboration and cross functional working than we had before. We are creating more opportunities for people to test, learn and try again.
We have around 7,000 properties in the UK and 1,678 across the rest of the world. We lease most of our UK properties from Telereal Trillium, part of the William Pears group. We signed a sale and lease back arrangement with them in 2001. Eighty-seven per cent of our UK properties are operational sites housing fixed and mobile telecoms and |
broadband kit. These are retail outlets, offices, contact centres, depots and data centres. We also have BT Sport TV studios in London.
To enable these new working practices, we are creating and investing in more modern, fit-for-purpose office environments. For example, we are focusing on around 30 modern, strategic sites to create a more collaborative, open and customer focused working culture.
We recently carried out a review of the structure, composition and operation of our Board committees to speed up executive decision making and improve overall governance. Changes were approved and implemented by the Board in April 2019.
For further information please see page 56 of the Governance report.
1. Simplifying products, processes and systems
Our large portfolio of products and services is complicated for customers and is resource-intensive to support.
We are starting to simplify our products and services and streamline our IT systems and processes. This will reduce additional work and duplication and help us keep our promises to customers more quickly and reliably. It will also give us a springboard to become the efficient business we need to be to thrive in the future.
Simplifying operations progress around BT
We brought together our Consumer and EE businesses, integrating teams under a new multi-brand operating model.
We integrated our Business and Public Sector and Wholesale and Ventures businesses into Enterprise to strengthen services and products and help customers move to converged technologies.
Global Services restructured its operating model to create a new sales organisation around three global industry verticals, supported by a single, global commercial unit. This will give us deeper focus on fewer customers, improving their experience of doing business with us.
2. Building a more modern, productive operation
We know that becoming more efficient will make us more productive in the future, better able to offer a truly differentiated customer experience. |
To do that we need a smaller workforce in some areas and a larger one in others. Our recent investments in front line contact centre people and engineers are part of our plan to put resources, support and decision making as close as possible to our customers.
To further boost productivity we also need our people to have better places to work and better digital skills. These will enable much greater customer focus.
Productivity progress
Our better workplace programme is reducing the number of sites and upgrading those that remain.
Our cost transformation programme remains on track, with c4,000 roles removed in the year.
Overall savings from our cost transformation programme are currently an annualised benefit of £875m with an associated cost of £386m.
Outsourcing of our UK and Republic of Ireland facilities management and projects and construction teams took effect on 1 April 2019. This has resulted in approximately 1,900 employees transferring out of BT.
Openreach is committed to achieving a world-class cost base to underpin our fibre build and has integrated key network delivery teams to improve efficiency.
In Global Services we are redesigning our service and portfolio operations to focus on the needs of our largest multinational customers.
3. Strategic sourcing
Through strategic sourcing, we delivered significant savings in 2018/19 and we are on track to deliver more savings in the future.
This approach is changing the way we think about procurement, which is also helping suppliers. Thinking earlier helps them optimise their own supply chains to support our future plans. This gives everyone more certainty and cuts back on unnecessary cost, which in turn improves our customer experience.
Strategic sourcing programme
We are further rationalising our supplier base to reduce risk and cost.
We are signing better value multi-year deals with more of a partnering ethos.
We are working with our suppliers suppliers to cut raw material sourcing costs. |
22 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
|
||
We rely on our stakeholders for our success as we build the UKs national digital infrastructure.
Our main stakeholders are customers, our people, the communities in which we do business, the environment, shareholders, suppliers, government and regulatory bodies. |
Customers
We offer our customers the latest technologies and services to enable them to communicate, share, be entertained and do business. We deliver and support these products and services to build valuable, high-quality, long-term and sustainable relationships.
Our 28 million customer base is integral to our success. Our customers are consumers, businesses, multinational corporations, public sector organisations and other communications providers.
Some customers are also competitors because we sell wholesale products and services to other communications providers in the UK and overseas.
Everything we do starts with the aim of delivering a differentiated customer experience to generate value and create loyalty.
You can find more information on how our customers fit into our business model on page 12.
People
Our people are central to the transformation of our business, and our ability to deliver our vision, goals and strategic priorities.
We want them to use their skills and our technology to deliver great products and services for customers, communities and societies around the world.
Our people strategy is summed up by our ambition to be a brilliant place to work. We want to deliver an outstanding customer experience by getting our employee experience right. That means making BT a place where our people feel engaged and inspired to be at their best. |
At the heart of this are our values:
In Januarys BT-wide Your Say employee engagement survey, we did better than previous years on all our value scores:
Eighty-four per cent of our people know how to use our values in their every day work, which helps us to provide our customers with a differentiated customer service.
We know that we still need to do more and make it easier for our people to make things happen for our customers. As a result we have introduced the RAPID ® (Recommend, Agree, Perform, Input, Decide) framework.
RAPID ® helps us be clear about the accountabilities for key decisions, which fosters speed, effectiveness and greater empowerment. We are embedding the framework through training our leaders across the organisation in how to use it.
Engaging our people We are proud that BT people continue to live by our values personal, simple, brilliant and that their engagement keeps improving.
Our most recent annual engagement survey in January had an extremely high response rate of 87% and our year-on-year people engagement score increased by three percentage points to 77%.
We tell our people about company results, major business decisions and other things that affect them through lots of different channels. Leaders regularly meet their teams through roundtables, town hall debates, site visits, webcasts and blogs.
You can find more information on how we are reshaping our organisation and ways of working on page 21. |
23 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Governance |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Supporting our people in their careers Careers are becoming more flexible. Many of our people want portfolio careers with different phases. Newer generations recognise that they might work for longer than their parents but dont necessarily want jobs for life; they want to do different things and learn different skills.
We are making changes to our culture to keep abreast of these trends. We are working to attract and retain a diverse workforce, invest in our peoples development, promote their health and wellbeing and help them save for a better retirement.
As we reshape our workforce we are also providing a new career philosophy with greater transparency, clearer choice and a focus on skills for the future.
We continue in our positive approach to recruiting and developing disabled talent as part of our vision to be a disability confident employer. Our range of support services and our processes support our managers to making the necessary adjustments for new or existing disabled persons within BT.
Health and wellbeing Employee wellbeing is one of the biggest contributors to organisational health and business success. Our aim is to build a team of engaged, healthy people who are fulfilled at work.
Our approach to wellbeing reflects this. We provide access to employee assistance globally, and we are making it easier for our people to get mental health support through early access counselling services. We have expanded our peer-to-peer scheme and manager training on mental health both in the UK and internationally. Our success rate in getting people with mental illness back to work has risen to 96.5%.
The support available to our managers and team members helps us maintain a low absence rate of 2.36%. We have strengthened our support in managing and coping with change to help our people and managers work through the changes in our business.
We continue to drive focus on safety and assurance programmes. Our lost time injury rate is currently 0.24 working hours per 200,000 working hours, with an increase against a low baseline impacting the results. We track incident trends very closely and have not seen a pattern to the increase but continue to monitor this monthly. |
||||||||
106,700 We employ 106,700 full-time equivalent people in 60 countries, 84,300 of whom are in the UK. We employ an additional 2,000 FTE people through agencies.
16,000 This year, excluding acquisitions, we hired almost 16,000 people, 12,300 of whom were UK-based.
4,000 In 2018/19 we took on almost 4,000 new apprentices and more than 400 graduates.
|
1,400 We converted just under 1,400 agency workers to permanent, 800 of whom were in contact centres.
70% The average age of our workforce is reducing with 70% under 50.
14,700 In 2018/19, 14,700 people left the company. 10,800 left through natural attrition, and 3,900 through paid leaver programmes as part of our drive to create a simple, lean and agile business.
|
|||||||
We also listen to our peoples concerns through more formal engagement with our European Consultative Council, the Communications Workers Union, Prospect and EE employee representatives in the UK.
Building skills for future careers We are reshaping our workforce profile to meet the evolving needs of our customers and the changing technology landscape.
We have continued to invest in apprenticeships and graduate programmes in all disciplines, mainly engineering, cyber, technology and customer operations. We complement functional skills with front line and future leader programmes which prepare our people for people management roles.
We are also focusing on hiring and developing talent to meet rising demand for digital and security skills over traditional telecommunications skills. For example, we have a Digital Academy in Consumer, we are building digital media and data insights teams in Enterprise, and in Global Services we are developing cloud computing and cyber skills at scale. |
As we transition from PSTN to a modern, all-IP fibre network, we need to develop different skills. In Openreach we are addressing this increased demand with our Open Street training facilities, which replicate a complete end-to-end network from fibre to copper. They also recreate the homes and streets that our engineers encounter and provide a safe, real time environment to master new skills quickly. For example, real scenarios can be created for students, including blocked ducts, open joints and intermittent faults. We plan to invest a further £11m and by 2021 have 11 fully operational Regional Training Centres all with their own Open streets.
This is part of our overall focus on improving digital skills helping us contribute to the future success of the digital UK, improve our customers ability to connect, create demand for our future products and feed our talent pipeline.
For more information on our digital skills programmes see page 25. |
|||||||
24 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Our stakeholders continued
|
24% Around 24% of our workforce (26,100) and 28% of our management (13,700) are women, including three out of 11 Board members. Our workforce includes around 79,800 men, with 34,000 of these in management roles. |
12% Around 12% of our UK people have a black, Asian or minority ethnic background.
5.0% This year, BTs overall median gender pay gap is 5.0%. Our mean gender pay gap is 5.9%. This is roughly the same as last year. |
We are redesigning our technology apprentice and graduate schemes to reduce the risk of selection bias.
We have active people networks for Gender, Disability, Ethnicity, LGBT+ and Neurodiversity. All have senior sponsors and charters aligned to our strategy.
We continue to develop long-term initiatives such as TechWomen, furtHER and STEM Returners to help the organisation retain and nurture female talent.
|
Pay and benefits We regularly review our pay and benefits. Most of our UK-based engineering and support peoples pay is negotiated through collective bargaining with our recognised trade unions. This means everyone gets treated fairly. Our managers pay ranges are also set at competitive levels. We work out bonuses through a mix of business performance and personal contribution.
Our executives may also get long-term share awards. These are discretionary and aligned to the long-term strategy of the company. What they get is determined by the groups performance over a three-year period. Executive directors must keep hold of those shares for two more years.
Incentives for Openreach are tied to a combination of personal contribution and Openreachs performance, not Group performance. And these are paid in cash, not BT shares. |
We support our people through retirement savings plans, employee share schemes and country-specific benefits.
Volunteering This year, we took the decision to no longer focus purely on the proportion of our people who volunteer, which is why the volunteering participation rate dropped to 26%. Instead we will refocus our volunteering efforts on digital skills the area we think will deliver the greatest impact for the UK and BT.
In the year ahead well develop a new target, that better reflects the impact and growing contribution our people are making through volunteering. As an example, this year just over 2,500 of our people contributed more than 6,700 days supporting digital skills programmes and helping young people prepare for the world of work.
|
Helping people save for a better retirement Over the past two years we have worked to change the way our people save for retirement. This ensures that our pensions are fair, flexible and affordable for all members and also helps manage our future risks and costs.
The BT Pension Scheme (BTPS) triennial valuation process ran in 2017/18. In 2018/19 we concluded our UK Pensions Review, agreeing the closure of Sections B and C of the BTPS to future accrual with members moving into the BT Retirement Saving Scheme (BTRSS).
For further information on our pension scheme, see page 145.
Communities
Our communications products, services, networks and people are vital to the communities in which we operate. Our place at the heart of so many communities also makes it important that our business practices are ethical and transparent.
Our total investment in society in 2018/19 was £28.7m 0.83% of adjusted profit before tax. Although this was below our target of 1%, we remain committed to the target and have invested £194.9m at an average of 1.02% over the last five years.
Going forward, this investment will mainly be directed towards digital skills. This has led to some difficult decisions, like the closure of our fundraising platform, MyDonate, in June 2019.
Introduced in 2011, MyDonate was the UKs first fee-free platform, but there are now many other providers in the market. Were proud of what we achieved, helping raise more than £400m over the last nine years. But it is now time to lead in another important area for the UK. Our work with charities and other partners will increasingly focus on digital skills. We will continue to report on our ambition to use our skills and technology to generate more than £1bn for good causes by 2020, but it will no longer be a business priority. Since 2012/13, weve
|
25 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Governance |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||
|
||||||||
used our technology and expertise to help generate more than £646m for good causes, including £109m this year.
Digital skills The UK faces a major digital skills challenge and we are in a unique position to help tackle this. We are fundamental to the UKs ambition to be a leading digital economy. We take our responsibilities very seriously investing in nurturing the skills needed by everyone to flourish in the digital world.
Doing so serves a number of our stakeholders as well as creating the potential for future demand for our products and helping us to adapt our workforce.
Were increasing our efforts with a major push to encourage and equip our customers and communities to upgrade their digital skills and capabilities.
To reflect our ambition in this important area, we have set a target to reach ten million people in the UK with digital skills training by 2025. This supersedes our existing target (to help ten million people overcome social disadvantage through the benefits our products and services can bring) with a more focused and measurable programme.
This new target builds on our existing investment in young people. In a world where life and work increasingly depend on technology, giving todays school children the right skills will be critical to their success.
Barefoot Computing, our partnership with BCS, the Chartered Institute for IT, operates in around 60% of UK primary schools and helps young people (aged five to 11) develop their computational thinking skills as part of the computer curriculum. BT volunteers have helped to train more than 70,000 teachers. Through them, Barefoot has reached more than two million children since 2014.
BT has become the first strategic partner of the new National Centre for Computing Education (NCCE). This initiative from the Department for Education is designed to improve the reach and quality of computing teaching across England. Among other things, well be bringing Barefoot to the heart of the NCCEs offer for primary schools.
Championing human and digital rights Were committed to respecting everyones basic rights and freedoms both online and offline. The nature of what we do means we must protect customers from online harm, safeguard their privacy and security and support their right to free expression. Our Digital Impact & Sustainability Committee, a board committee, oversees our human and digital rights programme. |
65% |
11.3m |
3 in 4 |
£63bn |
|||
The percentage of children starting school today who will have jobs that dont yet exist. |
The number of adults who lack basic digital skills. |
The number of UK businesses who report internal digital skills gaps. |
The estimated annual impact of the digital skills gap on the UKs future competitiveness. |
This year we launched a new overarching human rights policy, and reported on modern slavery, privacy and freedom of expression. We collaborate on privacy and free expression challenges through the Global Network Initiative.
We want to lead the way in tackling modern slavery through technology. This year we co-founded and launched Tech Against Trafficking, a coalition of organisations including Amazon, Vodafone, AT&T, Microsoft, Nokia, Salesforce and anti-trafficking experts, to work together on the challenge. We also partnered with the UK charity Unseen to extend the reach of the UK Modern Slavery Helpline through a smartphone app. |
We comply with the Modern Slavery Act and follow international standards on human rights, such as the International Labour Organisations Principles and the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights. We have contractual standards on working conditions to avoid forced labour. We also have processes in place to assess the risks of our suppliers not meeting these conditions. We work with EcoVadis and the Responsible Business Alliance to inform our assessments. We will follow up with our suppliers on any improvements needed. For higher risk sites of concern, we go to see the working conditions for ourselves.
For more information on human and digital rights, see btplc.com /digitalimpact and sustainability/humanrights/modernslavery
|
26 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Our stakeholders continued
|
||
The environment
Our products, supply chain and operations all have an impact on the environment. We are taking a leadership role in tackling climate change and have a target to become a net zero carbon emissions business by 2045.
The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change report published in October 2018 has underscored the importance of urgently tackling climate change. We continue to work in areas we control, while also being active in driving change with our customers, suppliers and other stakeholders.
Cutting our emissions and energy use
This year our energy consumption dropped by 2.24% and we reduced our total end-to-end worldwide CO 2 equivalent (CO 2 e) emissions by 7.4%.
We have saved around £298m since 2009/10 through more efficient cooling systems, modernising data centres, optimising our networks, introducing LED lighting and installing energy management systems. This year we celebrate our tenth year of investment in energy reduction programmes, through which we have consistently delivered energy
Our worldwide greenhouse gas emissions a
Year ended 31 March
a |
We restate previous years data when we think subsequent information is materially significant (eg replacing estimates with measured figures). |
In October 2018 we pledged to become a net zero carbon emissions business by 2045. This extends our 1.5° C science-based target to reduce the carbon emissions intensity of our operations by 87% by 2030 (against a 2016/17 baseline). There are three main areas we are focusing on to achieve this: |
purchase 100% renewable electricity worldwide by 2020 where markets allow. We are currently at 87%. This year, we agreed new contracts to power EEs mobile network with renewable electricity meaning that in the UK, 100% of our directly purchased electricity is now from renewable sources
convert our fleet to ultra-low emissions vehicles
decarbonise our buildings.
|
|
Our CO 2 e emissions | ||||||||||||
Year ended 31 March |
|
|||||||||||
CO 2 e Ktonnes |
2017 | 2018 | 2019 | |||||||||
Scope 3 |
4,772 | 4,387 | 4,112 | |||||||||
Scope 2 |
222 | 193 | 114 | |||||||||
Scope 1 |
182 | 184 | 184 | |||||||||
Total |
5,176 | 4,764 | 4,410 | |||||||||
|
||||||||||||
Scope 1 + 2 intensity: |
||||||||||||
(CO 2 e tonnes per £m value added) |
31 | 29 | 23 |
We now include all scope 3 emissions in our reporting. Figures exclude third-party consumption. Scope 2 data uses market-based calculation. For full methodology and further data see btplc.com/digitalimpactandsustainability
Our worldwide energy use Year ended 31 March
|
27 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Governance |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||
|
||||||||
consumption savings. There will be further savings as energy efficiency reduces our environmental impact and plays a part in overall cost transformation.
Helping customers lessen their impact Our products and services help our customers reduce carbon emissions for example, through avoiding travel and becoming more efficient.
Last year our products and services helped our customers avoid 11.7 million tonnes of carbon. That is the equivalent of the carbon emissions of around three million UK households.
Carbon in our supply chain The products we sell are manufactured in our upstream supply chain and we continue to work with key suppliers to reduce their carbon impact.
Wider environment aspects We are reducing plastic waste from our products and from our operations. We track this through our Environmental Management System. Our people are passionate about reducing plastic use within BT. More than 4,500 BT people signed our recent internal plastic pact, pledging to cut their plastic use at work and at home.
For more on this, and on other environmental matters, see our Digital impact and sustainability report btplc.com/digitalimpactandsustainability
Shareholders
We have two main shareholder groups: institutional investors and individual shareholders. We also have debt investors.
As a consequence of privatisation in 1984, most of our c829,000 shareholders are individual shareholders, although institutional investors hold the biggest volume of shares.
We have an extensive investor relations programme aimed at keeping existing and prospective investors informed. In 2018/19, we held 500 meetings or events with institutional investors (2017/18: 450). |
This year we reduced our quarterly disclosures to encourage investors to focus on longer-term trends.
We keep all shareholders up to date through regular communications, including the Annual Report, AGM and our quarterly financial and trading statements.
Debt investors We have an investment-grade credit rating based on the strength of our balance sheet.
Our relationship with debt investors, mainly financial institutions who invest in our publicly-traded bonds, is key to making sure we have access to debt capital to finance our business.
Suppliers
Our thousands of suppliers are a vital part of our value chain. Because of our size, we are also a vital part of theirs.
Our suppliers provide products and services that help us execute our strategy. We source from across the world and have suppliers in nearly 100 countries. Our integrated fibre and 5G network will require significant capital investment, and procurement savings are key to funding this.
We want to know who were doing business with and whos acting on our behalf, so we:
choose suppliers using principles that make sure we act ethically and responsibly
check that goods and services we buy are made, delivered and disposed of in a socially and environmentally responsible way
measure factors such as suppliers energy use, environmental impact and labour standards as well as working with them to improve these.
We are a signatory of the UK Prompt Payment Code and support government initiatives to encourage small business growth.
|
Supplier risks There has been recent commentary on how national security could be compromised at the level of some of the foundation technologies in national communications networks. Our approach is to focus on sourcing a range of the best technologies in the core of our networks, from a wide range of places.
We also face a continual challenge to ensure the quality and ethical integrity of our supply chain. You can read more about our supply-related risks on page 52.
|
28 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Our stakeholders continued
|
HM Government
We work with over 1,800 UK public sector customers and support critical services in the UK.
Our networks enable vital services, such as welfare, tax, health and social care, police and defence, to function while protecting citizens personal data.
Civil resilience and other obligations Under the Communications Act 2003, the Government can ask us (and others) to run or restore services during disasters.
The Civil Contingencies Act 2004 also states that the Government can impose obligations on us (and others) at times of emergency or in connection with civil contingency planning.
The Secretary of State for the Home Department can sometimes also oblige us to act in the interests of national security.
Our public affairs team is responsible for relationships with the Government on all issues of policy. Our Enterprise team is responsible for selling and maintaining public sector contracts and services. |
Regulators
Communications and TV services are regulated in the UK and around the world. Regulation helps ensure that there are consistent rules and standards within each jurisdiction to protect consumers and promote competition.
Our main regulatory relationship is with Ofcom in the UK. Ofcom operates under the Communications Act 2003, which gave it its powers and duties and transposed the EU regulatory framework for electronic communications in the UK.
Under the Act, Ofcom sets conditions that communications providers must adhere to. Ofcoms main duties in respect of communications are to further the interests of citizens and consumers, where appropriate by promoting competition. In doing so it must also have regard, where relevant, to the desirability of encouraging investment and innovation. Ofcom has general competition powers for the sector and enforces consumer law, alongside other economic regulators and the Competition and Markets Authority.
We aim to be leaders in full fibre and 5G, and launch a UK converged network. This will benefit our customers, as well as the UK more widely. Our dialogue with Ofcom focuses on how the regulatory regime can help its ambition for the UK, while keeping the market fair and competitive.
In 2018 we implemented the Commitments we gave to Ofcom to provide Openreach with greater strategic and operational independence following its Digital Communications Review. Ofcom reported it is broadly satisfied with our progress. This included incorporating Openreach Limited as a wholly owned subsidiary of BT Group plc, with its own board and greater strategic independence. It also included completing the TUPE transfer into the new Openreach Limited of 31,000 employees from BT plc.
|
We continue to monitor and provide assurance to Ofcom on our compliance with the Commitments. We are currently working to make our internal processes and information sharing between BT and Openreach more transparent.
Future Telecoms Infrastructure Review In July 2018, the Government published its Future Telecoms Infrastructure Review which concluded that the most effective way to deliver nationwide fibre connectivity at pace is to promote competition and commercial investment where possible, and to intervene where necessary. Ofcoms subsequent policy documents signalled a shift from emphasising retail competition to facilitating competitive investment in full fibre.
The Governments February 2018 consultation on its statement of strategic priorities for Ofcom reiterates its ambition to see gigabit capable networks available to 15 million premises by 2025 and nationwide by 2033. This is alongside an ambition to extend mobile coverage to 95% of the UK by 2022. This desire to see the UK as a world leader in digital infrastructure fits with our desire to invest more, and aligns with our strategic priority of building the best converged network.
Consumer regulation UK regulators have consumers interests as a priority. One area of attention is different pricing between new and existing customers. We aim to provide all our customers with great value, with offers that are fair and right for them. We also help our EE customers make sure they are on the best value deal by telling them when its time to reconsider their contracts and offering them alternatives. We will be implementing end of contract notifications for all of our BT and Plusnet customers too. |
29 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Governance |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Decent broadband for all The Government has committed to implement a Universal Service Obligation for 10Mbps broadband from 2020 and Ofcom is working to deliver this. It issued a consultation in December 2018 proposing to designate BT and KCom as Universal Service Providers. We are working with Ofcom to look at how to deliver this efficiently and in a way that provides a good experience for customers.
Wholesale regulation In December, 2018 Ofcom issued a consultation on Physical Infrastructure Markets and Business Connectivity Markets setting out how it intends to regulate up to 2021. It has also started consulting on a clear, predictable and long-term framework for regulation from 2021 onwards. This framework envisages longer (five-year) market review periods (instead of the current three-year reviews). On balance, we welcome Ofcoms approach, including its shift toward regulating passive infrastructure where it enables deregulation further downstream.
In its consultation on Physical Infrastructure Markets, Ofcom proposes to extend the existing access obligation applicable to BTs ducts and poles, currently limited to mixed residential and business broadband, to deployments of any fixed networks including standalone leased lines. The proposal is for this to start one month after publication of its final statement, expected in Q1 2019/20. We understand the importance Ofcom attaches to unrestricted ducts and poles access and have indicated our willingness to work with Ofcom on the detailed implementation of the proposals, including how to ensure a sustainable long-term pricing regime ahead of the 2021 market review period. |
In its consultation on Business Connectivity Markets, Ofcom proposed to remove regulation of legacy business connectivity products and deregulate additional BT exchanges and data centres. Ofcom also proposed to maintain stable wholesale pricing in these markets to support investment in full fibre. While positive overall, some of Ofcoms proposals are less helpful, for example its proposed obligation on us to provide dark fibre from BT-only exchanges which in our view is not consistent with the desire for greater investment nor necessary to promote competition given passive infrastructure access. We are continuing to engage with Ofcom on this and expect it to say more in 2019.
Spectrum In the mobile area, 2018s spectrum auction gave us the bandwidth we needed to start rolling out 5G. The next auction is expected in spring 2020 which we intend to participate in.
Simplifying regulatory reporting Understanding the economics of the services we provide in regulated areas of our business is important. We are working with Ofcom to improve our reporting to become relevant, transparent and more focused in order to get better quality insight.
EU regulation Brexit may have a significant effect on regulation. Until we know how the UK will exit the EU, we cannot know what that effect will be, but we have made contingency plans.
Where we do business in EU countries, electronic communications networks and services are governed by directives and regulations set by European institutions. These create an EU-wide framework for fixed and wireless telecommunications, internet, broadcasting and transmission services.
|
The directives are there to encourage competition, leading to better investment in fixed and mobile networks, and to protect consumers. They require independent national regulators to review markets for significant market power regularly and to put in place fair and proportionate remedies. They also include rules covering spectrum authorisation, consumer protection and universal service obligations.
This framework was updated in 2018 in the form of a new European Electronic Communications Code (EECC). We believe the EECC is largely positive making it easier for operators to roll out ultrafast fixed and mobile networks.
Other international regulation Regulation in international markets varies widely. This can stop us competing and providing the services our customers want. We keep driving incumbent operators around the world, and their regulators, for fair, cost-related wholesale access to their networks. |
30 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Our key performance indicators
|
||
We have achieved our customer experience target for the year, but want to go further. Our results were in line with the financial guidance we set in May 2018 for adjusted EBITDA and normalised free cash flow. We exceeded our target for change in underlying revenue. Our capital expenditure (excluding BDUK clawback) was slightly ahead of our guidance as we accelerate our network investment.
We use four key performance indicators (KPIs) to measure progress against our strategy; one non-financial and three financial. Our non-financial KPI is improvement in customer service, which is measured using our Right First Time metric. Our financial KPIs are: change in underlying revenue; adjusted earnings per share; and normalised free cash flow.
As explained on page 16 we will be evolving our Right First Time metric for 2019/20 to reflect the commitments we make to customers and providing a more reliable service. This evolved measure will be renamed Keeping Our Promises.
We also measure customer experience through Net Promoter Score (NPS). This is up 6.5 points from last year and has improved over 11 consecutive quarters. From 2019/20 we will be reporting this as one of our non-financial KPIs.
As our strategy evolves we will continue to review these KPIs to make sure they are the best measures to reflect our performance against our strategy.
Customer service
|
Right First Time is our main measure of customer service. It tracks how often we keep our promises to customers. This could be keeping to appointment times, completing orders in the defined timeframe or fixing faults within an agreed period. As well as improving service and the customer experience, keeping our promises should reduce the work required to fix mistakes, and so reduce our costs.
|
+5.4%
Right First Time improvement a At 31 March
|
Right First Time was up 5.4% (2017/18: up 4.3%).
Improving the service we deliver is key. Were making good progress and every customer-facing unit has improved its Right First Time score. Despite these improvements, our strategic priority is to truly differentiate ourselves on customer experience, and we will keep looking for ways to do that. You can read more about our differentiated customer experience on page 16.
a Cumulative improvement from 1 April 2009. |
Change in underlying revenue
|
Underlying revenue reflects the underlying performance of the group that will contribute to long-term sustainable growth. We exclude the impact of specific items, foreign exchange movements, acquisitions and disposals.
(0.9)%
Change in underlying revenue Year ended 31 March
|
Change in underlying revenue was down 0.9% (2017/18: down 1.0%) which exceeds our outlook of down c2%.
Change in underlying revenue was down as growth in our Consumer business was more than offset by regulated price reductions in Openreach and declines in our enterprise businesses. We explain more about the performance of our customer-facing units from page 40.
a Calculated as though EE was not part of the group until 1 April 2016.
b Calculated as though EE had been part of the group from 1 April 2015.
c Calculated including the impact of transit, which is no longer material. |
31 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Governance |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||
|
||||||||
32 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Our performance as a sustainable and responsible business |
Non-Financial Reporting Information Statement
Our integrated approach to reporting means that the requirements of the Non-Financial Reporting Directive are addressed throughout the Strategic report. For ease of reference, information pertaining to each of the matters addressed by the new regulation can be found on the following pages: Human rights (page 25); Our people (page 22); Social (page 24); Environmental (page 26); Anti-corruption and bribery (page 32).
For more information on our codes of practice and employee policies, see
btplc.
com/thegroup/policyandregulation/
people
For more information on human
and digital rights, see btplc. com/digitalimpactandsustainability/ humanrights/modernslavery
Additionally, non-financial matters have long been embedded in our business model as stakeholder outcomes on page 13. Non-financial performance indicators are linked to our ambitions and foundation measures as a sustainable and responsible business and can be seen in the following table.
Anti-corruption and bribery
We follow local and international law, including anti-corruption and bribery laws. The UK Bribery Act and US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) have extraterritorial reach, so cover our global operations. We also have to make sure we follow trade sanctions and import and export controls.
a |
As we direct our resources onto digital skills, we will no longer prioritise our fundraising ambition (by 2020, to use our skills and technology to help generate more than £1bn for good causes) but continue to report performance on page 25. |
b |
Revised target introduced to supersede our previous aim (by 2020, to help 10m people overcome social disadvantage through the benefits our products and services can bring). |
c |
Measured for scopes 1 and 2 greenhouse gases. |
d |
Measures for scopes 1 and 2 greenhouse gases, per unit of gross value added. |
e |
Senior management team: our top c600 leaders. |
33 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Governance |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||
|
||||||||
|
||||||||
To find out more about our progress | ||||||||
in these areas, see: bt.com | ||||||||
/digitalimpactandsustainability | ||||||||
34 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Introduction from our Chief Financial Officer
|
||
Performance
BT delivered solid results for the year, in line with our guidance.
Reported revenue fell by 1% to £23.4bn and underlying a revenue was down 0.9% as growth in our Consumer business was more than offset by regulated price reductions in Openreach and declines in our enterprise businesses. Our reported profit before tax was up 2% to £2.7bn, reflecting one-off EE acquisition warranty costs in the prior year. Adjusted b profit before tax was down 6% at £3.2bn reflecting the lower revenue partly offset by restructuring related cost savings and lower payments to telecommunications operators driven by Global Services strategy to de-emphasise low margin business.
|
Alternative performance measures We assess the performance of the group using various alternative performance measures. These measures are not defined under IFRS so are termed non-GAAP or alternative performance measures. We present a reconciliation from these to the nearest prepared measure in line with IFRS on pages 185 to 187. The alternative performance measures we use may not be directly comparable with similarly-titled measures used by other companies.
IFRS 15 IFRS 15 Revenue from Contacts with Customers replaced IAS 18 Revenue with effect from 1 April 2018. We present current year results on the new IFRS 15 basis but prior year comparatives on an IAS 18 basis. For this reason, certain measures may not be directly comparable. See notes 1 and 2 for further information.
|
|
Outlook provided in May 2018 |
Result |
Performance against outlook |
2019/20 outlook |
|||||
Change in underlying a revenue | Down c2% | Down 0.9% | ||||||
Change in adjusted b revenue |
Down c2% | |||||||
Adjusted b EBITDA | £7.3bn£7.4bn | £7.4bn | £7.2bn£7.3bn | |||||
Capital expenditure c (excluding BDUK clawback) | c£3.7bn | £3.8bn | £3.7bn£3.9bn | |||||
Normalised free cash flow d | £2.3bn£2.5bn | £2.4bn | £1.9bn£2.1bn |
a |
Underlying revenue excludes specific items, foreign exchange movements, acquisitions and disposals. |
b |
Items presented as adjusted are stated before specific items. See page 185 for more information. |
c |
Additions to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets in the period |
d |
After net interest paid, before pension deficit payments (including the cash tax benefit of pension deficit payments) and specific items. |
Our results were in line with the guidance we set in May 2018 for adjusted b EBITDA and normalised free cash flow c . We exceeded our target for underlying a revenue. Our capital expenditure (excluding BDUK clawback) was slightly ahead of our guidance due to acceleration of network investment.
Outlook for 2019/20 BT remains well positioned in a challenging market. We are taking decisive actions to further strengthen our competitive position. Specifically, we are increasing investment to: introduce new customer propositions; deliver fair, predictable and competitive pricing; accelerate migration of copper ADSL to superfast; drive the next step change in customer experience investment; ramp up FTTP to 4 million by March 2021; and accelerate 5G coverage. These actions will impact our outlook.
For 2019/20, we expect adjusted revenue to be down around 2%. This is mainly as a result of the challenging market conditions, regulatory pressure in both fixed and mobile markets, and the ongoing impact from our decision to de-emphasise lower margin products, particularly in our enterprise businesses.
Along with the flow through of lower revenue, we expect our opex investments to result in Group adjusted EBITDA for 2019/20 being in the range £7.2bn £7.3bn. While we will sustain these opex investments into 2020/21, we continue to expect Group adjusted EBITDA for 2020/21 to be above that for 2019/20.
We are raising our reported capital expenditure guidance (excluding BDUK clawback) for 2019/20 to be in a range of £3.7bn £3.9bn. We expect normalised free cash flow for 2019/20 to out-turn in the range £1.9bn £2.1bn. |
Dividend We have delivered solid results for 2018/19 and are making positive progress against our core pillars; to improve customer experience, to create the best converged network; and to create a simplified, lean and agile business. This is being delivered in an increasingly competitive market environment with a number of regulatory and other headwinds. We remain confident in our ability to deliver the benefits we expect from the decisive actions we are taking to strengthen our competitive position.
As a result, the Board has decided to hold the dividend unchanged for 2018/19 at 15.4p per share, leading to a final dividend of 10.78p per share. The Board also expects to hold the dividend unchanged in respect of the 2019/20 financial year given our outlook for earnings and cash flow. In line with previous guidance, our interim dividend for 2019/20 will be fixed at 30% of this years full year dividend.
The Board remains committed to our dividend policy, which is to maintain or grow the dividend each year whilst taking into consideration a number of factors including underlying medium term earnings expectations and levels of business reinvestment (which would include the consideration of accelerated FTTP investment).
Subject to shareholder approval, the dividend will be paid on 9 September 2019 to shareholders on the register at 9 August 2019. The final dividend, amounting to approximately £1,069m (2018/19: £1,044m), will be recognised as an appropriation of the retained earnings in the quarter to 30 September 2019.
Simon Lowth Chief Financial Officer 8 May 2019
|
36 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Group performance continued Summary financial performance for the year continued
|
||
Summarised income statement
Year ended 31 March |
2019
£m |
2018
£m |
2017
£m |
|||||||||
Revenue |
23,428 | 23,723 | 24,062 | |||||||||
Operating costs a |
(16,461 | ) | (16,828 | ) | (17,323 | ) | ||||||
Depreciation and amortisation
|
|
(3,546
|
)
|
|
(3,514
|
)
|
|
(3,572
|
)
|
|||
Operating profit |
3,421 | 3,381 | 3,167 | |||||||||
Net finance expense |
(756 | ) | (764 | ) | (804 | ) | ||||||
Associates and joint ventures
|
|
1
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|||
Profit before tax
|
|
2,666
|
|
|
2,616
|
|
|
2,354
|
|
|||
Tax
|
|
(507
|
)
|
|
(584
|
)
|
|
(446
|
)
|
|||
Profit for the period
|
|
2,159
|
|
|
2,032
|
|
|
1,908
|
|
Revenue
Both reported and adjusted b revenue fell by 1% as growth in our Consumer business, was more than offset by regulated price reductions in Openreach and declines in our enterprise businesses in particular in fixed voice and also reflecting our strategy to reduce low margin activity such as equipment sales. Excluding the negative impact of £35m from foreign exchange movements, underlying c revenue fell 0.9% (2017/18: fell 1%), which exceeds our expectation of down around 2%.
You can find details of revenue by customer-facing unit on pages 40 to 41. Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements shows a full breakdown of reported revenue by all our major product and service categories.
Operating costs
Reported operating costs were down 2% and adjusted b operating costs before depreciation and amortisation were down 1%. This was mainly driven by restructuring related cost savings and lower payments to telecommunications operators driven by Global Services strategy to de-emphasise low margin business, partly offset by higher costs of recruiting and training engineers to support Openreachs Fibre First programme and help deliver improved customer service.
Our cost transformation programme remains on track. c4,000 roles were removed in the year, with the largest elements being in Global Services and our Corporate Units. Overall savings from the programme are currently an annualised benefit of £875m with an associated cost of £386m.
Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements shows a detailed breakdown of our operating costs.
a |
Excluding depreciation and amortisation. |
b |
Items presented as adjusted are stated before specific items. See page 185 for more information. |
c |
Underlying revenue excludes specific items, foreign exchange movements, acquisitions and disposals. |
Adjusted b operating costs before depreciation,
amortisation and specific items
Year ended 31 March
Profit before tax
Our reported profit before tax was up 2% at £2,666m, reflecting one-off EE acquisition warranty costs in the prior year. Adjusted b profit before tax was down 6% at £3,230m reflecting the lower revenue partly offset by the lower costs and higher net finance expense from increased net debt.
Adjusted b EBITDA
Adjusted b EBITDA was down 2% at £7,392m, in line with our expectations. This is primarily driven by revenue decline partly offset by the lower costs as described above. You can find details of adjusted b EBITDA by customer-facing unit on pages 40 to 41.
Specific items
As we explain on page 185, we separately identify and disclose those items that in managements judgement need to be disclosed by virtue of their size, nature or incidence (termed specific items). Specific items are used to derive the adjusted results as presented in the consolidated income statement. Adjusted results are consistent with the way that financial performance is measured by management and assists in providing an additional analysis of the reported trading results of the group.
Specific items resulted in a net charge after tax of £452m (2017/18: £741m).
During the year we incurred restructuring costs of £386m (2017/18: £287m), mainly relating to leavers. The costs reflect projects which are part of our group-wide cost transformation programme, including remaining activities related to the EE integration.
We have recognised a net charge of £27m (2017/18: £49m) relating to the completion of the majority of deemed consent compensation payments, new regulatory matters arising across a range of issues, including price and service issues, the re-assessment of other regulatory risks and in light of historical regulatory decisions by Ofcom.
37 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
We have recognised a charge of £36m (2017/18: £28m) relating to the rationalisation of the Groups property portfolio, a charge of £26m (2017/18: £nil) in relation to the high court requirement to equalise pension benefits between men and women due to guaranteed minimum pension (GMP) and net interest expense on pensions of £139m (2017/18: £218m). This decreased from 2017/18 due to the decrease in the BT Pension Scheme deficit over the year to 31 March 2018. We also released £55m (2017/18: £nil) of provisions following the settlement of various matters in our Italian business.
The tax credit on specific items was £112m (2017/18: £87m).
Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements shows the details of all revenues and costs that we have treated as a specific item.
Taxation
Our effective tax rate was 19.0% (2017/18: 22.3%) on reported profit and 19.2% (2017/18: 19.5%) on profit before specific items. We paid income taxes globally of £431m (2017/18: £473m).
We paid UK corporation tax of £317m (2017/18: £374m). We benefited from £90m of EEs historical tax losses (2017/18: £111m) and £391m from tax deductions on employees pension and share schemes (2017/18: £217m).
Our tax expense recognised in the income statement before specific items was £619m (2017/18: £671m). We also recognised a £343m tax credit (2017/18: £262m expense) in the statement of comprehensive income, mainly relating to our pension scheme.
We expect our sustainable income statement effective tax rate before specific items to be around the UK rate of corporation tax, as we do most of our business in the UK.
Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements shows further details of our tax expense, along with our key tax risks.
Earnings per share
Reported earnings per share was 21.8p, up 6%, while adjusted a earnings per share decreased 6% to 26.3p.
Dividends
The Board is proposing a final dividend to shareholders of 10.78p bringing the full year dividend to 15.40p, unchanged from last year. It will be paid, subject to shareholder approval, on 9 September 2019 to shareholders on the register on 9 August 2019. The Board also expects to hold the dividend unchanged in respect of the 2019/20 financial year given our outlook for earnings and cash flow.
Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements shows details of the dividends we paid during the year.
Capital expenditure
In recent years weve prioritised capital expenditure to underpin our strategy, and to expand coverage and capacity whilst making our fixed and mobile networks faster and more resilient.
Capital expenditure was £3,963m (2017/18: £3,522m) including network investment of £2,083m, up 21%. This includes £213m grant funding deferral under the Broadband Delivery UK (BDUK) programme, of which £168m relates to a change in base-case assumption for customer take-up. Excluding the effect of the grant funding deferral, capital expenditure was £3,750m. The remaining increase in network investment reflects increased spend on our Fibre Cities programme, partially offset by lower mobile investment as the Emergency Services Network (ESN) passed the
peak deployment phase. Our BDUK Gainshare provision at the end of the year was £639m.
Other capital expenditure components were up 5% with £929m spent on customer driven investments, £747m on systems and IT, and £204m on non-network infrastructure.
Capital expenditure contracted but not yet spent was £1,432m at 31 March 2019 (2017/18: £993m).
Summarised cash flow statement
Year ended 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
Cash generated from operations |
4,687 | 5,400 | 6,725 | |||||||||
Tax paid
|
|
(431
|
)
|
|
(473
|
)
|
|
(551
|
)
|
|||
Net cash inflows from operating activities |
|
4,256 |
|
|
4,927 |
|
|
6,174 |
|
|||
Net purchase of property, plant and equipment and software
|
|
(3,637
|
)
|
|
(3,341
|
)
|
|
(3,119
|
)
|
|||
Free cash flow |
619 | 1,586 | 3,055 | |||||||||
Interest received |
23 | 7 | 7 | |||||||||
Interest paid |
(531 | ) | (555 | ) | (629 | ) | ||||||
Add back pension deficit payments |
2,024 | 872 | 274 | |||||||||
Add back net cash flow from specific items |
598 | 828 | 205 | |||||||||
Add back net sale of non-current asset investments |
1 | 19 | (20 | ) | ||||||||
Add back prepayments in respect of acquisition of spectrum licence |
| 325 | | |||||||||
Remove refund on acquisition of spectrum licence |
(21 | ) | | | ||||||||
Remove cash tax benefit of pension deficit payments
|
|
(273
|
)
|
|
(109
|
)
|
|
(110
|
)
|
|||
Normalised free cash flow b
|
|
2,440
|
|
|
2,973
|
|
|
2,782
|
|
Cash flow
We generated a net cash inflow from operating activities of £4,256m, down £671m, mainly driven by £2bn contributions to the BT Pension Scheme, offset by favourable working capital movements. In line with our outlook, normalised free cash flow b was £2,440m, down £533m or 18%, driven by increased cash capital expenditure, decrease in EBITDA and higher tax payments.
Free cash flow, which includes specific item outflows of £598m (2017/18: £828m) and a £273m (2017/18: £109m) tax benefit from pension deficit payments, was £619m (2017/18: £1,586m). Last year also included payments of £325m for the acquisition of mobile spectrum. The spectrum auction bidding took place across the 2017/18 and 2018/19 financial years. Whilst £325m was on deposit with Ofcom at 31 March 2018, we went on to acquire spectrum for a total price of £304m and the excess deposit balance has since been refunded. We made pension deficit payments of £2,024m (2017/18: £872m) and paid dividends to our shareholders of £1,504m (2017/18: £1,523m).
The net cash cost of specific items of £598m (2017/18: £828m) includes restructuring payments of £372m (2017/18: £189m) and regulatory payments of £170m (2017/18: £267m). Last year also included payments of £225m relating to the settlement of warranty claims under the 2015 EE acquisition agreement.
a Adjusted measures exclude specific items, as explained in the Additional Information on page 185.
b After net interest paid, before pension deficit payments (including the cash tax benefit of pension deficit payments) and specific items.
38 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Group performance continued Summary financial performance for the year continued
|
||
|
You can see a reconciliation to normalised free cash flow from the net cash inflow from operating activities, the most directly comparable IFRS measure, on page 186.
Summarised balance sheet
As at 31 March |
2019
£m |
2018
(Restated a ) £m |
Movement
£m |
|||||||||
Intangible assets |
14,385 | 14,447 | (62 | ) | ||||||||
Property, plant and equipment |
17,835 | 17,000 | 835 | |||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
1,592 | 1,509 | 83 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
1,666 | 528 | 1,138 | |||||||||
Investments |
3,268 | 3,075 | 193 | |||||||||
Trade and other receivables |
3,667 | 4,331 | (664 | ) | ||||||||
Contract assets |
1,602 | | 1,602 | |||||||||
Deferred tax assets |
1,347 | 1,326 | 21 | |||||||||
Other current and non-current assets
|
|
925
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
299
|
|
|||
Total assets
|
|
46,287
|
|
|
42,842
|
|
|
3,445
|
|
|||
Loans and other borrowings |
16,876 | 14,275 | 2,601 | |||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
940 | 837 | 103 | |||||||||
Trade and other payables |
7,269 | 8,494 | (1,225 | ) | ||||||||
Contract liabilities |
1,425 | | 1,425 | |||||||||
Provisions |
1,006 | 1,055 | (49 | ) | ||||||||
Retirement benefit obligations |
7,182 | 6,847 | 335 | |||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
1,407 | 1,340 | 67 | |||||||||
Other current and non-current liabilities
|
|
15
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|||
Total liabilities
|
|
36,120
|
|
|
32,931
|
|
|
3,189
|
|
|||
Total equity
|
|
10,167
|
|
|
9,911
|
|
|
256
|
|
Pensions
The accounting deficit, net of tax, increased during the year from £5.7bn a to £6.0bn, primarily driven by an increase in the liabilities due to a fall in the real discount rate reflecting market movements; partly offset by deficit contributions from the group and positive asset returns. The movements in the deficit for the groups defined benefit plans are shown below:
Key movements in IAS 19 deficit
Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements gives more information on our pension arrangements.
Net debt c
Net debt c increased by £1,408m to £11,035m, mainly reflecting the £2bn of contributions to the BT Pension Scheme in June 2018. We issued £2bn of bonds to the BT Pension Scheme in June 2018.
We also issued bonds of £2.0bn in September and December 2018 and repaid bonds of £1.4bn maturing in August 2018 and February and March 2019.
Gross debt translated at swap rates and excluding fair value adjustments at 31 March 2019 was £15,912m. This comprises term debt of £15,001m, finance leases of £200m and other loans of £711m.
a |
Certain results have been restated to reflect the update to the calculation of our IAS 19 accounting valuation of retirement benefit obligations. See note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. |
b |
The actual investment return in the year to 31 March 2019 of around 6% was greater than our discount rate assumption at 31 March 2018 of 2.65%. |
c |
Loans and other borrowings (both current and non-current), less current asset investments and cash and cash equivalents. Currency denominated balances within net debt are translated to sterling at swapped rates where hedged. Fair value adjustments and accrued interest applied to reflect the effective interest method are removed. Please refer to note 25 for reconciliation from nearest IFRS measure. |
39 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
The graph below shows our debt maturity profile:
Debt maturity profile
Note 25 to the consolidated financial statements gives more information on our debt arrangements.
Contractual obligations and commitments
Weve shown in the table below our principal undiscounted contractual financial obligations and commitments at 31 March 2019.
As at 31 March 2019 |
Total £m |
Less
than 1 year £m |
Between
3 years
|
Between
5 years
|
More
than 5 years £m |
|||||||||||||||
Loans and other borrowings a |
16,624 | 2,084 | 1,289 | 2,396 | 10,855 | |||||||||||||||
Finance lease obligations |
202 | 16 | 35 | 31 | 120 | |||||||||||||||
Operating lease obligations |
6,619 | 755 | 1,240 | 1,067 | 3,557 | |||||||||||||||
Capital commitments |
1,432 | 1,129 | 162 | 141 | | |||||||||||||||
Other commitments |
253 | 253 | | | | |||||||||||||||
Programme rights commitments |
2,113 | 843 | 1,262 | 8 | | |||||||||||||||
Pension deficit obligations
|
|
10,351
|
|
|
1,276
|
|
|
1,817
|
|
|
1,816
|
|
|
5,442
|
|
|||||
Total
|
|
37,594
|
|
|
6,356
|
|
|
5,805
|
|
|
5,459
|
|
|
19,974
|
|
a |
Excludes fair value adjustments. |
We have unused committed borrowing facilities totalling £2.1bn. We expect that these resources, combined with the future cash we generate, will allow us to settle our obligations as they are due.
Notes 20, 25 and 30 to the consolidated financial statements gives further information on these items.
Share buyback
We spent £9m (2017/18: £221m) on our share buyback programme. We received proceeds of £5m (2017/18: £53m) from people exercising their share options.
40 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Group performance continued Our customer-facing units
|
||
|
||
Consumer
|
||
Adjusted a revenue |
Adjusted a operating profit |
|
£10,695m
|
£1,510m
|
2019 | 2018 | |||||||||||||||
(IFRS 15) | (IAS 18) | Change | ||||||||||||||
Year to 31 March | £m | £m | £m | % | ||||||||||||
Adjusted a revenue |
|
10,695 |
|
|
10,360 |
|
|
335 |
|
|
3 |
|
||||
Adjusted a operating costs |
8,161 | 7,984 | 177 | 2 | ||||||||||||
Adjusted a EBITDA |
|
2,534 |
|
|
2,376 |
|
|
158 |
|
|
7 |
|
||||
Depreciation & amortisation |
1,024 | 992 | 32 | 3 | ||||||||||||
Adjusted a operating profit |
|
1,510 |
|
|
1,384 |
|
|
126 |
|
|
9 |
|
||||
Capital expenditure |
|
994 |
|
|
919 |
|
|
75 |
|
|
8 |
|
||||
Normalised free cash flow b |
|
1,323 |
|
|
1,389 |
|
|
(66 |
) |
|
(5 |
) |
We continue to experience challenging trends in both the high-end smartphone market and in the broadband market. However, with leading mobile and fixed networks, improving customer experience, three strong brands and further enhancements to BT Plus, with 5G coming imminently, we are well placed for the future.
Adjusted a revenue growth of 3% for the year was driven by the continued increase in handset costs for customers, growth in the SIM-only base across all brands and the impact of price increases, partially offset by solus voice price reductions.
Adjusted a EBITDA grew 7% for the year as the revenue growth was partially offset by increased trading costs.
Capital expenditure growth of 8% was driven by increased network spend as preparations were made for the EE 5G launch in 2019. Normalised free cash flow b was £1,323m, down 5% on last year as the increase in EBITDA was offset by the settlement at the start of the year of the Phones4U dispute relating to the retail trading agreement, and increased capital expenditure.
Mobile churn c was stable at 1.2% for the year, whilst fixed churn c was up from 1.3% to 1.4% reflecting the impact of price increases in the year.
Enterprise d
|
||
Adjusted a revenue |
Adjusted a operating profit |
|
£6,292m
|
£1,356m
|
2019 | 2018 | |||||||||||||||
(IFRS 15) | (IAS 18) | Change | ||||||||||||||
Year to 31 March | £m | £m | £m | % | ||||||||||||
Adjusted a revenue |
|
6,292 |
|
|
6,647 |
|
|
(355 |
) |
|
(5 |
) |
||||
Adjusted a operating costs |
4,302 | 4,570 | (268 | ) | (6 | ) | ||||||||||
Adjusted a EBITDA |
|
1,990 |
|
|
2,077 |
|
|
(87 |
) |
|
(4 |
) |
||||
Depreciation & amortisation |
634 | 635 | (1 | ) | | |||||||||||
Adjusted a operating profit |
|
1,356 |
|
|
1,442 |
|
|
(86 |
) |
|
(6 |
) |
||||
Capital expenditure |
|
501 |
|
|
492 |
|
|
9 |
|
|
2 |
|
||||
Normalised free cash flow b |
|
1,483 |
|
|
1,587 |
|
|
(104 |
) |
|
(7 |
) |
The UK and Ireland business-to-business market remains challenging. The main headwind we face is the decline in traditional calls and lines where we have a relatively high market share. The IP Voice market is significantly more fragmented, with a large number of providers, and we are focused on expanding our share in this growing market. The mobile market remains competitive and we continue to see pressure on pricing. While overall growth in the broadband market is limited, we are seeing good demand for our premium products such as fibre and 4G Assure. Newer areas such as the Internet of Things, Cloud, SDWAN and security remain good opportunities for us over the longer term.
Adjusted a revenue decreased 5% for the year mainly due to the ongoing decline of fixed voice revenue. We continue to see a steeper than expected reduction in calls per fixed line as usage moves to mobile and IP. We continue to sell less low margin equipment and also experienced ongoing declines in some of our other legacy products such as private circuits. This was partially offset by growth in IP, Mobile and Networking. Were also continuing to see encouraging growth in messaging volumes in Ventures.
Adjusted a operating costs reduced 6%, helped by labour cost efficiencies from our cost transformation programmes. Adjusted a EBITDA decreased 4%, with our lower cost base more than offset by the reduction in revenue.
Capital expenditure increased 2% and normalised free cash flow b decreased 7%, reflecting the reduction in EBITDA and the higher capital expenditure.
The Retail order intake decreased 15% to £2.9bn for the year due to the signing of a large contract in Republic of Ireland in the prior year. The Wholesale order intake declined 22% to £1.0bn after 2017/18 benefitted from a number of large deals, including the timing of some contract renewals.
a |
Adjusted measures exclude specific items, as explained in the Additional Information on page 185. |
b |
Free cash flow after net interest paid, before pension deficit payments (including the cash tax benefit of pension deficit payments) and specific items. |
c |
Number of customers who disconnect from the network, voluntarily or involuntarily, during the period, divided by the average number of customers during the period, presented as a monthly figure. |
d |
Enterprise comparatives have been re-presented to reflect the bringing together of our Business and Public Sector and Wholesale and Ventures units into a single Enterprise unit, as well as the transfer of Northern Ireland Networks from Enterprise to Openreach. |
41 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
Global Services
|
||
Adjusted a revenue |
Adjusted a operating profit |
|
£4,735m
|
£135m
|
2019 | 2018 | |||||||||||||||
(IFRS 15) | (IAS 18) | Change | ||||||||||||||
Year to 31 March | £m | £m | £m | % | ||||||||||||
Adjusted a revenue |
|
4,735 |
|
|
5,013 |
|
|
(278 |
) |
|
(6 |
) |
||||
Adjusted a operating costs |
4,230 | 4,579 | (349 | ) | (8 | ) | ||||||||||
Adjusted a EBITDA |
|
505 |
|
|
434 |
|
|
71 |
|
|
16 |
|
||||
Depreciation & amortisation |
370 | 424 | (54 | ) | (13 | ) | ||||||||||
Adjusted a operating profit |
|
135 |
|
|
10 |
|
|
125 |
|
|
1,250 |
|
||||
Capital expenditure |
|
245 |
|
|
278 |
|
|
(33 |
) |
|
(12 |
) |
||||
Normalised free cash flow b |
|
296 |
|
|
118 |
|
|
178 |
|
|
151 |
|
Global Services operates in a global market that continues to experience high levels of change driven by both rapid technology innovation and a dynamic competitive landscape. Customers demands continue to evolve towards more flexible, on-demand models and new cloud-based and software-defined networking solutions. We continue to execute our Digital Global Services transformation programme to focus our business, standardise our operations, transform our underlying infrastructure, and provide innovative solutions to address the changing demands of our customers. We are focused on around 800 multinational companies and financial institutions served by three global industry verticals.
Adjusted a revenue for the year was down 6%, in line with our strategy to de-emphasise low margin business and including the impact of divestments. This includes a £35m negative impact from foreign exchange movements, primarily reflecting lower IP Exchange volumes and equipment sales.
Adjusted a operating costs for the year were down 8% mainly reflecting the decline in IP Exchange volumes and equipment sales and lower labour costs from our ongoing restructuring programme. Adjusted a EBITDA for the year was up £71m reflecting the reduction in operating costs and certain one-offs, more than offsetting the impact of lower revenue.
Depreciation and amortisation was down 13% for the year due to closure of certain projects in the prior year.
Capital expenditure was down 12% for the year reflecting ongoing rationalisation and our strategy to become a more asset light business. Normalised free cash flow b for the year improved by 151% to £296m, reflecting higher EBITDA, lower capital expenditure and improved working capital.
Total order intake was £3.3bn, down 15% year on year continuing to reflect a shift in customer behaviour, including shorter contract lengths and greater prevalence of usage-based terms.
Openreach c
|
||
Adjusted a revenue |
Adjusted a operating profit |
|
£5,075m
|
£955m
|
2019 | 2018 | |||||||||||||||
(IFRS 15) | (IAS 18) | Change | ||||||||||||||
Year to 31 March | £m | £m | £m | % | ||||||||||||
Adjusted a revenue |
|
5,075 |
|
|
5,278 |
|
|
(203 |
) |
|
(4 |
) |
||||
Adjusted a operating costs |
2,652 | 2,663 | (11 | ) | | |||||||||||
Adjusted a EBITDA |
|
2,423 |
|
|
2,615 |
|
|
(192 |
) |
|
(7 |
) |
||||
Depreciation & amortisation |
1,468 | 1,401 | 67 | 5 | ||||||||||||
Adjusted a operating profit |
|
955 |
|
|
1,214 |
|
|
(259 |
) |
|
(21 |
) |
||||
Capital expenditure |
|
2,081 |
|
|
1,699 |
|
|
382 |
|
|
22 |
|
||||
Normalised free cash flow b |
|
685 |
|
|
1,100 |
|
|
(415 |
) |
|
(38 |
) |
Openreach has a UK-wide presence which is overlapped by our competitors in around half the country. This overlap is expected to grow as alternative network providers build-out new fibre footprint. Our volume discount deal, signed with the majority of our major communications provider customers, has led to another record quarter for fibre sales. We are also rapidly expanding our fibre-to-the-premises network to provide the next generation of services for our customers. We have experienced strong demand from businesses for Ethernet circuits for the second consecutive quarter.
Adjusted a revenue decline of 4% for the year was driven by regulated price reductions predominantly on FTTC and Ethernet products, non-regulated price reductions (mainly driven by communications providers signing up for fibre volume discounts), a small decline in our physical line base and a reclassification of costs to revenue. This was partly offset by 25% growth in our fibre rental base, a 9% increase in our Ethernet rental base and the impact of adopting IFRS 15.
Adjusted a operating costs were broadly flat, with higher costs from recruiting and training engineers to support our Fibre First programme and help improve customer experience, as well as pay inflation and business rates, offset by efficiency savings and a reclassification of costs to revenue. Adjusted a EBITDA was down 7% for the year.
Capital expenditure was £2.1bn, up 22%, driven by investment in our FTTP and Gfast network build and higher year-on-year BDUK net grant funding deferrals, partly offset by efficiency savings.
Normalised free cash flow b was down 38% due to the EBITDA decline, higher underlying capital expenditure (excluding BDUK grant funding deferrals) and timing of customer receipts.
a |
Adjusted measures exclude specific items, as explained in the Additional Information on page 185. |
b |
Free cash flow after net interest paid, before pension deficit payments (including the cash tax benefit of pension deficit payments) and specific items. |
c |
Openreach comparatives have been re-presented to reflect the transfer of Northern Ireland Networks from Enterprise to Openreach. |
42 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Openreach Chairman
|
Openreach has had a solid year of progress. We improved our customer service performance, confirmed our status as a legally separate entity, and accelerated our full fibre build programme through major investments in our people and our network. |
Investing in our service and people Our network is more than 173 million kilometres long and passes nearly 32 million homes and businesses. With so many customers, improving the service we offer will always be our top priority.
I am encouraged by the progress were making in reducing faults, keeping missed appointments down and fixing issues much faster. Last year we cut the total number of faults on our network by 4.4% saving some 194,000 engineer visits. This is helping us continue to meet or exceed all of Ofcoms 42 Minimum Service Level targets on copper and broadband services.
On the dedicated circuits we provide for businesses, we delivered another strong year of Ethernet orders and we are also fixing 94% of faults within just five hours.
We also opened more direct communication with end customers, via our website and social media, to tackle the frustration some face in contacting us.
But we know we need to do better, because what we do is so important to the UKs citizens and businesses.
Were continuing to invest heavily in our people, training and systems. This year we hired 3,500 more trainee engineers to help us sustain improvements and we will hire a further 2,700 next year. It is the biggest recruitment drive in our history. To consolidate it we have introduced new training and career opportunities to help us develop and keep hold of the very best engineering talent.
We have now opened four fibre training centres, including Peterborough, Livingston and Yarnfield. A further eight similar centres are being built or upgraded across the country. This 100,000 square-foot facility includes an Open Street a mock-up of a typical suburban street, to help our engineers develop their skills in an authentic and immersive environment.
|
Fulfilling our commitments to Ofcom Following Ofcoms Digital Communications Review of 2015, we have implemented a series of changes to our governance and operations to give Openreach more control of its strategy, investments and plans within a strategic and financial framework defined by BT.
The major milestone this year concerned our people. On 1 October 2018, more than 31,000 people transferred from BT into the new Openreach Limited a considerable step that we believe is the largest ever one-off people transfer in UK corporate history. We also created Openreach Northern Ireland to complete the formal implementation of our commitments to Ofcom under the Review.
Meanwhile, our rebranding programme continues ahead of schedule. Almost 17,000 vehicles now feature the new Openreach brand, and we have updated all our external websites, templates and systems. Out of 32 Openreach buildings, we have just seven more to rebrand.
Ofcom recognised the progress we have made across the board in its most recent implementation report.
We have completed most of what I call the hard wiring necessary to create the more independent Openreach. The soft wiring, encompassing things such as culture and behaviour, always takes longer to embed. I am, however, very encouraged at the real progress that BT and Openreach have made in this regard. There is a real consensus throughout both organisations that only by embedding this new way of working will we establish an enduring legacy. It takes time but we are on the right path. |
43 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Governance |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Highlights
173m
Our network is more than 173 million kilometres long
94%
We are fixing 94% of network faults within five hours
3,500
In 2018 we hired 3,500 trainee engineers
26
We are progressing FTTP build in 26 locations
27.5m
We have built our superfast network to almost 27.5 million premises across the UK |
|
Fibre First FTTP is a vital technology for the UKs future. It is fast, reliable and future-proof. We believe it is key to the future success of digital services in the UK and we believe Openreach has to underpin this. That is why our strategy is Fibre First.
Last year we accelerated our fibre build programme and doubled our FTTP footprint. The new network is now available to more than 1.2 million homes and businesses. As a result, we are increasing our aim of reaching three million homes to four million by March 2021. We are progressing FTTP build in 26 locations and in April announced a further 12 locations to benefit from FTTP availability in the next 12 months, bringing the total to 38. Around a third of our FTTP footprint today is in rural areas, and our continuing BDUK work is almost exclusively focused on FTTP.
We want to go further to 15 million by the mid-2020s if the right conditions to invest are in place. To help create those conditions, we are doing whatever we can to reduce the cost of rolling out fibre including tools and techniques such as drones, micro-ducting, ribbonised cables and plug-and-play connections.
Were also working with the Government and Ofcom to deliver the enablers we need to go even further and faster. One of the biggest of these is business rates specifically the Cumulo tax on fibre infrastructure. It is a barrier to investment for any operator wanting to build more FTTP, and we believe that action on this by the Government would boost investment across the sector. |
||
Another hurdle is adoption. Having built our superfast network to almost 27.5 million premises across the UK, there are still more than 15.5 million homes and businesses who have not signed up to our superfast broadband.
That is why last year we took the unprecedented step of offering volume- related discounts to encourage more communications providers to upgrade their customers. The move is already having a positive effect on take-up.
|
||
We also continue to extend fibre into rural areas via publicly-subsidised schemes and direct partnerships with local communities. We recently signed our 850th Community Fibre Partnership contract. Overall the scheme has helped us upgrade almost 98,000 homes and businesses in recent years.
Looking to the future We are committed to openness and transparency, so we are now publishing a wide range of information about our Fibre First programme on our website, including maps and a list of locations we will be building in over the next 12 months.
We also publish details of the specific exchanges where weve installed, are currently installing, or will soon be installing (within the next three months) FTTP. We will update this information every three months.
These are exciting times at Openreach. We want to get decent, reliable and future-proof broadband to as many people as we can, as fast as we can. I look forward to seeing that continue to materialise over the coming year.
Mike McTighe Chairman, Openreach 8 May 2019
|
||
44 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
risk management
|
Like any business, we face a number of risks and uncertainties. Some come from outside our organisation, others from within. Some we can control but others we cant, in which case we plan for the consequences. Many of our risks are similar to those faced by similar businesses. |
Principal risks and uncertainties The principal risks and uncertainties that affect us could have an impact on our business, brand, customers, assets, revenue, profits, liquidity or capital resources.
Our Enterprise Risk Management framework gives reasonable (but cannot give absolute) assurance that weve identified and are addressing our biggest risks. But there may be some risks that are either currently unknown, or currently seen as less important but with the potential to become more important in the future.
Events outside BT present both risks and opportunities. We focus our efforts on predicting and managing risks while aiming to take advantage of any opportunities that may emerge. |
We recognise the uncertainty that political and geopolitical risks present, and have continued to operate a specific Brexit programme across BT that looks at how we might be affected and what our response should be. This programme has developed contingency plans covering a range of scenarios, including the possibility that the UK leaves the EU without a deal. The programme continues to follow developments closely and reports to a steering group chaired by our chief financial officer.
In the section below, we explain what were doing to help prevent our main risks from materialising, or to limit their impact if they do. Our principal risks and uncertainties should be considered alongside our risk management process, the forward-looking statements in this document and the associated cautionary statement (see page 190). |
45 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Governance |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||
|
||||||||
How we manage risk Managing risk is essential if were to meet our objectives, build shareholder value, become more resilient, maintain our licence to operate and promote our stakeholders interests. To help us, weve developed a group-wide risk management process with four stages:
|
|
|
Changes over the year In 2017/18 we improved the way we manage risk through: revisiting our three lines of defence model and how we apply it to our key areas of risk; reviewing our risk management arrangements against some external benchmarks; and continuing our cycle of war gaming. Specific improvements to our risk and assurance activities in 2018/19 included: |
Integrated approach This year we brought together, under new management, our risk management, compliance, internal audit and some second line assurance functions to manage risk and provide assurance in a more integrated and simplified way. To extend and sustain the benefits of this across the organisation, weve launched a new programme called One BT Integrity and Compliance see page 70 for more detail. |
Supplier failure Weve been reviewing the lessons we learned following the collapse of a major supplier during the year, and have made a number of improvements to how we would pre-empt and respond to a similar event in the future.
Major contracts Weve been reviewing responsibilities across the three lines of defence for the management and governance of our major contracts, and have strengthened our assurance reporting over key contract controls. |
46 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Link to strategy | Link to business model | |||||
Best converged network | Financial capital | |||||
Differentiated customer experience | Human capital | |||||
Simplified, lean and agile business
|
Manufactured capital | |||||
Trend versus prior year indicates our perception of pre-mitigation risk | Intellectual capital | |||||
|
Increasing/worsening | Social capital | ||||
Lessening/improving | Natural capital | |||||
At a similar level |
Competition and technology changes
|
Trend |
|
|
|
||||||
Our strategy and business model could be disrupted by technology
change and/or
|
Link to business model
|
|
Link to strategy
|
|
Potential impact
|
Examples of how we mitigate | |||
Loss of market share, lower revenues, and profit.
Products becoming obsolete faster.
A need for us to invest more.
Developments in 2018/19
The UK telecom market struggled to grow.
Competition increased in the UK as many of our competitors tried to take more market share.
Some alternative network providers announced fibre network investment plans in the UK.
UK sports rights competition increased, with Amazon winning a three-year broadcast package for the Premier League, starting in 2019.
Competitors are developing their future 5G propositions. |
We are:
delivering a differentiated customer experience to retain existing customers and attract new customers
investing in building the best converged network to provide our customers with products and services that stand out in the marketplace
simplifying our business and processes to reduce our cost base, which is an essential enabler to deliver a differentiated customer experience and build the best converged network.
Were keeping a close eye on and responding to technology developments and competitor activity that could have an impact on us achieving our goals. |
Communications industry regulation
|
Trend |
|
||||||||||
Risk of unfavourable changes to the way we operate and compete where, for
|
|
Link to business model
|
|
|
Link to strategy
|
|
||||||
Also the risk of unfavourable regulatory changes
outside the UK to licensing and
|
Potential impact
|
Examples of how we mitigate | |||
Reduced prices on products.
Increased costs of doing business due to the service standards we are required to meet.
Limitations in the scope and competitiveness of the services we can provide.
|
Our regulatory and policy specialists, legal experts, compliance and operational teams guard against potential risks and look for timely opportunities to support the shaping of regulation. This is underpinned by our regulatory strategy.
We push for clear, predictable and proportionate regulation, submitting evidence and analysis into market reviews, charge controls, disputes and investigations.
Regular engagement with regulators, government, consumer organisations and other key stakeholders helps us build trust and understand their outlook.
We can ask for judicial reviews of regulatory decisions and appeal to the Competition Appeal Tribunal, dispute things or complain against outcomes that we feel arent in the best interests of the market or our customers. |
|||
Developments in 2018/19
|
||||
Ofcom published Digital Communications Review Implementation Reports in June and November 2018 reviewing BTs and Openreachs adoption of the Commitments and Governance Protocol.
The Department for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport published its Future Telecoms Infrastructure Review.
Ofcom continued its cycle of market reviews, including consultations on the business connectivity and physical infrastructure markets, and on its move to more holistic regulation of access across business and residential markets.
Consumer issues such as charges once a customers minimum contract term expires were part of a super-complaint by Citizens Advice to the Competition and Markets Authority (across telecommunications and financial services sectors) and has been referred back to Ofcom.
|
47 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Governance |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Political risk
|
|
Trend |
|
|
|
|||||||
Our future strategy and investor confidence could be undermined as a result
|
|
Link to business model
|
|
|
Link to strategy
|
|
||||||
Our operations and revenues could be disrupted as a
result of geopolitical risk,
|
Financial risks
Pensions risk
|
Trend |
|
|
|
||||||
Our defined
benefit (DB) pension schemes, in particular the BT Pension Scheme
|
Link to business model
|
|
Link to strategy
|
|
Potential impact
|
Examples of how we mitigate | |||
The next BTPS valuation is due at 30 June 2020. A rise in the deficit might affect the size of payments we have to make into the scheme.
A rise in the deficit could also negatively affect our share price or credit rating, making it harder and more expensive to access funding.
Developments in 2018/19
The actuarial valuation of the BTPS was agreed in May 2018. This led to a £2bn contribution in June 2018, funded by proceeds from issuing long-term bonds to the BTPS.
We reviewed pension arrangements for our UK people, closing Sections B and C of the BTPS to future benefit accrual on 30 June 2018 (representing more than 99% of active members at the time). This has largely removed the build-up of additional future liabilities in the BTPS.
|
We and the BTPS Trustee regularly review the schemes funding position and investment performance. We also consider associated risks and possible mitigations.
Our agreement with the BTPS Trustee following the last funding valuation helped reduce investment risk and allows for a gradual move to a low-risk investment approach over time. Our strategy also aims to mitigate the impact of liability increases (for example by investing in assets that will go up in value if future inflation expectations rise). |
48 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Our principal risks and uncertainties continued
|
||
Financial risks continued
Financial risk
|
Trend |
|
||||||||||
Like many other major international businesses, were exposed to
|
|
Link to business model
|
|
|
Link to strategy
|
|
||||||
Compliance risks
Significant financial control failure
|
Trend |
|
||||
Financial
controls may not prevent or detect fraud, financial misstatement
|
Link to business model
|
Link to strategy
|
Potential impact
|
Examples of how we mitigate | |||
Failures in our financial control framework could result in financial misstatement, financial loss including a failure to prevent fraud, or key decisions being taken based on incorrect information.
Developments in 2018/19
KPMG have become our new external auditors.
We have brought together, under new management, our risk management, compliance, internal audit and some second line assurance functions.
We commenced a significant Sarbanes-Oxley control enhancement programme which identified two particular areas requiring remediation: IT general controls and risk assessment, in particular, documentation of information used in controls. Although improvements have been made, remediation and testing of all IT general controls and risk assessment remediation plans was not complete at 31 March 2019 and will be a significant focus for 2019/20. Unremediated deficiencies in the two areas were concluded to be a material weakness as at 31 March 2019 as defined by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
|
We train our people (including those in high risk roles) to build awareness and understanding of controls including our three lines of defence, fraud awareness and balance sheet reconciliation best practice courses.
We have implemented a financial controls framework with appropriate policies, processes, checks and balances including quarterly certifications over key controls by senior leaders.
We are progressing a programme to strengthen our financial control framework, supported by a new Group Financial Controls and Assurance team. |
49 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Governance |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Health, safety and wellbeing
|
|
Trend |
|
|
|
|||||||
We might fail to ensure the health, safety and wellbeing of our people or
|
|
Link to business model
|
|
|
Link to strategy
|
|
||||||
Ethical culture
|
|
Trend |
|
|
|
|||||||
Our controls and procedures could fail to detect unethical or
inappropriate
|
|
Link to business model
|
|
|
Link to strategy
|
|
||||||
50 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Our principal risks and uncertainties continued
|
||
Operational risks
|
||||||||
Customer experience
|
Trend |
|
|
|
||||
Our customer experience may not be brand enhancing nor drive
sustainable
|
Link to business model
|
Link to strategy
|
Potential impact
|
Examples of how we mitigate | |||
If we dont deliver a great customer experience it could damage our brand, cause customers to leave and so reduce our revenue, or even lead to financial penalties.
It could also impact our peoples pride in working for BT.
Developments in 2018/19
We continued to improve our customer experience, achieving our best ever customer perception results for BT Consumer, EE, Enterprise and Global Services.
Our consumer brands came together under a new Consumer unit.
We launched our new Be There brand positioning. |
We track a range of customer experience metrics very closely and have programmes in place to drive improvement. For example, our BT transformation plan includes a radical business process simplification workstream.
Weve launched new and innovative products to further enhance our customers experience, for example, BT Plus. |
Major contracts
|
Trend |
|
||||||||||
There is a substantial performance risk to our complex and high-value national
|
|
Link to business model
|
|
|
Link to strategy
|
|
||||||
Potential impact
|
Examples of how we mitigate | |||
If we dont meet contractual commitments, or if customers needs change, then our expected future revenue, profitability and cash generation may reduce.
Contracts may even become loss-making through a drop in revenue, changes to customers businesses, business failure or contract termination.
We are delivering some particularly high-profile infrastructure contracts, notably the Emergency Services Network (ESN) and the Broadband Delivery UK programme (BDUK). If we failed to deliver these, or had an operational failure, it could lead to major reputational damage.
|
We have governance, risk management and reporting processes in place at both corporate function and customer-facing unit levels.
We have an independent review programme to provide checks and balances on individual contracts.
We check how were managing contracts against a best practice framework, based on our knowledge of running and managing major programmes.
We also train our contract managers to better identify and manage risk. |
|||
Developments in 2018/19
|
||||
We made improvements this year, including:
learning more about why the performance of some contracts deteriorates and how to stop it happening in future
improving the process for management reviewing contracts
improving long-term forecasting
improving our contract management systems and governance processes
redefining and enhancing our controls and assurance.
On top of deploying the second and third phases of our BDUK contracts, we continued to win new BDUK work to further extend coverage of superfast broadband in rural areas.
We agreed a new ESN contract framework with the Government.
|
51 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Governance |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Service interruption
|
Trend |
|
|
|
||||||
There is a risk we are unable to prevent and respond to incidents caused by natural
perils,
We may also fail to prevent interruption to our services as a result of supply chain
failure,
|
Link to business model
|
|
Link to strategy
|
|
Potential impact
|
Examples of how we mitigate | |||
A major interruption event could result in lost productivity, rework and recovery costs, loss of revenue, increased insurance costs, legal or contractual penalties, or even harm to individuals.
It could also result in customers leaving BT.
Developments in 2018/19
Extreme weather always challenges our IT and network estate. This year we had to keep our network operating through the joint hottest UK summer on record, lightning storms and heavy rain.
Weve particularly focused on technology lifecycle management to recognise and manage the risks associated with our systems estate over time.
|
We monitor our IT and network performance very closely, and have controls in place to limit interruption to service.
Our mobile, geographically dispersed, emergency response facilities help us manage incidents if they do occur.
We are continuing our programme of providing permanent flood protection for our critical assets most at risk.
We test our resilience through a number of activities, including a continual cycle of war gaming.
We review the lessons learned from major incidents in order to try to prevent such things from recurring.
|
Cyber and information security
|
|
Trend |
|
|
|
|||||||
Security risks could arise from people inside BT
or from external sources like
|
|
Link to business model
|
|
|
Link to strategy
|
|
||||||
52 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Our principal risks and uncertainties continued
|
||
|
||
Operational risks continued
Supply chain
|
Trend |
|
||||||
There is a risk of disruption to the integrity and continuity of our supply chain
Global markets expose us to global supply chain risks. These include different
labour
|
Link to business model
|
|
Link to strategy
|
|
Potential impact
|
Examples of how we mitigate | |||
The impact of suppliers failing can vary. If substituting a failing supplier meant we had to disrupt our business, it could cost us a lot of time and money.
If we couldnt find a different supplier, it might compromise the commitments we make to our customers, leading to us breaking our contract, losing revenue or incurring financial penalties.
If our supply chain doesnt meet legal, regulatory or ethical standards it could damage our reputation and possibly lead to legal action and fines.
Developments in 2018/19
With EU GDPR coming into force, we worked closely with our suppliers through the year to help protect our people and customers and incorporate privacy-by-design by default into the products and services they supply us.
We planned extensively for the potential impacts of Brexit on our supply chain.
Weve been closely monitoring global political developments with respect to Huawei.
We started work to establish a new centralised third-party risk and control capability.
After the failure of Carillion (one of our large suppliers) last year, we strengthened our risk monitoring processes, including the ways we identify and respond to early warning signs of potential supplier failure.
|
In December 2018 we announced that, in line with our long-standing network architecture principles around the use of Huawei, we will replace the current Huawei 4G core (inherited through the EE acquisition). This will be implemented as we move to a future new and combined 4G/5G core.
For our most important suppliers, we keep a close watch on our relationships, their performance and ability to meet their obligations. We tell the business when theres a risk of a supplier failing, and our senior leaders review our readiness for such events.
We undertake due diligence when we introduce new suppliers and in our continuing business with existing ones. That includes checks on company finances, business systems, accreditations, media reputation and ethical practices. The standards we apply are available on selling2bt.com.
We are also refining the way our three lines of defence come together to manage and assure supplier risks.
Our dealings with suppliers follow our trading, compliance and ethical policies see page 27 for more detail. |
53 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Governance |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Colleague engagement
|
|
Trend | ||||||||||
There is a risk that our people are not sufficiently engaged to enable us to achieve our strategic priorities
|
|
Link to business model
|
|
|
Link to strategy
|
|
Potential impact
|
Examples of how we mitigate |
|||
Negative reactions to change might mean us losing talented people, leading to us losing important skills and needing to hire more external people, adding cost to the business.
Poor engagement also raises the risk of general industrial unrest and action.
Developments in 2018/19
Weve worked constructively with our unions this year to agree a number of transformation initiatives, including changes to our defined benefit pension scheme and the TUPE transfer of our people into Openreach Limited.
As we create a simpler business, were also working closely with our unions to roll out a new people framework defining job families and career levels for our people. |
Weve undertaken extensive consultations with unions, works councils and colleague representatives to make sure we maintain a healthy and positive relationship with our people.
Were continuing to streamline our management structure moving responsibilities closer to front line teams and speeding up decision making to help deliver a better customer experience. |
Change management
|
Trend | |||||||||||
Our BT transformation plan could fail to deliver its required benefits
There is also a risk that such deep and fast change can be distracting and cause uncertainty amongst our people
|
|
Link to business model
|
|
|
Link to strategy
|
|
||||||
Potential impact
|
Examples of how we mitigate
|
|
If we dont manage our change programme carefully, we may not deliver its intended benefits, it could negatively impact customer experience or affect our employee engagement.
We could potentially overspend on the change programme itself.
Developments in 2018/19
We made good progress delivering our BT transformation plan, including establishing a new people framework for our management grades.
Work continued delivering a new Digital Global Services with an agreed new organisational structure.
We completed the integration of our Business and Public Sector and Wholesale and Ventures units into a single new Enterprise unit.
|
We apply a formal structure and governance to our key change programmes for example our BT transformation plan has a full-time programme office and our Executive Committee reviews progress regularly. Change programmes are also supported by our business transformation team.
Close communication with our people and unions, supported by monitoring our engagement levels, helps us manage the uncertainty that the transformation may cause and to target interventions where needed. |
54 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
|
||
Assessment of prospects An understanding of the groups business model and strategy is central to assessing its prospects, and details can be found on pages 12 to 21.
Our business model provides resilience that is relevant to any consideration of our prospects and viability. In the UK, we benefit from diversification across a number of markets and products, which increased significantly through the acquisition of EE. We also have a broad spread of customers and suppliers across different geographic areas and market sectors, serving the needs of customers in 180 countries worldwide.
Our strategy of delivering great customer experience, investing in network leadership and transforming our operating model are all designed to support long-term and sustainable cash flow growth.
We assess our prospects on a regular basis through our financial planning process. Our Medium Term Plan forecasts the groups profitability, cash flow and funding requirements, and is reviewed by the Board during the year. The Medium Term Plan is built from the bottom-up forecasts of each of our customer-facing units, supplemented by items managed at a group level and assumptions such as macro-economic activity and exchange rates. The performance of the group and our customer-facing units against these forecasts is monitored monthly and this is supplemented each quarter through a series of Quarterly Business Reviews of each unit conducted by the chief executive officer and chief financial officer.
Beyond our Medium Term Planning horizon, the group also makes investments that have business cases covering a longer time period, such as our network investments. Significant capital expenditure investment cases are approved by the chief executive officer and, where appropriate, the Board, after taking into account longer-term risks and opportunities such as the economy, technology and regulation.
Our business and financial planning also takes into account our longer-term obligations, including the funding of our defined benefit pension schemes. |
Viability statement In accordance with provision C.2.2 of the 2016 UK Corporate Governance Code, the directors have assessed the prospects and viability of the group.
Although the directors have no reason to believe that the Group will not be viable over a longer period, the Board has chosen to conduct this review for a period of three years to 31 March 2022. The Board believes this is an appropriate timeframe as it aligns with the primary focus of our business planning and the underpinning time cycles of a number of our principal risks: for example the pension scheme funding valuation and Ofcoms market review cycles.
In support of this statement weve stress tested our forecast cash flow by assessing, through a probabilistic analysis, the range of potential combined impacts our most significant risks could have on these forecasts. This assessment was informed by our judgements as to the potential financial impact of these risks if they materialise, together with their likelihood of occurrence.
Our stress testing confirmed that existing projected cash flows and cash management activities provide us with a buffer against the impact of our most likely risks. In the most extreme scenarios we tested, we have considered the further actions we could take to mitigate the negative cash flow impact and ensure additional liquidity. These actions could include, for example, sale of assets, limiting or delaying discretionary capital expenditure and marketing activities, restricting share buy-back programmes and reducing or ceasing dividend payments.
In our viability assessment weve adopted a number of assumptions designed to stress test our resilience. For example, in making our assessments of the impact and likelihood of our risks, weve only taken into account the control activities that we have in place today. Weve not factored in any of the extensive future mitigation activities that were undertaking to address these risks, thereby assuming such activity proves ineffective. Whilst we do not expect this to happen, weve adopted these pessimistic assumptions to add greater stress to our viability testing.
|
Weve also assumed that, should the need arise, we would have both the ability to renew existing debt facilities which mature over the three-year period and be able to raise new debt.
Based on the results of this analysis, the directors have a reasonable expectation that the group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the three-year period of their assessment. |
||||||||
55 | ||||||||||
|
||||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report Governance |
||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||||
56 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Chairmans governance report | ||
We believe that effective corporate governance is critical to delivering our strategy and creating long-term value for our shareholders.
|
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the governance report for the year ended 31 March 2019. We continue to believe that effective corporate governance is critical to delivering our strategy and creating long-term value for our shareholders.
Corporate Governance Code During the year, BT has complied with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code 2016 and applied its principles. Also, in preparation for our adoption of the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 from 1 April 2019, we have carried out a detailed review of our governance framework. We will report on our application of the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 in our 2020 Annual Report, including the mechanism well have put in place to ensure effective engagement by the Board with our colleagues.
Board changes and activities In June 2018, we announced that Gavin Patterson would stand down as chief executive. After an extensive external search, Philip Jansen was appointed as an executive director on 1 January 2019 and became chief executive on 1 February 2019 following a handover period with Gavin.
During the year, we have continued to keep under review the composition of the Board and its committees to ensure that we have the right balance of skills, independence, experience and diversity. We have welcomed Matthew Key and Allison Kirkby to the Board as non-executive directors who bring a wealth of knowledge and experience in the telecoms sector. We have reviewed the independence of Nick Rose and Jasmine Whitbread, both of whom have served more than eight years, and concluded that they continue to remain independent in character and judgement. It is the current expectation of the Board that Nick and Jasmine will step down by the end of the 2020 AGM. Nick and Jasmine bring considerable experience to the Board and by remaining in post for a further year they will provide invaluable continuity during Philips first year as chief executive. |
Streamlining governance In line with the rest of the business, we have sought to streamline our governance processes and structures. To this end we have reviewed our governance framework and reduced the number of board committees, clarifying the lines of responsibility. We have also reviewed and refreshed the terms of reference of all board committees ensuring consistency and clarity. Details of the refreshed board committee structure and the duties of these committees are described on page 57.
Engaging with our stakeholders We recognise the importance of our wider stakeholders in delivering our strategy and business sustainability. We are conscientious about our responsibilities and duties to our stakeholders under section 172 of the Companies Act 2006. We have detailed our stakeholders, their importance to our business and our engagement with them in the Strategic report on pages 1 to 54.
I would like to thank the Board and executive team for their ongoing support. I look forward to continuing to work together as we implement our streamlined governance processes and structures.
Jan du Plessis Chairman 8 May 2019
You can find the refreshed board committee structure and terms of reference on our website at btplc.com |
58 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Board of Directors |
Jan du Plessis Chairman Appointed chairman in November 2017 and on the Board since June 2017. Age 65.
Skills and experience Jan has significant experience on the boards of major UK public companies, having served as chairman and non-executive director of various FTSE 100 companies across a range of sectors. Jan was chairman of Rio Tinto from 2009 to March 2018 and chairman of SABMiller from July 2015 until October 2016 having been with the company since 2014. He was also a director and senior independent director of Marks & Spencer from 2008 and 2012 respectively until March 2015.
Other appointments None outside BT. |
Philip Jansen Chief executive Appointed chief executive in February 2019 and on the Board since January 2019. Age 52.
Skills and experience Philip has experience of leading and growing large private and publicly-listed UK and international businesses, delivering transformational change and large technology programmes. He joined from Worldpay where he had been CEO since April 2013. Before that he was CEO and then chairman at Brakes Group between 2010 and 2015. Philip spent the previous six years at Sodexo where he was group chief operating officer and chief executive, Europe, South Africa and India. Prior to that he was chief operating officer at MyTravel Group from 2002 to 2004 and managing director of Telewest Communications (now Virgin Media) from 2000 to 2002 after starting his career at Procter & Gamble.
Other appointments include Senior adviser at Bain Capital and a trustee of Wellbeing of Women. |
Simon Lowth Chief financial officer Appointed to the Board as chief financial officer in July 2016. Age 57.
Skills and experience Simon has experience in finance, accounting, risk, corporate strategy and mergers and acquisitions. He was CFO and executive director of BG Group before the takeover by Royal Dutch Shell in February 2016. Simon was CFO and an executive director of AstraZeneca from 2007 to 2013. Prior to that, he was an executive director of ScottishPower from 2003 to 2007 and was appointed finance director in 2005. Before 2003, Simon was a director of McKinsey & Company.
Other appointments None outside BT. |
||||||
Mike Inglis Independent non-executive director Appointed to the Board in September 2015. Age 59.
Skills and experience Mikes technology experience includes serving as non-executive chairman of Ilika until January 2019 and on the board of ARM Holdings from 2002 to 2013. His roles there included chief commercial officer, executive vice president and general manager of the processor division and executive vice president of sales and marketing. Prior to joining ARM, Mike worked in management consultancy with AT Kearney and held a number of senior operational and marketing positions at Motorola. Mike was previously a director of Pace and an independent director of Advanced Micro Devices.
Other appointments None outside BT. |
Matthew Key Independent non-executive director Appointed to the Board in October 2018. Age 56.
Skills and experience Matthews telecoms experience includes various positions at Telefónica from 2007 to 2014 including chairman and CEO of Telefónica Europe and chairman and CEO of Telefónica Digital. From 2002 to 2004 he was the CFO, strategy and regulation director of O2 UK before becoming CEO in 2004. Matthew has also served as finance director at Vodafone UK and chairman of Tesco Mobile. He has previously held positions at companies including Kingfisher, Coca Cola and Schweppes Beverages and Grand Metropolitan.
Other appointments include Non-executive director of Burberry and chairman of the Dallaglio Foundation. |
Allison Kirkby Independent non-executive director Appointed to the Board in March 2019. Age 51.
Skills and experience Allison has valuable experience in the international telecoms sector and in driving performance, improving customer service and delivering shareholder value. Allison was previously group CFO and then president and group CEO of Tele2 AB, positions she held from 2014 and 2015 respectively. Allison was a non-executive director of Greggs until May 2019 and has also held roles within 21st Century Fox, Virgin Media, Procter & Gamble and Guinness.
Other appointments include President and Group CEO of TDC Group. |
59 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
Key to membership of committees
|
||||||||||
Audit & Risk | Executive | Remuneration | ||||||||
|
BT Compliance
|
|
Investigatory Powers Governance
|
Committee chair | ||||||
Digital Impact & Sustainability | Nominations |
Iain Conn Independent non-executive director Appointed to the Board in June 2014. Age 56.
Skills and experience Iain has international experience and an understanding of technology, energy and regulated consumer markets. Iain joined Centrica as chief executive in January 2015, having been with BP since 1986. From 2004 to 2014 Iain was executive director of BP and chief executive downstream from 2007 to 2014. Until May 2014, Iain was a non-executive director of Rolls-Royce for nine years and senior independent director.
Other appointments include Member of the CBI Presidents Committee, chairman of the advisory board of the Imperial College Business School and member of the Imperial College Council. |
Tim Höttges Non-independent, non-executive director Appointed to the Board in January 2016. Age 56.
Skills and experience Tim has international telecoms experience having been CEO of Deutsche Telekom since January 2014, and with the company since 2000. From 2009 until his appointment as CEO, he was a member of the board of management responsible for finance and controlling. From 2006 to 2009 he was a member of the board of management responsible for the T-Home unit. In this position, he was in charge of fixed network and broadband business, as well as integrated sales and service in Germany.
Other appointments include Chairman of T-Mobile US and supervisory board member of FC Bayern München AG and Henkel AG & Co. KGaA.
|
Isabel Hudson Independent non-executive director Appointed to the Board in November 2014. Age 59.
Skills and experience Isabel has experience in the financial sector as well as pensions, risk, control, governance and international business. Isabel was previously a non-executive director of The Pensions Regulator, MGM Advantage, QBE Insurance, Standard Life and an executive director of Prudential Assurance Company in the UK.
Other appointments include Non-executive chair of National House Building Council and senior independent director of RSA Insurance. Isabel is also an ambassador for the disability charity, SCOPE. |
||||||
Nick Rose Senior independent director and independent non-executive director Appointed to the Board in January 2011 and senior independent director since March 2014. Age 61.
Skills and experience Nick brings experience in finance, risk, control, governance and international business. He was chief financial officer of Diageo prior to his retirement in December 2010, having joined the board in 1999.
Other appointments include Chairman of Williams Grand Prix Holdings, senior independent director of BAE Systems and non-executive chairman of Loch Lomond Scotch Whisky. |
Jasmine Whitbread Independent non-executive director Appointed to the Board in January 2011. Age 55.
Skills and experience Jasmine has experience in transforming large complex organisations in the UK and internationally and brings an understanding of corporate social responsibility and sustainable business. She was previously chief executive of Save the Children International and has a background in technology marketing.
Other appointments include Chief executive of London First and non-executive director of Standard Chartered. |
Rachel Canham Company secretary & general counsel, governance Rachel joined BT in 2011 and was appointed company secretary & general counsel, governance in November 2018.
|
||||||
|
||||||||
60 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
The Board |
Leadership |
Board activities
The Board is responsible for managing the group, agreeing strategy, setting the budget, overseeing performance and discharging certain legal responsibilities. It passes day-to-day management to the chief executive, but certain matters are reserved to the Board, including the approval of major acquisitions and other strategically important issues. The Board sets the strategic direction for the company, shapes the organisational culture, promotes corporate governance and plays a key role in creating sustainable growth in shareholder value.
The table below describes the Boards activities throughout the year. It is not an exhaustive list; instead it provides a high-level overview of discussions held during board meetings and the wide range of factors that the directors consider in order to help the company achieve its goals.
61 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
Time commitment
All directors are expected to attend all meetings of the Board and any committees of which they are members, as well as the AGM and any board away days. Directors are also expected to devote sufficient time to prepare for each board and/or committee meeting and to take part in at least one visit to one of BTs offices or other sites each year. By accepting their appointment each non-executive director has confirmed that they are able to allocate sufficient time to the company to discharge their responsibilities effectively. Non-executive directors are also required to obtain the agreement of the chairman before accepting any additional commitments that might affect the time they are able to devote to their role as non-executive director of BT. In accordance with the new Corporate Governance Code 2018 for the financial year 2019/20 onwards, directors must seek prior approval of the Board before accepting additional external appointments.
Attendance at meetings
The table below summarises members attendance at board meetings in 2018/19. If directors are unable to attend a meeting, they are encouraged to offer their views and comments on the topics and board papers to the chairman in advance of the meeting.
Board members and attendance
Member
|
|
Eligible
|
Attended
|
|||||||||
|
||||||||||||
Jan du Plessis (chairman) |
10 | 10 | ||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
Philip Jansen a |
2 | 2 | ||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
Gavin Patterson b |
9 | 9 | ||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
Simon Lowth |
10 | 10 | ||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
Tony Ball c |
4 | 3 | ||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
Iain Conn |
10 | 10 | ||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
Tim Höttges |
10 | 9 | ||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
Isabel Hudson |
10 | 10 | ||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
Mike Inglis |
10 | 10 | ||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
Matthew Key d |
4 | 4 | ||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
Allison Kirkby e |
0 | 0 | ||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
Karen Richardson c |
4 | 3 | ||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
Nick Rose |
10 | 10 | ||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
Jasmine Whitbread
|
10
|
10
|
a Philip was appointed to the Board as an executive director on 1 January 2019 and became chief executive on 1 February 2019.
b Gavin stepped down from the Board at midnight on 31 January 2019.
c Tony and Karen retired from the Board on 11 July 2018.
d Matthew was appointed to the Board on 25 October 2018.
e Allison was appointed to the Board on 15 March 2019.
62 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
The Board continued |
Leadership continued |
Director induction
On appointment, directors are provided with an induction programme to ensure they gain a thorough overview of the business. This includes meetings with the chairman, chief executive, senior independent director and company secretary, as well as other board and Executive Committee members and senior members of management. We encourage directors to visit BT sites, for example Adastral Park, the BT Sport studio, contact centres and EE shops. Directors can also spend a day with an Openreach engineer.
The programme provides new directors with details of the role and responsibilities of the Board and BTs governance framework. New directors also receive key information such as recent financial data and the policies supporting our business practices, including our ethics code.
Division of responsibilities
The division of responsibilities between the chairman and the chief executive are clearly documented in written job descriptions, and are summarised below:
The chairman
|
leads the Board and creates a culture of openness characterised by robust, respectful debate and appropriate challenge
promotes the highest standards of corporate governance
ensures the Board understands the nature and extent of any significant risks BT is willing to take to implement its strategy
makes sure the Board receives accurate, timely and clear information and is consulted on all relevant matters
monitors the contribution and performance of board members
makes sure BT communicates clearly with shareholders and discusses their views and concerns with the Board
acts as a key contact for important stakeholders, as well as working with the chief executive and the senior independent director to represent BT in key strategic and government relationships.
|
The independent non-executive directors
|
bring experience and independent judgement to the Board
develop and constructively challenge strategy proposals.
|
The non-independent, non-executive director
|
After acquiring EE, Deutsche Telekoms nominated director Tim Höttges was appointed to the Board. As a non-independent, non-executive director, Tim has the same responsibilities as the other directors. Tim owes a fiduciary duty to both BT and Deutsche Telekom. We set up the Conflicted Matters Committee to identify potential or actual conflicts of interest.
|
The chief executive
|
leads the groups performance and management
proposes strategies, business plans and policies to the Board
implements board decisions, policies and strategies
develops and promotes compliance with BTs policies on conducting business around the world
maintains an effective framework of internal control and risk management
leads the Executive Committee in the day-to-day running of every part of the business
leads, motivates and monitors the performance of BTs senior management team, as well as overseeing succession planning for roles on the Executive Committee.
|
The senior independent director
|
meets with BTs major institutional shareholders and shareholder representative bodies to discuss matters that would not be appropriate for discussion with the chairman or the chief executive
acts as a sounding board for the chairman and as an intermediary between the chairman and other directors
reviews the chairmans performance during the year, taking account of feedback from other board members.
|
Independence of directors The majority of the Board are independent non-executive directors. BT judged the chairman to be independent at the time of his appointment, and considers all other non-executive directors to be independent under the terms of the Code with the exception of Tim Höttges, Deutsche Telekoms nominated director who owes a fiduciary duty to both BT and Deutsche Telekom. Our Conflicted Matters Committee identifies potential or actual conflicts of interest for Tim. |
Balance of board membership
|
63 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Governance |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Training and information We encourage all directors to keep their skills and knowledge up to date, and we give the Board and individual directors any training they may need. Agendas and accompanying papers are distributed to the Board and committee members in advance of each board or committee meeting. These include reports from members of senior management and external advisers. During board meetings the chief executive provides regular updates. These are designed to give directors a good understanding of operational issues and the competitive and regulatory environment that affects BT and the wider communications industry, as well as group and business unit performance, investor relations matters and corporate responsibility. The company secretary provides briefings on any significant legal and governance developments. During the year these briefings have included updates on the new UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 and refresher training on the Market Abuse Regulation.
The information supplied to the Board and its committees is kept under review and formally assessed on an annual basis as part of the Board evaluation exercise. This ensures it is fit for purpose and supports the directors in effectively discharging their duties under the Companies Act, the Listing Rules, the Disclosure Guidance & Transparency Rules and the Code. |
The chairman works with individual directors to identify any specific training they need to successfully fulfil their role. Non-executive directors regularly meet with management, enhancing their understanding of the business through briefing sessions. The chairman typically holds private sessions with our independent non-executive directors before board meetings and holds dinners before most board meetings for all board members. We hold a dinner at least once a year for members of the Board and the Executive Committee.
Election and re-election of directors Matthew Key, Philip Jansen and Allison Kirkby (appointed to the Board on 25 October 2018, 1 January 2019 and 15 March 2019 respectively) will be proposed for election by shareholders at the 2019 AGM. All other directors will be proposed for annual re-election in line with the Code.
The Board believes that each director brings considerable knowledge and wide ranging skills and experience to the Board as a whole and continues to make an effective and valuable contribution to the deliberations of the Board. Each director has continued to perform effectively and demonstrate commitment to their role.
We include details of all directors contracts/letters of appointment in the Report on directors remuneration on page 90. |
Board evaluation
In 2017 the Board engaged an external facilitator to carry out a review of the Board and its committees. The main actions and outcomes from the 2017/18 external evaluation are set out below:
Action Further clarifying the allocation of risk oversight responsibilities across the Board and its committees to ensure the directors effectively discharge their duties.
|
Action Prioritising discussions to spend more time on the most important issues facing the company and spending more time with management on strategic issues.
|
Action Increasing attention on succession planning for senior management including the Executive Committee.
|
Action Devoting more time to monitoring the evolution of culture. |
|||||||||
Outcome The most significant risks facing BT are allocated to the Board or one of its committees. The governance framework was reviewed and we reduced the number of board committees, clarifying the lines of responsibility. We also reviewed and refreshed the terms of reference of each of the committees.
|
Outcome The length of board meetings has been extended and more time has been allocated to strategic matters. The annual board programme is under review to ensure that the Board has sufficient time for discussion of these issues. |
Outcome The Nominations Committee is now the forum which considers executive succession planning. During the year the committee has spent a considerable amount of time in connection with the appointment of the chief executive. |
Outcome The Board has spent time during the year on talent and culture and will continue to do so in the year ahead. |
During 2018/19 we carried out an internal evaluation of the Board and its committees led by the chairman and the company secretary. Members, attendees and external advisers completed questionnaires, the output of which was discussed and debated by the Board and the respective committees. The output was positive overall. In particular the relationship between board members is positive and board discussions are viewed as open, rigorous and constructive. Our key areas of focus for 2019/20 are set out below:
Key areas of focus
|
Suggested actions
|
|
Strategy setting and |
● Further time during meetings for discussion of strategic priorities, in particular, network strategy |
|
strategic priorities |
● Management to include external perspectives, benchmarking and insight into competitors in |
|
proposals, where possible and appropriate. |
||
Cultural transformation |
● The Board should receive regular updates to track progress of our cultural transformation |
|
● Board visits to include engagement with colleagues at all levels within the organisation. |
||
Talent management |
● Greater focus on senior executive succession planning at the Nominations Committee |
|
and succession planning |
● Regular reporting on how senior executives are performing and their development needs |
|
for executives
|
● More visibility of key talent at board meetings and visits.
|
64 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
|
Individual shareholders We have over 829,000 individual shareholders. As well as using our website, they receive regular communications and are all invited to attend our AGM. The company secretary oversees communications with individual shareholders, making sure we respond as appropriate to any matters regarding their shareholding. A dedicated team at Equiniti (our share registrar) also looks after their needs. We encourage direct payment of dividends and e-communications; this improves the security and efficiency of our communications and reduces the amount of paper we use. |
Institutional shareholders Our executive management team regularly meets with institutional investors. The chairman, senior independent director and other board members also meet with investors where appropriate. We do this via an investor relations programme that includes one-to-one meetings, roadshows, group meetings, conferences and industry events. During 2018/19 we held around 500 meetings with investors, covering a wide range of topics including our strategy, financial and operational performance, capital investment, pension, remuneration, capital allocation policy and relations with government and our regulator. We gather feedback from our main shareholders, which is regularly considered by management and the Board. |
In addition to the institutional shareholder programme, the following table describes some of the other ways we engage with our shareholders:
AGM | The AGM provides an opportunity for directors to engage with shareholders, answer their questions and meet them informally. The 2019 AGM will take place on Wednesday 10 July in London. We invite all shareholders to attend and use the opportunity to ask questions. We encourage those who cannot attend to vote by proxy on all the resolutions put forward. All votes (with the exception of procedural resolutions) are taken on a poll. In 2018, voting levels at the AGM were over 70% of the companys issued share capital, the same level as in 2017. | |||||
Whilst the overall voting outcome was over 90% in favour of most resolutions at last years AGM, the 2018 Annual Remuneration Report received an overall voting outcome of 65.84% in favour. When we announced the results of this vote, we explained what actions we intended to take to consult with shareholders on this result and we provided a follow up announcement on 18 December 2018. Further details of our consultations with shareholders are contained in the Remuneration Committee chairs letter on pages 73 to 75.
|
||||||
Annual Report |
We publish a full annual report and accounts each year that contains a strategic report, governance section, financial statements and additional information. The report is available online and in paper format.
|
|||||
Press releases |
We issue press releases for all substantive news relating to BTs financial and operational performance. You can find press releases on our website.
|
|||||
Results announcements |
We release a full set of financial and operational results at the interim and full year stage. We release trading statements at the first and third quarter with reduced disclosure, while still providing sufficient information to allow investors to model and value our business. The full year results are accompanied by a presentation hosted by senior management, and the first, second and third quarter results are webcast. All our results events provide an opportunity for investors to ask questions of management.
|
|||||
Website |
Our website contains a comprehensive range of information on our company. There is a section dedicated to investors, which includes our investor calendar, financial results, presentations, press releases and contact details. The area dedicated to individual shareholders is an essential communications channel that includes information on administration services, contact information and information for our shareholders.
btplc.com
|
65 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
Substantial shareholdings
At 8 May 2019, BT had received notice, under the Financial Conduct Authoritys Disclosure Guidance & Transparency Rules, in respect of the following holdings of shares:
% of total | ||||||||
Date of notification | Shares | voting rights | ||||||
BlackRock Inc |
28 November 2018 | 497,990,721 | 5.01% |
At 31 March 2019, BlackRocks interest was 569,835,476 shares representing 5.74% of total voting rights. No requirement to notify the company of any increase or decrease would have arisen unless the holding moved up or down a whole number percentage level. The percentage level may decrease on the transfer of treasury shares for any of the companys share plans.
In addition, T-Mobile Holdings Limited holds 1,196,175,322 shares representing 12% of total voting rights.
Annual General Meeting
Resolutions
As part of our policy to involve shareholders fully in the affairs of the company, our AGM gives them the opportunity to ask questions about BTs activities. We also give shareholders the opportunity to vote on every important issue by proposing a separate resolution for each.
Before the AGM, we count the proxy votes for and against each resolution, as well as votes withheld, and make the results available at the meeting. As at previous AGMs, we will take votes on all matters at the 2019 AGM on a poll, except procedural issues.
The separate Notice of meeting 2019, which we send to all shareholders who have requested shareholder documents by post, contains the 21 resolutions (with explanatory notes) we will propose at the 2019 AGM on 10 July in London. We notify all shareholders of the publication of these documents, which we send out in the most cost-effective way. We aim to give as much notice of our AGM as possible and at least 21 clear days notice, as required by our Articles of Association. In practice, we send these documents to shareholders more than 20 working days before the AGM. (For other general meetings this should be at least 14 working days in advance.)
At the AGM we will propose resolutions to re-appoint KPMG as BTs auditors and to authorise the Audit & Risk Committee to agree their remuneration. We will also ask our shareholders to vote on both the Annual Report and the Report on directors remuneration.
Authority to purchase shares
The authority given at last years AGM for BT to purchase in the market 992 million of its shares, representing 10% of the issued share capital, expires on 10 July 2019. We will ask shareholders to give a similar authority at the 2019 AGM.
During 2018/19, no shares were purchased under this authority. During 2018/19, we transferred 916,407 treasury shares to meet BTs obligations under our employee share plans. At 8 May 2019, we held a total of 45.2 million shares as treasury shares.
The BT Group Employee Share Ownership Trust (the Trust) purchased 4.3 million BT shares for a total consideration of £9.5m. The Trust continued to hold 9 million shares at 8 May 2019.
66 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Nominations Committee |
Chairs report |
Membership and key responsibilities
The committee comprises all of the companys non-executive directors. The company secretary attends the meetings, as does the chief executive where appropriate.
We are responsible, on behalf of the Board, for keeping under review the balance of executive and non-executive directors, together with the composition of the Board and board committees in terms of members skills, experience, diversity, independence and knowledge.
We receive reports from the chief executive on Executive Committee succession planning. We also consider and agree appointments to and removals from the Executive Committee.
Attendance
|
Member |
Eligible
|
Attended | ||||||||
Jan du Plessis (chair) |
|
6 | 6 | |||||||
|
|
|||||||||
|
Tony Ball a |
2 | 1 | |||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Iain Conn |
6 | 6 | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Tim Höttges b |
5 | 5 | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Isabel Hudson |
6 | 6 | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Mike Inglis c |
6 | 6 | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Matthew Key d |
2 | 2 | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Allison Kirkby e |
0 | 0 | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Nick Rose |
6 | 6 | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Jasmine Whitbread c |
6 | 5 |
a Tony stepped down from the committee on 11 July 2018.
b Tim was appointed to the committee on 1 May 2018.
c Mike and Jasmine were appointed to the committee on 1 April 2018.
d Matthew was appointed to the committee on 25 October 2018.
e Allison was appointed to the committee on 15 March 2019.
Activities in 2018/19 Succession has been the key area of focus this year. The committee oversaw the appointments of the new chief executive (following the announcement in June 2018 that Gavin Patterson would step down), and two new non-executive directors.
For the chief executive position, the committee agreed a role specification and undertook a detailed review of candidates suggested by both committee members and MWM Consulting (an external search organisation with no connection to BT), leading to a shortlist of potential candidates. Following a comprehensive review process, the committee made a clear recommendation to the Board, culminating in the appointment of Philip Jansen as chief executive. Philip is a proven leader with outstanding experience in managing large, complex businesses.
The committee also reviewed the companys need for non-executive directors throughout the year. As with the chief executive succession process described above, MWM Consulting was engaged to identify potential new non-executive directors. Following a review of its long list of possible candidates, a shortlist of particularly promising individuals were invited to meet members of the committee and the chief executive. Following this process, the committee recommended to the Board the appointment of Matthew Key and Allison Kirkby as non-executive directors.
Matthew has hugely valuable and relevant experience from his time at O2 UK, Telefónica and Vodafone UK. As well as strategic skills and experience as a non-executive, Allison brings valuable and recent experience in the international telecoms sector and has experience in driving performance, improving customer service and delivering shareholder value. Both are excellent additions to the Board.
As well as the new appointments to the Board, the committee also recommended that Mike Ingliss appointment as an independent non-executive director be extended for a further three-year term from 1 September 2018. Mike has a wealth of technology experience and makes a valuable and broad-ranging contribution to the Board and the committees of which he is a member.
|
67 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
The committee discussed whether or not Nick and Jasmine remain independent after eight years on the Board and considered that they do, taking into account:
● | their personal qualities and circumstances, including that there are no relevant relationships or circumstances to suggest that they do not remain independent and they have other directorships outside of BT, further evidencing that they remain independent |
● | the context of the proposed re-appointments, namely the ongoing refresh of the Board with two new non-executive directors appointed within the last 12 months and a new chief executive appointed in February 2019. |
Both recommendations to the Board followed a rigorous review of Nick and Jasmines performance, and we continue to believe that they make a valuable and broad ranging contribution to both the Board and the committees of which they are members. This will also bring invaluable continuity during Philips first year as chief executive. We also reviewed their other roles to assess if they have sufficient time available to discharge their board responsibilities effectively. Our findings lead us to believe these other roles do not prevent them from making a full contribution as BT non-executive directors.
It is the current expectation of the Board that Nick and Jasmine will step down by the end of the 2020 AGM.
During the year we also conducted a review of members of the Executive Committee. 2018/19 has been a year of significant change in the business as we continued to transform BT while transitioning to a new chief executive. We consider that the Executive Committee has performed well over the year.
Board diversity
We consider the diversity of board and board committee members carefully to ensure we benefit from the right balance of skills, range of experience, knowledge and diversity (including gender). We currently have three female board members out of eleven, equivalent to 27% female representation.
We continue to work towards achieving the Hampton-Alexander review target of at least 33% female board representation by 2020, and the Parker review target of at least one director of colour by 2021. We challenge our external search consultants where necessary to ensure that diversity is always considered when drawing up candidate shortlists. However, while taking these important considerations into account, we will continue to recommend appointments to the Board based on merit and the individual skills and experience of each candidate.
Governance structure and effectiveness
The committee reviewed the composition, remit and terms of reference of each board committee, and recommended to the Board simplification of the governance framework.
The composition of the committees has been refreshed to take into account the new board members and the skills that they bring to the Board. The streamlining of the governance framework has reduced the number of board committees, simplifying the lines of responsibility and the operation of this framework. The BT Pensions Committee has been disbanded and overall responsibility for pensions continues to rest with the Board. Day-to-day authority and accountability for pensions is delegated via the chief executive to the chief financial officer. The Technology Committee has also been disbanded, with the duties of this committee being covered by the Board and management.
As part of the simplification of our committee structure, the Nominating & Governance Committee has been renamed the Nominations Committee, retaining all existing duties with regards to nominating and succession for non-executive directors, executive directors and members of the Executive Committee. Responsibility for governance continues to rest with the Board.
The committee has also considered recent corporate governance developments and their implications for BT. The new UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 and the Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018 apply to BT for the financial year 2019/20. An implementation plan is in place for these new requirements and we will report on this in our 2020 Annual Report.
68 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Nominations Committee continued Chairs report continued |
Board changes 2018/19
June | July | October | October | March | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2018 | 2018 | 2018 | 2019 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Announced that Gavin Patterson would step down as chief executive later in the year. | Karen Richardson and Tony Ball stepped down from the Board at the end of the AGM on 11 July 2018. | Matthew Key joined the Board, Audit & Risk and Nominations Committees with effect from 25 October 2018. |
Philip Jansen announced as successor to Gavin Patterson. Appointed from 1 January 2019 as an executive director and as chief executive from 1 February 2019.
|
Allison Kirkby joined the Board, Audit & Risk and Nominations Committees with effect from 15 March 2019. |
The chief executive appointment process
Committee evaluation 2018/19
We carried out an internal evaluation led by the chairman and the company secretary. This entailed questionnaires completed by members and attendees, the output of which was discussed and debated by the committee.
Key areas of focus | Suggested actions | |||
Non-executive succession |
Review the skills and experience of non-executive directors |
|||
Discuss plan and next steps for non-executive succession.
|
||||
Talent management and succession |
Greater focus on senior executive succession planning |
|||
planning for executives |
Regular reporting on how senior executives are performing and their development needs.
|
|||
Board diversity |
Continue to review the composition of the Board and discuss plans to improve diversity in all its forms.
|
Jan du Plessis
Chair of the Nominations Committee
8 May 2019
69 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
Chairs report |
||
Membership and key responsibilities
The committee acts independently of the executive. Its members are all independent non-executive directors of the company, with diverse skills and experiences. The committee as a whole has competence relevant to the sector. Matthew Key, Allison Kirkby and I have recent and relevant financial experience, as required by the provisions of the Code and we are the designated financial experts for Sarbanes-Oxley Act purposes. |
Attendance |
Member |
Eligible
|
Attended | ||||||||
Nick Rose (chair) |
9 | 9 | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Iain Conn |
9 | 9 | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Matthew Key a |
3 | 3 | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Allison Kirkby b |
0 | 0 | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Karen Richardson c |
4 | 3 | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Jasmine Whitbread |
9 | 9 |
a Matthew was appointed to the committee on 25 October 2018.
b Allison was appointed to the committee on 15 March 2019.
c Karen stepped down from the committee on 11 July 2018.
The company secretary is secretary to the committee and attends all meetings. The chairman and chief executive have attended the majority of Audit & Risk Committee meetings during the year. Other attendees include: |
Regular
attendee |
Attends as
required |
|||||||||
Chief financial officer |
|
●
|
||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Director, group finance |
●
|
|||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Director of risk, compliance & assurance |
●
|
|||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
External auditors a |
●
|
|||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Group general counsel |
●
|
|||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
External reporting & financial controls director |
●
|
|||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Enterprise risk management director |
●
|
|||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Ethics & compliance director |
● |
a PwC attended the April, May and June 2018 meetings in their capacity as auditors for the 2017/18 financial year. KPMG also observed these meetings and were appointed as BTs external auditors at the conclusion of the 2018 AGM.
The committee met nine times during the year. Meetings are scheduled in line with the financial reporting timetable. As chair of the Audit & Risk Committee, I meet with the regular attendees ahead of meetings to discuss key areas of committee focus. After each meeting, reports are made to the Board on the committees activity, the main issues discussed and matters of particular relevance, with the Board receiving copies of the committee minutes. The external auditors were not present at meetings where their performance and/or remuneration was discussed.
|
During the year, we held several separate sessions with BTs internal and external auditors, in the absence of management.
The Audit & Risk Committees key responsibilities are set out in the committees terms of reference available on our website.
Activities in 2018/19
Pension valuation In July 2018, the group announced that it had been alerted to an error made by its independent external actuary in the actuarys calculation of the IAS 19 accounting valuation of retirement benefit obligations at 31 March 2018. The error resulted from the incorrect application of changes to demographic assumptions.
The committee focused on understanding and challenging management on their assessment of this error, including whether it required restatement of published financials and re-filing of the 2017/18 financial statements on Form 20-F, and that the error constituted a material weakness in the operation of the groups internal controls. Subsequently, the committee has overseen managements actions in strengthening their internal controls to ensure they appropriately addressed the previously identified material weakness. Further detail on the restatement of the groups results can be found on page 118.
Internal control status Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system of internal control. The committee is responsible for overseeing the effectiveness of these controls. Last year, I reported on managements implementation of a number of enhancements to processes and controls across the group, in response to the internal control deficiencies related to our Italian business. I also reported that management was creating a new central financial controls and assurance team, who would set and maintain controls, policies and standards going forward.
During the year, management continued the improvements and commenced a significant Sarbanes-Oxley control enhancement programme. The new second line of defence financial controls and assurance team is leading on this group-wide programme, with support from Deloitte and Ernst & Young. This involved documenting our in-scope end-to-end processes and related Sarbanes-Oxley controls. As a result, a greater number of processes and controls, operating to lower materiality, are now within our Sarbanes-Oxley control scope.
The committee has monitored the ongoing implementation of this enhancement programme, including overseeing the key risk areas. The programme identified two particular areas requiring remediation, partly associated with the wider scope: IT general controls and risk assessment, in particular, documentation of information used in controls. Although significant improvements have been made, remediation and testing of all remediating plans was not complete at 31 March 2019. Management has therefore concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as at 31 March 2019, under Sarbanes-Oxley, in relation to IT general controls and risk assessment. Management has detailed remediation plans which are intended to be completed |
70 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Audit & Risk Committee continued Chairs report continued
|
||
in financial year 2019/20. The committee will continue to monitor managements progress in their remediation activities.
The committee has monitored the status of managements remediation and overseen the steps taken to conclude that these material weaknesses do not result in any identified misstatements in the current period financial statements nor any prior year financial statements.
Management has also carried out an assessment of our close procedures, which resulted in more detailed and holistic quarterly reviews, improved quality and timeliness of reviews, as well as reduced duplication and increased standardisation. The committee continues to focus on monitoring and overseeing management on these improvements to governance, compliance and financial safeguards. |
The new financial controls and compliance team has continued the programme of detailed balance sheet reviews, previously undertaken by Ernst & Young, including in our operations outside the UK. All actions resulting from these reviews have been tracked and monitored and the reviews have not identified significant issues or areas of concern.
One BT Integrity and Compliance programme In September, management brought together, under new leadership, our risk management, compliance, internal audit and some second line assurance functions, with the intent of managing risk and providing assurance in a more co-ordinated and simplified way.
To extend and sustain the benefits of this across the organisation, management has launched a new programme called One BT Integrity and Compliance. This programme is designed to ensure the organisation has the optimal framework of risk management, controls |
Key matters considered by the Audit & Risk Committee
April 2018 Openreach board audit risk & compliance committee (OBARCC) report External audit and non-audit fees Sarbanes-Oxley Update on full year results and draft Annual Report & Form 20-F 2018 External auditor report Internal audit plan and internal audit charter Ethics & compliance and Speak Up cases.
May 2018 (two meetings) Risk management, internal control and compliance enhancements Sarbanes-Oxley 2017/18 full year results Annual Report & Form 20-F 2018, including a review to ensure the report was fair, balanced and understandable Going concern and viability statement Pensions accounting External and internal audit reports Major litigation, competition and regulatory law Financial commitments and liabilities General Data Protection Regulation compliance.
June 2018 Review of the year end Finance transformation programme IT general controls and IT asset management Regulatory financial statements 2017/18 Security risk management Ethics & compliance, including ethical culture and controls and Speak Up cases. |
July 2018 Openreach internal audit FRC audit quality review First quarter results Pension valuation External and internal audit reports Regulatory financial statements 2017/18 Risk management, internal control and compliance enhancements Sarbanes-Oxley Non-audit fees Major litigation, competition and regulatory law.
September 2018 Risk updates from the chief executive and the CEOs of the customer-facing units and Technology.
October 2018 Openreach board audit risk & compliance committee (OBARCC) report External auditors engagement letter One BT Integrity and Compliance programme External audit and non-audit fees Half year results External and internal audit reports Going concern assessment External audit plan 2018/19 Ethics & compliance Financial commitments and liabilities Corporate income tax accounting Major competition, regulatory law and litigation Annual Report process review Sarbanes-Oxley. |
December 2018 IT user access management, IT asset management and payment card industry data security standard (PCI DSS) Privacy and data governance Supplier risk and assurance BT Compliance Committee chair report Sarbanes-Oxley Ethics & compliance, regional governance committees update and Speak Up cases International audit coverage and trend analysis.
January 2019 Third quarter results Sarbanes-Oxley External and internal audit reports Developments in financial reporting, statutory audit and regulatory oversight India regional governance committee Financial commitments and liabilities PCI DSS Non-audit fees Litigation, employment, competition and regulatory law.
April 2019 (two meetings) 2018/19 full year results Annual Report 2019, including a review to ensure the report was fair, balanced and understandable Viability and going concern statements Tax and pension matters Sarbanes-Oxley External and internal audit reports Internal Audit Charter Committee evaluation External auditor effectiveness External audit and non-audit fees Major litigation, competition and regulatory law One BT Integrity and Compliance programme Openreach internal audit Annual Relevant Turnover Returns Data Subject Access Requests. |
71 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
and assurance for dealing with our landscape of risk and uncertainty; and the right culture to support it. Improvements to date include the launch of a new code of conduct and the BT Way, as well as new training on fraud and the three lines of defence. The committee will continue to receive updates on the programmes progress.
BT Compliance Committee
The BT Compliance Committee, a sub-committee of the Audit & Risk Committee, oversees BTs compliance with the Commitments made as part of the 2017 Digital Communications Review (DCR) with Ofcom. The committee met six times in 2018/19. As chair of the Audit & Risk Committee, I have sight of agendas and minutes of BT Compliance Committee meetings.
Isabel Hudson, chair of the BT Compliance Committee, provided an update to the Audit & Risk Committee during the year on the work undertaken in its first full year of operation, in relation to BTs financial planning process, the strategic framework, culture and behaviours and DCR outcomes.
The BT Compliance Committee will publish a separate report on its activities for 2018/19 and this will be available on our website.
Financial reporting
The committee considered and assessed:
| the Annual Report and the annual, half year and quarterly trading announcements for recommendation to the Board |
| the quality and appropriateness of accounting policies and practices, as well as critical accounting estimates and key judgements |
| whether the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the groups position and performance, business model and strategy. This assessment formed the basis of the advice given to the Board. |
Significant issues considered in relation to the financial statements
Group accounting policies, critical accounting estimates and judgements
|
The committee considered the accounting policies and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements that relate to critical accounting estimates and judgements, the key judgements and assumptions in relation to provisions, including restructuring, regulatory risks and litigation, the assumed level of take-up in the BDUK programme (which affects the value of our potential obligation to re-invest or repay grant funding), the implementation processes for the adoption of IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and IFRS 16, Leases, and the impacts and key judgements on the groups accounting when adopted.
Going concern
|
Managements forecasts of group cash flows and net debt, as well as our liquidity requirements and the borrowing facilities available to the group were considered. Following this review and a discussion of the sensitivities, we confirmed that the going concern basis of accounting continues to be an appropriate basis of preparation for the financial statements. Further detail on the basis of the going concern assessment by the directors is set out on page 92.
Viability statement
|
The process and assessment of the groups prospects, the time horizon and how this aligned with the groups long-term forecasts, taking into account the companys current position and principal risks, was assessed. The committee also considered the group risks included in managements stress testing model. The committee was satisfied that the viability statement could be provided, and endorsed the continued selection of a three-year time horizon as a basis for the statement and the approach to its development. Further detail on the assessment of viability and the viability statement are set out on page 54.
Regulatory reporting
|
We were supportive of the changes across people, processes and systems that were put in place to ensure that we met our 2018/19 regulatory financial reporting obligations.
Pensions
|
The assumptions underlying the valuation of the pension liabilities in the financial statements, the financial assumptions as summarised in note 20 to the financial statements, the sensitivities around the assumptions and the impact of the assumptions on the balance sheet, income statement and related disclosures were considered.
Goodwill impairment
|
We considered and were satisfied with the key assumptions, including operating cash flow forecasts, resulting headroom and the sensitivity analysis performed by management and agreed that no goodwill impairment charges were required this year.
Major contracts
|
The performance of major contracts in Enterprise, Global Services, the Emergency Services Network contract and EE, specifically, were considered. Management regularly monitors BTs exposure to major contracts and the updates to the committee included overviews of the trading and operational performance of the contracts, assessments of the recoverability of dedicated contract assets, assessments of the future performance of the contracts and any requirement for loss provisions.
Asset verification and asset lives
|
The results of managements annual asset life review, asset verification exercise and review of fully depreciated assets were considered and we were satisfied that the judgements taken and the methodology applied were appropriate.
Other matters
|
Specific items were reviewed quarterly, and we considered whether they were appropriately categorised. We also considered managements view of the quality of earnings and of the effective tax rate. At the half year and full year, we considered a detailed assessment of provisions and at each quarter and the full year, the committee was satisfied with the analysis provided in relation to the results.
External audit
Last year, I reported on the external audit tender process we had undertaken. Following the audit tender process, KPMG were appointed as our external auditors at the conclusion of the 2018 AGM. A change in our external auditors has provided additional challenge and a fresh perspective through which to assess our controls. Tony Cates is the lead audit partner for KPMG, and commenced his tenure on the appointment of KPMG. The company confirms that it complied with the provisions of the Competition
72 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Audit & Risk Committee continued |
Chairs report continued |
and Markets Authoritys Order for the financial year under review. The committee reviewed with the auditors the scope of work and the risk informing this, external audit findings and the letter of engagement. The committee approved KPMGs audit plan and the letter of representation. Further information can be found in the Independent auditors report on pages 101 to 109.
Auditor independence, objectivity and effectiveness The committee discussed independence matters and areas that could give rise to a conflict of interest and safeguards that the external auditors have in place to prevent compromising their independence and objectivity. BT has policies in place detailing non-audit services that can be provided by the external auditors. The external auditors are not permitted to perform any work which they may later be required to audit or which might affect their objectivity and independence, or create a conflict of interest. Internal procedures describe the approval process for work performed by the external auditors. This applied to KPMG throughout the year and to PwC until they stepped down. The committee monitored compliance with the policies and procedures and considered business relationships with the external auditors, and the level and appropriateness of non-audit services and fees. Further details of the non-audit services that are prohibited and allowed under the policy can be found on our website. Details of non-audit services carried out by the external auditors are described in note 9 to the consolidated financial statements. Audit-related assurance services, including the audit of the regulatory financial statements, are considered a low threat to auditor independence. The proportion of other non-audit services to total services is therefore considered the most suitable measure of the non-audit services provided. These represented 6% of the total fees (2017/18: 6%).
The committee also reviewed the quality of the audit and the performance of the external auditors. We concluded they were independent and recommended to the Board that they be re-appointed.
In addition, during the year, the Financial Reporting Councils Audit Quality Review Team (AQRT) reviewed PwCs audit of the groups 2017/18 financial statements as part of their annual inspection of audit firms. I received and reviewed the final report from the AQRT which indicated that there were no significant areas of concern. |
|
Internal audit The committee: reviewed and approved the annual internal audit plan at the start of the year and received regular updates on audit activities, progress against the plan, details of unsatisfactory audits and action plans to address these reviewed the performance of the function twice during the year. We commissioned an external effectiveness review of internal audit in 2018/19. This was conducted, in accordance with our five-year cycle of such reviews, by the Chartered Institute of Internal Auditors reviewed overdue recommendations and ensured these are tracked through to completion and subject to close monitoring by management.
Risk management Each quarter, all customer-facing units certify the adequacy and effectiveness of their risk management processes and the operation of their Sarbanes-Oxley controls. BTs risk management processes, which have been in place throughout the period under review, identify and monitor the risks facing the group. The Executive Committee and the Board regularly review the risks that are considered material.
During the year, the chief executive and the CEOs of each customer-facing unit and Technology (or their delegates), presented to the committee on the enterprise-wide risk management process, the key risks facing the group and the units, and the operation of the three lines of defence. The escalation of issues and how material risks are identified, evaluated and managed were also discussed.
The Board is ultimately responsible for the groups system of risk management and internal control. See page 96 for further details. See US Regulation on page 94 for details on internal controls assessment for the purposes of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
Governance and compliance We received and considered reports from management on BTs ethics and compliance priorities, including Speak Up. We ensure that arrangements are in place for the proportionate and independent investigation of these and other matters, including privacy and data governance and anti-corruption and bribery. |
Committee evaluation 2018/19
We carried out an internal evaluation of the committee led by the chairman and the company secretary. This entailed questionnaires completed by members, attendees and KPMG (our external auditors); the output of which was discussed and debated by the committee.
Key areas of focus |
Suggested actions
|
|
Risk management |
Further review of the quality, reliability and resilience of key controls, especially financial and IT controls, and to verify our risks |
|
Refresh and maintain knowledge levels; increase deep dive reviews across our key risks and financial controls.
|
||
Meetings |
Further time for debate and challenge at meetings.
|
|
Composition |
Continue to keep the committee composition under review.
|
Nick Rose
Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee
8 May 2019
73 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
Report on Directors remuneration Chairs letter |
||
This is my first report since taking over as chair of the committee in July 2018. On behalf of the committee, I would like to thank my predecessor, Tony Ball, for his leadership and contribution. There is no doubt that this is a particularly challenging time for all remuneration committees to balance the legitimate views of all stakeholders in the area of executive remuneration and associated governance.
The contents of this report
are as follows:
Chairs letter
Review of the year; committee decisions; key
outturns and plans for the year ahead
pages 73 to 75
Focus on remuneration
The key aspects of our remuneration structure, risk
management, how we have performed, how we
applied the Remuneration Policy during 2018/19
and application in 2019/20
pages 76 to 78
Annual Remuneration Report
More detail on how we have applied our
Remuneration Policy during 2018/19 including
the single figure of remuneration for each director
How we intend to apply the Remuneration Policy in 2019/20
pages 73 to 90
Membership and key responsibilities
|
Determine the salary and benefits for the executive directors, members of the Executive Committee and the company secretary, and monitor the relationship between pay and benefits of other employees |
|
Operation of the annual bonus scheme, including setting performance targets and objectives for the year ahead |
|
Determine awards under the annual bonus scheme for executive directors and review the awards of other senior executives |
|
Governance of the long-term incentive plans, including target setting |
|
Review and approve the Annual Remuneration Report for inclusion in the Annual Report |
|
Review, approve and ensure operation within the Remuneration Policy including seeking shareholder approval, on a binding basis, at least every three years. |
Attendance
|
Member |
Eligible
to attend |
Attended | ||||||||
Nick Rose (chair) a |
|
10 | 10 | |||||||
|
|
|||||||||
|
Tony Ball b |
3 | 3 | |||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Isabel Hudson |
10 | 10 | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Mike Inglis |
10 | 10 | ||||||||
|
|
|||||||||
Karen Richardson c |
3 | 2 |
a Nick was appointed chair of the committee on 12 July 2018.
b Tony stepped down as chair of the committee on 11 July 2018.
c Karen stepped down as a member of the committee on 11 July 2018.
In addition to the committee members, the chairman and chief executive are invited to attend meetings, except in instances where their own remuneration is discussed or other circumstances where their attendance would not be appropriate.
The committee regularly consults the chief executive, the group HR director, and the director of reward.
The company secretary is secretary to the committee and attends all meetings.
74 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Report on Directors remuneration continued Chairs report continued
|
Listening to shareholders
The interests of our shareholders underpin the committees oversight of our Remuneration Policy and payments to executive directors. The committee was therefore disappointed with the vote against our Annual Remuneration Report at the 2018 AGM. Following that meeting, I met with some of our shareholders and prominent proxy advisory bodies to understand why they voted against our Annual Remuneration Report. It was reassuring to hear that shareholders did not have any material concerns with our overall Remuneration Policy. Rather, some shareholders felt that the annual bonus pay-out last year did not align with the overall share price performance. In addition, there was concern around the amount of annual bonus paid to Gavin Patterson given the Boards announcement, shortly after its bonus decision, that Gavin would be stepping down.
I explained to shareholders that, in line with best practice, the committee had applied its discretion to reduce bonuses for all executive directors down to target levels despite the formulaic results yielding a higher bonus. However, given the significant share price fall over 2017/18, some shareholders felt the reduction in bonus was not sufficient. The committee discussed shareholders feedback at length. In response, we have implemented a new process whereby, in reviewing performance against the formulaic targets under our various incentive plans, we will give greater weight to a broader range of performance factors and circumstances, including share price performance, when determining the overall outcome.
I have continued the dialogue with some of our shareholders, particularly in relation to the 2018/19 bonus outcomes. Id like to thank those shareholders who have taken the opportunity to engage with me. The committee has carefully considered these views when making its final decisions.
Business performance
This year has once again been difficult for the committee in balancing the performance achieved with remuneration outcomes. Although reported numbers indicate a broadly flat performance year-on-year, management has had to overcome significant headwinds impacting EBITDA including regulatory price reductions of £252m, cost inflation (including the effect of cumulo rate increases) of £362m and declines in fixed voice of £179m. The final outcome for the year as a whole was therefore very creditable and allowed us to report numbers at the top end of market expectations.
The committee noted further progress this year in meeting our year-on-year customer service targets, with Group Net Promoter Score up 6.5 points and Right First Time up 5.4%, continuing improvement over eleven consecutive quarters. Customer complaints to Ofcom reduced by a third for both BTs consumer broadband and EEs mobile customers.
Investment and delivery in our core networks have significantly improved with accelerated fibre-to-the-premises (FTTP) build and ambition, doubling the number of premises passed to 1.2 million at the lower end of the cost range (£300-£400), and achieving around 2 million premises passed with G Fast. EE has retained the best mobile network position for the fifth consecutive year in the 2018 RootMetrics survey and we are on track to launch 5G in 16 cities in 2019 with a range of device partners.
All of this has been achieved against a backdrop of very significant organisational change as part of the first phase of transformation. The restructuring programme has achieved annualised cost savings of £875m and enabled us to simplify our business and systems and to de-layer our organisation. Ofcom has recognised the significant progress made in its reports of June and November 2018 and the committee recognised that much has been done in the year to rebuild our relationship with Ofcom to put us on a better footing for future strategic discussions.
And we have navigated the additional challenge of a chief executive transition, with an orderly and well controlled handover, and with real progress on delivery of our transformation agenda, which is critical to building the foundations for growth and success in the future.
The committee also recognises that despite much good work during the year, as I write this letter our share price has remained essentially flat this year, albeit marginally outperforming the sector.
Reward outcomes for the year
Performance relative to our financial and customer experience targets led to a formulaic annual bonus outcome of just over 146% of target for the executive directors. However, considering the overall shareholder experience, the broadly flat earnings performance and the insufficient progress we have made in closing the customer service gap versus our competition, the committee exercised its discretion to reduce the annual bonus outturn relative to the financial and customer experience targets to 115% of target. This resulted in Philip Jansen and Simon Lowth receiving an annual bonus of 134% and 137% of salary, respectively. More information on the 2018/19 annual bonus is on pages 80 and 81.
In the three-year period 1 April 2016 to 31 March 2019, the group performed below threshold against the revenue, free cashflow and relative total shareholder return targets under the 2016 Incentive Share Plan (ISP) award. This resulted in no payment being made under the 2016 ISP. More information on the 2016 ISP is on page 81.
Chief executive changes
Departure of Gavin Patterson
When we announced Gavins departure from BT last June, the Board felt we did not have an internal successor and wanted the opportunity to conduct an extensive external search to identify the best possible candidate to lead the company in the next phase of its development. The Board therefore concluded at that time that it was in the companys best interests to ask Gavin to remain in place to ensure the best continuity and the smoothest transition possible to a new chief executive. As part of Gavins commitment to do this, the committee agreed that he would be eligible for a bonus based on the overall financial outcomes and his personal objectives including delivery of key strategic programmes (eg 5G and FTTP to plan), rebuilding trust and reputation with the regulator, developing and implementing a new operating model, the delivery of the digital communications review with Ofcom and ensuring a seamless transition to the new chief executive.
75 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
The committee has reviewed Gavins overall performance for the year in the light of these objectives and concluded that the personal element of his bonus would merit an on target outcome. This reflects the role Gavin played in a seamless transition to Philip as our new chief executive, and the momentum sustained in progressing our transformation programme. However, having concluded on the formulaic outcomes for Gavin, the committee was keen to get input from some of our major shareholders, knowing full well that shareholders and society at large expect remuneration committees to exercise discretion more frequently, especially when an executive is leaving an organisation.
We received a broad range of views representing some of our largest shareholders, including our largest shareholder Deutsche Telekom. Having listened carefully to this feedback and after discussion with Gavin, the committee and Gavin agreed that a reduction of the total bonus outcome by 50% would be the right thing to do and in the best interests of all stakeholders. This resulted in Gavin receiving an annual bonus of 56% of target. Further details can be found on page 81. In addition, the committee exercised its discretion and, with Gavins agreement, decided that his 2017 ISP should lapse in full. (Gavin was not awarded a 2018 ISP.) This has been a difficult decision and a difficult year for the committee to balance all the relevant factors.
Appointment of Philip Jansen
During the year we welcomed our new chief executive, Philip Jansen, a proven leader with exceptional experience in managing large and complex businesses. In considering Philips remuneration package, the committee sought to balance the desire to secure his services with adherence to our Remuneration Policy. Throughout, we were guided by the views of shareholders and the provisions of the new UK Corporate Governance Code (the new Code) published by the Financial Reporting Council in July 2018. Philip has made a really excellent start as chief executive. However as detailed on page 81 the committee felt that the personal element of his bonus should be capped at 50% of maximum given the short period in question.
As detailed in the appointment announcement on 25 October 2018, Philips base salary is £1,100,000, which is fixed for five years. He receives our standard executive benefits package and a cash allowance in lieu of pension of 15% of salary in line with the wider management population in the UK. Philips incentive opportunities are in line with our Remuneration Policy, with a maximum annual bonus of 240% of salary and a maximum ISP award of 400% of salary. His annual bonus for 2018/19 has been pro-rated to reflect his period of service. He was awarded a 2018 ISP in February 2019. This recognises that he will be leading BTs progress towards these targets for most of the three-year performance period. The award was made at a reduced level of 300% of salary to recognise that he joined part-way through the first year.
Philip also received an award with a face value of £895,848 to compensate him for his loss in shares forfeited from Worldpay, his previous employer. The buy-out award mirrors the value and terms of the original award forfeited. Following the announcement that FIS will acquire Worldpay, Worldpay has confirmed the original award will vest in full. Therefore, Philips BT buy-out award will also vest in full on 20 March 2020, subject to continued employment. Philip has voluntarily agreed to hold any vested shares for a further year.
As communicated at the time of appointment, Philip invested nearly £2m in purchasing BT shares in November 2018.
2019 remuneration
We are not proposing any major changes to our executive director remuneration in 2019. Our chief financial officer, Simon Lowth, will receive a salary increase of 2.5%, in line with that for the wider workforce, while Philip Jansen is not eligible for an increase as the committee agreed on his appointment to fix his base pay for five years.
In terms of the 2019 ISP awards, the committee has reviewed the level of ISP award for Philip Jansen and Simon Lowth and agreed awards of 400% and 350% respectively in line with our Remuneration Policy. Recognising the need to ensure that our remuneration arrangements support the delivery of BTs strategy under Philips stewardship, the committee has delayed agreeing the ISP 2019 performance conditions. The intention is that awards will be granted in June 2019 and full details of the performance conditions will be disclosed in advance of the AGM.
Corporate governance
The committee welcomes the new Code. We are already aligned with the new provisions in several areas. For example, approval of remuneration for the Executive Committee already falls within our remit. We also now consider a broader range of performance factors and wider circumstances when determining incentive pay-outs and do not simply follow the formulaic outcome. Finally, we took the opportunity to align the pension provision for our new chief executive to that of the wider management population in the UK, reflecting societys sentiment in this area.
We have also chosen to disclose our chief executive pay ratio for 2018/19. This is set out on page 87.
Looking ahead
2019 will be another busy year for the committee. Our primary aim is to ensure that executive pay continues to support the delivery of our business strategy, and that outcomes are appropriately aligned with shareholders interests.
We will put our Remuneration Policy to shareholders for approval at the 2020 AGM. Ahead of this, we will carry out a thorough review of our remuneration framework and metrics, recognising the need to ensure that our arrangements support the delivery of BTs strategy under Philip Jansens stewardship and best align executive rewards with shareholder rewards and any new Code provisions. We will consult with shareholders on any proposals during the year, and I look forward to an open and constructive dialogue.
We will further develop our compliance with the new Code, with a close eye on wider market practice, the expectations of our stakeholders and, of course, what is in the best interests of BT.
Finally, I would like to thank our shareholders for taking the time to engage with us over the course of the year and I look forward to seeing you at our 2019 AGM.
Nick Rose
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
8 May 2019
76 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
How we align our remuneration policy with shareholders interests and risk management
|
||
77 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
Incentive Share Plan (ISP)
|
||||
Alignment with shareholders interests | Risk management | |||
|
|
|||
Based on performance against free cash flow, revenue (excluding transit) and total shareholder return
Total shareholder return (TSR) metric provides a direct measure of our relative performance against peers. |
Metrics balance internal and external financial performance, producing a rounded view of performance and effective risk management over the longer term
Two year holding period ensures individuals retain exposure to the share price for at least five years in total.
|
|||
|
|
|||
Application in 2018/19 | Application for 2019/20 | |||
|
|
|||
No award for Gavin Patterson
Philip Jansen received an award of 300% of salary in February 2019, reduced from 400% to reflect his joining part way through the three-year performance period
Simon Lowth received an award of 350% of salary.
|
At the time of going to print, the ISP 2019 targets had not been set by the committee
Full details of the performance measures will be disclosed in advance of the AGM in July. |
|||
Shareholding guidelines | ||||
Alignment with shareholders interests | Risk management | |||
|
|
|||
Shareholding guidelines ensure appropriate alignment between executives and investors
Current shareholding levels are set out on page 83. |
Encourages executives to build and hold a material, personal stake in the business
Ensures that they have significant equity at stake in the event of adverse risk-related events.
|
|||
|
|
|||
Application in 2018/19 | Application for 2019/20 | |||
|
|
|||
Gavin Patterson: equivalent to 300% of salary |
No changes are being proposed. |
|||
Philip Jansen: equivalent to 300% of salary |
||||
Simon Lowth: equivalent to 250% of salary.
|
Our remuneration principles are to maintain a competitive remuneration package that promotes the long-term success of the business, avoids excessive or inappropriate risk taking and aligns managements interests with those of shareholders.
We believe in pay for performance against challenging targets and stretching goals for the annual bonus and long-term incentive shares. A significant proportion of the total remuneration package is therefore variable and linked to corporate performance.
In applying these principles, the committee determines the remuneration policy for the executive directors and the chairman.
The chairman is not a member of the committee.
The committee:
| reviews the performance targets regularly to ensure that they are both challenging and closely linked to the groups strategic priorities. Furthermore, because a large part of the remuneration package is delivered in shares and senior executives are required to build up a significant shareholding themselves, they are directly exposed to the same gains or losses as all other shareholders. |
| takes account of the pay and employment conditions of all our employees, the performance of the group and the individual, the current views and guidelines of shareholders and their representatives, and general market conditions. Remuneration arrangements at other companies of a similar size and complexity are also reviewed for guidance. |
| continues to keep under review the relationship of risk to remuneration. The chair of the Audit & Risk Committee is chair of the Remuneration Committee. |
| ensures that the incentive structure for senior executives does not raise environmental, social or governance risks by inadvertently motivating irresponsible behaviour. Part of the annual bonus depends upon an assessment of each senior executives personal contribution which typically includes the environmental, social and governance agenda. |
| retains absolute discretion to reduce variable compensation in light of risk and the groups overall performance and any other factor it deems relevant. |
78 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Focus on remuneration continued | The Remuneration Report is colour-coded as follows: | |||||||
● Fixed pay | ● Annual bonus | ● Incentive | ||||||
Annual bonus, | Share Plan (ISP) | |||||||
deferred bonus |
Pay breakdown
The pay breakdown for the executive directors in 2017/18 and 2018/19 is set out below.
Gavin Patterson a
Former chief executive
|
Philip Jansen
Current chief executive
|
Simon Lowth
Chief financial officer
|
a |
Gavin stood down from the Board at midnight on 31 January 2019. |
b |
The group returned below threshold performance against all of the performance measures for the 2015 ISP. No payment was made. |
c |
The group returned below threshold performance against all of the performance measures for the 2016 ISP. No payment was made. |
d |
Philip was appointed to the Board on 1 January 2019 and became chief executive on 1 February 2019. His first ISP award was made in February 2019. |
Annual bonus for 2018/19
The resulting bonus outcomes as a percentage of base salary were:
Gavin Patterson (pro-rated to reflect the period he was in full-time employment during the year)
Philip Jansen (pro-rated to reflect the period he was in full-time employment during the year)
|
|
Simon Lowth
|
Vesting of 2016 ISP award The ISP is a conditional share award with three performance conditions measured over a three-year performance period. The group returned below-threshold performance against all of the performance measures for the 2016 ISP. This resulted in no payment being made.
|
79 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
This section summarises all elements of the directors remuneration in 2018/19.
References to audited refer to an audit performed in accordance with UK statutory reporting requirements. For US purposes, disclosures have not been audited from a Public Company Accounting Oversight Board perspective.
Single total figure of remuneration (audited)
The following sets out all emoluments received by directors for the financial years 2018/19 and 2017/18, including bonus and deferred bonus, long-term incentive share plans (ISP) and pension arrangements.
Base salary and fees (2018/19) £000 |
Base salary and fees (2017/18) £000 |
Benefits excluding pension (2018/19) £000 |
Benefits excluding pension (2017/18) £000 |
Pension a (2018/19) £000 |
Pension (2017/18) £000 |
Annual Bonus b (2018/19) £000 |
Annual Bonus (2017/18) £000 |
ISP c (2018/19) £000 |
ISP d (2017/18) £000 |
Malus e 2017/18 |
Total 2018/19 £000 |
Total 2017/18 £000 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chairman |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jan du Plessis |
700 | 322 | 24 | 43 | 724 | 365 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Executive directors |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Philip Jansen f |
275 | | 39 | | 41 | | 370 | | | | | 725 | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Simon Lowth |
715 | 700 | 23 | 23 | 214 | 210 | 982 | 907 | | | | 1,934 | 1,840 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-executive directors |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Iain Conn |
124 | 122 | 124 | 122 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tim Höttges g |
| | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Isabel Hudson h |
157 | 188 | 3 | 1 | 160 | 189 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mike Inglis h |
126 | 105 | 2 | 2 | 128 | 107 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Matthew Key h,i |
39 | 1 | 40 | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allison Kirkby j |
3 | 3 | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Nick Rose h |
171 | 173 | 1 | 2 | 172 | 175 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jasmine Whitbread |
134 | 107 | 134 | 107 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sub-total |
2,444 | 1,717 | 93 | 71 | 255 | 210 | 1,352 | 907 | | | | 4,144 | 2,905 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Former directors |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gavin Patterson k |
847 | 997 | 46 | 57 | 254 | 299 | 572 | 1,292 | | | -338 | 1,719 | 2,307 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tony Ball h,l |
36 | 138 | 1 | 2 | 37 | 140 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Karen Richardson h,m,n |
36 | 127 | 8 | 31 | 44 | 158 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
3,363 | 2,979 | 148 | 161 | 509 | 509 | 1,924 | 2,199 | | | -338 | 5,944 | 5,510 |
a |
Pension allowance paid in cash for the financial year see Total pension entitlement on page 81. |
b |
Annual bonus shown includes both the cash and deferred share element. The deferred element of the 2018/19 bonus includes the value of deferred shares to be granted in June 2019. Further details of the deferred element are set out on page 81. |
c |
The ISP 2016 granted in June 2016 will lapse in full. Further details are provided on page 81. |
d |
The ISP 2015 granted in June 2015 lapsed in full in May 2018. |
e |
As a result of investigations into improper accounting practices in BTs Italian business, the committee exercised its discretion and applied the malus provisions under the deferred bonus plan. This was applied in May 2017 and the figure was calculated based on the share price at the original grant. |
f |
Philip was appointed as a director on 1 January 2019 and became chief executive from 1 February 2019. |
g |
Under the terms of the Relationship Agreement between BT and Deutsche Telekom and Tims letter of appointment, no remuneration is payable for this position. |
h |
Value shown relates to reimbursement of reasonable travelling and other expenses (including any relevant tax) incurred in carrying out their duties. |
i |
Matthew was appointed as a director on 25 October 2018. |
j |
Allison was appointed as a director on 15 March 2019. |
k |
Gavin stood down as a director at midnight on 31 January 2019. |
l |
Tony retired as a director on 11 July 2018. |
m |
Karen retired as a director on 11 July 2018. |
n |
Includes an additional fee for regular travel to Board and board committee meetings. |
80 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Annual remuneration report continued
|
||
Additional disclosures relating
to the single figure table (audited)
Salaries
Executive directors salaries are reviewed annually, with increases typically effective from 1 June. We reviewed the salaries for Gavin Patterson and Simon Lowth during the year and agreed a 2.5% increase in line with increases for the UK management population and a lower increase than that given to team members. The new base salaries were £1,022,000 and £717,500 respectively. We agreed Philip Jansens salary of £1,100,000 (fixed for five years) at the time of his appointment in January 2019.
The annualised pay settlement for our team members in the UK in 2018/19 was 3.1%.
Benefits
Benefits provided to the executive directors and the chairman include company car, fuel or driver, personal telecommunication facilities and home security, medical and dental cover (for the directors and immediate family), life cover (executive directors only), professional subscriptions, personal tax advice and financial counselling.
Annual bonus
The annual bonus opportunities (expressed as a percentage of salary) for the executive directors in 2018/19 were as follows:
Chief executive
Chief financial officer
The annual bonus opportunities for the chief executive applied to Gavin Patterson and Philip Jansen during their respective time in the role as chief executive.
We set out below the weighting of the annual bonus structure for the executive directors in 2018/19.
The annual bonus is based on performance against key financial and non-financial metrics, and personal objectives. Key measures under the financial and non-financial elements include adjusted earnings per share, cash flow, revenue (excluding transit) and customer experience.
As set out in the table below, the formulaic results against targets produced an above-target outcome across all of the measures. However, considering the overall shareholder experience, the broadly flat earnings performance and the insufficient progress we have made in closing the customer service gap versus our competition, the committee exercised its discretion to reduce the annual bonus outturn relative to the financial and customer experience targets to 115% of target.
Measure | Threshold | Target | Stretch | Actual | Outcome | |||||||||||||||
Adjusted EPS (p) a |
24.6 | 25.9 | 27.8 | 26.3 |
|
Between
target and stretch |
|
|||||||||||||
Normalised free cash flow (£m) b |
2,270 | 2,389 | 2,569 | 2,440 |
|
Between
target and stretch |
|
|||||||||||||
Revenue (excluding transit) (£m) |
22,848 | 23,079 | 23,425 | 23,300 |
|
Between
target and stretch |
|
|||||||||||||
Customer experience |
50 | 100 | 200 | 164.13 |
|
Between
target and stretch |
|
a |
Adjusted EPS is defined on page 31. |
b |
Normalised free cash flow is defined on page 31. |
81 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
The assessment of performance against personal objectives was carried out by the chairman for Gavin Patterson and Philip Jansen, and by Gavin Patterson for Simon Lowth. In addition, the Nominations Committee reviewed the performance of the executive directors as part of a wider Executive Committee performance review. These assessments were based on a number of factors including BTs regular employee surveys and performance against personal objectives set at the start of the year.
Gavin Patterson achieved 50% of maximum for his personal contribution score. This reflected Gavins progress against the delivery of key strategic programmes (eg 5G and FTTP to plan), rebuilding trust and reputation with the regulator, developing and implementing a new operating model, the delivery of the digital communications review with Ofcom and ensuring a seamless transition to Philip Jansen. Having concluded on the formulaic outcomes for Gavin, listened carefully to shareholder feedback, and following discussion with Gavin, the committee and Gavin agreed that a reduction of the total bonus outcome by 50% would be the right thing to do and in the best interests of all stakeholders.
Philip Jansen achieved 50% of maximum for his personal contribution score. Philip has made an excellent start in the role as chief executive. However, given that he is new to the role, the committee felt that target level of achievement was appropriate and consistent with how we treat other new joiners in the company.
Simon Lowth achieved 90% of maximum for his personal contribution score. In addition to successfully delivering this years financial outturns, Simon has demonstrated stand-out leadership in transforming the finance function. This has included improving our risk management processes, strengthening our controls, and bolstering the team with new skills and experience. He has also helped with the transition of the Strategy & Transformation function to Michael Sherman. As a member of the Openreach board, he played an important role in delivering the Digital Communications Review.
The table below sets out the total bonus outturns:
Financial and customer service measures (80% weighting) |
Personal objectives (20% weighting) |
|||||||||
Formulaic outcome |
Following discretion |
Formulaic outcome |
Following discretion |
Overall bonus | ||||||
Gavin Patterson |
146.5% of target |
57.5% of target |
100% of target |
50% of target |
28% of maximum 67% of salary £381,547 cash/ £190,773 shares |
|||||
Philip Jansen |
146.5% of target |
115% of target |
100% of target |
100% of target |
56% of maximum 134% of salary £246,400 cash/ £123,200 shares |
|||||
Simon Lowth |
146.5% of target |
115% of target |
140% of target |
140% of target |
76% of maximum 137% of salary £654,360 cash/ £327,180 shares |
For executive directors, one-third of any bonus paid is deferred into shares for three years with the remaining two-thirds paid in cash. Deferred shares are not subject to performance conditions.
Gavin Pattersons bonus, paid both in cash and deferred shares, represented 67% of salary (pro-rated to reflect the period he was chief executive during the year) (2017/18: 130%) and 28% of the maximum bonus opportunity (2017/18: 54%).
Philip Jansens bonus, paid both in cash and deferred shares, represented 134% of salary (pro-rated to reflect the period he was in full-time employment during the year) (2017/18: N/A) and 56% of the maximum bonus opportunity (2017/18: N/A).
Simon Lowths bonus, paid both in cash and deferred shares, represented 137% of salary (2017/18: 130%) and 76% of the maximum bonus opportunity (2017/18: 70%).
The deferred shares will be granted in June 2019.
Incentive share plan 2016 (audited)
The ISP is a conditional share award. The committee assesses the performance conditions to 31 March 2019 and the awards would ordinarily vest in May 2019. The performance conditions are based 40% on relative TSR, 40% on normalised free cash flow, and 20% on growth in underlying revenue (excluding transit) over a three-year performance period.
As set out in the table below, the threshold performance target in respect of each measure was not met and therefore no payment was made.
40% Total Shareholder Return |
40% Normalised free cash flow |
20% Underlying revenue growth (excluding transit) |
||||||||
Performance Threshold 12th |
Outcome 20th = threshold not met
|
Performance Threshold £10.70bn |
Outcome £8.19bn = threshold not met |
Performance Threshold 2.1% |
Outcome (2.19)% = threshold not met |
Total pension entitlements (audited)
We closed the BT Pension Scheme (BTPS) to new entrants on 31 March 2001. None of the executive directors participate in future service accrual in the BTPS.
New UK employees are eligible to join a defined contribution scheme, typically a personal pension plan. For executive directors, the company agrees to pay a fixed percentage of the executives salary each year which can be put towards the provision of retirement benefits.
Philip Jansen receives an annual allowance equal to 15% of salary in lieu of pension provision as set out in the table on page 79. Philip has not previously been a member of any of the company pension schemes. BT also provides death in service cover consisting of a lump sum equal to four times his salary.
Gavin Patterson receives an annual allowance equal to 30% of salary in lieu of pension provision as set out in the table on page 79. Gavin has previously been a member of the BT Retirement Saving Scheme (BTRSS) but neither he nor the company has made any contribution to the scheme during 2018/19. BT also provides death in service cover consisting of a lump sum equal to four times his salary plus a dependants pension equal to 30% of his capped salary.
Simon Lowth receives an annual allowance equal to 30% of salary in lieu of pension provision as set out in the table on page 79. Simon has not previously been a member of any of the company pension schemes. BT also provides death in service cover consisting of a lump sum equal to four times his salary plus a dependants pension equal to 30% of his capped salary.
Jan du Plessis is not a member of any of the company pension schemes. The company has made no payments towards his retirement provision and provided no life cover benefit.
82 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Annual remuneration report continued
|
||
Awards granted during the year (audited)
2018 ISP awards
The 2018 ISP awards were made in June 2018 and February 2019 as set out below and on page 85. Despite serving as chief executive for almost a year of the performance period, no award was made to Gavin Patterson on the basis of him stepping down as chief executive at the end of January 2019.
The award for Simon Lowth was 350% of salary.
To reflect his joining part way through the three-year performance period, an award of 300% of salary was made to Philip Jansen.
Director
|
Date of award
|
ISP award (shares)
|
Face value
|
|||
Philip Jansen a |
1 February 2019 | 1,412,872 | £3,299,056 | |||
Simon Lowth b |
19 June 2018 | 1,190,071 | £2,511,248 |
a |
Face value based on share price at the date of grant of 233.56p. The grant price is calculated using the average middle-market price of a BT share for the three days prior to grant. |
b |
Face value based on share price at the date of grant of 211.02p. The grant price is calculated using the average middle-market price of a BT share for the three days prior to grant. |
The ISP is a conditional share award. Performance conditions attached to the awards are based on: 40% relative TSR, 40% normalised free cash flow, and 20% growth in underlying revenue excluding transit over a three-year performance period from 1 April 2018 to 31 March 2021. The performance conditions are the same for both directors. The table below sets out the pay-out ranges for TSR, the normalised free cash flow and underlying revenue growth excluding transit for the three-year performance period 2018/19 to 2020/21.
TSR position |
Proportion
vesting
|
Proportion vesting
|
||
1-5 |
100.0% | 40.0% | ||
6 |
81.3% | 32.5% | ||
7 |
62.50% | 25.0% | ||
8 |
43.75% | 17.5% | ||
9 |
25.00% | 10.0% | ||
10-17 |
0.00% | 0.0% |
As disclosed in the 2018 Directors Remuneration Report, the committee agreed a revised comparator group of 16 other companies for the 2018 awards as set out below.
Centrica
|
Proximus | Telecom Italia | ||
Deutsche Telekom
|
Sky | Telefónica | ||
KPN
|
SSE | Telenor | ||
Liberty Global
|
Swisscom | Telia Company | ||
National Grid
|
TalkTalk | Vodafone | ||
Orange
|
Financial targets
Measure 2018/192020/21
|
Threshold
|
Level of
|
Maximum
|
Level of
|
||||||||||||
Normalised free cash flow |
£ | 6.4bn | 25% | £ | 7.4bn | 100% | ||||||||||
Underlying revenue growth (excluding transit) | 0.2% | 25% | 1.9% | 100% |
a |
Vesting levels between threshold and maximum will be on a straight line basis. |
When setting the targets, the committee takes into account the budget, medium-term plan and consensus at the time. The committee believes the performance ranges for free cash flow and revenue measures are challenging, and the financial performance necessary to achieve the upper end of the range for each measure is stretching.
When ISP awards vest, additional shares representing the value of reinvested dividends on the underlying shares are added.
The awards are subject to a further holding period of two years, commencing from the end of the performance period and applied to the net number of shares received after tax and other statutory deductions. During the holding period, no further performance measures will apply.
2018 deferred shares (DBP)
We awarded a proportion of the 2017/18 annual bonus in deferred shares. The table below provides further details.
Director
|
Date of award
|
DBP award
|
Face value
|
|||||||||
Gavin Patterson |
19 June 2018 | 204,072 | £ | 430,626 | ||||||||
Simon Lowth |
19 June 2018 | 143,306 | £ | 302,400 |
a |
Face value based on share price at grant of 211.02p. The grant price is calculated using the average middle-market price of a BT share for the three days prior to grant. |
The DBP is a conditional share award. Deferred shares are not subject to performance conditions and have a three-year vesting period. Details of all interests in deferred shares are set out on page 85.
When DBP awards vest, additional shares representing the value of reinvested dividends on the underlying shares are added.
Joining arrangements for Philip Jansen
During the year we welcomed our new chief executive, Philip Jansen, a proven leader with exceptional experience in managing large and complex businesses. In considering Philips remuneration package, the committee sought to balance the desire to secure his service with adherence to our Remuneration Policy. Throughout, we were guided by the views of shareholders and the provisions of the new Code.
83 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
Philips base salary is £1,100,000, which is fixed for five years. He receives our standard executive benefits package and a cash allowance in lieu of pension of 15% of salary in line with our wider management population in the UK. Philips incentive opportunities are in line with our Remuneration Policy, with a maximum annual bonus of 240% of salary and a maximum ISP award of 400% of salary. His annual bonus for 2018/19 has been pro-rated to reflect his period of service. He was awarded a 2018 ISP in February 2019. This recognises that he will be leading BTs progress towards the targets for most of the three-year performance period. To recognise that he joined part-way through the first year, the award was made at a reduced level of 300% of salary.
Philip also received an award with a face value of £895,848 to compensate him for his loss in shares forfeited from Worldpay, his previous employer. The buy-out award mirrors the value and terms of the award forfeited. Following the announcement that FIS will acquire Worldpay, Worldpay have confirmed the original award will vest in full. Therefore, Philips BT buy-out award will also vest in full on 20 March 2020, subject to continued employment. Philip has voluntarily agreed to hold any vested shares for a further year until 20 March 2021.
Director | Date of award |
RSP award
(shares) |
Face value
of award a |
|||||||||
Philip Jansen |
1 February 2019 | 370,798 | £ | 895,848 |
a |
Face value based on share price at grant of 241.6p. The grant price is calculated using the closing share price on 17 October 2018. |
Payments for loss of office (audited)
Gavin Patterson stood down as a director at midnight on 31 January 2019. Under the terms of his service contract, he will continue to receive his salary and contractual benefits until the end of his notice period, being 25 October 2019. These pro-rated payments will total £777,489 salary and fees, £15,000 benefits and £225,000 pension allowance. Gavin will receive no compensation or payment for the termination of his service contract or his ceasing to be a director of the company or any other group company, although BT will pay outplacement fees of up to £40,000 and legal fees of up to £9,000.
Former directors (audited)
Phil Hodkinson retired as a non-executive director on 31 January 2016 and was a member of the Committee for Sustainable and Responsible Business until standing down on 31 January 2019. He received an annual fee of £10,000 as a member of this committee.
Directors share ownership (audited)
The committee believes that the interests of the executive directors should be closely aligned with those of shareholders.
The chief executive is required to build up a shareholding equal to 300% of salary, and the chief financial officer 250% of salary. The aim is to encourage the build up of a meaningful shareholding in the company over time by retaining shares received under an executive share plan (other than shares sold to meet tax and other statutory deductions) or from purchases in the market.
We use the average BT share price over the preceding 12 months (or the share price at acquisition date if higher) to determine whether the minimum shareholding requirement has been reached.
The table below sets out the shareholding position as at 31 March 2019. As a new director, Philip has not yet received any vested shares under the executive share plans. Details of his buy-out are included on page 86 the award will vest in full on 20 March 2020 and Philip has voluntarily agreed to hold the shares for a further one year until 20 March 2021. Philip invested nearly £2m in purchasing shares in the market in November 2018.
Gavin Patterson is required to maintain a shareholding equivalent to 300% of salary until the end of his notice period, being 25 October 2019.
Executive director |
Personal shareholding as a percentage of salary |
|||
Gavin Patterson a |
919 | % | ||
Philip Jansen |
180 | % | ||
Simon Lowth |
51 | % |
a |
Gavin stood down from the Board at midnight on 31 January 2019 and the percentage reflects his personal shareholding at that date. |
The following table shows the total unvested interests held by the executive directors in the ISP and DBP, and for Philip Jansen the RSP. The numbers represent the maximum possible vesting levels. The ISP awards will only vest to the extent the performance conditions are met over the three-year period. Full details of all ISP and DBP awards, including performance periods and vesting conditions, are set out on page 85.
Unvested interests in shares (audited)
ISP (subject to performance) |
DBP (not subject to performance) |
RSP (subject to Worldpay performance) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 April 2018 |
Total number of award shares 31 March 2019 |
1 April 2018 |
Total number of award shares 31 March 2019 |
1 April 2018 |
Total number of award shares 31 March 2019 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Gavin Patterson a |
3,354,841 | 2,537,389 | 127,638 | 253,742 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Philip Jansen b |
| 1,441,160 | | | | 378,221 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Simon Lowth |
1,568,600 | 2,947,475 | 44,397 | 200,548 | | |
a |
Gavin stood down from the Board at midnight on 31 January 2019 and the number reflects his awards at that date. |
b |
Philip joined the Board in January 2019 and will be granted his first DBP award in June 2019. |
During the period 1 April 2019 to 8 May 2019, there were no movements in unvested interests in shares.
84 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Annual remuneration report continued
|
||
Directors interests at 31 March 2019 or date of retirement, if earlier (audited)
The following table shows the beneficial interests of directors holding office at the end of the year (or at the point of leaving for directors who retired during the year), and their families, in the companys shares at 31 March 2019 and 1 April 2018, or at date of appointment if later.
Number of shares | ||||||||
Beneficial holdings | 31 March 2019 | 1 April 2018 | ||||||
Jan du Plessis |
501,599 | 400,000 | ||||||
Gavin Patterson a,b |
2,958,405 | 2,943,453 | ||||||
Philip Jansen c |
771,313 | 770,500 | ||||||
Simon Lowth |
157,379 | 10,536 | ||||||
Tony Ball d |
193,871 | 193,871 | ||||||
Iain Conn |
19,442 | 19,442 | ||||||
Tim Höttges |
| | ||||||
Isabel Hudson |
24,090 | 15,090 | ||||||
Allison Kirkby e |
| | ||||||
Mike Inglis |
29,091 | 4,599 | ||||||
Matthew Key f |
31,000 | | ||||||
Karen Richardson g,h |
13,525 | 13,525 | ||||||
Nick Rose |
400,000 | 300,000 | ||||||
Jasmine Whitbread |
11,832 | 11,289 | ||||||
Total |
5,111,547 | 4,682,305 |
a |
Gavin stood down as a director at midnight on 31 January 2019 and the number reflects his holding at that date. |
b |
Includes shares purchased under directshare and free shares awarded under UK allshare. Directshare is an HMRC approved plan that allows BT employees to buy shares out of gross pay. Prior to 2008 BT awarded free shares to UK employees (UK allshare). |
c |
Philip was appointed as a director on 1 January 2019. He purchased 770,500 shares in the market in November 2018. |
d |
Tony retired as a director on 11 July 2018 and the number reflects his holding at that date. |
e |
Allison was appointed as a director on 15 March 2019. |
f |
Matthew was appointed as a director on 25 October 2018. |
g |
Karen retired as a director on 11 July 2018 and the number reflects her holding at that date. |
h |
Shares are held as 2,705 American Depositary Shares (ADS). One ADS equates to five BT ordinary shares. |
During the period 1 April 2019 to 8 May 2019, there were no movements in directors beneficial holdings. The directors, as a group, beneficially own less than 1% of the companys shares.
The company encourages the chairman and independent non-executive directors to purchase, on a voluntary basis, BT shares with an aggregate value of £5,000 on average each year to further align the interests of non-executive directors with those of our shareholders. The directors are asked to hold these shares until they retire from the Board. This policy is not mandatory.
This policy does not apply to Tim Höttges who was appointed to the Board as a non-independent, non-executive director following completion of the EE acquisition in January 2016. This helps avoid any conflict of interest in relation to Tims ongoing employment as CEO of Deutsche Telekom.
85 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
Deferred bonus plan awards at 31 March 2019 (audited)
The following DBP awards have been granted to the directors. These shares will normally be transferred to participants at the end of the three-year deferral period. Philip Jansen joined the Board on 1 January 2019 and is due to be granted his first DBP award in June 2019.
1 April 2018 | Awarded a |
Dividends re-invested |
Vested | Lapsed |
Total number
of award shares 31 March 2019 |
Vesting date |
Price at
grant |
Market price
at vesting |
Monetary
value of vested award £000 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Simon Lowth |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DBP 2017 |
44,397 | | 3,038 | | | 47,435 | 01/08/2020 | 286.40p | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DBP 2018 |
| 143,306 | 9,807 | | | 153,113 | 01/08/2021 | 211.01p | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Former director |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gavin Patterson |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DBP 2015 |
94,220 | | | 94,220 | | | 01/08/2018 | 449.50p | 230.68p | 217 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DBP 2016 |
33,418 | 2,286 | | | 35,704 | 01/08/2019 | 403.18p | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DBP 2017 b |
| | | | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
DBP 2018 |
| 204,072 | 13,966 | | | 218,038 | 01/08/2021 | 211.01p | | |
a |
Awards granted on 19 June 2018. The number of shares subject to awards was calculated using the average middle market price of a BT share for the three days prior to the grant. Awards of deferred shares in respect of 2019 will be calculated using the average middle market price of a BT share for the three days prior to grant. |
b |
The committee exercised its discretion and determined that no bonus would be awarded to Gavin in respect of 2016/17. This resulted in no DBP award being granted in 2017. |
Share awards under long-term incentive share plan (ISP) held at 31 March 2019 (audited)
Details of the companys ordinary shares under conditional share awards made to directors, as participants under the ISP are as follows:
1 April 2018 | Awarded |
Dividends re-invested |
Vested | Lapsed |
Total number of award shares 31 March 2019 |
Performance period end |
Price on grant |
Market price at vesting |
Monetary value of vested award £000 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Philip Jansen |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ISP 2018 a |
| 1,412,872 | 28,288 | | | 1,441,160 | 31/03/2021 | 233.56p | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Simon Lowth |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ISP 2016 b |
664,614 | | 45,486 | | | 710,100 | 31/03/2019 | 405.38p | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ISP 2017 c |
903,986 | | 61,869 | | | 965,855 | 31/03/2020 | 286.4p | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ISP 2018 d |
| 1,190,071 | 81,449 | | | 1,271,520 | 31/03/2021 | 211.01p | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Former director |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gavin Patterson |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ISP 2015 e |
979,988 | | | (979,988 | ) | | 31/03/2018 | 449.5p | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ISP 2016 f |
1,087,543 | | 74,432 | | | 1,161,975 | 31/03/2019 | 403.18p | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ISP 2017 c |
1,287,310 | | 88,014 | | | 1,375,324 | 31/03/2020 | 286.4p | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ISP 2018 g |
| | | | | | | | | |
a |
Award granted on 1 February 2019. The number of shares subject to award was calculated using the average middle-market price of a BT share for the three days prior to grant of 233.56p. 40% of each award is linked to TSR compared with a group of 17 companies, 40% is linked to a three-year normalised free cash flow measure and 20% to a measure of underlying revenue growth (excluding transit) over three years. |
b |
Award granted on 29 July 2016. The number of shares subject to award was calculated using the average middle market price of a BT share for the three days prior to grant of 405.38p. 40% of each award is linked to TSR compared with a group of 21 companies, 40% is linked to a three-year normalised free cash flow measure and 20% to a measure of underlying revenue growth (excluding transit) over three years. |
c |
Award granted on 22 June 2017. The number of shares subject to award was calculated using the average middle market price of a BT share for the three days prior to grant of 286.40p. 40% of each award is linked to TSR compared with a group of 21 companies, 40% is linked to a three-year normalised free cash flow measure and 20% to a measure of underlying revenue growth (excluding transit) over three years. |
d |
Award granted on 19 June 2018. The number of shares subject to award was calculated using the average middle market price of a BT share for the three days prior to grant of 211.01p. 40% of each award is linked to TSR compared with a group of 17 companies, 40% is linked to a three-year normalised free cash flow measure and 20% to a measure of underlying revenue growth (excluding transit) over three years. |
e |
Award granted on 18 June 2015. The number of shares subject to award was calculated using the average middle market price of a BT share for the three days prior to grant of 449.50p. 40% of each award is linked to TSR compared with a group of 21 companies, 40% is linked to a three-year normalised free cash flow measure and 20% to a measure of underlying revenue growth (excluding transit) over three years. |
f |
Award granted on 20 June 2016. The number of shares subject to award was calculated using the average middle market price of a BT share for the three days prior to grant of 403.18p. 40% of each award is linked to TSR compared with a group of 21 companies, 40% is linked to a three-year normalised free cash flow measure and 20% to a measure of underlying revenue growth (excluding transit) over three years. |
g |
The committee exercised its discretion and determined that no ISP would be awarded to Gavin in respect of 2018/19. |
86 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
|
Annual remuneration report continued |
Retention share plan awards at 31 March 2019 (audited)
The following RSP award was granted to Philip Jansen. This is a buy-out award to compensate Philip for the loss in shares that he forfeited on leaving Worldpay to join BT. In accordance with our approved Remuneration Policy, the buy-out mirrors the value and terms of the award forfeited. The shares will vest on 20 March 2020 subject to continued employment and will only vest to the extent that the forfeited award meets the original performance targets set by Worldpay. Following the announcement that FIS will acquire Worldpay, Worldpay has confirmed the original award will vest in full. Philip has voluntarily agreed to hold any vested shares for a further one year until 20 March 2020.
Total number of | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
award shares | Market | Monetary | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 April | Dividends | Price | price | value of vested | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | Awarded | re-invested | Vested | Lapsed | 31 March 2019 | Vesting date | at grant | at vesting | award £000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Philip Jansen |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
RSP 2018 |
| 370,798 | 7,423 | | | 378,221 | 20/03/2020 | 241.6p | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Share options held without performance conditons (saveshare) at 31 March 2019 (audited)
The directors exercised no saveshare options during the year. There were no vested but unexercised options at year-end.
Number of shares under option:
Market price | Usual date | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Option price | at date of | from which | Usual expiry | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 April 2018 | Granted | Lapsed | Exercised | 31 March 2019 | per share | exercise | exercisable | date | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Former director |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gavin Patterson a |
5,642 | b | | | | 5,642 | 319p | | 01/08/2019 | 01/02/2020 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
All of the above options were granted for nil consideration.
a Gavin stood down from the Board at midnight on 31 January 2019 and the number reflects the number of shares under option at that date. The options are exercisable up to 31 July 2019.
b Option granted on 26 June 2014 under the employee sharesave scheme, in which all employees of the company are entitled to participate.
Comparison of chief executive remuneration to total shareholder return (unaudited) Total shareholder return (TSR) is the measure of the returns that a company has provided for its shareholders, reflecting share price movements and assuming reinvestment of dividends. The graph opposite illustrates the performance of BT Group plc measured by TSR relative to a broad equity market index over the past ten years. We consider the FTSE 100 to be the most appropriate index against which to measure performance, as BT has been a member of the FTSE 100 throughout the nine-year period, and the index is widely-used. |
BTs TSR performance vs the FTSE 100
|
|||
Source: Datastream The graph shows the relative TSR performance of BT and the FTSE 100 over the past ten years. |
87 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
History of chief executive remuneration
Year end | Chief Executive |
Total rem £000 |
Annual bonus (% of max) |
ISP vesting (% of max) |
||||||||||
2019 |
Philip Jansen a | 725 | 56% | N/A | ||||||||||
Gavin Patterson b | 1,719 | 28% | 0% | |||||||||||
2018 |
Gavin Patterson | 2,307 | 54% | 0% | ||||||||||
2017 |
Gavin Patterson | 1,345 | 0% | 0% | ||||||||||
2016 b |
Gavin Patterson | 5,396 | 45% | 82.01% | ||||||||||
2015 |
Gavin Patterson | 4,562 | 58% | 67.4% | ||||||||||
2014 c |
Gavin Patterson | 2,901 | 62% | 78.7% | ||||||||||
Ian Livingston d | 4,236 | 35% | 63.4% | |||||||||||
2013 |
Ian Livingston | 9,402 | 65% | 100% | ||||||||||
2012 |
Ian Livingston | 8,520 | 73% | 100% | ||||||||||
2011 |
Ian Livingston | 4,009 | 79% | 0% | ||||||||||
2010 |
Ian Livingston | 3,556 | 71% | 0% |
a |
Philip was appointed as a director on 1 January 2019 and became chief executive from 1 February 2019. His first ISP award was made in February 2019. |
b |
Gavin stood down as chief executive at midnight on 31 January 2019 and Philip took over from 1 February 2019. |
c |
The total remuneration figure includes the ISP award as CEO BT Retail and the first award as chief executive, granted in 2013. |
d |
Ian stepped down on 10 September 2013 and Gavin took over from that date. |
Percentage change in chief executive remuneration (unaudited)
The table below illustrates the increase in salary, benefits and annual bonus for Gavin Patterson and Philip Jansen in the role as chief executive and that of a representative group of the companys employees. For these purposes, weve used the UK management and technical employee population representing around 24,607 people. We believe this broad group provides the most meaningful comparison as they have similar performance related pay arrangements as our executive directors.
Salary | Benefits a | Bonus b | ||||||||||
% Change in chief executive remuneration |
13% | 49% | (27)% | |||||||||
% Change in comparator group c |
2.5% | 0% | 15% |
a |
The increase in benefits for the chief executive was around £28,000. |
b |
The bonus comparator is based on cash bonus only to give a better like-for-like comparison. |
c |
Comparator group is the UK management and technical employee population representing around 24,607 individuals. |
Chief executive pay ratio
The table below sets out the chief executive pay ratio as at 31 March 2019. The report will build up over time to show a rolling 10-year period.
The ratios compare the single total figure of remuneration of the chief executive with the equivalent figures for the lower quartile (P25), median (P50) and upper quartile (P75) employees.
Chief executive remuneration |
£2,444,000 | |||
P25 employee remuneration |
£34,281 | |||
P50 employee remuneration |
£41,477 | |||
P75 employee remuneration |
£51,594 | |||
P25 employee pay ratio |
71 : 1 | |||
P50 employee pay ratio |
59 : 1 | |||
P75 employee pay ratio |
47 : 1 |
A significant proportion of the chief executives remuneration is delivered through long term incentives, where awards are linked to company performance and share price movements over the longer term. This means that the ratios will depend significantly on long-term incentive outcomes and may fluctuate from year to year. None of the employees in the previous table participated in long-term incentive plans.
Chief executive base pay |
£1,122,000 | |||
P25 employee base pay |
£30,090 | |||
P50 employee base pay |
£35,918 | |||
P75 employee base pay |
£41,740 | |||
P25 employee base pay ratio |
37 : 1 | |||
P50 employee base pay ratio |
31 : 1 | |||
P75 employee base pay ratio |
27 : 1 |
Methodology
We have used Option B (based on gender pay reporting).
The P25, P50 and P75 employees were identified from the companys gender pay report, together with the 80 employees below and above each of the P points to form enlarged groups. This was to guard against volatility in the underlying data.
The total FTE remuneration of each employee in each of the groups was calculated for the year ended 31 March 2019.
A median total remuneration figure for each P group was calculated, to produce a more representative result than relying on a single employee from the companys gender pay reporting.
Relative importance of spend on pay (unaudited)
The table below shows the change in total remuneration paid to all employees and dividends paid and share buyback paid.
Area | 2018/19 (£m) | 2017/18 (£m) | % change | |||||||||
Remuneration paid to all employees |
5,382 | 5,400 | (0.3)% | |||||||||
Dividends/share buybacks |
1,513 | 1,746 | (13.3)% |
Implementation of remuneration
policy in 2019/20 (unaudited)
Base salary
The committee considered the base salary for Simon Lowth. In line with the increases agreed for our managerial employees, we agreed a 2.5% salary increase effective in June 2019.
Philip Jansens base salary of £1,100,000 was agreed on appointment and is fixed for five years. Therefore no increase will be applied in 2019/20.
2019/20
|
||||||||
Base salary | % change | |||||||
Philip Jansen a |
£1,100,000 | 0% | ||||||
Simon Lowth |
£735,438 | 2.5% |
a |
Philip was appointed as a director on 1 January 2019 and became chief executive on |
1 February 2019. His base salary is fixed for five years. |
88 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Annual remuneration report continued | ||
Benefits
The committee has set benefits in line with the Remuneration Policy. We propose no changes to the benefit framework for 2019/20.
Pension
The table below sets out the level of pension provision for 2019/20 for both executive directors. As a new joiner, Philips pension provision is in line with that of the wider management population in the UK. We will review the pension provision for existing executive directors in advance of our 2020 Remuneration Policy review.
% of salary | ||
Philip Jansen | 15% of salary in lieu of pension provision | |
Simon Lowth | 30% of salary in lieu of pension provision |
Annual bonus
The table below describes the level of bonus opportunity (expressed as a percentage of salary) for Philip Jansen and Simon Lowth in 2019/20. One third of any bonus will be deferred into shares for a period of three years.
The 2019/20 annual bonus structure and weighting is set out below.
Adjusted earnings per share, normalised free cash flow, and revenue (including transit) have a direct impact on shareholder value. Customer experience (measured through Customer Perception and Keeping Our Promises) is vital to the companys long-term health and growth. All four of these measures are KPIs for BT and are defined on pages 30 to 31.
We do not publish details of the financial targets in advance as these are commercially confidential. We will publish achievement against these targets at the same time as we disclose bonus payments in the 2020 Directors Remuneration Report so shareholders can evaluate performance against those targets.
The strategic objectives are aligned to our strategy and are assessed by the chairman for the chief executive and by the chief executive for the chief financial officer and each senior executive. Performance against the strategic objectives element is assessed individually and is based on achievement against individual objectives, organisational culture and growth measures.
Incentive share plan
Recognising the need to ensure that our remuneration arrangements support the delivery of BTs strategy under Philips stewardship, at the time of going to print the ISP 2019 targets had not been set by the committee. Full details of the performance measures will be disclosed in advance of the AGM in July so that shareholders have a full understanding when voting.
Chairman and non-executive director remuneration
The fees for non-executive directors were reviewed during the year. The last review of non-executive director fees was in January 2018. In accordance with the Articles of Association, the chairman and executive directors conducted the review, and considered the role and requirements of BT, together with the fees paid to non-executive directors at companies of a similar size and complexity. Following the review, it was agreed to increase the basic non-executive fee to £77,000 per year (from £75,000) from 1 June 2019. Other changes agreed as part of the review were:
| An increase to £8,000 (from £5,000) for membership of the Digital Impact & Sustainability Committee (formerly named the Committee for Sustainable and Responsible Business) and an increase to £14,000 (from £12,000) for the Digital Impact & Sustainability Committee chair |
| An increase to £30,000 (from £28,000) for the Remuneration Committee chair |
| A fee of £8,000 for membership of the Investigatory Powers Governance Committee |
| An increase to £5,000 (from £4,000) for the fee paid per trip to those non-executive directors travelling on an intercontinental basis to Board and board committee meetings. |
These increases reflect the responsibilities of the roles and ensures we remain competitive in the marketplace and are able to recruit directors with international telecoms experience where required.
89 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
The BT Pensions and Technology Committees were disbanded on 3 April 2019. See page 67 for further detail.
The table below sets out the fees for membership of, or chairing a board committee (including the changes agreed during the year):
Committee | Chairs fee | Members fee | ||||||
Audit & Risk | £35,000 | £25,000 | ||||||
BT Compliance a | £25,000 | £12,000 | ||||||
Digital Impact & Sustainability | £14,000 | £8,000 | ||||||
Investigatory Powers Governance | n/a b | £8,000 | ||||||
Nominations | n/a b | £10,000 | ||||||
Remuneration | £30,000 | £15,000 |
a |
A sub-committee of the Audit & Risk Committee. |
b |
Where the chairman or chief executive acts as chair of a board committee, no additional committee chair fee is payable. |
The senior independent director receives an additional fee of £27,000 a year for that position.
No element of non-executive director remuneration is performance-related. Non-executive directors do not participate in BTs bonus or employee share plans and are not members of any of the company pension schemes.
No review of the chairmans fee was undertaken. The committee agreed a five year fixed fee of £700,000 per year, on Jan du Plessiss appointment as chairman in November 2017.
Other remuneration matters
Advisers
During the year, the committee received independent advice on executive remuneration matters from Deloitte LLP. Deloitte received £204,295 in fees for these services. The fees are charged on a time-spent basis in delivering advice. That advice materially assisted the committee in their consideration of matters relating to executive remuneration.
Deloitte is a founder member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and as such, voluntarily operates under the code of conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the UK. The committee appointed Deloitte to the role of independent advisers to the committee in 2012 following a competitive tender exercise conducted by the committee.
The committee is comfortable that the Deloitte engagement partner and team, who provide remuneration advice to the committee, have no connections with BT that may impair their independence or objectivity.
In addition, during 2018/19, Deloitte provided the company with advice on corporate and indirect taxes, assistance with regulatory, risk and compliance issues and additional consultancy services.
Dilution
For a number of years we generally used treasury shares to satisfy the exercise of share options and the vesting of share awards under our employee share plans. We intend to use both treasury shares and shares purchased by the BT Group Employee Share Ownership Trust (the Trust) for share option exercises, and shares purchased by the Trust for the vesting of executive share awards in 2019/20. Shares held in the Trust do not have any voting rights.
At the end of 2018/19, shares equivalent to 2.83% (2017/18: 1.76%) of the issued share capital (excluding treasury shares) would be required for all share options and awards outstanding.
Of these, we estimate that for 2019/20, shares equivalent to approximately 0.39% (2018/19: 0.28%) of the issued share capital
(excluding treasury shares) will be required for the all-employee share plans.
Outside appointments
The Nominations Committee determines the policy for, considers, and if thought fit agrees the taking up of external directorships and other external interests by members of the Executive Committee, and other senior direct reports to the chief executive. In accordance with the new Code for the financial year 2019/20 onwards, directors must seek prior approval of the Board before accepting additional external appointments.
Gavin Patterson is a non-executive director of British Airways for which he receives an annual fee of £50,000 and the benefit of free BA flights.
Voting at the 2018 Annual General Meeting
The table below sets out the votes cast in respect of the Annual Remuneration Report at the Annual General Meeting held on 11 July 2018.
Votes cast in | ||||||||||||||||
favour | % | Votes cast against | % | |||||||||||||
Approve Annual Remuneration Report | 4,419,598,193 | 65.84 | 2,292,952,264 | 34.16 |
235,781,388 votes were withheld against approving the Annual Remuneration Report. Withheld votes are not counted when calculating voting outcomes. We set out details of our response in the remuneration committee chairs letter on pages 73 to 75.
Committee evaluation 2018/19
We carried out an internal evaluation led by the chairman and company secretary. This entailed questionnaires completed by committee members and attendees; the output of which was discussed and debated by the committee.
Key area of focus |
Suggested actions |
|||
Incentive and reward structure |
Review the structure of executive incentives and reward, in the context of the strategy refresh and the new chief executives priorities. |
|||
Target setting |
Ensure that when setting targets they are appropriately stretching. |
90 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Annual remuneration report continued | ||
Independent non-executive directors letters of appointment Each independent non-executive director has an appointment letter setting out the terms of his or her appointment. They do not have service contracts. The letter includes membership of any board committees, the fees to be paid and the time commitment expected. We ask each non-executive director to allow a minimum commitment of 22 days each year, subject to committee responsibilities, and to allow slightly more in the first year in order to take part in the induction programme. The actual time commitment required in any year may vary depending on business. We make clear that additional time may be required during periods of increased activity.
Appointments are for an initial period of three years. During that period, either party can give the other at least three months notice of termination. All Board appointments automatically terminate |
|
|
in the event of a director not being elected or re-elected by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. The appointment of a non-executive director is terminable on notice by the company without compensation. At the end of the period, the appointment may be continued by mutual agreement. The appointment letter also covers matters such as confidentiality, data protection and BTs share dealing code.
See below for further details of appointment arrangements for independent non-executive directors.
Tim Höttges was appointed as a non-independent, non-executive director in January 2016 following Deutsche Telekoms nomination, and his appointment letter reflects the terms of the Relationship Agreement between BT and Deutsche Telekom. |
Directors service agreements and letters of appointment
The following table sets out the dates on which directors service agreements/initial letters of appointment commenced and the current expiry dates:
There are no other service agreements, letters of appointment or material contracts, existing or proposed, between the company and any of the directors. There are no arrangements or understandings between any director or executive officer and any other person pursuant to which any director or executive officer was selected to serve. There are no family relationships between the directors.
Inspection by the public
The service agreements and letters of appointment are available for inspection by the public at BTs registered office. They will also be available for inspection commencing one hour prior to the start of our AGM, to be held in London on 10 July 2019.
Nick Rose
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
8 May 2019
91 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Governance |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Financial statements |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Additional information |
||||||||
|
||||||||
Remuneration policy
The directors remuneration policy (the Policy) which was approved by shareholders at the AGM on 12 July 2017 in accordance with section 439A of the Companies Act 2006, can be found online at bt.com/downloadcentre
Legacy matters
The committee reserves the right to make any remuneration payments and/or payments for loss of office (including exercising any discretions available to it in connection with such payments) notwithstanding that they are not in line with the Policy where the terms of the payment were agreed (i) before the AGM in 2014 (the date the companys first shareholder-approved directors remuneration policy came into effect); (ii) before this Policy came into effect, provided that the terms of the payment were consistent with the shareholder-approved directors remuneration policy in force at the time they were agreed; or (iii) at a time when the |
relevant individual was not a director of the company and, in the opinion of the committee, the payment was not in consideration for the individual becoming a director of the company. For these purposes payments includes the committee satisfying awards of variable remuneration and, in relation to an award over shares, the terms of the payment are agreed at the time the award is granted. Any legacy payments would be disclosed in the Annual Remuneration Report for the relevant year.
Minor amendments
The committee may make minor amendments to the arrangements for the directors as described in the Policy, for regulatory, exchange control, tax or administrative purposes, or to take account of a change in legislation. |
92 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
|
||
Statement of directors responsibilities in respect of the annual report and the financial statements
The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and parent company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.
Company law requires the directors to prepare Group and parent company financial statements for each financial year. Under that law they are required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU) and applicable law and have elected to prepare the parent company financial statements on the same basis.
Under company law the directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and parent company and of their profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group and parent company financial statements, the directors are required to:
| select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently |
| make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant and reliable |
| state whether they have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU |
| assess the Group and parent companys ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern |
| use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. |
The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent companys transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006 (the 2006 Act). They are responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.
Under applicable law and regulations, the directors are also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors Report, Directors Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance Statement that complies with that law and those regulations.
The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the companys website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.
Responsibility statement of the directors in respect of the annual financial report
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:
| the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole |
| the strategic report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the issuer and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face. |
We consider the annual report and accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the groups position and performance, business model and strategy.
Critical accounting estimates, key judgements and significant accounting policies
Our critical accounting estimates, key judgements and significant accounting policies conform with IFRSs, as adopted by the European Union and IFRSs issued by IASB, and are set out on pages 120 and 121 of the consolidated financial statements. The directors have reviewed these policies and applicable estimation techniques, and have confirmed they are appropriate for the preparation of the 2018/19 consolidated financial statements.
Disclosure of information to auditors
As far as each of the directors is aware, there is no relevant audit information (as defined by section 418(3) of the 2006 Act) that hasnt been disclosed to the auditors. Each of the directors believes that all steps have been taken that ought to have been taken to make them aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the auditors have been made aware of that information.
Going concern
The Strategic report on pages 1 to 54 includes information on the group structure, strategy and business model, the performance of each customer-facing unit, the impact of regulation and competition, and principal risks and uncertainties. The Group performance section on pages 34 to 41 includes information on our group financial results, financial outlook, cash flow and net debt, and balance sheet position. Notes 23, 24, 25 and 27 of the consolidated financial statements include information on the groups investments, cash and cash equivalents, borrowings, derivatives, financial risk management objectives, hedging policies and exposure to interest, foreign exchange, credit, liquidity and market risks.
In line with IAS 1 Presentation of financial statements, and revised FRC guidance on risk management, internal control and related financial and business reporting, management has taken into account all available information about the future for a period of at least, but not limited to, 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements when assessing the groups ability to continue as a going concern.
93 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
The directors carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks affecting the group, including any that could threaten our business model, future performance, insolvency or liquidity. Details of those risks and how we manage and mitigate them are set out in Our principal risks and uncertainties on pages 46 to 53.
Having assessed the principal risks, the directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting when preparing the financial statements. This assessment covers the period to May 2020, which is consistent with the FRC guidance.
Independent advice
The Board has a procedure that allows directors to seek independent professional advice at BTs expense.
All directors also have access to the advice and services of the company secretary.
Directors and officers liability insurance and indemnity
For some years, BT has bought insurance cover for directors, officers and employees in positions of managerial supervision of BT Group plc and its subsidiaries. This is intended to protect against defence costs, civil damages and, in some circumstances, civil fines and penalties following an action brought against them in their personal capacity. The policy also covers individuals serving as directors of other companies or of joint ventures, or on boards of trade associations or charitable organisations at BTs request. The insurance protects the directors and officers directly in circumstances where, by law, BT cannot provide an indemnity. It also provides BT, subject to a retention, with cover against the cost of indemnifying a director or officer. One layer of insurance is ring-fenced for the directors of BT Group plc.
As at 8 May 2019, and throughout 2018/19, the companys wholly-owned subsidiary, British Telecommunications plc, has provided an indemnity for a group of people similar to the group covered by the above insurance. Neither the insurance nor the indemnity provides cover where the individual is proven to have acted fraudulently or dishonestly.
Interest of management in certain transactions
During and at the end of 2018/19, none of BTs directors were materially interested in any material transaction in relation to the groups business. None are materially interested in any currently proposed material transactions.
As set out below, Tim Höttges is a member of the Board as well as the CEO of Deutsche Telekom.
Power to authorise conflicts
All directors have a duty under the 2006 Act to avoid a situation in which he or she has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the company. The companys Articles of Association include provisions for dealing with directors conflicts of interest in accordance with the 2006 Act. The company has procedures in place, which it follows, to deal with such situations. These require the Board to:
| consider each conflict situation separately on its particular facts |
| consider the conflict situation in conjunction with its other duties under the 2006 Act |
| keep records and board minutes on any authorisations granted by directors and the scope of any approvals given |
| regularly review conflict authorisation. |
We also have a Conflicted Matters Committee. Tim Höttges owes duties to both BT and Deutsche Telekom, and the Conflicted Matters Committee helps Tim comply with his fiduciary duties, although ultimate responsibility rests with him.
94 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
|
||
US regulation
New York Stock Exchange
As a foreign issuer with American Depositary Shares listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), BT is obliged to disclose any significant ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from the corporate governance listing standards of the NYSE.
We have reviewed the NYSE listing standards and believe that our corporate governance practices are consistent with them, with the following exceptions which do not meet the strict requirements in the standards.
The NYSE listing standards state that companies must have a nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors and with written terms of reference which, in addition to identifying individuals qualified to become board members, develops and recommends to the Board a set of corporate governance principles applicable to the company.
We have a Nominations Committee (see Nominations Committee chairs report on pages 66 to 68). The Nominations Committees terms of reference were amended in 2019 such that it will not develop and recommend to the Board a set of corporate governance guidelines applicable to the corporation. These duties will be discharged by the Board, in compliance with the rules and regulations of BTs home country of England & Wales. This is, however, a technical non-compliance with the NYSE listing standards. The Nominations Committee is chaired by BTs chairman, Jan du Plessis who is not considered independent under the NYSE listing standards. Tim Höttges, our non-independent, non-executive director, joined the committee on 1 May 2018. The Board and the Nominations Committee are made up of a majority of independent non-executive directors.
The US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley Act), the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the NYSE listing standards all require companies to comply with certain provisions relating to their audit committee. These include the independence of audit committee members and procedures for the treatment of complaints regarding accounting or auditing matters. We comply fully with these requirements.
US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
BT has securities registered with the SEC. As a result, we must comply with those provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act which apply to foreign issuers. We comply with the legal and regulatory requirements introduced under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, in so far as they apply.
The Audit & Risk Committee includes Nick Rose, Allison Kirkby and Matthew Key who, in the opinion of the Board, are audit committee financial experts and are independent (as defined for this purpose). The Board considers that the committees members have broad commercial knowledge and extensive business leadership experience, having held between them various prior roles in major business, financial management, and financial function supervision and that this constitutes a broad and suitable mix of business and financial experience on the committee.
The code of ethics we have adopted for the purposes of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act applies to the chief executive, chief financial officer and senior finance managers.
Controls and procedures
Prior year material weakness
Background to the prior year material weakness in relation to the calculation of our IAS19 accounting valuation of retirement benefit obligations
In July 2018, we announced that we had been alerted to an error made by our independent external actuary in the actuarys calculation of our IAS 19 accounting valuation of retirement benefit obligations at 31 March 2018. Our independent external actuary is employed as an expert to calculate the IAS 19 accounting valuation on behalf of management. The error resulted from the incorrect application of changes to demographic assumptions and led to an increase in our net pension deficit of £0.4bn at 31 March 2018. Management determined that the error was material with respect to our group statement of comprehensive income and required the group to restate its previously issued consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2018. The group restated its comparative balance sheet and statement of comprehensive income in the next published financial report at Q2 2018/19. The restated figures can also be found on page 119. Also, in accordance with US financial reporting requirements, we filed restated financial statements as amendment 2 to our Form 20-F for the year ended 31 March 2018 on 20 September 2018.
We reassessed the effectiveness of the companys internal control over financial reporting as of 31 March 2018 following the identification of this error. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
Management determined that, whilst there was a failure in the operation of controls at our independent external actuary (acting on behalf of management as an expert), our monitoring control did not identify the failure.
This monitoring control failure resulted in a material misstatement of the account balances and disclosures relating to our retirement benefit obligations in our annual consolidated financial statements that was not prevented or detected. Accordingly, management determined that this control deficiency constituted a material weakness which was reported in the amendment 2 to our 20-F for the year ended 31 March 2018.
Remediation of material weakness in relation to the calculation of our IAS19 accounting valuation of retirement benefit obligations
During the year, management has undertaken a number of actions to strengthen our internal control over our oversight procedures in respect of this and have enhanced controls in operation as of 31 March 2019, which will continue to operate going forwards. Specifically:
| obtaining independent confirmation of the operation of controls within our independent external actuary |
95 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
||
| increased provision of documentation from our independent external actuary to allow us to verify changes to data and demographic assumptions |
| the certification to us of independent checks of changes to non-financial assumptions performed within our independent external actuary |
| utilising this additional information to enhance and remediate our monitoring control. |
These enhanced controls operated as of 31 March 2019 and management has concluded the previously reported material weakness has been appropriately remediated.
Managements report on internal control over financial reporting as of 31 March 2019
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the group. Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and IFRS as adopted by the EU.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of 31 March 2019 based on the criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
While we are satisfied that we have remediated the material weakness reported in 2018 in respect of our IAS19 accounting valuation of retirement benefit obligations, described above, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of 31 March 2019 due to the material weaknesses in relation to IT General Controls and Risk Assessment, described below.
In 2018/19 management undertook a continuous improvement and enhancement programme in relation to its framework of internal control over financial reporting. This programme identified two areas requiring remediation, specifically, IT General Controls and Risk Assessment.
Although this did not result in any identified misstatements in the current period consolidated financial statements, nor in any restatements of consolidated financial statements previously reported by the company, and there are no changes to previously released financial results as a result of these matters, it created a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement would not have been prevented or detected on a timely basis during the year ended 31 March 2019.
While management has commenced the implementation of its remediation plans, these material weaknesses existed as of 31 March 2019.
Material weaknesses in IT General Controls and Risk Assessment Background to IT General Controls
We did not design and maintain effective controls over certain information systems that are relevant to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, principally including the following deficiencies:
| During the year, additional IT applications were brought into the scope of managements framework of internal control over financial reporting. These additional IT applications were not identified for inclusion in the scope of managements framework of internal control over financial reporting by our risk assessment procedures with sufficient time to allow the IT General Controls supporting these additional applications to operate in accordance with COSO 2013. |
| Within EE, SAP privileged user access was granted for short periods of time during the year ended 31 March 2019 related to development activity but logs of activity free from potential manipulation by these users were not retained and changes implemented by privileged users were not directly monitored. |
| While management have a process in place to approve changes to IT dependent business process controls, this process did not ensure that all changes during the year ended 31 March 2019 received an appropriate level of approval testing. |
Other deficiencies that management has identified in relation to IT General Controls include: the strength of passwords in legacy systems and an inappropriate policy related to the timely removal of application access for leavers.
Although these control deficiencies did not result in a misstatement in our consolidated financial statements the pervasive nature of these IT General Control deficiencies across our significant classes of transactions, including the consequential potential impact on automated controls and dependent manual business controls, has led management to conclude that a reasonable possibility of a material misstatement related to these IT General Controls existed as of 31 March 2019. While remediation activities related to the above IT General Control deficiencies commenced during the year ended 31 March 2019, management concluded that these were not fully remediated as of 31 March 2019.
Background to Risk Assessment
Secondly, we identified aspects of our risk assessment processes requiring remediation. Specifically:
| Management have not appropriately addressed the risks of material misstatement associated with certain outsourced service organisations, including pension asset valuation services and a significant IT outsourced provider. |
| Exceptions were noted during our enhancement programme and subsequent management testing that indicated that certain Information Produced by the Entity (being information presented in reports used in the operation of a control) was not itself subject to sufficient controls to ensure that such information was complete and accurate. |
96 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
General information continued
|
||
| Additionally, we identified sub-processes with inadequate identification and linkage between risk points and their related controls including management review controls. |
Although these control deficiencies did not result in a misstatement in our consolidated financial statements, as a result of the potentially pervasive impact of these deficiencies on our financial statement accounts, we have concluded that there is a reasonable possibility of material misstatements arising. While remediation activities related to the above issues commenced during the year ended 31 March 2019, management concluded that these issues were not remediated as of 31 March 2019.
Audit of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting
Our independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, who audited the consolidated financial statements included within the Form 20-F, has expressed an adverse report on the design and operating effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as stated in their report as of 31 March 2019, which is included within the Form 20-F.
Changes in internal control over financial reporting
Changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 2018/19, which have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting are described above under Remediation of material weakness in relation to the calculation of our IAS19 accounting valuation of retirement benefit obligations, on page 94, and in relation to the material weaknesses described under Material weaknesses in IT General Controls and Risk Assessment and related remediation thereof as described therein. To the extent not yet implemented, other changes described under Remediation of IT General Controls and Remediation of Risk Assessment are expected to impact our internal control over financial reporting during 2019/2020.
Disclosure controls and procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act), and the rules and regulations thereunder, is recorded, processed, summarised and reported within the time periods specified in the SECs rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive and chief financial officer to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognises that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgement and makes assumptions about the likelihood of future events. There can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions, regardless of how remote.
We have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon that evaluation, our chief executive and chief financial officer concluded that, as a result of the material weaknesses in relation to IT General Controls and Risk Assessment described above, as of 31 March 2019, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective to provide reasonable assurance
that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or furnish under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarised and reported, within the time periods specified in the applicable rules and forms.
Remediation of the Material weaknesses in IT General Controls and Risk Assessment
Remediation of IT General Controls
A programme has been operating since the beginning of the fourth quarter of 2018/19 to implement controls over the additionally identified applications to the required standard. We have detailed remediation plans for the other specific items identified which we intend to complete in our financial year 2019/20.
Remediation of Risk Assessment
A programme has been operating since the beginning of the fourth quarter of 2018/19 to document the mapping of risks in outsourced service organisations, to support the identification and testing of the completeness and accuracy of certain Information Produced by the Entity and to continue to document the identification and linkage between risk points and their related controls. It is intended that this will be completed in our financial year 2019/20.
UK internal control and risk management
The Board is responsible for the groups systems of internal control, risk management and assurance and for reviewing the effectiveness of those systems each year. These systems are designed to manage, rather than eliminate, risks we face that may prevent us achieving our business objectives; any system can provide only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss.
For details of our assessment of our internal controls for the purposes of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, see US Regulation on page 94. The Board also takes account of significant social, environmental and ethical matters that relate to BTs businesses, and reviews BTs corporate responsibility policy every year. We describe our workplace practices, specific environmental, social and ethical risks and opportunities, and details of underlying governance processes on pages 1 to 54 in the Strategic report.
We have enterprise-wide risk management processes for identifying, evaluating and managing the principal risks faced by the group. These processes have been in place throughout the year and have continued up to the date on which this document was approved. The processes are in accordance with the FRC guidance on risk management, internal control and related financial and business reporting.
Risk assessment and evaluation are an integral part of BTs annual strategic review cycle. We have a detailed risk management process which identifies the key risks facing the group, our customer-facing units and Technology.
The key features of our enterprise-wide risk management and internal control process (covering financial, operational and compliance controls) are as follows:
| senior executives collectively review the groups key risks, and have created a Group Risk Register describing the risks, their owners and associated mitigation strategies. The Group Risk |
97 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Panel and the Executive Committee reviews this before its reviewed and approved by the Board
| our customer-facing units and Technology carry out risk assessments of their operations, create risk registers relating to those operations and ensure that the key risks are addressed |
| senior executives with responsibility for major group operations report quarterly on their opinion on the effectiveness of the operation of internal controls in their areas of responsibility |
| the groups internal auditors carry out ongoing assessments of the quality of risk management and control, report to management and the Audit & Risk Committee on the status of specific areas identified for improvement, and promote effective risk management in customer-facing units and Technology |
| the Audit & Risk Committee, on behalf of the Board, considers the effectiveness of the groups internal control procedures during the financial year. It reviews reports from the internal and external auditors, and reports its conclusions to the Board. The Audit & Risk Committee has carried out these actions for 2018/19 |
| the Audit & Risk Committee, on behalf of the Board, reviews the effectiveness of risk management arrangements across the group. In support of this, the chief executive and the CEOs of each customer-facing unit and Technology or their delegates hold an annual review meeting. |
We have not included joint ventures and associates, which BT does not control, as part of the group risk management process. Third parties we enter into joint ventures with are responsible for their own internal control assessment.
We have set out our significant accounting policies on pages 120 to 121. The consistent application of those policies is subject to ongoing verification through management review and independent review by internal and external auditors.
The processes supporting the preparation and consolidation of the financial statements have been documented and are subject to annual verification through the programme of testing completed by our internal auditors. This serves to confirm the operation of internal controls over financial reporting, as well as compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Audit & Risk Committee reviews BTs published financial results, related disclosures and accounting judgements. The committees activities for 2018/19 are set out on pages 69 to 72.
Capital management and funding policy
The objective of our capital management policy is to target an overall level of debt consistent with our credit rating objectives, while investing in the business, supporting the pension fund and paying dividends.
The Board reviews the groups capital structure regularly. Management proposes actions which reflect the groups investment plans and risk characteristics, as well as the macro-economic conditions in which we operate.
Our funding policy is to raise and invest funds centrally to meet the groups anticipated requirements. We use a combination of capital
market bond issuance, commercial paper borrowing and committed borrowing facilities to fund the group. When issuing debt, in order to avoid refinancing risk, group treasury will take into consideration the maturity profile of the groups debt portfolio as well as forecast cash flows.
See note 27 to the consolidated financial statements for details of our treasury policy.
Financial instruments
Details of the groups financial risk management objectives, policies of the group and exposure to interest risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and foreign exchange are given in note 27 to the consolidated financial statements.
Credit risk management policy
We take proactive steps to minimise the impact of adverse market conditions on our financial instruments. In managing investments and derivative financial instruments, the groups central treasury function monitors the credit quality across treasury counterparties and actively manages any exposures that arise. Management within the business units also actively monitors any exposures arising from trading balances.
Off-balance sheet arrangements
Other than the financial commitments and contingent liabilities disclosed in note 30 to the consolidated financial statements, there are no off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future material effect on:
| our financial condition |
| changes in financial condition |
| revenues or expenses |
| results of operations |
| liquidity |
| capital expenditure |
| capital resources. |
Legal proceedings
The group is involved in various legal proceedings, including actual or threatened litigation and government or regulatory investigations. For further details of legal and regulatory proceedings to which the group is party please see note 30 to the consolidated financial statements on pages 171 to 172.
Apart from the information disclosed in note 30 to the consolidated financial statements, the group does not currently believe that there are any legal proceedings, government or regulatory investigations that may have a material adverse impact on the operations or financial condition of the group. In respect of each of the claims described in note 30, the nature and progression of such proceedings and investigations can make it difficult to predict the impact they will have on the group. Many factors prevent us from making these assessments with certainty, including that the proceedings or investigations are in early stages, no damages or remedies have been specified, and/or the frequently slow pace of litigation.
98 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
General information continued
|
||
Other information - Listing Rules
For the purposes of LR 9.8.4CR, the information required to be disclosed by LR 9.8.4R is on the following pages:
Section Information | Page | |||||
(1) Interest capitalised |
Not material for the group |
|
||||
(2) Publication of unaudited financial information |
Not applicable | |||||
(4) Details of unusual long-term incentive schemes |
86 | |||||
(5) Waiver of emoluments by a director |
Not applicable | |||||
(6) Waiver of future emoluments by a director |
Not applicable | |||||
(7) Non pre-emptive issues of equity for cash |
Not applicable | |||||
(8) Non pre-emptive issue by a major subsidiary undertaking |
Not applicable | |||||
(9) Parent participation in a placing by a listed subsidiary |
Not applicable | |||||
(10) Contracts of significance involving a director or controlling shareholder |
Not applicable | |||||
(11) Provision of services by a controlling shareholder |
Not applicable | |||||
(12) Shareholder waiver of dividends |
See below | |||||
(13) Shareholder waiver of future dividends |
See below | |||||
(14) Agreements with controlling shareholders |
Not applicable |
In respect of LR 9.8.4R (12) and (13), the Trustee of the BT Group Employee Share Ownership Trust agrees to waive dividends payable on the BT shares it holds for satisfying awards under various BT executive share plans. Under the rules of these share plans, the dividends are reinvested in BT shares that are added to the relevant share awards.
Other statutory information Companies Act 2006
Certain provisions of the 2006 Act require us to make additional disclosures. These are described on the pages listed below:
Information | Page | |||||
Structure of BTs share capital (including the rights and obligations attaching to the shares) | 113 and 98 to 99 | |||||
Restrictions on the transfer of BT shares and voting rights | 98 to 99 | |||||
Significant direct or indirect shareholdings | 65 | |||||
Appointment and replacement of directors | 63, 90 and 98 | |||||
Significant agreements to which BT Group plc is a party that take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control following a takeover | Not applicable | |||||
Branches | 177 to 184 |
The following disclosures are not covered elsewhere in this Annual Report:
| BT has two employee share ownership trusts that hold BT shares |
for satisfying awards under our various employee share plans. The Trustee of the BT Group Employee Share Investment Plan may invite participants, on whose behalf it holds shares, to direct it how to vote in respect of those shares. If there is an offer for the shares or other transaction that would lead to a change of control of BT, participants may direct the Trustee to accept the offer or agree to the transaction. In respect of shares held in the BT Group Employee Share Ownership Trust, the Trustee abstains from voting those shares |
| if there is an offer for the shares, the Trustee does not have to accept or reject the offer but will have regard to the interests of the participants, may consult them to obtain their views on the offer, and may otherwise take any action with respect to the offer it thinks fair |
| no person holds securities carrying special rights with regard to control of the company |
| the registrars must receive proxy appointment and voting instructions not less than 48 hours before a general meeting (see also pages 98 and 99) |
| any amendment of BTs Articles of Association requires shareholder approval in accordance with applicable legislation |
| the powers of BT directors are determined by UK legislation and the Articles of Association. The directors are authorised to issue and allot shares, and to undertake purchases of BT shares subject to shareholder approval at the AGM |
| we have no agreements with directors providing for compensation for loss of office or employment as a result of a takeover. Similarly, there is no provision for this in our standard employee contracts |
| we are not aware of any agreements between shareholders that may result in restrictions on the transfer of shares or on voting rights. |
Articles of Association
The companys current Articles of Association were adopted pursuant to a resolution passed at the Annual General Meeting of the company held on 15 July 2015 and contain, amongst others, provisions on the rights and obligations attaching to the companys shares. The Articles of Association may only be amended by special resolution at a general meeting of the shareholders.
Directors appointment and retirement
The companys Articles of Association regulate the appointment and removal of directors, as does the 2006 Act and related legislation. The Board and shareholders (by ordinary resolution) may appoint a person who is willing to be elected as a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director. At every annual general meeting, all directors must automatically retire. A retiring director is eligible for re-election. In addition to any power of removal under the 2006 Act, the shareholders can pass an ordinary resolution to remove a director.
Share rights
(a) Voting rights
Subject to the restrictions described below, on a show of hands, every shareholder present in person or by proxy at any general meeting has one vote and, on a poll, every shareholder present in person or by proxy has one vote for each share which they hold.
99 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Voting at any meeting of shareholders is by a show of hands unless a poll is demanded by the chairman of the meeting or by at least five shareholders at the meeting who are entitled to vote (or their proxies), or by one or more shareholders at the meeting who are entitled to vote (or their proxies) and who have, between them, at least 10% of the total votes of all shareholders who have the right to vote at the meeting.
No person is, unless the Board decides otherwise, entitled to attend or vote at any general meeting or to exercise any other right conferred by being a shareholder if they or any person appearing to be interested in those shares has been sent a notice under section 793 of the 2006 Act (which confers upon public companies the power to require information with respect to interests in their voting shares) and they or any interested person has failed to supply the company the information requested within 14 days after delivery of that notice. These restrictions end seven days after the earlier of the date the shareholder complies with the request satisfactorily or the company receives notice that there has been an approved transfer of the shares.
(b) Variation of rights
Whenever the share capital of the company is split into different classes of shares, the special rights attached to any of those classes can be varied or withdrawn either: (i) with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class; or (ii) with the consent in writing of the holders of at least 75% in nominal value of the issued shares of that class. The company can issue new shares and attach any rights and restrictions to them, as long as this is not restricted by special rights previously given to holders of any existing shares. Subject to this, the rights of new shares can take priority over the rights of existing shares, or existing shares can take priority over them, or the new shares and the existing shares can rank equally.
(c) Changes in capital
The company may by ordinary resolution: (i) divide all or any of its share capital into shares with a smaller nominal value; and (ii) consolidate and divide all or part of its share capital into shares of a larger nominal value. The company may also: (i) buy back its own shares; and (ii) by special resolution reduce its share capital, any capital redemption reserve and any share premium account.
Transfer of shares
Certificated shares of the company may be transferred in writing either by an instrument of transfer in the usual standard form or in another form approved by the Board. The transfer form must be signed or made effective by or on behalf of the person making the transfer. The person making the transfer will be treated as continuing to be the holder of the shares transferred until the name of the person to whom the shares are being transferred is entered in the register of members of the company. The Board may refuse to register any transfer of any share held in certificated form: (i) which is in favour of more than four joint holders; or (ii) unless the transfer form to be registered is properly stamped to show payment of any applicable stamp duty and delivered to the companys registered office or any other place the Board decide. The transfer must have with it: any other evidence which the Board asks for to prove that the person wanting to make the transfer is entitled to do this; and if the transfer form is executed by another person on behalf of the
person making the transfer, evidence of the authority of that person to do so. Transfers of uncertificated shares must be carried out using a relevant system (as defined in the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 (the Regulations)). The Board can refuse to register a transfer of an uncertificated share in the circumstances stated in the Regulations. If the Board decides not to register a transfer of a share, the Board must notify the person to whom that share was to be transferred giving reasons for its decision. This must be done as soon as possible and no later than two months after the company receives the transfer or instruction from the operator of the relevant system.
Political donations
Our policy is that no company in the group will make contributions in cash or in kind to any political party, whether by gift or loan. However, the definition of political donations used in the 2006 Act is very much broader than the sense in which these words are ordinarily used. For example, it could cover making members of parliament and others in the political world aware of key industry issues and matters affecting the company, enhancing their understanding of BT.
The authority for political donations requested at the AGM is not intended to change this policy. It will, however, ensure that the group continues to act within the provisions of the 2006 Act requiring companies to obtain shareholder authority before they make donations to EU political parties and/or political organisations as defined in the 2006 Act. During 2018/19, the companys wholly owned subsidiary, British Telecommunications plc, paid the costs of attending corporate days of (i) the Conservative party conference; (ii) the Labour party conference; and (iii) the Scottish National party conference. These costs totalled £4,616 (2017/18: £3,829). No company in the BT Group made any loans to any political party.
Cross reference to the Strategic report
In line with the 2006 Act, we have chosen to include the following information in the Strategic report (required by law to be included in the Report of the Directors):
| The final dividend proposed by the Board (page 13) |
| An indication of likely future developments in the business of the company (see the Strategic report on pages 1 to 54) |
| An indication of our R&D activities (pages 12 and 19) |
| Information about our people (pages 22 to 24) |
| Information about greenhouse gas emissions (pages 26 and 27). |
By order of the Board
Rachel Canham
Company Secretary & General Counsel, Governance
8 May 2019
100 | ||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||||
Detailed analysis of our statutory accounts,
independently audited and providing in-depth disclosure on the financial performance and position of the group. |
||||||
|
101 | |||||
|
110 | |||||
|
111 | |||||
|
112 | |||||
|
113 | |||||
|
114 | |||||
|
||||||
|
115 | |||||
|
118 | |||||
|
120 | |||||
Significant accounting policies that apply to the overall financial statements |
120 | |||||
|
122 | |||||
|
125 | |||||
|
128 | |||||
|
129 | |||||
|
130 | |||||
|
130 | |||||
|
132 | |||||
135 | ||||||
135 | ||||||
136 | ||||||
138 | ||||||
141 | ||||||
141 | ||||||
143 | ||||||
143 | ||||||
145 | ||||||
155 | ||||||
155 | ||||||
157 | ||||||
159 | ||||||
159 | ||||||
163 | ||||||
163 | ||||||
170 | ||||||
171 | ||||||
171 | ||||||
Financial statements of BT Group plc
|
|
173
|
|
|||
|
177 | |||||
185 |
101 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
Report of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm |
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
BT Group plc:
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying group balance sheet of BT Group plc and subsidiaries (the Company) as of 31 March 2019, the related group income statement, group statement of comprehensive income, group statement of changes in equity, and group cash flow statement for the year ended 31 March 2019, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of 31 March 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended 31 March 2019, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and IFRS as adopted by the European Union.
We also have audited the adjustments to the 2018 and 2017 consolidated financial statements to:
|
retrospectively apply the transfer of the Northern Ireland Networks business between reportable segments, as described in Notes 2, 5, and 8, |
|
retrospectively apply the reclassification of internal revenue generated by the Ventures business within the Enterprise segment, as described in Note 5, |
|
retrospectively apply the re-presentation of product costs and commissions; provision and installation; and marketing and sales; and other operating costs as described in Note 7, and |
|
retrospectively apply the re-presentation of disclosures required resulting from the adoption of IFRS 9, Financial Instruments, with respect to items designated as hedging instruments, as described in Note 27. |
In our opinion, such adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied. We were not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the 2018 or 2017 consolidated financial statements of the Company other than with respect to those adjustments and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on the 2018 or 2017 consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Companys internal control over financial reporting as of 31 March 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated May 8, 2019 expressed an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
Changes in Accounting Principles
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for revenue from contracts with customers in 2019 due to the adoption of IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , and its method of accounting for financial instruments in 2019 due to the adoption of IFRS 9, Financial Instruments .
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
We have served as the Companys auditor since 2018.
/s/ KPMG LLP
London, United Kingdom
8 May 2019
102 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm |
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
BT Group plc
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited BT Group plcs and subsidiaries (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weaknesses, described below, on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of March 31, 2019, the related group income statement, group statement of comprehensive income, group statement of changes in equity, and group cash flow statement for the year ended 31 March 2019, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated May 8, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the companys annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Material weaknesses related to General IT Controls and Risk Assessments have been identified and included in managements assessment.
The material weaknesses were considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2019 consolidated financial statements, and this report does not affect our report on those consolidated financial statements.
Basis for Opinion
The Companys management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Managements Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting as of March 31, 2019. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Companys internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ KPMG LLP
London, United Kingdom
May 8, 2019
110
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Year ended 31 March 2019 |
Notes |
Before specific items (Adjusted) £m |
Specific items a £m |
Total (Reported) £m |
|||||||||||||
Revenue |
5, 6 | 23,459 | (31 | ) | 23,428 | |||||||||||
Operating costs |
7 | (19,613 | ) | (394 | ) | (20,007 | ) | |||||||||
Operating profit (loss) |
5 | 3,846 | (425 | ) | 3,421 | |||||||||||
Finance expense |
26 | (651 | ) | (139 | ) | (790 | ) | |||||||||
Finance income |
34 | | 34 | |||||||||||||
Net finance expense |
(617 | ) | (139 | ) | (756 | ) | ||||||||||
Share of post tax profit (loss) of associates and joint ventures |
1 | | 1 | |||||||||||||
Profit (loss) before taxation |
3,230 | (564 | ) | 2,666 | ||||||||||||
Taxation |
11 | (619 | ) | 112 | (507 | ) | ||||||||||
Profit (loss) for the year |
2,611 | (452 | ) | 2,159 | ||||||||||||
Earnings per share |
12 | |||||||||||||||
Basic |
21.8p | |||||||||||||||
Diluted |
21.6p | |||||||||||||||
Year ended 31 March 2018
Notes |
Before specific items (Adjusted) £m |
Specific items a £m |
Total (Reported) £m |
|||||||||||||
Revenue |
5, 6 | 23,746 | (23 | ) | 23,723 | |||||||||||
Operating costs |
7 | (19,755 | ) | (587 | ) | (20,342 | ) | |||||||||
Operating profit (loss) |
5 | 3,991 | (610 | ) | 3,381 | |||||||||||
Finance expense |
26 | (558 | ) | (218 | ) | (776 | ) | |||||||||
Finance income |
12 | | 12 | |||||||||||||
Net finance expense |
(546 | ) | (218 | ) | (764 | ) | ||||||||||
Share of post tax profit (loss) of associates and joint ventures |
(1 | ) | | (1 | ) | |||||||||||
Profit (loss) before taxation |
3,444 | (828 | ) | 2,616 | ||||||||||||
Taxation |
11 | (671 | ) | 87 | (584 | ) | ||||||||||
Profit (loss) for the year |
2,773 | (741 | ) | 2,032 | ||||||||||||
Earnings per share |
12 | |||||||||||||||
Basic |
20.5p | |||||||||||||||
Diluted |
20.4p | |||||||||||||||
a |
For a definition of specific items, see page 185. An analysis of specific items is provided in note 10. |
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
111
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
Group income statement Year ended 31 March 2017 |
Notes |
Before specific items (Adjusted) £m |
Specific items a £m |
Total (Reported) £m |
|||||||||||||
Revenue |
5, 6 | 24,082 | (20 | ) | 24,062 | |||||||||||
Operating costs |
7 | (19,947 | ) | (948 | ) | (20,895 | ) | |||||||||
Operating profit (loss) |
5 | 4,135 | (968 | ) | 3,167 | |||||||||||
Finance expense |
26 | (607 | ) | (210 | ) | (817 | ) | |||||||||
Finance income |
13 | | 13 | |||||||||||||
Net finance expense |
(594 | ) | (210 | ) | (804 | ) | ||||||||||
Share of post tax profit (loss) of associates and joint ventures |
(9 | ) | | (9 | ) | |||||||||||
Profit (loss) before taxation |
3,532 | (1,178 | ) | 2,354 | ||||||||||||
Taxation |
11 | (663 | ) | 217 | (446 | ) | ||||||||||
Profit (loss) for the year |
2,869 | (961 | ) | 1,908 | ||||||||||||
Earnings per share |
12 | |||||||||||||||
Basic |
19.2p | |||||||||||||||
Diluted |
19.1p | |||||||||||||||
a |
For a definition of specific items, see page 185. An analysis of specific items is provided in note 10. |
Group statement of comprehensive income
Year ended 31 March
Notes |
2019 £m |
2018 (Restated) a £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||||
Profit for the year |
2,159 | 2,032 | 1,908 | |||||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) |
||||||||||||||
Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement |
||||||||||||||
Remeasurements of the net pension obligation |
20 | (2,102 | ) | 1,684 | (2,789 | ) | ||||||||
Tax on pension remeasurements |
11 | 384 | (263 | ) | 416 | |||||||||
Items that have been or may be reclassified to the income statement |
||||||||||||||
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations |
28 | 64 | (188 | ) | 237 | |||||||||
Fair value movements on available-for-sale assets |
28 | | 11 | (3 | ) | |||||||||
Fair value movements on assets at fair value through other comprehensive income |
28 | 3 | | | ||||||||||
Movements in relation to cash flow hedges: |
||||||||||||||
net fair value gains (losses) |
28 | 176 | (368 | ) | 884 | |||||||||
recognised in income and expense |
28 | (18 | ) | 277 | (938 | ) | ||||||||
Tax on components of other comprehensive income that have been or may be reclassified |
11, 28 | (41 | ) | 1 | 29 | |||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year, net of tax |
(1,534 | ) | 1,154 | (2,164 | ) | |||||||||
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year |
625 | 3,186 | (256 | ) | ||||||||||
a |
Certain results have been restated to reflect the update to the calculation of our IAS 19 accounting valuation of retirement benefit obligations. See note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. |
112
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
At 31 March |
Notes |
2019 £m |
2018 (Restated) a £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||||||
Non-current assets |
||||||||||||||||
Intangible assets |
14 | 14,385 | 14,447 | 15,029 | ||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment |
15 | 17,835 | 17,000 | 16,498 | ||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
27 | 1,481 | 1,312 | 1,818 | ||||||||||||
Investments |
23 | 54 | 53 | 44 | ||||||||||||
Associates and joint ventures |
47 | 38 | 31 | |||||||||||||
Trade and other receivables |
17 | 445 | 317 | 360 | ||||||||||||
Contract assets b |
6 | 249 | | | ||||||||||||
Deferred tax assets |
11 | 1,347 | 1,326 | 1,717 | ||||||||||||
35,843 | 34,493 | 35,497 | ||||||||||||||
Current assets |
||||||||||||||||
Programme rights |
16 | 310 | 272 | 264 | ||||||||||||
Inventories |
369 | 239 | 227 | |||||||||||||
Trade and other receivables |
17 | 3,222 | 4,014 | 3,835 | ||||||||||||
Contract assets b |
6 | 1,353 | | | ||||||||||||
Assets held for sale |
89 | | | |||||||||||||
Current tax receivable |
110 | 77 | 73 | |||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
27 | 111 | 197 | 428 | ||||||||||||
Investments |
23 | 3,214 | 3,022 | 1,520 | ||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
24 | 1,666 | 528 | 528 | ||||||||||||
10,444 | 8,349 | 6,875 | ||||||||||||||
Current liabilities |
||||||||||||||||
Loans and other borrowings |
25 | 2,100 | 2,281 | 2,632 | ||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
27 | 48 | 50 | 34 | ||||||||||||
Trade and other payables |
18 | 5,790 | 7,168 | 7,437 | ||||||||||||
Contract liabilities b |
6 | 1,225 | | | ||||||||||||
Current tax liabilities |
15 | 83 | 197 | |||||||||||||
Provisions |
19 | 424 | 603 | 625 | ||||||||||||
9,602 | 10,185 | 10,925 | ||||||||||||||
Total assets less current liabilities |
36,685 | 32,657 | 31,447 | |||||||||||||
Non-current liabilities |
||||||||||||||||
Loans and other borrowings |
25 | 14,776 | 11,994 | 10,081 | ||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
27 | 892 | 787 | 869 | ||||||||||||
Contract liabilities b |
6 | 200 | | | ||||||||||||
Retirement benefit obligations |
20 | 7,182 | 6,847 | 9,088 | ||||||||||||
Other payables |
18 | 1,479 | 1,326 | 1,298 | ||||||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
11 | 1,407 | 1,340 | 1,240 | ||||||||||||
Provisions |
19 | 582 | 452 | 536 | ||||||||||||
26,518 | 22,746 | 23,112 | ||||||||||||||
Equity |
||||||||||||||||
Share capital |
499 | 499 | 499 | |||||||||||||
Share premium |
1,051 | 1,051 | 1,051 | |||||||||||||
Own shares |
21 | (167 | ) | (186 | ) | (96 | ) | |||||||||
Merger reserve |
4,147 | 6,647 | 6,647 | |||||||||||||
Other reserves |
28 | 718 | 534 | 884 | ||||||||||||
Retained earnings |
3,919 | 1,366 | (650 | ) | ||||||||||||
Total equity |
10,167 | 9,911 | 8,335 | |||||||||||||
36,685 | 32,657 | 31,447 | ||||||||||||||
a |
Certain results have been restated to reflect the update to the calculation of our IAS 19 accounting valuation of retirement benefit obligations. See note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. |
b |
Contract assets and contract liabilities arise following adoption of IFRS 15 on 1 April 2018. See notes 1 and 2 to the consolidated financial statements. |
The consolidated financial statements on pages 110 to 184 were approved by the Board of Directors on 8 May 2019 and were signed on its behalf by:
Jan du Plessis Chairman |
Philip Jansen Chief Executive |
Simon Lowth Chief Financial Officer |
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
113
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
|
Notes |
Share capital a £m |
Share premium b £m |
Own shares c £m |
Merger reserve d £m |
Other reserves e £m |
Retained (loss) earnings (Restated) f £m |
Total equity (deficit) (Restated) £m |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
At 1 April 2016 |
499 | 1,051 | (115 | ) | 8,422 | 685 | (430 | ) | 10,112 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Profit for the year |
| | | | | 1,908 | 1,908 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) before tax |
| | | | 1,108 | (2,779 | ) | (1,671 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Tax on other comprehensive income (loss) |
11 | | | | | 29 | 416 | 445 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Transferred to the income statement |
| | | | (938 | ) | | (938 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year |
| | | | 199 | (455 | ) | (256 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Transfers to realised profit |
| | | (1,775 | ) | | 1,775 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends to shareholders |
13 | | | | | | (1,436 | ) | (1,436 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Share-based payments |
22 | | | | | | 57 | 57 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Tax on share-based payments |
11 | | | | | | (6 | ) | (6 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net buyback of own shares |
21 | | | 19 | | | (155 | ) | (136 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
At 1 April 2017 |
499 | 1,051 | (96 | ) | 6,647 | 884 | (650 | ) | 8,335 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Profit for the year |
| | | | | 2,032 | 2,032 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) before tax |
| | | | (545 | ) | 2,160 | 1,615 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Tax on other comprehensive income (loss) |
11 | | | | | 1 | (346 | ) | (345 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Transferred to the income statement |
| | | | 277 | | 277 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year |
| | | | (267 | ) | 3,846 | 3,579 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends to shareholders |
13 | | | | | | (1,524 | ) | (1,524 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Share-based payments |
22 | | | | | | 84 | 84 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Tax on share-based payments |
11 | | | | | | (2 | ) | (2 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net buyback of own shares |
21 | | | (90 | ) | | | (78 | ) | (168 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Transfer to realised profit |
| | | | (83 | ) | 83 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2018 as previously reported |
499 | 1,051 | (186 | ) | 6,647 | 534 | 1,759 | 10,304 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Pension restatement f |
| | | | | (393 | ) | (393 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2018 restated |
499 | 1,051 | (186 | ) | 6,647 | 534 | 1,366 | 9,911 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
IFRS opening balance adjustment g |
| | | | | 1,308 | 1,308 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Tax on IFRS opening balance adjustment g |
| | | | | (248 | ) | (248 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
At 1 April 2018 |
499 | 1,051 | (186 | ) | 6,647 | 534 | 2,426 | 10,971 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit for the year |
| | | | | 2,159 | 2,159 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) before tax |
| | | | 243 | (2,102 | ) | (1,859 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Tax on other comprehensive income (loss) |
11 | | | | | (41 | ) | 384 | 343 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Transferred to the income statement |
| | | | (18 | ) | | (18 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year |
| | | | 184 | 441 | 625 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends to shareholders |
13 | | | | | | (1,503 | ) | (1,503 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Unclaimed Dividend over 10 years |
| | | | | 14 | 14 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Share-based payments |
22 | | | | | | 67 | 67 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Tax on share-based payments |
11 | | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Net buyback of own shares |
21 | | | 19 | | | (23 | ) | (4 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Transfer to realised profit |
| | | (2,500 | ) | | 2,500 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Other movements |
| | | | | (3 | ) | (3 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2019 |
499 | 1,051 | (167 | ) | 4,147 | 718 | 3,919 | 10,167 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
a |
The allotted, called up, and fully paid ordinary share capital of BT Group plc at 31 March 2019 was £499m comprising 9,968,127,681 ordinary shares of 5p each (2018: £499m comprising 9,968,127,681 ordinary shares of 5p each). |
b |
The share premium account, comprising the premium on allotment of shares, is not available for distribution. |
c |
For further analysis of own shares, see note 21. |
d |
The merger reserve balance at 1 April 2016 includes £998m related to the group reorganisation that occurred in November 2001 and represented the difference between the nominal value of shares in the new parent company, BT Group plc, and the aggregate of the share capital, share premium account and capital redemption reserve of the prior parent company, British Telecommunications plc. In addition, on 29 January 2016, the company issued 1,594,900,429 ordinary shares of 5p at 470.7p per share. These shares were used as part consideration for the acquisition of EE. As a result of this transaction the merger reserve was credited with £7,424m net of £3m issue costs. Following settlement of intercompany loans by qualifying consideration of £1,775m (2016/17) and £2,500m (2018/19), equivalent balances were transferred from merger reserve to realised profit. |
e |
For further analysis of other reserves, see note 28. |
f |
Certain results have been restated to reflect the update to the calculation of our IAS 19 accounting valuation of retirement benefit obligations. See note 2 to the consoliated financial statements. |
g |
Opening retained earnings adjusted following adoption of IFRS 15 on 1 April 2018. See notes 1 and 2 to the consolidated financial statements. |
114
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Year ended 31 March |
Notes |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||||
Cash flow from operating activities |
||||||||||||||
Profit before taxation |
2,666 | 2,616 | 2,354 | |||||||||||
Share of post tax (profit) loss of associates and joint ventures |
(1 | ) | 1 | 9 | ||||||||||
Net finance expense |
756 | 764 | 804 | |||||||||||
Operating profit |
3,421 | 3,381 | 3,167 | |||||||||||
Other non-cash charges |
(112 | ) | 33 | 20 | ||||||||||
Loss (profit) on disposal of businesses |
5 | (1 | ) | (16 | ) | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortisation |
3,546 | 3,514 | 3,572 | |||||||||||
Increase in inventories |
(138 | ) | (14 | ) | (33 | ) | ||||||||
Decrease (increase) in programme rights |
49 | (34 | ) | (95 | ) | |||||||||
(Increase) decrease in trade and other receivables a |
(58 | ) | (156 | ) | 168 | |||||||||
Decrease in contract assets b |
15 | | | |||||||||||
Increase (decrease) in trade and other payables |
57 | (345 | ) | (152 | ) | |||||||||
Decrease in contract liabilities b |
(72 | ) | | | ||||||||||
Decrease in other liabilities c |
(1,934 | ) | (775 | ) | (307 | ) | ||||||||
(Decrease) increase in provisions |
(92 | ) | (203 | ) | 401 | |||||||||
Cash generated from operations |
4,687 | 5,400 | 6,725 | |||||||||||
Income taxes paid |
(431 | ) | (473 | ) | (551 | ) | ||||||||
Net cash inflow from operating activities |
4,256 | 4,927 | 6,174 | |||||||||||
Cash flow from investing activities |
||||||||||||||
Interest received |
23 | 7 | 7 | |||||||||||
Dividends received from associates and joint ventures |
| | 2 | |||||||||||
Acquisition of subsidiaries d |
| (16 | ) | 18 | ||||||||||
Proceeds on disposal of subsidiaries d , associates and joint ventures |
23 | 2 | 46 | |||||||||||
Acquisition of joint ventures |
(9 | ) | (9 | ) | (13 | ) | ||||||||
Proceeds on disposal of current financial assets e |
12,887 | 11,134 | 10,834 | |||||||||||
Purchases of current financial assets e |
(13,088 | ) | (12,629 | ) | (9,411 | ) | ||||||||
Proceeds on disposal of non-current asset investments f |
1 | 19 | | |||||||||||
Purchases of non-current asset investments |
| | (22 | ) | ||||||||||
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment |
41 | 21 | 26 | |||||||||||
Purchases of property, plant and equipment and software |
(3,678 | ) | (3,362 | ) | (3,145 | ) | ||||||||
Net cash outflow from investing activities |
(3,800 | ) | (4,833 | ) | (1,658 | ) | ||||||||
Cash flow from financing activities |
||||||||||||||
Equity dividends paid |
(1,504 | ) | (1,523 | ) | (1,435 | ) | ||||||||
Interest paid |
(531 | ) | (555 | ) | (629 | ) | ||||||||
Repayment of borrowings g |
(1,423 | ) | (1,401 | ) | (1,805 | ) | ||||||||
Proceeds from bank loans and bonds |
3,972 | 3,760 | 3 | |||||||||||
Cash flows from derivatives related to net debt |
124 | (188 | ) | 119 | ||||||||||
Repayment of acquisition facility |
| | (181 | ) | ||||||||||
Repayment of EE revolving credit facility |
| | (438 | ) | ||||||||||
Proceeds from issue of own shares |
5 | 53 | 70 | |||||||||||
Repurchase of ordinary share capital |
(9 | ) | (221 | ) | (206 | ) | ||||||||
Net cash inflow (outflow) from financing activities |
634 | (75 | ) | (4,502 | ) | |||||||||
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents |
1,090 | 19 | 14 | |||||||||||
Opening cash and cash equivalents h |
499 | 511 | 459 | |||||||||||
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents |
1,090 | 19 | 14 | |||||||||||
Effect of exchange rate changes |
5 | (31 | ) | 38 | ||||||||||
Closing cash and cash equivalents h |
24 | 1,594 | 499 | 511 | ||||||||||
a |
Includes a prepayment of £nil (2017/18: £325m, 2016/17: £nil) in respect of the acquisition of Spectrum. |
b |
Contract assets and contract liabilities arise following adoption of IFRS 15 on 1 April 2018. See notes 1 and 2 to the consolidated financial statements. |
c |
Includes pension deficit payments of £2,024m (2017/18: £872m, 2016/17: £274m). |
d |
Acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries are shown net of cash acquired or disposed of and in 2017 included £20m true-up of consideration following the audit of the completion balance sheet relating to the acquisition of EE. |
e |
Primarily consists of investment in and redemption of amounts held in liquidity funds. |
f |
Relates to sale of fair value through equity investment in 2018/19 and assets held for sale classified within trade and other receivables in 2017/18. |
g |
Repayment of borrowings includes the impact of hedging and repayment of lease liabilities. |
h |
Net of bank overdrafts of £72m (2017/18: £29m, 2016/17: £17m). |
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
115
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
|
Preparation of the financial statements
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies using International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and International Accounting Standards (IAS) and IFRS and related interpretations, as adopted by the European Union. The consolidated financial statements are also in compliance with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (the IASB) and interpretations as issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee. The consolidated financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis.
These financial statements consolidate BT Group plc, the parent company, and its subsidiaries (together the group, us, we or our).
The consolidated financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis, except for certain financial and equity instruments that have been measured at fair value. The consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling, the functional currency of BT Group plc.
New and amended accounting standards effective during the year
The following standards have been adopted during the year and have a significant impact on the financial statements.
IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers
Background
IFRS 15 sets out the requirements for recognising revenue and costs from contracts with customers and includes extensive disclosure requirements. It replaced IAS 18 Revenue and related interpretations. The standard requires us to apportion revenue earned from contracts to individual promises, or performance obligations, on a relative stand-alone selling price basis, based on a five-step model.
Transition
We chose to adopt IFRS 15 using the cumulative effect method. Under this transition method:
|
the standard has been applied only to contracts in progress but not completed as at 1 April 2018 |
|
for contracts that were modified before 1 April 2018, the aggregate effect of all of the modifications that occurred before this date are reflected as at 1 April 2018 |
|
prior year comparatives have not been restated for the effect of IFRS 15 and continue to be reported under IAS 18. Instead our 1 April 2018 opening retained earnings have been adjusted for the full cumulative impact of adopting the standard. |
Financial Impact
In the prior year Annual Report we estimated that the likely impact on transition at 1 April 2018 would produce a cumulative increase in retained earnings of between £1.1bn and £1.5bn before tax. The actual increase of £1.3bn before tax (£1.1bn
after tax) has primarily been recorded as a contract asset and has led to an additional one-off cash tax payment equally split between 2018/19 and 2019/20.
The cumulative increase in retained earnings is mainly due to the acceleration of handset revenues and, to a lesser extent, deferral of costs, notably third-party contract acquisition costs primarily associated with post pay contracts.
The financial impact of each business area is as follows:
|
Under our previous accounting policy, mobile handset revenue was recognised based on the amount the customer pays for the handset when it is delivered to the customer. Generally mobile handsets are either provided free or for a small upfront charge. Under IFRS 15, additional revenue is allocated to the mobile handset at the start of the contract. This is calculated with reference to its relative standalone value within the contract, regardless of the contract pricing. For each mobile handset contract, the revenue recognition profile changes with greater day one recognition of revenue for the handset and a corresponding reduction in ongoing mobile service revenue over the contract period. The difference between the mobile handset revenue recognised and the amounts charged to the customer has been recognised as a contract asset. Over time, we expect the contract asset generated to remain at similar levels as old contracts expire and new ones are signed. However, we will see short-term volatility, for example around key handset launches. This primarily impacted Consumer, and to a lesser extent, mobile handset revenues in Enterprise in respect of the legacy EE business division. There is a similar effect in respect of subsidised equipment although this had a less significant impact due to its lower relative standalone value. |
|
Previously, sales commissions and other third-party acquisition costs resulting directly from securing contracts with customers were expensed when incurred. Under IFRS 15, these costs are recognised as an asset, and amortised over the period in which the corresponding benefit is received, resulting in earlier profit recognition. The impact is greatest in Consumer in respect of third-party acquisition costs partially associated with post-pay contracts. |
|
The above two impacts are partly offset by the change in accounting for connections revenue. Previously, the group recognised connections revenue upon performance of the connection activity. Under IFRS 15, connections revenue is deferred and recognised on a straight-line basis over the associated line/circuit contractual period. This means that revenue and profits are recognised later. On transition this created a contract liability as revenue and profits are deferred to future periods. Openreach and Enterprise deliver the majority of this service and therefore experienced the majority of the impact. Over time, this liability is expected to remain at similar levels as old contracts expire and new ones are signed. |
|
We will provide for expected lifetime losses on contract assets as required by IFRS 9 as set out below. |
|
The IFRS 15 impact on other areas was not material. This included certain contract fulfilment costs which are recognised as an asset and amortised over the period in which benefit is received and certain expenses that are recognised as a deduction from revenue. |
116
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
1. Basis of preparation continued
The impact of the adoption of IFRS 15 on opening retained earnings at 1 April 2018 is shown in note 2. The following tables show, for the year ended 31 March 2019, the impact had the IFRS 15 standard not been adopted on the financial statement line items affected for the income statement and balance sheet. There was no net impact on the key cash flow captions (net cash flow from operating activities, net cash flow from investing activities or net cash flow from financing activities).
Group income statement
Year ended 31 March 2019 |
As
(IFRS 15) £m |
Adjustments £m |
Without
(IAS 18) £m |
|||||||||
Revenue |
23,428 | (252 | ) | 23,176 | ||||||||
Operating costs |
(20,007 | ) | 1 | (20,006 | ) | |||||||
Operating profit |
3,421 | (251 | ) | 3,170 | ||||||||
Profit before tax |
2,666 | (251 | ) | 2,415 | ||||||||
Tax |
(507 | ) | 48 | (459 | ) | |||||||
Profit for the year |
2,159 | (203 | ) | 1,956 | ||||||||
Earnings per share basic |
21.8p | (2.1p | ) | 19.7p | ||||||||
Earnings per share diluted |
21.6p | (2.0p | ) | 19.6p | ||||||||
Group balance sheet
As at 31 March 2019 |
As
(IFRS 15) £m |
Adjustments £m |
Without
(IAS 18) £m |
|||||||||
Non-current assets |
||||||||||||
Contract assets |
249 | (249 | ) | | ||||||||
Trade and other receivables |
445 | (149 | ) | 296 | ||||||||
Current assets |
||||||||||||
Contract assets |
1,353 | (1,353 | ) | | ||||||||
Trade and other receivables |
3,222 | 180 | 3,402 | |||||||||
Current tax receivable |
110 | 296 | 406 | |||||||||
Current liabilities |
||||||||||||
Trade and other payables |
5,790 | 1,313 | 7,103 | |||||||||
Contract liabilities |
1,225 | (1,225 | ) | | ||||||||
Total assets less current liabilities |
36,685 | (1,363 | ) | 35,322 | ||||||||
Non-current liabilities |
||||||||||||
Other payables |
1,479 | 102 | 1,581 | |||||||||
Contract liabilities |
200 | (200 | ) | | ||||||||
Equity |
||||||||||||
Retained earnings |
3,919 | (1,265 | ) | 2,654 | ||||||||
Total equity and non-current liabilities |
36,685 | (1,363 | ) | 35,322 | ||||||||
Disclosures
IFRS 15 requires additional disclosures in our Annual Report. To reflect these expanded requirements we have added a dedicated revenue note (note 6). The key disclosure changes are as follows:
|
we have changed our revenue disclosures to comply with the requirements to disaggregate revenue recognised from contracts with customers into categories that depict how the |
nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and associated cash flows are affected by economic factors |
|
we have provided further detail around contract balances and their movements in the year |
|
we have provided an aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to performance obligations that are unsatisfied as at the end of the reporting period and an explanation of when these are expected to be recognised as revenue. |
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments
IFRS 9 sets out requirements for classification, measurement, impairment and de-recognition of financial assets and liabilities, and includes a new hedge accounting model. It replaces IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. The standard has not had a material impact on our results, with the key impacts set out below.
Impairment of financial assets
We have revised the methodologies we use to impair financial assets to reflect the forward-looking expected credit loss model introduced by IFRS 9, in contrast to the backward-looking incurred credit loss model used under IAS 39. As a result we now recognise a loss allowance for all expected credit losses on initial recognition of financial assets, including trade receivables and the contract assets recognised on transition to IFRS 15. Providing for loss allowances on our existing financial assets has not had a material impact on the financial statements.
Classification of financial instruments
IFRS 9 introduces new categories of financial instrument: fair value through profit and loss, fair value through other comprehensive income, and amortised cost. These replace the IAS 39 categories of fair value through profit and loss, available-for-sale, loans and receivables, and held-to-maturity.
We have reclassified our financial instruments based on these new categories. Certain investments in liquidity funds, disclosed in note 23, were classified as available-for-sale under IAS 39 but have been reclassified to amortised cost under IFRS 9, because they are held to collect contractual cash flows. All other financial instruments classified as available-for-sale under IAS 39, including all equity instruments, have been reclassified as fair value through other comprehensive income under IFRS 9. All financial instruments previously classified as loans and receivables and held-to-maturity under IAS 39 have been reclassified as amortised cost under IFRS 9, and the classification of all instruments classified as fair value through profit and loss under IAS 39 is unchanged under IFRS 9.
Reclassification of liquidity fund investments has not had a material impact on the accounting as they are short-term in nature and amortised cost can reasonably be expected to equate to fair value. The reclassifications have not changed the accounting for any other instruments and therefore their carrying amounts are unchanged under IFRS 9.
Hedging
We have chosen to adopt the IFRS 9 hedge accounting requirements because they enable us to align our hedge accounting more closely with our risk management activities in
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
117
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
1. Basis of preparation continued
the future. Adoption of the revised requirements has had no impact on the effectiveness of our existing hedges, however, it has been necessary for us to revise hedge documentation to ensure compliance with enhanced IFRS 9 documentation requirements.
We have taken the exemption not to restate comparative information for prior periods with respect to classification and measurement requirements, including the move to the expected credit loss model. Consequently, we have not restated prior period comparatives on adoption of IFRS 9.
Other standards
The following amended standards and interpretations were also effective during the year, however, they have not had a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
|
Classification and Measurement of Share-based Payment Transactions (Amendments to IFRS 2). |
|
Applying IFRS 9 Financial Instruments with IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts (Amendments to IFRS 4). |
|
Transfers of investment property (Amendments to IAS 40). |
|
Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 20142016 Cycle various standards. |
|
IFRIC 22 Foreign currency transactions and advance consideration. |
New and amended accounting standards that have been issued but are not yet effective
IFRS 16 Leases is effective for the accounting period starting 1 April 2019 and will have a material impact on our financial statements.
Background
IFRS 16 was published in January 2016 and replaces IAS 17 Leases and related interpretations. The standard requires lessees to recognise a right-of-use asset and lease liability for all leases meeting the lease definition set out by the standard unless certain exemptions are available. Accounting for lessors is largely unchanged.
Transition
We will adopt IFRS 16 on a modified retrospective basis. On transition, remaining payments payable under lease arrangements will be discounted using an appropriate incremental borrowing rate and recognised as lease liabilities. Right-of-use assets will be recognised equivalent to the lease liability, adjusted for any pre-existing prepaid lease payments, accrued lease expenses, and related onerous lease and decommissioning provisions.
We will recognise the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings at 1 April 2019, ie the date of initial application. Results in the 2019/20 financial year will be reported under IFRS 16 and the Annual Report 2020 will be the first Annual Report to include the results on this basis.
We have made significant progress in implementing the standard. A cross-functional project team has been engaged in identifying arrangements in scope of IFRS 16, determining appropriate accounting policies and judgements, and implementing a system solution capable of quantifying the impact of the standard and processing accounting entries on a business-as-usual basis.
Practical expedients and judgements
We have elected to make use of the following practical expedients and exemptions available under IFRS 16:
|
low-value leases and short-term leases will be excluded from IFRS 16 accounting, ie they will be accounted for in the same manner as operating leases currently are |
|
onerous lease provisions in existence at the date of initial adoption will be derecognised and applied against the corresponding right-of-use asset as a proxy for impairment |
|
leases of intangible assets such as software licenses will continue to be accounted for under IAS 38 Intangible Assets |
|
where we are lessee in a contract containing both lease components and non-lease components, we will account for the arrangement as though it comprises a single lease component |
|
initial direct costs will be excluded when measuring the right-of-use asset |
|
hindsight will be used when assessing the lease term. |
Anticipated impact
BT as lessee
All arrangements previously disclosed as operating lease commitments will now be recognised on the balance sheet. A key driver will be groups portfolio of leased land and buildings, the majority of which is currently recognised off balance sheet following a sale and operating leaseback transaction in 2001. Cell and switch site leases represent another material element, due to the long lease terms associated with these arrangements.
On the basis of progress made in implementing the standard, we expect the following impact on adoption:
|
lease liabilities of between £5.6bn £6.6bn will be recognised as a result of bringing operating lease commitments onto the balance sheet. Corresponding right-of-use assets will be recognised, adjusted for accrued lease payments and provisions currently recognised as liabilities. We do not anticipate a material impact on retained earnings due to the transition options selected |
|
the increase in liabilities will have a corresponding impact on net debt and gearing ratios |
|
depreciation expense and interest expense will replace the current operating lease expense, resulting in increased EBITDA |
|
profit after tax will see a reduction in the periods immediately following transition to IFRS 16, driven by interest expense charged in respect of the new leases being frontloaded when compared to the previous straight-line operating lease expense |
|
within the cash flow statement, lease payments will now be presented within cash flows from operating activities and cash flows from financing activities in respect of depreciation and interest expense respectively. The timing of cash flows will remain unchanged. |
BT as lessor
Lessor accounting is substantially unchanged under IFRS 16 and we do not expect the standard to have a material impact on the accounting for arrangements currently identified as leases. However, last mile arrangements provided by Openreach to communications providers and currently accounted for as service contracts meet the revised IFRS 16 lease definition, with Openreach as lessor.
Connection fees received will now be deferred over the lease term, which is longer than the current contractual deferral period as it also covers the duration that we are reasonably certain that communications providers will retain the use of the line beyond the contractual period. We have determined that this is six months for all last mile arrangements with the exception of
118
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
1. Basis of preparation continued
FTTP, which is unchanged. Additional deferred income will be recognised in respect of active arrangements at the transition date, with a corresponding adjustment to retained earnings. This is not expected to have a material impact on the balance sheet or income statement.
Other standards
The following standards and interpretations are applicable in future periods but are not expected to have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.
|
IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Tax Treatments |
|
IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts |
Presentation of specific items
Our income statement and segmental analysis separately identify trading results before specific items (adjusted). The directors believe that presentation of our results in this way is relevant to an understanding of our financial performance, as specific items are identified by virtue of their size, nature or incidence.
This presentation is consistent with the way that financial performance is measured by management and reported to the Board and the Executive Committee and assists in providing a meaningful analysis of our trading results. In determining whether an event or transaction is specific, management considers quantitative as well as qualitative factors such as the frequency or predictability of occurrence.
Furthermore, we consider a columnar presentation to be appropriate, as it improves the clarity of the presentation and is consistent with the way that financial performance is measured by management and reported to the Board and the Executive Committee.
Specific items may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. Examples of charges or credits meeting the above definition and which have been presented as specific items in the current and/or prior years include acquisitions/disposals of businesses and investments, regulatory settlements, historical insurance or litigation claims, business restructuring programmes, asset impairment charges, property rationalisation programmes, net interest on pensions and the settlement of multiple tax years. In the event that other items meet the criteria, which are applied consistently from year to year, they are also treated as specific items.
Specific items for the current and prior years are disclosed in note 10.
2. Prior year restatement and opening balance adjustments
Revision of segment results
During the year we reduced the number of our customer-facing units with a corresponding impact on reportable segments. Our BT Consumer and EE customer-facing units were brought together on 1 April 2018, and our Business and Public Sector and Wholesale and Ventures customer-facing units were combined on
1 October 2018. The group now has four customer-facing units:
|
Consumer (formerly BT Consumer and EE) |
|
Enterprise (formerly Business and Public Sector and Wholesale and Ventures) |
|
Global Services |
|
Openreach. |
During the year we also transferred our Northern Ireland Networks business from Enterprise to Openreach.
Where appropriate, comparative results for all four customer-facing units have been revised to be presented on a consistent basis. This affects the segment information and employees disclosures. See notes 5 and 8 respectively.
Restatement of previously issued financial statements for IAS 19 accounting valuation of retirement benefit obligations
On 27 July 2018 we announced that we had been alerted to an error made by our independent external actuary in the actuarys calculation of our IAS 19 accounting valuation of retirement benefit obligations at 31 March 2018. Our independent external actuary is employed as an expert to calculate the IAS 19 accounting valuation on behalf of management. The error resulted from the incorrect application of changes to demographic assumptions. Management determined that the error was material with respect to the statement of comprehensive income and would require us to restate the previously issued consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2018.
The accounting error understated the net pension obligation, after tax, at 31 March 2018 by £393m (£476m gross of deferred tax) and overstated total equity in the balance sheet by £393m. The re-measurement gain of the net pension obligation recorded within the statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 March 2018 was overstated by £476m and tax expense on the pension re-measurement was overstated by £83m.
The error has no effect on the income statement or the cash flow statement or any amounts included in the financial statements for the year ending 31 March 2017. It also has no effect on the 2017 triennial funding valuation of the BT Pension Scheme, associated cash contributions or on the pension scheme members.
Opening balance adjustments resulting from the implementation of IFRS 15 and IFRS 9
The transition methods we have chosen in applying IFRS 9 and IFRS 15 mean we do not restate comparative information for the impact of these standards. We have instead adjusted the 1 April 2018 balance sheet to reflect the impact on opening retained earnings of recognition of the IFRS 15 contract asset and liability, and for the IFRS 9 expected loss allowance.
Impact of restatement and opening balance adjustments
Set out below is the impact of these items on the group statement of comprehensive income and balance sheet. They are reflected in the group statement of changes in equity as presented on page 113.
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
119
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
2. Prior year restatement and opening balance adjustments continued
Group statement of comprehensive income
Year ended
2018 (as published) £m |
Pension restatement £m |
Year ended
2018 (restated) £m |
||||||||||
Profit for the period |
2,032 | | 2,032 | |||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) |
||||||||||||
Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement: |
||||||||||||
Remeasurements of the net pension obligation |
2,160 | (476 | ) | 1,684 | ||||||||
Tax on pension remeasurements |
(346 | ) | 83 | (263 | ) | |||||||
Items that have been or may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement: |
||||||||||||
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations |
(188 | ) | | (188 | ) | |||||||
Fair value movements on available-for-sale assets |
11 | | 11 | |||||||||
Movements in relation to cash flow hedges: |
| |||||||||||
net fair value (losses) gains |
(368 | ) | | (368 | ) | |||||||
recognised in income and expense |
277 | | 277 | |||||||||
Tax on components of other comprehensive income that have been or may be reclassified |
1 | | 1 | |||||||||
Other comprehensive profit (loss) for the period, net of tax |
1,547 | (393 | ) | 1,154 | ||||||||
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the period |
3,579 | (393 | ) | 3,186 | ||||||||
Group balance sheet
At 31 March 2018 (as published) £m |
Pension restatement £m |
At 31 March 2018 (restated) £m |
IFRS 9 &
15
adjustment £m |
At 1 April 2018 £m |
||||||||||||||||
Non-current assets |
||||||||||||||||||||
Intangible assets |
14,447 | | 14,447 | | 14,447 | |||||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment |
17,000 | | 17,000 | | 17,000 | |||||||||||||||
Trade and other receivables |
317 | | 317 | 114 | 431 | |||||||||||||||
Contract assets |
| | | 198 | 198 | |||||||||||||||
Deferred tax assets |
1,243 | 83 | 1,326 | | 1,326 | |||||||||||||||
Other non-current assets |
1,403 | | 1,403 | | 1,403 | |||||||||||||||
34,410 | 83 | 34,493 | 312 | 34,805 | ||||||||||||||||
Current assets |
||||||||||||||||||||
Trade and other receivables |
4,014 | | 4,014 | (337 | ) | 3,677 | ||||||||||||||
Contract assets |
| | | 1,417 | 1,417 | |||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
528 | | 528 | | 528 | |||||||||||||||
Other current assets |
3,807 | | 3,807 | | 3,807 | |||||||||||||||
8,349 | | 8,349 | 1,080 | 9,429 | ||||||||||||||||
Current liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and other borrowings |
2,281 | | 2,281 | | 2,281 | |||||||||||||||
Trade and other payables |
7,168 | | 7,168 | (1,409 | ) | 5,759 | ||||||||||||||
Contract liabilities |
| | | 1,406 | 1,406 | |||||||||||||||
Current tax liabilities |
83 | | 83 | 248 | 331 | |||||||||||||||
Other current liabilities |
653 | | 653 | | 653 | |||||||||||||||
10,185 | | 10,185 | 245 | 10,430 | ||||||||||||||||
Total assets less current liabilities |
32,574 | 83 | 32,657 | 1,147 | 33,804 | |||||||||||||||
Non-current liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and other borrowings |
11,994 | | 11,994 | | 11,994 | |||||||||||||||
Contract liabilities |
| | | 87 | 87 | |||||||||||||||
Retirement benefit obligations |
6,371 | 476 | 6,847 | | 6,847 | |||||||||||||||
Other non-current liabilities |
3,905 | | 3,905 | | 3,905 | |||||||||||||||
22,270 | 476 | 22,746 | 87 | 22,833 | ||||||||||||||||
Equity |
||||||||||||||||||||
Share capital |
499 | | 499 | | 499 | |||||||||||||||
All other reserves |
8,046 | | 8,046 | | 8,046 | |||||||||||||||
Retained earnings |
1,759 | (393 | ) | 1,366 | 1,060 | 2,426 | ||||||||||||||
Total equity |
10,304 | (393 | ) | 9,911 | 1,060 | 10,971 | ||||||||||||||
32,574 | 83 | 32,657 | 1,147 | 33,804 | ||||||||||||||||
120
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
3. Critical accounting estimates and key judgements
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of accounting estimates and assumptions. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying our accounting policies. We continually evaluate our estimates, assumptions and judgements based on available information and experience. As the use of estimates is inherent in financial reporting, actual results could differ from these estimates. Management has discussed its critical accounting estimates and associated disclosures with the Audit and Risk Committee . The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity are described in the applicable notes to the financial statements. Critical accounting estimates and key judgements can be identified throughout the notes by the following symbol .
We have the following critical accounting estimates (E) and key judgements (J):
|
Current and deferred income tax, see note 11 (E, J). |
|
Goodwill impairment, see note 14 (E, J). |
|
Government grants relating to Broadband Delivery UK (BDUK) contracts, see note 15 (J). |
|
Provisions and contingent liabilities, see note 19 (E, J). |
|
Pension obligations, see note 20 (E, J). |
4. Significant accounting policies that apply to the overall financial statements
The significant accounting policies applied in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements are set out below. Other significant accounting policies applicable to a particular area are disclosed in the most relevant note. We have applied all policies consistently to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.
Basis of consolidation
The group financial statements consolidate the financial statements of BT Group plc and its subsidiaries, and include its share of the results of associates and joint ventures using the equity method of accounting. The group recognises its direct rights to (and its share of) jointly held assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of joint operations under the appropriate headings in the consolidated financial statements.
All business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets are acquired. No material acquisitions were made in the year.
A subsidiary is an entity that is controlled by another entity, known as the parent or investor. An investor controls an investee when the investor is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee.
Non-controlling interests in the net assets of consolidated subsidiaries, which consist of the amounts of those interests at the date of the original business combination and non-controlling share of changes in equity since the date of the combination, are not material to the groups financial statements.
The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are consolidated from and up to the date of change of control. Where necessary, accounting policies of subsidiaries have been aligned with the policies adopted by the group. All intra-group transactions including any gains or losses, balances, income or expenses are eliminated in full on consolidation.
When the group loses control of a subsidiary, the profit or loss on disposal is calculated as the difference between (i) the aggregate of the fair value of the consideration received and the fair value of any retained interest and (ii) the previous carrying amount of the assets (including goodwill), and liabilities of the subsidiary and any non-controlling interests. The profit or loss on disposal is recognised as a specific item.
Inventories
Network maintenance equipment and equipment to be sold to customers are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value, taking into account expected revenue from the sale of packages comprising a mobile handset and a subscription. Cost corresponds to purchase or production cost determined by either the first in first out (FIFO) or average cost method.
Government grants
Government grants are recognised when there is reasonable assurance that the conditions associated with the grants have been complied with and the grants will be received.
Grants for the purchase or production of property, plant and equipment are deducted from the cost of the related assets and reduce future depreciation expense accordingly. Grants for the reimbursement of operating expenditure are deducted from the related category of costs in the income statement. Estimates and judgements applied in accounting for government grants received in respect of the BDUK programme and other rural superfast broadband contracts are described in note 15.
Once a government grant is recognised, any related deferred income is treated in accordance with IAS 20 Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance.
Foreign currencies
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transaction. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of transactions and the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at period end exchange rates are recognised in the income statement line which most appropriately reflects the nature of the item or transaction.
On consolidation, assets and liabilities of foreign undertakings are translated into sterling at year end exchange rates. The results of foreign undertakings are translated into sterling at average rates of exchange for the year (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effects of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions). Foreign exchange differences arising on the retranslation of foreign undertakings are recognised directly in a separate component of equity, the translation reserve.
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
121
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
4. Significant accounting policies that apply to the overall financial statements continued
In the event of the disposal of an undertaking with assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency, the cumulative translation difference associated with the undertaking in the translation reserve is charged or credited to the gain or loss on disposal recognised in the income statement.
Research and development
Research expenditure is recognised in the income statement in the period in which it is incurred. Development expenditure, including the cost of internally developed software, is recognised in the income statement in the period in which it is incurred unless it is probable that economic benefits will flow to the group from the asset being developed, the cost of the asset can be reliably measured and technical feasibility can be demonstrated, in which case it is capitalised as an intangible asset on the balance sheet.
Capitalisation ceases when the asset being developed is ready for use. Research and development costs include direct and indirect labour, materials and directly attributable overheads.
Leases
Under IAS 17, the determination of whether an arrangement is, or contains, a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement and requires an assessment of whether the fulfilment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets and whether the arrangement conveys the right to use the asset.
Leases of property, plant and equipment where we hold substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. Finance lease assets are capitalised at the commencement of the lease term at the lower of the present value of the minimum lease payments or the fair value of the leased asset. The obligations relating to finance leases, net of finance charges in respect of future periods, are recognised as liabilities. Leases are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
Leases where a significant portion of the risks and rewards are held by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Rentals are charged to the income statement on a straight line basis over the period of the lease.
Termination benefits
Termination benefits (leaver costs) are payable when employment is terminated before the normal retirement date, or when an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. We recognise termination benefits when they are demonstrably committed to the affected employees leaving the group.
122
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
Significant accounting policies that apply to segment information
Operating and reportable segments
Our operating segments are reported based on financial information provided to the Executive Committee, which is the key management committee and represents the chief operating decision maker.
Our organisational structure reflects the different customer groups to which we provide communications products and services via our customer-facing units: Consumer, Enterprise, Global Services and Openreach. The customer-facing units are supported by an internal service unit, Technology, and corporate units including procurement and property management.
The customer-facing units are our reportable segments and generate substantially all of our revenue. Technology and the groups corporate units are not reportable segments as they did not meet the quantitative thresholds as set out in IFRS 8 Operating Segments for any of the years presented.
We aggregate the remaining operations and include within the Other category to reconcile to the consolidated results of the group. The Other category includes unallocated Technology costs and our corporate units.
Allocation of certain items to segments
Provisions for the settlement of significant legal, commercial and regulatory disputes, which are negotiated at a group level, are initially recorded in the Other segment. On resolution of the dispute, the full impact is recognised in the results of the relevant customer-facing unit and offset in the group results through the utilisation of the provision previously charged to the Other segment. Settlements which are particularly significant or cover more than one financial year may fall within the definition of specific items as detailed in note 10.
The costs incurred by Technology and corporate units are recharged to the customer-facing units to reflect the services it provides to them. Depreciation and amortisation incurred by Technology in relation to the networks and systems it manages and operates on behalf of the customer-facing units is allocated to the customer-facing units based on their respective utilisation. Capital expenditure incurred by Technology for specific projects undertaken on behalf of the customer-facing units is allocated based on the value of the directly attributable expenditure incurred. Where projects are not directly attributable to a particular customer-facing unit, capital expenditure is allocated between them based on the proportion of estimated future economic benefits.
Specific items are detailed in note 10 and are not allocated to the reportable segments as this reflects how they are reported to the Executive Committee. Finance expense and income are not allocated to the reportable segments, as the central treasury function manages this activity, together with the overall net debt position of the group.
Measuring segment performance
Performance of each reportable segment is measured based on adjusted EBITDA. EBITDA is defined as the group profit or loss before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA before specific items, net non-interest related finance expense, and share of profits or losses of associates and joint ventures. Adjusted EBITDA is considered to be a useful measure of the operating performance of the customer-facing units because it approximates the underlying operating cash flow by eliminating depreciation and amortisation and also provides a meaningful analysis of trading performance by excluding specific items, which are disclosed separately by virtue of their size, nature or incidence.
Revenue recognition
Our revenue recognition policy is set out in the following note.
Internal revenue and costs
Most of our internal trading relates to Openreach and arises on rentals, and any associated connection or migration charges, of the UK access lines and other network products to the customer-facing units, including the use of BT Irelands network. This occurs both directly, and also indirectly, through Technology which is included within the Other segment. Enterprise internal revenue arises from Consumer for mobile Ethernet access and Technology for transmission planning services. Internal revenue arising in Consumer relates primarily to employee broadband and wi-fi services. Intra-group revenue generated from the sale of regulated products and services is based on market price. Intra-group revenue from the sale of other products and services is agreed between the relevant customer-facing units and therefore the profitability of customer-facing units may be impacted by transfer pricing levels.
Geographic segmentation
The UK is our country of domicile and we generate the majority of our revenue from external customers in the UK. The geographic analysis of revenue is based on the country of origin in which the customer is invoiced. The geographic analysis of non-current assets, which exclude derivative financial instruments, investments and deferred tax assets, is based on the location of the assets.
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
123
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
5. Segment information continued
Segment revenue and profit
As explained in note 2, our reportable segments changed during the year as a result of a reduction in the number of our customer-facing units. The BT Consumer and EE segments disclosed in last years accounts have been combined into a single reportable segment named Consumer, and the Business and Public Sector and Wholesale and Ventures segments now form a single reportable segment, Enterprise. We also transferred our Northern Ireland Networks business from Enterprise to Openreach and reclassified certain internal revenues generated by our Ventures businesses as segmental revenue rather than as an internal recovery of cost. The prior year comparatives presented in this note have been restated to reflect these changes.
Year ended 31 March 2019 (IFRS 15) |
Consumer £m |
Enterprise £m |
Global Services £m |
Openreach £m |
Other £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||||
Segment revenue |
10,695 | 6,292 | 4,735 | 5,075 | 3 | 26,800 | ||||||||||||||||||
Internal revenue |
(107 | ) | (359 | ) | | (2,875 | ) | | (3,341 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Revenue from external customers a |
10,588 | 5,933 | 4,735 | 2,200 | 3 | 23,459 | ||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA b |
2,534 | 1,990 | 505 | 2,423 | (60 | ) | 7,392 | |||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortisation a |
(1,024 | ) | (634 | ) | (370 | ) | (1,468 | ) | (50 | ) | (3,546 | ) | ||||||||||||
Operating profit (loss) a |
1,510 | 1,356 | 135 | 955 | (110 | ) | 3,846 | |||||||||||||||||
Specific items (note 10) |
(425 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating profit |
3,421 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Net finance expense c |
(756 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Share of post tax profit (loss) of associates and joint ventures |
1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit before tax |
2,666 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Year ended 31 March 2018 (restated) (IAS 18) |
Consumer £m |
Enterprise d £m |
Global Services £m |
Openreach d £m |
Other £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||||
Segment revenue |
10,360 | 6,647 | 5,013 | 5,278 | 8 | 27,306 | ||||||||||||||||||
Internal revenue |
(103 | ) | (441 | ) | | (3,016 | ) | | (3,560 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Revenue from external customers a |
10,257 | 6,206 | 5,013 | 2,262 | 8 | 23,746 | ||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA b |
2,376 | 2,077 | 434 | 2,615 | 3 | 7,505 | ||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortisation a |
(992 | ) | (635 | ) | (424 | ) | (1,401 | ) | (62 | ) | (3,514 | ) | ||||||||||||
Operating profit (loss) a |
1,384 | 1,442 | 10 | 1,214 | (59 | ) | 3,991 | |||||||||||||||||
Specific items (note 10) |
(610 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating profit |
3,381 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Net finance expense c |
(764 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Share of post tax profit (loss) of associates and joint ventures |
(1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit before tax |
2,616 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Year ended 31 March 2017 (restated) (IAS 18) |
Consumer £m |
Enterprise d £m |
Global Services £m |
Openreach d £m |
Other £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||||
Segment revenue |
10,024 | 6,975 | 5,479 | 5,250 | 10 | 27,738 | ||||||||||||||||||
Internal revenue |
(100 | ) | (480 | ) | | (3,076 | ) | | (3,656 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Revenue from external customers a |
9,924 | 6,495 | 5,479 | 2,174 | 10 | 24,082 | ||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA b |
2,168 | 2,261 | 495 | 2,734 | (13 | ) | 7,645 | |||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortisation a |
(989 | ) | (613 | ) | (439 | ) | (1,414 | ) | (55 | ) | (3,510 | ) | ||||||||||||
Operating profit (loss) a |
1,179 | 1,648 | 56 | 1,320 | (68 | ) | 4,135 | |||||||||||||||||
Specific items (note 10) |
(968 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating profit |
3,167 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Net finance expense c |
(804 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Share of post tax profit (loss) of associates and joint ventures |
(9 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit before tax |
2,354 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
a |
Before specific items. |
b |
Adjusted EBITDA is defined in the alternative performance measures section on page 185. |
c |
Net finance expense includes specific item expense of £139m (2017/18: £218m, 2016/17: £210m). See note 10. |
d |
On 1 October 2018 we transferred our Northern Ireland Networks business from Enterprise to Openreach which resulted in an increase in segment revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Operating profit in Openreach of £155m, £95m, and £54m and a decrease in segment revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Operating profit in Enterprise of £117m, £95m, and £54m for the year ended 31 March 2018 and an increase in segment revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Operating profit in Openreach of £152m, £101m, and £56m and a decrease in segment revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Operating profit in Enterprise of £112m, £101m, and £56m for the year ended 31 March 2017. Additionally, within the Enterprise segment, we reclassified £224m and £242m of internal revenue generated by our Ventures businesses as segmental revenue rather than as an internal recovery of cost for the years ended 31 March 2018 and 2017, respectively. |
124
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
5. Segment information continued
Internal revenue and costs
Internal cost recorded by | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year ended 31 March 2019 |
Consumer £m |
Enterprise £m |
Global Services £m |
Openreach £m |
Other £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||||
Internal revenue recorded by |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer |
| 69 | 20 | | 18 | 107 | ||||||||||||||||||
Enterprise |
63 | | 51 | 177 | 68 | 359 | ||||||||||||||||||
Global Services |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Openreach |
920 | 401 | 112 | | 1,442 | 2,875 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total |
983 | 470 | 183 | 177 | 1,528 | 3,341 | ||||||||||||||||||
Internal cost recorded by | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year ended 31 March 2018 |
Consumer £m |
Enterprise £m |
Global Services £m |
Openreach £m |
Other £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||||
Internal revenue recorded by |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer |
| 65 | 20 | | 18 | 103 | ||||||||||||||||||
Enterprise a |
130 | | 51 | 173 | 87 | 441 | ||||||||||||||||||
Global Services |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Openreach a |
896 | 480 | 125 | | 1,515 | 3,016 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total |
1,026 | 545 | 196 | 173 | 1,620 | 3,560 | ||||||||||||||||||
Internal cost recorded by | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year ended 31 March 2017 |
Consumer £m |
Enterprise £m |
Global Services £m |
Openreach £m |
Other £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||||
Internal revenue recorded by |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer |
| 62 | 20 | | 18 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||
Enterprise a |
148 | | 71 | 165 | 96 | 480 | ||||||||||||||||||
Global Services |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Openreach a |
910 | 536 | 158 | | 1,472 | 3,076 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total |
1,058 | 598 | 249 | 165 | 1,586 | 3,656 | ||||||||||||||||||
a |
On 1 October 2018 we transferred our Northern Ireland Networks business from Enterprise to Openreach and we reclassified certain internal revenues generated by our Ventures businesses as segmental revenue rather than an internal recovery of cost. This increases internal revenue recorded by Enterprise by £224m in the year ended 31 March 2018 and £242m in the year ended 31 March 2017. Internal revenue for Openreach has increased by £38m in the year ended 31 March 2018 and £40m in the year ended 31 March 2017. |
Capital expenditure
Year ended 31 March 2019 |
Consumer £m |
Enterprise £m |
Global Services £m |
Openreach £m |
Other £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||||
Intangible assets a |
276 | 180 | 93 | 82 | 49 | 680 | ||||||||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment b |
718 | 321 | 152 | 1,999 | 93 | 3,283 | ||||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditure |
994 | 501 | 245 | 2,081 | 142 | 3,963 | ||||||||||||||||||
Acquisition of spectrum a |
| | | | 304 | 304 | ||||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditure including spectrum |
994 | 501 | 245 | 2,081 | 446 | 4,267 | ||||||||||||||||||
Year ended 31 March 2018 (restated) |
Consumer £m |
Enterprise £m |
Global Services £m |
Openreach £m |
Other £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||||
Intangible assets a |
236 | 180 | 92 | 70 | 64 | 642 | ||||||||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment b,c |
683 | 312 | 186 | 1,629 | 70 | 2,880 | ||||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditure |
919 | 492 | 278 | 1,699 | 134 | 3,522 | ||||||||||||||||||
Year ended 31 March 2017 (restated) |
Consumer £m |
Enterprise £m |
Global Services £m |
Openreach £m |
Other £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||||
Intangible assets a |
225 | 141 | 126 | 74 | 55 | 621 | ||||||||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment b,c |
628 | 313 | 235 | 1,546 | 111 | 2,833 | ||||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditure |
853 | 454 | 361 | 1,620 | 166 | 3,454 | ||||||||||||||||||
a |
Additions to intangible assets as presented in note 14. |
b |
Additions to property, plant and equipment as presented in note 15, inclusive of movement on engineering stores. |
c |
On 1 October 2018 we transferred our Northern Ireland Networks business from Enterprise to Openreach. This decreased property, plant and equipment in Enterprise and increased property, plant and equipment in Openreach by £41m and £47m in the years ended 31 March 2018 and 31 March 2017 respectively. |
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
125
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
5. Segment information continued
Geographic segmentation
Revenue from external customers
Year ended 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
UK |
19,683 | 19,687 | 19,421 | |||||||||
Europe, Middle East and Africa, excluding the UK |
2,280 | 2,489 | 2,841 | |||||||||
Americas |
936 | 996 | 1,148 | |||||||||
Asia Pacific |
560 | 574 | 672 | |||||||||
Revenue a |
23,459 | 23,746 | 24,082 | |||||||||
a |
Before specific items. |
Non-current assets
At 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
UK |
30,049 | 28,835 | 28,810 | |||||||||
Europe, Middle East and Africa, excluding the UK |
2,217 | 2,527 | 2,535 | |||||||||
Americas |
336 | 331 | 424 | |||||||||
Asia Pacific |
110 | 109 | 149 | |||||||||
Non-current assets a |
32,712 | 31,802 | 31,918 | |||||||||
a |
Comprising the following balances presented in the group balance sheet: intangible assets; property, plant and equipment; investments in associates and joint ventures; and trade and other receivables. |
We adopted IFRS 15 on 1 April 2018. The impact of initial application of the standard is described in notes 1 and 2.
Significant accounting policies that apply to revenue
On inception of the contract we identify a performance obligation for each of the distinct goods or services we have promised to provide to the customer. The consideration specified in the contract with the customer is allocated to each performance obligation identified based on their relative standalone selling prices, and is recognised as revenue as they are satisfied.
The table below summarises the performance obligations we have identified for our major service lines and provides information on the timing of when they are satisfied and the related revenue recognition policy. Also detailed in this note is revenue expected to be recognised in future periods for contracts in place at 31 March 2019 that contain unsatisfied performance obligations.
Service line | Performance obligations | Revenue recognition policy | ||
ICT and managed networks | Provision of networked IT services, managed network services, and arrangements to design and build software solutions. Performance obligations are identified for each distinct service or deliverable for which the customer has contracted, and are considered to be satisfied over the time period that we deliver these services or deliverables. Commitments to provide hardware to customers that are distinct from the other promises are considered to be satisfied at the point in time that control passes to the customer. | Revenue for services is recognised over time using a measure of progress that appropriately reflects the pattern by which the performance obligation is satisfied. For time and material contracts, revenue is recognised as the service is received by the customer. Where performance obligations exist for the provision of hardware, revenue is recognised at the point in time that the customer obtains control of the promised asset. For long-term fixed price contracts revenue recognition will typically be based on the achievement of contract milestones and customer acceptance. |
126
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
6. Revenue continued
Service line | Performance obligations | Revenue recognition policy | ||
Fixed access subscriptions | Provision of broadband, TV and fixed telephony services including local, national and international calls, connections, line rental, and calling features. Performance obligations exist for each ongoing service provided to the customer and are satisfied over the period that the services are provided. Installation services are recognised as distinct performance obligations if their relationship with the other services in the contract is purely functional. These are satisfied when the customer benefits from the service. Connection services are not distinct performance obligations and are therefore combined with the associated service performance obligation. | Fixed subscription charges are recognised as revenue on a straight line basis over the period that the services are provided. Upfront charges for non-distinct connection and installation services are deferred as contract liabilities and are recognised as revenue over the same period. Variable charges such as call charges are recognised when the related services are delivered. Where installation activities are distinct performance obligations, revenue is recognised at the point in time that the installation is completed. | ||
Mobile subscriptions | Provision of mobile postpaid and prepaid services, including voice minutes, SMS, and data services. Performance obligations exist for each ongoing service provided to the customer and are satisfied over the period that the services are provided. | Subscription fees, consisting primarily of monthly charges for access to broadband and other internet access or voice and data services, are recognised as the service is provided. One-off services such as calls outside of plan and excess data usage are recognised when the service is used. | ||
Equipment and other services | Provision of equipment and other services, including mobile phone handsets and hardware such as set top boxes and broadband routers provided as part of customer contracts. Performance obligations are satisfied at the point in time that control passes to the customer. For other services, performance obligations are identified based on the distinct goods and services we have committed to provide. | Revenue from equipment sales is recognised at the point in time that control passes to the customer. Where payment is not received in full at the time of the sale, such as with equipment provided as part of mobile and fixed access subscriptions, contract assets are recognised for the amount due from the customer that will be recovered over the contract period. Revenue to be recognised is calculated by reference to the relative standalone selling price of the equipment. For other services, revenue is recognised when the related performance obligations are satisfied, which could be over time or at a point in time depending on the nature of the service. |
We recognise revenue based on the relative standalone selling price of each performance obligation. Determining the standalone selling price often requires judgement and may be derived from regulated prices, list prices, a cost-plus derived price, or the price of similar products when sold on a standalone basis by BT or a competitor. In some cases it may be appropriate to use the contract price when this represents a bespoke price that would be the same for a similar customer in a similar circumstance.
The fixed element of fixed access and mobile subscription arrangements sold by our Consumer business is typically payable in advance, with any variable or one-off charges billed in arrears. Payment is received immediately for direct sales of equipment to customers. Where equipment is provided to customers under mobile and fixed access subscription arrangements, payment for the equipment is received over the course of the contract term. For sales by our enterprise businesses, invoices are issued in line with contractual terms. Payments received in advance are recognised as contract liabilities, amounts billed in arrears are recognised as contract assets.
We do not have any material obligations in respect of returns, refunds or warranties. Where we act as an agent in a transaction, we recognise commission net of directly attributable costs. Where the actual and estimated costs to completion of the contract exceed the estimated revenue, a loss is recognised immediately.
We exercise judgement in assessing whether the initial set-up, transition and transformation phases of long-term contracts are distinct from the other services to be delivered under the contract and therefore represent distinct performance obligations. This determines whether revenue is recognised in the early stages of the contract, or deferred until delivery of the other services promised in the contract begins.
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
127
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
6. Revenue continued
We recognise immediately the entire estimated loss for a contract when we have evidence that the contract is unprofitable. If these estimates indicate that any contract will be less profitable than previously forecast, contract assets may have to be written down to the extent they are no longer considered to be fully recoverable. We perform ongoing profitability reviews of our contracts in order to determine whether the latest estimates are appropriate. Key factors reviewed include:
|
Transaction volumes or other inputs affecting future revenues which can vary depending on customer requirements, plans, market position and other factors such as general economic conditions. |
|
Our ability to achieve key contract milestones connected with the transition, development, transformation and deployment phases for customer contracts. |
|
The status of commercial relations with customers and the implications for future revenue and cost projections. |
|
Our estimates of future staff and third-party costs and the degree to which cost savings and efficiencies are deliverable. |
Disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers
The following table disaggregates revenue from contracts with customers by our major service lines and by reportable segment. The prior year comparatives have been presented consistent with the presentation in last years Annual Report under IAS 18.
Year ended 31 March 2019 (IFRS 15) |
Consumer
£m |
Enterprise
£m |
Global
Services £m |
Openreach
£m |
Other
£m |
Total
£m |
||||||||||||||||||
ICT and managed networks |
| 2,236 | 2,613 | | | 4,849 | ||||||||||||||||||
Fixed access subscriptions |
4,564 | 2,181 | 362 | 2,135 | | 9,242 | ||||||||||||||||||
Mobile subscriptions |
3,866 | 1,277 | 130 | | | 5,273 | ||||||||||||||||||
Equipment and other services |
2,158 | 239 | 1,630 | 65 | 3 | 4,095 | ||||||||||||||||||
Revenue before specific items |
10,588 | 5,933 | 4,735 | 2,200 | 3 | 23,459 | ||||||||||||||||||
Specific items (note 10) |
(31 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
23,428 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Year ended 31 March (IAS 18) |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
||||||
ICT and managed networks |
5,530 | 5,927 | ||||||
Broadband and TV |
4,655 | 4,477 | ||||||
Mobile |
6,451 | 6,358 | ||||||
Calls, lines and connections |
5,126 | 5,069 | ||||||
Transit |
265 | 404 | ||||||
Other products and services |
1,719 | 1,847 | ||||||
Revenue before specific items |
23,746 | 24,082 | ||||||
Specific items (note 10) |
(23 | ) | (20 | ) | ||||
Revenue |
23,723 | 24,062 | ||||||
Revenue expected to be recognised in future periods for performance obligations that are not complete (or are partially complete) as at 31 March 2019 is £14,296m. Of this, £9,425m relates to ICT and managed services contracts and equipment and other services which will substantially be recognised as revenue within five years. Fixed access and mobile subscription services typically have shorter contract periods and so £4,871m will substantially be recognised as revenue within two years. Revenue recognised this year relating to performance obligations that were satisfied, or partially satisfied, in previous years was not material.
Contract assets and liabilities
Significant accounting policies that apply to contract assets and liabilities
We recognise contract assets for goods and services for which control has transferred to the customer before consideration is due. These assets mainly relate to mobile handsets provided upfront but paid for over the course of a contract. Contract assets are reclassified as receivables when the right to payment becomes unconditional and we have billed the customer.
Contract liabilities are recognised when we have received advance payment for goods and services that we have not transferred to the customer. These primarily relate to fees received for connection and installation services that are not distinct performance obligations.
Where the initial set-up, transition or transformation phase of a long-term contract is considered to be a distinct performance obligation we recognise a contract asset for any work performed but not billed. Conversely a contract liability is recognised where these activities are not distinct performance obligations and we receive upfront consideration. In this case eligible costs associated with delivering these services are capitalised as fulfilment costs, see note 17.
We provide for expected lifetime losses on contract assets following the policy set out in note 17.
128
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
6. Revenue continued
Contract assets and liabilities recognised at 31 March 2019 are as follows:
31 March 2019 £m |
1 April 2018 £m |
|||||||
Contract assets |
||||||||
Current |
1,353 | 1,417 | ||||||
Non-current |
249 | 198 | ||||||
1,602 | 1,615 | |||||||
Contract liabilities |
||||||||
Current |
1,225 | 1,406 | ||||||
Non-current |
200 | 87 | ||||||
1,425 | 1,493 | |||||||
£1,216m of the contract liability recognised at 1 April 2018 was recognised as revenue during the year. Impairment losses of £36m were recognised on contract assets during the year. Other than business-as-usual movements there were no significant changes in contract asset and liability balances during the year.
Year ended 31 March | Notes |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
||||||||||||
Operating costs by nature |
||||||||||||||||
Staff costs: |
||||||||||||||||
Wages and salaries |
4,264 | 4,229 | 4,134 | |||||||||||||
Social security costs |
440 | 461 | 477 | |||||||||||||
Other pension costs |
20 | 611 | 624 | 521 | ||||||||||||
Share-based payment expense |
22 | 67 | 84 | 57 | ||||||||||||
Total staff costs |
5,382 | 5,398 | 5,189 | |||||||||||||
Own work capitalised |
(834 | ) | (798 | ) | (813 | ) | ||||||||||
Net staff costs |
4,548 | 4,600 | 4,376 | |||||||||||||
Net indirect labour costs a |
267 | 315 | 399 | |||||||||||||
Net labour costs |
4,815 | 4,915 | 4,775 | |||||||||||||
Product costs and sales commissions b |
4,464 | 4,429 | 4,588 | |||||||||||||
Payments to telecommunications operators |
2,059 | 2,306 | 2,653 | |||||||||||||
Property and energy costs |
1,325 | 1,285 | 1,202 | |||||||||||||
Network operating and IT costs |
1,026 | 963 | 983 | |||||||||||||
TV programme rights charges |
841 | 763 | 714 | |||||||||||||
Provision and installation b |
624 | 657 | 669 | |||||||||||||
Marketing and sales b |
322 | 317 | 365 | |||||||||||||
Other operating costs b |
831 | 830 | 675 | |||||||||||||
Other operating income |
(240 | ) | (224 | ) | (187 | ) | ||||||||||
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment |
||||||||||||||||
Owned assets |
15 | 2,390 | 2,381 | 2,382 | ||||||||||||
Held under finance leases |
15 | 2 | 10 | 10 | ||||||||||||
Amortisation of intangible assets c |
14 | 1,154 | 1,123 | 1,118 | ||||||||||||
Total operating costs before specific items |
19,613 | 19,755 | 19,947 | |||||||||||||
Specific items |
10 | 394 | 587 | 948 | ||||||||||||
Total operating costs |
20,007 | 20,342 | 20,895 | |||||||||||||
Operating costs before specific items include the following: |
||||||||||||||||
Leaver costs d |
17 | 50 | 86 | |||||||||||||
Research and development expenditure e |
643 | 632 | 638 | |||||||||||||
Operating lease charges |
801 | 732 | 692 | |||||||||||||
Foreign currency gains |
(11 | ) | 0 | (12 | ) | |||||||||||
Inventories recognised as an expense |
2,388 | 2,588 | 2,680 | |||||||||||||
Government grants |
(3 | ) | (3 | ) | (5 | ) | ||||||||||
a |
Net of capitalised indirect labour costs of £672m (2017/18: £612m, 2016/17: £463m). |
b |
Included within other operating costs in prior years were costs relating to product costs and commissions; provision and installation; and marketing and sales. These are now presented separately. The other operating costs comparative for 2017/18 and 2016/17 has been re-presented for consistency. |
c |
Excludes £nil (2017/18: £nil, 2016/17: £62m) of amortisation presented as specific items which relate to a write-off of software costs as a result of the integration of EE. |
d |
Leaver costs are included within wages and salaries, except for leaver costs of £257m (2017/18: £168m, 2016/17: £37m) associated with restructuring and EE integration costs, which have been recorded as specific items. |
e |
Research and development expenditure reported in the income statement includes amortisation of £581m (2017/18: £573m, 2016/17: £577m) in respect of internally developed computer software and operating expenses of £62m (2017/18: £59m, 2016/17: £61m). In addition, the group capitalised software development costs of £472m (2017/18: £450m, 2016/17: £457m). |
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
129
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
7. Operating costs continued
Who are our key management personnel and how are they compensated?
Key management personnel comprise executive and non-executive directors and members of the Executive Committee.
Compensation of key management personnel is shown in the table below:
Year ended 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
Short-term employee benefits |
13.5 | 11.8 | 10.5 | |||||||||
Post employment benefits a |
1.2 | 1.3 | 1.3 | |||||||||
Share-based payments |
5.0 | 6.2 | 5.6 | |||||||||
Termination benefits |
0.6 | 2.2 | | |||||||||
20.3 | 21.5 | 17.4 | ||||||||||
a |
Post employment benefits comprise cash pensions allowances paid to the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. The group does not contribute to defined contribution or defined benefit pension schemes on behalf of key management personnel. |
Key management personnel are compensated solely in the form of cash and share-based payments. During the current and prior years, key management personnel made no gains from exercise of share options.
2019 | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Number of employees in the group a |
Year end 000 |
Average 000 |
Year end 000 |
Average 000 |
Year end 000 |
Average 000 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK |
84.3 | 83.4 | 82.2 | 82.5 | 82.8 | 82.2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-UK |
22.4 | 23.1 | 23.6 | 23.7 | 23.6 | 22.8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total employees |
106.7 | 106.5 | 105.8 | 106.2 | 106.4 | 105.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As explained in note 2, we reduced the number of our customer-facing units during the year. BT Consumer and EE have been combined into Consumer, and Business and Public Sector and Wholesale and Ventures have been combined into Enterprise. We also transferred c700 employees in our Northern Ireland Networks business from Enterprise to Openreach. The prior year comparatives presented in the table below have been restated to reflect these changes.
2019 | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Number of employees in the group a |
Year end 000 |
Average 000 |
Year end 000 |
Average 000 |
Year end 000 |
Average 000 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer |
19.7 | 19.0 | 18.2 | 18.0 | 17.9 | 16.8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Enterprise b |
13.4 | 13.8 | 13.2 | 13.5 | 13.4 | 13.2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Global Services |
16.6 | 16.8 | 16.9 | 17.3 | 17.5 | 17.4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Openreach b |
33.2 | 31.9 | 31.2 | 31.1 | 30.9 | 31.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
23.8 | 25.0 | 26.3 | 26.3 | 26.7 | 26.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total employees |
106.7 | 106.5 | 105.8 | 106.2 | 106.4 | 105.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
a |
These reflect the full-time equivalent of full and part-time employees. |
b |
The 2018 and 2017 comparatives have been restated to reflect the change in segments and the transfer of Northern Ireland Networks as described above. |
130
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
9. Audit, audit related and other non-audit services
The following fees were paid or are payable to the companys auditors, KPMG LLP and other firms in the KPMG network, for the year ended 31 March 2019. Figures in the table below for the years ended 31 March 2017 and 2018 are in respect of fees paid to the companys previous auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
Year ended 31 March |
2019 £000 |
2018 £000 |
2017 £000 |
|||||||||
Fees payable to the companys auditors and its associates for: |
||||||||||||
Audit services a,b |
||||||||||||
The audit of the parent company and the consolidated financial statements |
8,165 | 5,418 | 4,316 | |||||||||
The audit of the companys subsidiaries |
6,061 | 5,877 | 5,675 | |||||||||
14,226 | 11,295 | 9,991 | ||||||||||
Audit related assurance services c |
2,236 | 1,771 | 1,865 | |||||||||
Other non-audit services |
||||||||||||
Taxation compliance services d |
| | 366 | |||||||||
Taxation advisory services e |
| | 111 | |||||||||
All other assurance services f |
748 | 211 | 200 | |||||||||
All other services g |
210 | 592 | 2,332 | |||||||||
958 | 803 | 3,009 | ||||||||||
Total services |
17,420 | 13,869 | 14,865 | |||||||||
a |
Services in relation to the audit of the parent company and the consolidated financial statements, including fees for reports under section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This also includes fees payable for the statutory audits of the financial statements of subsidiary companies. This excludes amounts for the audit of BT Group Employee Share Ownership Trust and Ilford Trustees (Jersey) Limited amounting to £32,000. |
b |
During the year a further £446,000 of fees were payable to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in relation to the audit of 2017/18 subsidiary accounts and the audit of our restated IAS 19 accounting valuation of retirement benefit obligations, which have not been included in the 2019 balances in the above table. |
c |
Services in relation to other statutory filings or engagements that are required by law or regulation to be carried out by an appointed auditor. This includes fees for the review of interim results, the accrued fee for the audit of the groups regulatory financial statements and reporting associated with the groups US debt shelf registration. |
d |
Services relating to tax returns, tax audits, monitoring and enquiries. |
e |
Fees payable for all taxation advisory services not falling within taxation compliance. |
f |
All other assurance services include fees payable to KPMG LLP for agreed upon procedures performed on the estimated impact of the new IFRS 15 revenue accounting standard, which took effect from 1 April 2018 for the 2017/18 audit. |
g |
Fees payable for all non-audit services not covered above, principally comprising other advisory services. |
The BT Pension Scheme is an associated pension fund as defined in the Companies (Disclosure of Auditor Remuneration and Liability Limitation Agreements) (Amendment) Regulations 2011. In the year ended 31 March 2019 KPMG LLP received total fees from the BT Pension Scheme of £1.1m (PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP: 2017/18: £2.1m, 2016/17: £2.1m) in respect of the following services:
Year ended 31 March |
2019 £000 |
2018 £000 |
2017 £000 |
|||||||||
Audit of financial statements of associates |
1,005 | 345 | 251 | |||||||||
Audit-related assurance services |
53 | | | |||||||||
Taxation compliance services |
| 153 | 210 | |||||||||
Taxation advisory services |
| 1,074 | 493 | |||||||||
Other non-audit services |
62 | 565 | 1,168 | |||||||||
Total services |
1,120 | 2,137 | 2,122 | |||||||||
Significant accounting policies that apply to specific items
We separately identify and disclose those items that in managements judgement need to be disclosed by virtue of their size, nature or incidence (termed specific items). Specific items are used to derive the adjusted results as presented in the consolidated income statement presented on page 110. Adjusted results are consistent with the way that financial performance is measured by management and assists in providing an additional analysis of the reporting trading results of the group. Specific items may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.
In determining whether an event or transaction is specific, management considers quantitative as well as qualitative factors. Examples of charges or credits meeting the above definition and which have been presented as specific items in the current and/or prior years include acquisitions/disposals of businesses and investments, retrospective regulatory matters, historical insurance or litigation claims, business restructuring programmes, asset impairment charges, property rationalisation programmes, net interest on pensions and the settlement of multiple tax years. In the event that items meet the criteria, which are applied consistently from year to year, they are treated as specific items.
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
131
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
10. Specific items continued
Year ended 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
Revenue |
||||||||||||
Italian business investigation |
| | 22 | |||||||||
Retrospective regulatory matters |
31 | 23 | (2 | ) | ||||||||
31 | 23 | 20 | ||||||||||
Operating costs |
||||||||||||
EE acquisition warranty claims |
| 225 | | |||||||||
Restructuring charges |
386 | 241 | | |||||||||
EE integration costs |
| 46 | 215 | |||||||||
Property rationalisation costs |
36 | 28 | | |||||||||
Pension equalisation costs |
26 | | | |||||||||
Retrospective regulatory matters |
(4 | ) | 26 | 481 | ||||||||
Italian business investigation |
(55 | ) | 22 | 238 | ||||||||
Out of period irrecoverable VAT |
| | 30 | |||||||||
Profit (loss) on disposal of businesses |
5 | (1 | ) | (16 | ) | |||||||
394 | 587 | 948 | ||||||||||
Operating loss |
425 | 610 | 968 | |||||||||
Net finance expense |
||||||||||||
Interest expense on retirement benefit obligation |
139 | 218 | 209 | |||||||||
Interest on out of period irrecoverable VAT |
| | 1 | |||||||||
139 | 218 | 210 | ||||||||||
Net specific items charge before tax |
564 | 828 | 1,178 | |||||||||
Taxation |
||||||||||||
Tax credit on specific items above |
(112 | ) | (87 | ) | (154 | ) | ||||||
Tax credit on re-measurement of deferred tax |
| | (63 | ) | ||||||||
(112 | ) | (87 | ) | (217 | ) | |||||||
Net specific items charge after tax |
452 | 741 | 961 | |||||||||
Restructuring charges
During the year we incurred charges of £386m (2017/18: £241m, 2016/17: £nil), primarily relating to leaver costs. These costs reflect projects within our group-wide cost transformation programme and include costs related to the remaining integration of EE and £23m costs to close the BT Pension Scheme and provide transition payments to affected employees.
EE integration costs
EE integration costs incurred in prior years (2017/18: £46m, 2016/17: £215m) relate to EE related restructuring and leaver costs. In 2016/17, this also included a £62m amortisation charge relating to the write-off of IT assets as we integrated the EE and BT IT infrastructure. In the current year remaining EE integration activities have been combined into the wider restructuring programme.
Retrospective regulatory matters
We have recognised a net charge of £27m (2017/18: £49m, 2016/17: £479m) in relation to regulatory matters in the year. This reflects the completion of the majority of compensation payments to other communications providers in relation to Ofcoms March 2017 findings of its investigation into our historical practices on Deemed Consent by Openreach, and new matters arising. Of this, £31m is recognised in revenue offset by £4m in operating costs.
Pension equalisation costs
During the year we recognised a charge of £26m (2017/18: £nil, 2016/17: £nil) in relation to the high court requirement to equalise pension benefits between men and women due to guaranteed minimum pension (GMP).
Property rationalisation costs
We have recognised a charge of £36m (2017/18: £28m, 2016/17: £nil) relating to the rationalisation of the groups property portfolio and a reassessment of lease-end obligations.
Italian business investigation
During the year we have released £(55)m provisions relating to settlement of various matters in our Italian business (2017/18: a charge of £22m, 2016/17: a charge of £238m).
Interest expense on retirement benefit obligation
During the year we incurred £139m (2017/18: £218m, 2016/17: 209m) of interest costs in relation to our defined benefit pension obligations. See note 20 for more details.
Tax on specific items
A tax credit of £112m (2017/18: £87m, 2016/17: 154m) was recognised in relation to specific items.
132
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
10. Specific items continued
EE acquisition warranty claims
In the prior year we reached settlements with Deutsche Telekom and Orange in respect of any warranty claims under the 2015 EE acquisition agreement, arising from the issues previously announced regarding our operations in Italy. This represents a full and final settlement of these issues and resulted in a specific item charge of £225m.
Significant accounting policies that apply to taxation
Current income tax is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date in the countries where the groups subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures operate and generate taxable income. We periodically evaluate positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation, and establish provisions where appropriate on the basis of the amounts expected to be paid to tax authorities.
Deferred tax is recognised, using the liability method, in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of our assets and liabilities and their tax base. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates that are expected to apply in the periods in which the asset is realised or liability settled, based on tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis. Any remaining deferred tax asset is recognised only when, on the basis of all available evidence, it can be regarded as probable that there will be suitable taxable profits, within the same jurisdiction, in the foreseeable future against which the deductible temporary difference can be utilised. Deferred tax balances for which there is a right of offset within the same jurisdiction are presented net on the face of the group balance sheet as permitted by IAS 12, with the exception of deferred tax related to our pension schemes which is disclosed within deferred tax assets.
Critical accounting judgements and key estimates made in accounting for taxation
We seek to pay tax in accordance with the laws of the countries where we do business. However, in some areas these laws are unclear, and it can take many years to agree an outcome with a tax authority or through litigation. We estimate our tax on country-by-country and issue-by-issue bases. Our key uncertainties are whether EEs tax losses will be available to us, whether our intra-group trading model will be accepted by a particular tax authority and whether intra-group payments are subject to withholding taxes. We provide for the most likely outcome where an outflow is probable, but the agreed amount can differ materially from our estimates. Approximately 85% by value of the provisions are under active tax authority examination and are therefore likely to be re-estimated or resolved in the coming 12 months. £252m (2017/18: £240m) is included in current tax liabilities in relation to these uncertainties.
Under a downside case an additional amount of £556m could be required to be paid, of which £474m would relate to EE losses. This amount is not provided as we dont consider this outcome to be probable.
Deciding whether to recognise deferred tax assets is judgemental. We only recognise them when we consider it is probable that they can be recovered. In making this judgement we consider evidence such as historical financial performance, future financial plans and trends, the duration of existing customer contracts and whether our intra-group pricing model has been agreed by the relevant tax authority.
The value of the groups income tax assets and liabilities is disclosed on the group balance sheet on page 112. The value of the groups deferred tax assets and liabilities is disclosed below.
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
133
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
11. Taxation continued
Analysis of our taxation expense for the year
Year ended 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
United Kingdom |
||||||||||||
Corporation tax at 19% (2017/18: 19%, 2016/17: 20%) |
(434 | ) | (578 | ) | (555 | ) | ||||||
Adjustments in respect of earlier years |
(9 | ) | 37 | 33 | ||||||||
Non-UK taxation |
||||||||||||
Current |
(74 | ) | (66 | ) | (109 | ) | ||||||
Adjustments in respect of earlier years |
15 | 23 | | |||||||||
Total current tax expense |
(502 | ) | (584 | ) | (631 | ) | ||||||
Deferred taxation |
||||||||||||
Origination and reversal of temporary differences |
(20 | ) | 46 | 96 | ||||||||
Adjustments in respect of earlier years |
2 | (57 | ) | 26 | ||||||||
Impact of change in UK corporation tax rate to 17% (2017/18: 17%, 2016/17: 17%) |
| | 63 | |||||||||
Remeasurement of temporary differences |
13 | 11 | | |||||||||
Total deferred taxation (expense) credit |
(5 | ) | | 185 | ||||||||
Total taxation expense |
(507 | ) | (584 | ) | (446 | ) | ||||||
Factors affecting our taxation expense for the year
The taxation expense on the profit for the year differs from the amount computed by applying the UK corporation tax rate to the profit before taxation as a result of the following factors:
Year ended 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
Profit before taxation |
2,666 | 2,616 | 2,354 | |||||||||
Expected taxation expense at UK rate of 19% (2017/18: 19%, 2016/17: 20%) |
(506 | ) | (497 | ) | (471 | ) | ||||||
Effects of: |
||||||||||||
(Higher) lower taxes on non-UK profits |
(7 | ) | (8 | ) | (29 | ) | ||||||
Net permanent differences between tax and accounting a |
(36 | ) | (100 | ) | (183 | ) | ||||||
Adjustments in respect of earlier years b |
8 | 3 | 59 | |||||||||
Prior year non-UK losses used against current year profits |
21 | 16 | 120 | |||||||||
Non-UK losses not recognised c |
| (9 | ) | (8 | ) | |||||||
Other deferred tax assets not recognised |
| | | |||||||||
Lower taxes on profit on disposal of business |
| | 3 | |||||||||
Re-measurement of deferred tax balances |
13 | 11 | 63 | |||||||||
Other non-recurring items |
| | | |||||||||
Total taxation expense |
(507 | ) | (584 | ) | (446 | ) | ||||||
Exclude specific items (note 10) |
(112 | ) | (87 | ) | (217 | ) | ||||||
Total taxation expense before specific items |
(619 | ) | (671 | ) | (663 | ) | ||||||
a |
Includes income that is not taxable or UK income taxable at a different rate, and expenses for which no tax relief is received. Examples include some types of depreciation and amortisation and the benefit of R&D tax incentives. |
b |
Reflects the differences between initial accounting estimates and tax returns submitted to tax authorities, including the release and establishment of provisions for uncertain tax positions. |
c |
Reflects losses made in countries where it has not been considered appropriate to recognise a deferred tax asset, as future taxable profits are not probable. |
Tax components of other comprehensive income
Year ended 31 March |
2019 Tax credit (expense) £m |
2018 Tax credit (expense) (Restated) £m |
2017 Tax credit (expense) £m |
|||||||||
Tax on items that will not be reclassified to the income statement |
||||||||||||
Pension remeasurements a |
384 | (263 | ) | 416 | ||||||||
Tax on items that have been or may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement |
||||||||||||
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations |
(4 | ) | (9 | ) | 21 | |||||||
Fair value movements on cash flow hedges |
||||||||||||
net fair value gains or losses |
(37 | ) | 57 | (131 | ) | |||||||
recognised in income and expense |
| (47 | ) | 139 | ||||||||
343 | (262 | ) | 445 | |||||||||
Current tax credit b |
395 | 203 | 122 | |||||||||
Deferred tax (expense) credit |
(52 | ) | (465 | ) | 323 | |||||||
343 | (262 | ) | 445 | |||||||||
a |
Certain results have been restated to reflect the update to the calculation of our IAS 19 accounting valuation of retirement benefit obligations. See note 2. |
b |
Includes £391m (2017/18: £212m, 2016/17: £110m) relating to cash contributions made to reduce retirement benefit obligations. |
134
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
11. Taxation continued
Tax (expense) credit recognised directly in equity
Year ended 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
Tax (expense) credit relating to share-based payments |
| (2 | ) | (6 | ) | |||||||
Deferred taxation
Fixed asset temporary differences £m |
Retirement benefit obligations b £m |
Share- based payments £m |
Tax losses £m |
Other £m |
Jurisdictional offset £m |
Total (Restated) £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||
At 1 April 2017 |
1,432 | (1,537 | ) | (17 | ) | (270 | ) | (85 | ) | | (477 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Expense (credit) recognised in the income statement |
11 | (104 | ) | 4 | 89 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Expense (credit) recognised in other comprehensive income (restated) a |
| 475 | | | (10 | ) | | 465 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Expense (credit) recognised in equity |
| | 6 | | | | 6 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Exchange differences |
| | | (2 | ) | 5 | | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Transfer to current tax |
17 | | | | | | 17 | |||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2018 |
1,460 | (1,166 | ) | (7 | ) | (183 | ) | (90 | ) | | 14 | |||||||||||||||||
Non-current |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred tax asset |
(41 | ) | (1,166 | ) | (7 | ) | (183 | ) | (90 | ) | 161 | (1,326 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Deferred tax liability |
1,501 | | | | | (161 | ) | 1,340 | ||||||||||||||||||||
At 1 April 2018 |
1,460 | (1,166 | ) | (7 | ) | (183 | ) | (90 | ) | | 14 | |||||||||||||||||
Expense (credit) recognised in the income statement |
(60 | ) | (59 | ) | 1 | 114 | (1 | ) | | (5 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Expense (credit) recognised in other comprehensive income |
| 15 | | | 37 | | 52 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Expense (credit) recognised in equity |
| | (1 | ) | | | | (1 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Exchange differences |
| | 1 | (1 | ) | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2019 |
1,400 | (1,210 | ) | (6 | ) | (70 | ) | (54 | ) | | 60 | |||||||||||||||||
Non-current |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred tax asset |
(27 | ) | (1,210 | ) | (6 | ) | (70 | ) | (54 | ) | 20 | (1,347 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Deferred tax liability |
1,427 | | | | | (20 | ) | 1,407 | ||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2019 |
1,400 | (1,210 | ) | (6 | ) | (70 | ) | (54 | ) | | 60 | |||||||||||||||||
a |
Certain results have been restated to reflect the update to the calculation of our IAS 19 accounting valuation of retirement benefit obligations. See note 2. |
b |
Includes a deferred tax asset of £2m (2017/18: £2m) arising on contributions payable to defined contribution pension plans. |
The majority of the deferred tax assets and liabilities noted above are anticipated to be realised after more than 12 months.
What factors affect our future tax charges?
The rate of UK corporation tax will change from 19% to 17% on 1 April 2020. As deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the rates that are expected to apply in the periods of the reversal, deferred tax balances at 31 March 2019 have been calculated at the rate at which the relevant balance is expected to be recovered or settled.
What are our unrecognised tax losses and other temporary differences?
At 31 March 2019 we had operating losses and other temporary differences carried forward in respect of which no deferred tax assets were recognised amounting to £4.2bn (2017/18: £4.1bn). Our other temporary differences have no expiry date restrictions. The expiry date of operating losses carried forward is dependent upon the tax law of the various territories in which the losses arose. A summary of expiry dates for losses in respect of which restrictions apply is set out below:
At 31 March 2019 | £m | Expiry | ||||||
Restricted losses |
||||||||
Europe |
16 | 20192038 | ||||||
Americas |
205 | 20192038 | ||||||
Other |
3 | 20192038 | ||||||
Total restricted losses |
224 | |||||||
Unrestricted operating losses |
3,905 | No expiry | ||||||
Other temporary differences |
108 | No expiry | ||||||
Total |
4,237 | |||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
135
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
11. Taxation continued
At 31 March 2019 we had UK capital losses carried forward in respect of which no deferred tax assets were recognised amounting to £16.9bn (2017/18: £16.9bn). These losses have no expiry date, but we consider the future utilisation of significant amounts of these losses to be remote.
At 31 March 2019 the undistributed earnings of non-UK subsidiaries were £2.5bn (2017/18: £2.4bn). No deferred tax liabilities have been recognised in respect of these unremitted earnings because the group is in a position to control the timing of any dividends from subsidiaries and hence any tax consequences that may arise. Under current tax rules, tax of £18.2m (2017/18: £23.0m) would arise if these earnings were to be repatriated to the UK. On 29 March 2017, the UK Government notified the EU of its intention to withdraw membership from the EU. Depending on the outcome of negotiations we could cease to benefit from the EU Parent Subsidiary directive on dividends paid by our EU subsidiaries. In this event, additional tax of up to £27.5m could arise if the undistributed earnings of EU subsidiaries of £970m were to be repatriated to the UK.
How are earnings per share calculated?
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit after tax attributable to equity shareholders by the weighted average number of shares in issue after deducting the own shares held by employee share ownership trusts and treasury shares.
In calculating the diluted earnings per share, share options outstanding and other potential shares have been taken into account where the impact of these is dilutive. Options over 36m shares (2017/18: 23m shares, 2016/17: 27m shares) were excluded from the calculation of the total diluted number of shares as the impact of these is antidilutive.
Year ended 31 March | 2019 | 2018 | 2017 | |||||||||
Basic weighted average number of shares (millions) |
9,912 | 9,911 | 9,938 | |||||||||
Dilutive shares from share options (millions) |
6 | 2 | 27 | |||||||||
Dilutive shares from executive share awards (millions) |
57 | 48 | 29 | |||||||||
Diluted weighted average number of shares (millions) |
9,975 | 9,961 | 9,994 | |||||||||
Basic earnings per share |
21.8p | 20.5p | 19.2p | |||||||||
Diluted earnings per share |
21.6p | 20.4p | 19.1p | |||||||||
The earnings per share calculations are based on profit after tax attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company which excludes non-controlling interests. Profit after tax was £2,159m (2017/18: £2,032m, 2016/17: £1,908m) and profit after tax attributable to non-controlling interests was £3m (2017/18: £4m, 2016/17: £1m). Profit attributable to non-controlling interests is not presented separately in the financial statements as it is not material.
What dividends have been paid and proposed for the year?
The Board recommends that a final dividend in respect of the year ended 31 March 2019 of 10.78p per share will be paid to shareholders on 9 September 2019 (2017/18: 10.55p paid to shareholders on 3 September), taking the full year proposed dividend per share in respect of 2018/19 to 15.4p (2017/18: 15.4p, 2016/17: 15.4p) which amounts to approximately £1,527m (2017/18: £1,524m, 2016/17: £1,532m). This final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting and therefore the liability of approximately £1,069m (2017/18: £1,044m, 2016/17: £1,050m) has not been included in these financial statements. The proposed dividend will be payable to all shareholders on the Register of Members on 9 August 2019. The election date for participation in BTs Dividend Investment Plan in respect of this dividend is 23 August 2019.
The amount of £1,503m (2017/18: £1,524m, 2015/16: £1,436m) for the final and interim dividends is disclosed in our statement of changes in equity and analysed below. This value may differ from the amount shown for equity dividends paid in the group cash flow statement, which represents the actual cash paid in relation to dividend cheques that have been presented over the course of the financial year.
2019 | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year ended 31 March |
pence per share |
£m |
pence per share |
£m |
pence per share |
£m | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Final dividend in respect of the prior year |
10.55 | 1,045 | 10.55 | 1,044 | 9.60 | 954 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interim dividend in respect of the current year |
4.62 | 458 | 4.85 | 480 | 4.85 | 482 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15.17 | 1,503 | 15.40 | 1,524 | 14.45 | 1,436 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
136
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
Significant accounting policies that apply to intangible assets
We recognise identifiable intangible assets where we control the asset, it is probable that future economic benefits attributable to the asset will flow to the group, and we can reliably measure the cost of the asset. We amortise all intangible assets, other than goodwill, over their useful economic life. The method of amortisation reflects the pattern in which the assets are expected to be consumed. If the pattern cannot be determined reliably, the straight line method is used.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the groups share of the identifiable net assets (including intangible assets) of the acquired business. Our goodwill impairment policy is set out later in this note.
Acquired intangible assets customer relationships and brands
Intangible assets such as customer relationships or brands acquired through business combinations are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition and subsequently carried at amortised cost. Assumptions are used in estimating the fair values of these relationships or brands and include managements estimates of revenue and profits to be generated by them.
Telecommunications licences
Licence fees paid to governments, which permit telecommunications activities to be operated for defined periods, are initially recorded at cost and amortised from the time the network is available for use to the end of the licence period or where our usage can extend beyond the initial licence period, over the period we expect to benefit from the use of the licences, which is typically 20 years. Licences acquired through business combinations are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition and subsequently carried at amortised cost. The fair value is based on managements assumption of future cash flows using market expectations at acquisition date.
Computer software
Computer software comprises computer software licences purchased from third parties, and also the cost of internally developed software. Computer software licences purchased from third parties are initially recorded at cost. We only capitalise costs directly associated with the production of internally developed software, including direct and indirect labour costs of development, where it is probable that the software will generate future economic benefits, the cost of the asset can be reliably measured and technical feasibility can be demonstrated, in which case it is capitalised as an intangible asset on the balance sheet. Costs which do not meet these criteria and research costs are expensed as incurred.
Our development costs which give rise to internally developed software include upgrading the network architecture or functionality and developing service platforms aimed at offering new services to our customers.
Other
Other intangible assets include website development costs and other licences. Items are capitalised at cost and amortised on a straight line basis over their useful economic life or the term of the contract.
Estimated useful economic lives
The estimated useful economic lives assigned to the principal categories of intangible assets are as follows:
Computer software |
2 to 10 years | |
Telecommunications licences |
2 to 20 years | |
Customer relationships and brands |
1 to 15 years | |
Impairment of intangible assets
Intangible assets with finite useful lives are tested for impairment if events or changes in circumstances (assessed at each reporting date) indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. When an impairment test is performed, the recoverable amount is assessed by reference to the higher of the net present value of the expected future cash flows (value in use) of the relevant cash generating unit and the fair value less costs to dispose.
Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least annually as described below. Impairment losses are recognised in the income statement, as a specific item. If a cash generating unit is impaired, impairment losses are allocated firstly against goodwill, and secondly on a pro-rata basis against intangible and other assets.
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
137
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
14. Intangible assets continued
Goodwill £m |
Customer relationships and brands £m |
Telecoms licences and other £m |
Internally developed software £m |
Purchased software £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||||||||
Cost |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 1 April 2017 |
8,034 | 3,422 | 2,945 | 4,363 | 1,853 | 20,617 | ||||||||||||||||||
Additions |
| | | 517 | 125 | 642 | ||||||||||||||||||
Acquisitions |
14 | | 3 | | | 17 | ||||||||||||||||||
Disposals and adjustments a |
(3 | ) | | (3 | ) | (55 | ) | (413 | ) | (474 | ) | |||||||||||||
Exchange differences |
(100 | ) | (12 | ) | 6 | (3 | ) | 9 | (100 | ) | ||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2018 |
7,945 | 3,410 | 2,951 | 4,822 | 1,574 | 20,702 | ||||||||||||||||||
Additions |
| | 304 | 520 | 160 | 984 | ||||||||||||||||||
Disposals and adjustments a |
(2 | ) | | (3 | ) | (945 | ) | (141 | ) | (1,091 | ) | |||||||||||||
Transfers |
| | 4 | 120 | (80 | ) | 44 | |||||||||||||||||
Exchange differences |
63 | 7 | (4 | ) | 1 | (8 | ) | 59 | ||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2019 |
8,006 | 3,417 | 3,252 | 4,518 | 1,505 | 20,698 | ||||||||||||||||||
Accumulated amortisation |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 1 April 2017 |
| 813 | 280 | 3,193 | 1,302 | 5,588 | ||||||||||||||||||
Charge for the year |
| 379 | 141 | 525 | 78 | 1,123 | ||||||||||||||||||
Disposals and adjustments a |
| | (3 | ) | (36 | ) | (426 | ) | (465 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Exchange differences |
| (1 | ) | 3 | (2 | ) | 9 | 9 | ||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2018 |
| 1,191 | 421 | 3,680 | 963 | 6,255 | ||||||||||||||||||
Charge for the year |
| 377 | 142 | 525 | 110 | 1,154 | ||||||||||||||||||
Disposals and adjustments a |
| | (3 | ) | (941 | ) | (147 | ) | (1,091 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Transfers |
| | 3 | (43 | ) | 43 | 3 | |||||||||||||||||
Exchange differences |
| 3 | (3 | ) | | (8 | ) | (8 | ) | |||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2019 |
| 1,571 | 560 | 3,221 | 961 | 6,313 | ||||||||||||||||||
Carrying amount |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2019 |
8,006 | 1,846 | 2,692 | 1,297 | 544 | 14,385 | ||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2018 |
7,945 | 2,219 | 2,530 | 1,142 | 611 | 14,447 | ||||||||||||||||||
a |
Fully depreciated assets in the groups fixed asset registers were reviewed during the year, as part of the groups annual asset verification exercise, and certain assets that were no longer in use have been written off, reducing cost and accumulated depreciation by £1.0bn (2017/18: £0.4bn). |
Impairment of goodwill
Significant accounting policies that apply to impairment of goodwill
We perform an annual goodwill impairment review.
Goodwill recognised in a business combination does not generate cash flows independently of other assets or groups of assets. As a result, the recoverable amount, being the value in use, is determined at a cash generating unit (CGU) level. These CGUs represent the smallest identifiable groups of assets that generate cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other groups of assets. Our CGUs are deemed to be legacy BT Consumer, legacy EE, Enterprise, and Global Services.
We allocate goodwill to each of the Cash Generating Units (CGUs) that we expect to benefit from the business combination. Each CGU to which goodwill is allocated represents the lowest level within the group at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.
The value in use of each CGU is determined using cash flow projections derived from financial plans approved by the Board covering a five-year period. They reflect managements expectations of revenue, EBITDA growth, capital expenditure, working capital and operating cash flows, based on past experience and future expectations of business performance. Cash flows beyond the fifth year have been extrapolated using perpetuity growth rates.
Critical accounting estimates and key judgements made in reviewing goodwill for impairment
Determining our CGUs
The determination of our CGUs is judgemental. The identification of CGUs involves an assessment of whether the asset or group of assets generate largely independent cash inflows. This involves consideration of how our core assets are operated and whether these generate independent revenue streams. During the year we reviewed our CGUs and have brought together Business and Public Sector and Wholesale and Ventures into Enterprise, aligning our CGUs to our customer-facing units. The legacy BT Consumer and EE CGUs remain as two separate CGUs due to their having independent cash flows.
138
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
14. Intangible assets continued
Estimating value in use
Our value in use calculations require estimates in relation to uncertain items, including managements expectations of future revenue growth, operating costs, profit margins, operating cash flows, and the discount rate for each CGU. Future cash flows used in the value in use calculations are based on our latest Board-approved five-year financial plans. Expectations about future growth reflect the expectations of growth in the markets to which the CGU relates. The future cash flows are discounted using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money. The discount rate used in each CGU is adjusted for the risk specific to the asset, including the countries in which cash flow will be generated, for which the future cash flow estimates have not been adjusted.
We tested our goodwill for impairment as at 31 December 2018. The carrying value of goodwill and the key assumptions used in performing the annual impairment assessment and sensitivities are disclosed below.
Cost |
Legacy BT
£m |
Legacy EE £m |
Enterprise £m |
Business and
Public Sector |
Wholesale and
Ventures |
Global Services £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||||||||||
At 1 April 2017 |
1,183 | 2,768 | | 2,570 | 942 | 571 | 8,034 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Exchange differences |
| | | (8 | ) | | (92 | ) | (100 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Acquisitions and disposals |
| | | | | 11 | 11 | |||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2018 |
1,183 | 2,768 | | 2,562 | 942 | 490 | 7,945 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Transfer |
| | 3,504 | (2,562 | ) | (942 | ) | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Exchange differences |
| | 5 | | | 58 | 63 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Acquisitions and disposals |
| | | | | (2 | ) | (2 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2019 |
1,183 | 2,768 | 3,509 | | | 546 | 8,006 | |||||||||||||||||||||
What discount rate have we used?
The pre-tax discount rates applied to the cash flow forecasts are derived from our post-tax weighted average cost of capital. The assumptions used in the calculation of the groups weighted average cost of capital are benchmarked to externally available data. The pre-tax discount rate used in performing the value in use calculation in 2018/19 was 8.2% (2017/18: 8.4%). Weve used the same discount rate for all CGUs except Global Services where we have used 8.7% (2017/18: 8.8%) reflecting higher risk in some of the countries in which Global Services operates.
What growth rates have we used?
The perpetuity growth rates are determined based on the forecast market growth rates of the regions in which the CGU operates, and they reflect an assessment of the long-term growth prospects of that market. The growth rates have been benchmarked against external data for the relevant markets. None of the growth rates applied exceed the expected long-term average growth rates for those markets or sectors. We used a perpetuity growth rate of 2.4% (2017/18: 2.3%) for Global Services and 2.0% (2017/18: 2.0%) for Enterprise and our legacy BT Consumer and EE CGUs.
What sensitivities have we applied?
There is significant headroom in our Enterprise and legacy BT Consumer and EE CGUs. For Global Services, the value in use exceeds the carrying value of the CGU by approximately £1,198m (2017/18: £776m). Any of the following changes in assumptions in isolation would cause the recoverable amount for the CGU to equal its carrying amount:
|
a reduction in the perpetuity growth rate from our 2.4% assumption to a revised assumption of a perpetuity decline rate of 4.1%; |
|
an increase in the discount rate from our 8.7% assumption to a revised assumption of 13.6%; or |
|
shortfalls in trading performance against forecast resulting in operating cash flows decreasing by 42% each year and in perpetuity. |
15. Property, plant and equipment
Significant accounting policies that apply property, plant and equipment
Our property, plant and equipment is included at historical cost, net of accumulated depreciation, government grants and any impairment charges. Property, plant and equipment acquired through business combinations are initially recorded at fair value and subsequently accounted for on the same basis as our existing assets. We derecognise items of property, plant and equipment on disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. The difference between the sale proceeds and the net book value at the date of disposal is recognised in operating costs in the income statement.
Included within the cost of network infrastructure and equipment are direct and indirect labour costs, materials and directly attributable overheads.
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
139
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
15. Property, plant and equipment continued
We depreciate property, plant and equipment on a straight line basis from the time the asset is available for use, to write off the assets cost over the estimated useful life taking into account any expected residual value. Freehold land is not depreciated.
Estimated useful economic lives
The estimated useful lives assigned to principal categories of assets are as follows:
Land and buildings |
||||||
Freehold buildings |
14 to 50 years | |||||
Short-term leasehold improvements |
Shorter of 10 years or lease term | |||||
Leasehold land and buildings |
Unexpired portion of lease or 40 years, whichever is the shorter | |||||
Network infrastructure |
||||||
Transmission equipment |
||||||
Duct |
40 years | |||||
Cable |
3 to 25 years | |||||
Fibre |
5 to 20 years | |||||
Exchange equipment |
2 to 13 years | |||||
Other network equipment |
2 to 20 years | |||||
Other assets |
||||||
Motor vehicles |
2 to 9 years | |||||
Computers and office equipment |
3 to 7 years | |||||
Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or their useful economic life. Residual values and useful lives are reassessed annually and, if necessary, changes are recognised prospectively.
Network share assets
Certain assets have been contributed to a network share arrangement by both EE and Hutchison 3G UK Limited, with legal title remaining with the contributor. This is considered to be a reciprocal arrangement. Our share of the assets on acquisition of EE were recognised at fair value within tangible assets, and depreciated in line with policy. Subsequent additions are recorded at cost.
Impairment of property, plant and equipment
We test property, plant and equipment for impairment if events or changes in circumstances (assessed at each reporting date) indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. When an impairment test is performed, we assess the recoverable amount by reference to the higher of the net present value of the expected future cash flows (value in use) of the relevant asset and the fair value less costs to dispose. If it is not possible to determine the recoverable amount for the individual asset then we assess impairment by reference to the relevant cash generating unit as described in note 14.
Key judgements made in accounting for our BDUK contracts
We receive government grants in relation to the Broadband Delivery UK (BDUK) programme and other rural superfast broadband contracts. Where we have achieved certain service levels, or delivered the network more efficiently than anticipated, we have an obligation to either re-invest or repay grant funding. Where this is the case, we assess and defer the income with a corresponding increase in capital expenditure.
Assessing the timing of whether and when we change the estimated take-up assumption is judgemental as it involves considering information which is not always observable. Our consideration on whether and when to change the base case assumption is dependent on our expectation of the long-term take-up trend.
Our assessment of how much grant income to defer includes consideration of the difference between the take-up percentage agreed with the local authority and the likelihood of actual take-up. The value of the government grants deferred is disclosed in note 18.
140
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
15. Property, plant and equipment continued
Land and buildings a £m |
Network infrastructure a £m |
Other b £m |
Assets in course of construction £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||
Cost |
||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2017 |
1,302 | 49,372 | 1,938 | 1,413 | 54,025 | |||||||||||||||
Additions c |
12 | 193 | 92 | 2,597 | 2,894 | |||||||||||||||
Transfers |
36 | 2,793 | 16 | (2,845 | ) | | ||||||||||||||
Disposals and adjustments d |
(82 | ) | (1,540 | ) | (119 | ) | (48 | ) | (1,789 | ) | ||||||||||
Exchange differences |
(6 | ) | (35 | ) | (13 | ) | 1 | (53 | ) | |||||||||||
At 31 March 2018 |
1,262 | 50,783 | 1,914 | 1,118 | 55,077 | |||||||||||||||
Additions c |
12 | 97 | 119 | 3,034 | 3,262 | |||||||||||||||
Transfers |
13 | 2,988 | 18 | (3,063 | ) | (44 | ) | |||||||||||||
Disposals and adjustments d |
(178 | ) | (1,943 | ) | (333 | ) | 102 | (2,352 | ) | |||||||||||
Exchange differences |
(2 | ) | (32 | ) | 4 | | (30 | ) | ||||||||||||
At 31 March 2019 |
1,107 | 51,893 | 1,722 | 1,191 | 55,913 | |||||||||||||||
Accumulated depreciation |
||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2017 |
817 | 35,214 | 1,554 | | 37,585 | |||||||||||||||
Charge for the year |
57 | 2,213 | 121 | | 2,391 | |||||||||||||||
Disposals and adjustments d |
(96 | ) | (1,613 | ) | (107 | ) | | (1,816 | ) | |||||||||||
Exchange differences |
(5 | ) | (24 | ) | (10 | ) | | (39 | ) | |||||||||||
At 31 March 2018 |
773 | 35,790 | 1,558 | | 38,121 | |||||||||||||||
Charge for the year |
51 | 2,236 | 105 | | 2,392 | |||||||||||||||
Transfers |
1 | (4 | ) | | | (3 | ) | |||||||||||||
Disposals and adjustments d |
(104 | ) | (1,940 | ) | (296 | ) | | (2,340 | ) | |||||||||||
Exchange differences |
(1 | ) | (30 | ) | 4 | | (27 | ) | ||||||||||||
At 31 March 2019 |
720 | 36,052 | 1,371 | | 38,143 | |||||||||||||||
Carrying amount |
||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2019 |
387 | 15,841 | 351 | 1,191 | 17,770 | |||||||||||||||
Engineering stores |
| | | 65 | 65 | |||||||||||||||
Total at 31 March 2019 |
387 | 15,841 | 351 | 1,256 | 17,835 | |||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2018 |
489 | 14,993 | 356 | 1,118 | 16,956 | |||||||||||||||
Engineering stores |
| | | 44 | 44 | |||||||||||||||
Total at 31 March 2018 |
489 | 14,993 | 356 | 1,162 | 17,000 | |||||||||||||||
a |
The carrying amount of the groups property, plant and equipment includes an amount of £34m (2017/18: £53m) in respect of assets held under finance leases, comprising land and buildings of £34m (2017/18: £42m) and network infrastructure of £nil (2017/18: £11m). The depreciation expense on those assets in 2018/19 was £2m (2017/18: £10m), comprising land and buildings of £2m (2017/18: £3m) and network infrastructure of £nil (2017/18: £7m). |
b |
Other mainly comprises motor vehicles, computers and fixtures and fittings. |
c |
Net of grant deferral of £63m (2017/18: £74m net grant funding). |
d |
Fully depreciated assets in the groups fixed asset registers were reviewed during the year, as part of the groups annual asset verification exercise, and certain assets that were no longer in use have been written off, reducing cost and accumulated depreciation by £1.9bn (2017/18: £1.3bn). Disposals and adjustments also reflect the reclassification of the BT Centre property to held for sale (£89m), and £124m of adjustments resulting from changes in assumptions used in calculating lease-end obligations where the corresponding asset is capitalised. |
At 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
||||||
The carrying amount of land and buildings, including leasehold improvements, comprised: |
||||||||
Freehold |
158 | 261 | ||||||
Leasehold |
229 | 228 | ||||||
Total land and buildings |
387 | 489 | ||||||
Network infrastructure
Some of our network assets are jointly controlled by EE Limited with Hutchison 3G UK Limited. These relate to shared 3G network and certain elements of network for 4G rural sites. The net book value of the groups share of assets controlled by its joint operation MBNL is £584m (2017/18: £526m) and is recorded within network infrastructure. Included within this is £125m (2017/18: £132m), being the groups share of assets owned by its joint operation MBNL.
Within network infrastructure are assets with a net book value of £9.0bn (2017/18: £8.3bn) which have useful economic lives of more than 18 years.
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
141
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
Significant accounting policies that apply to programme rights
Programme rights are recognised on the balance sheet from the point at which the legally enforceable licence period begins. They are initially recognised at cost and are amortised from the point at which they are available for use, on a straight line basis over the programming period, or the remaining licence term, as appropriate, which is generally 12 months. Programme rights are tested for impairment in accordance with our impairment policy as set out in note 14.
Additions reflect TV programme rights for which the legally enforceable licence period has started during the year. Rights for which the licence period has not started are disclosed as contractual commitments in note 30. Payments made to receive commissioned or acquired programming in advance of the legal right to broadcast the programmes are classified as prepayments (see note 17).
Programmes produced internally are charged to the income statement over the period of the related broadcast.
Total £m |
||||
At 1 April 2017 |
264 | |||
Additions |
771 | |||
Amortisation |
(763 | ) | ||
At 1 April 2018 |
272 | |||
Additions |
879 | |||
Amortisation |
(841 | ) | ||
At 31 March 2019 |
310 |
17. Trade and other receivables
Significant accounting policies that apply to trade and other receivables
We initially recognise trade and other receivables at fair value, which is usually the original invoiced amount. They are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The carrying amount of these balances approximates to fair value due to the short maturity of amounts receivable.
We provide services to consumer and business customers, mainly on credit terms. We know that certain debts due to us will not be paid through the default of a small number of our customers. Because of this, we recognise an allowance for doubtful debts on initial recognition of receivables, which is deducted from the gross carrying amount of the receivable. The allowance is calculated by reference to credit losses expected to be incurred over the lifetime of the receivable. In estimating a loss allowance we consider historical experience and informed credit assessment alongside other factors such as the current state of the economy and particular industry issues. We consider reasonable and supportable information that is relevant and available without undue cost or effort.
Once recognised, trade receivables are continuously monitored and updated. Allowances are based on our historical loss experiences for the relevant aged category as well as forward-looking information and general economic conditions. Allowances are calculated by individual customer-facing units in order to reflect the specific nature of the customers relevant to that customer-facing unit.
At 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
Current |
||||||||||||
Trade receivables |
1,732 | 1,741 | 1,774 | |||||||||
Prepayments a |
698 | 1,103 | 733 | |||||||||
Accrued income b |
34 | 777 | 955 | |||||||||
Deferred contract costs c |
417 | | | |||||||||
Other receivables d |
341 | 393 | 373 | |||||||||
3,222 | 4,014 | 3,835 | ||||||||||
At 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
Non-current |
||||||||||||
Other assets e |
173 | 317 | 360 | |||||||||
Deferred contract costs c |
272 | | | |||||||||
445 | 317 | 360 | ||||||||||
a |
2017/18 includes £325m in respect of the acquisition of Spectrum. |
b |
Accrued income recognised in prior years has been substantially reclassified to contract assets on adoption of IFRS 15. See notes 1 and 2. |
c |
Deferred contract costs arise following adoption of IFRS 15 on 1 April 2018. See notes 1 and 2. |
d |
Other receivables includes assets held for sale of £nil (2017/18: £nil, 2016/17: £22m). £89m assets held for sale as at 31 March 2019 are presented separately on the face of the balance sheet. |
e |
Other assets comprise prepayments and leasing debtors. Included in prior year comparatives are costs relating to the initial set-up, transition or transformation phase of long-term networked IT services contracts (2017/18: £145m, 2016/17: £163m), which are presented within deferred contract costs following adoption of IFRS 15. |
142
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
17. Trade and other receivables continued
Trade receivables are stated after deducting allowances for doubtful debts, as follows:
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
||||||||||
At 1 April |
375 | 303 | 195 | |||||||||
Expense |
95 | 129 | 211 | |||||||||
Utilised |
(165 | ) | (61 | ) | (114 | ) | ||||||
Exchange differences |
(6 | ) | 4 | 11 | ||||||||
At 31 March |
299 | 375 | 303 | |||||||||
Included within the 2016/17 expense above are amounts for exposures relating to the Italian business investigation.
Note 27 provides further disclosure regarding the credit quality of our gross trade receivables. Trade receivables are due as follows:
Past due and not specifically impaired | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March |
Not past due £m |
Trade receivables specifically impaired net of provision £m |
Between 0 and 3 months £m |
Between 3 and 6 months £m |
Between 6 and 12 months £m |
Over 12 months £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||||||||||
2019 |
1,229 | 34 | 371 | 42 | 40 | 16 | 1,732 | |||||||||||||||||||||
2018 |
1,251 | 61 | 293 | 44 | 25 | 67 | 1,741 | |||||||||||||||||||||
2017 |
1,184 | 146 | 292 | 17 | 41 | 94 | 1,774 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Gross trade receivables which have been specifically impaired amounted to £57m (2017/18: £124m, 2016/17: £238m).
Trade receivables not past due and accrued income are analysed below by customer-facing unit.
Trade receivables not past due | Accrued income | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer |
457 | | | 32 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Enterprise |
274 | | | 2 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Global Services |
498 | 477 | 444 | | 222 | 297 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Openreach |
| 61 | 1 | | 67 | 78 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
BT Consumer |
| 157 | 128 | | 86 | 90 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
EE |
| 206 | 335 | | 122 | 170 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Business and Public Sector |
| 253 | 200 | | 134 | 151 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Wholesale and Ventures |
| 92 | 75 | | 145 | 167 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
| 5 | 1 | | 1 | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
1,229 | 1,251 | 1,184 | 34 | 777 | 955 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Given the broad and varied nature of our customer base, the analysis of trade receivables not past due and accrued income by customer-facing unit is considered the most appropriate disclosure of credit concentrations. Cash collateral held against trade and other receivables amounted to £9m (2017/18: £6m, 2016/17: £4m).
Deferred contract costs
Significant accounting policies that apply to deferred contract costs
We capitalise certain costs associated with the acquisition and fulfilment of contracts with customers and amortise them over the period that we transfer the associated services.
Connection costs are deferred as contract fulfilment costs because they allow satisfaction of the associated connection performance obligation and are considered recoverable. Sales commissions and other third party contract acquisition costs are capitalised as costs to acquire a contract unless the associated contract term is less than 12 months, in which case they are expensed as incurred. Capitalised costs are amortised over the minimum contract term. A portfolio approach is used to determine contract term.
Where the initial set-up, transition and transformation phases of long-term contractual arrangements represent distinct performance obligations, costs in delivering these services are expensed as incurred. Where these services are not distinct performance obligations, we capitalise eligible costs as a cost of fulfilling the related service. Capitalised costs are amortised on a straight line basis over the remaining contract term, unless the pattern of service delivery indicates a more appropriate profile. To be eligible for capitalisation, costs must be directly attributable to specific contracts, relate to future activity, and generate future economic benefits. Capitalised costs are regularly assessed for recoverability.
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
143
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
17. Trade and other receivables continued
The following table shows the movement on deferred costs:
Deferred
£m |
Deferred
£m |
Deferred
£m |
Transition and
£m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||
At 1 April 2018 |
7 | 85 | 416 | 161 | 669 | |||||||||||||||
Additions |
15 | 76 | 446 | 32 | 569 | |||||||||||||||
Amortisation |
(14 | ) | (76 | ) | (426 | ) | (53 | ) | (569 | ) | ||||||||||
Impairment |
| (5 | ) | (4 | ) | (1 | ) | (10 | ) | |||||||||||
Other |
23 | 6 | | 1 | 30 | |||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2019 |
31 | 86 | 432 | 140 | 689 | |||||||||||||||
Significant accounting policies that apply to trade and other payables
We initially recognise trade and other payables at fair value, which is usually the original invoiced amount. We subsequently carry them at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
At 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
Current |
||||||||||||
Trade payables |
4,141 | 3,991 | 4,205 | |||||||||
Other taxation and social security |
564 | 704 | 704 | |||||||||
Other payables |
387 | 456 | 672 | |||||||||
Accrued expenses |
630 | 492 | 382 | |||||||||
Deferred income a |
68 | 1,525 | 1,474 | |||||||||
5,790 | 7,168 | 7,437 | ||||||||||
At 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
Non-current |
||||||||||||
Other payables b |
873 | 871 | 885 | |||||||||
Deferred income a |
606 | 455 | 413 | |||||||||
1,479 | 1,326 | 1,298 | ||||||||||
a |
Deferred income recognised in prior periods has substantially been reclassified to contract liabilities on adoption of IFRS 15, see notes 1 and 2. The remaining balance includes £51m (2017/18: £132m, 2016/17: £71m) current and £586m (2017/18: £404m, 2016/17: £375m) non-current liabilities relating to the Broadband Delivery UK programme, for which grants received by the group may be subject to re-investment or repayment depending on the level of take-up. |
b |
Other payables relate to operating lease liabilities and deferred gains on a 2001 sale and finance leaseback transaction. |
Our provisions principally relate to obligations arising from property rationalisation programmes, restructuring programmes, asset retirement obligations, network assets, insurance claims, litigation and regulatory risks.
Significant accounting policies that apply to provisions
We recognise provisions when the group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. Financial liabilities within provisions are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method. We measure onerous lease provisions at the lower of the cost to fulfil or to exit the contract.
Critical accounting estimates and key judgements made in accounting for provisions
We exercise judgement in determining the timing and quantum of all provisions to be recognised. Our assessment includes consideration of whether we have a present obligation, whether payment is probable and if so whether the amount can be estimated reliably.
As part of this assessment, we also assess the likelihood of contingent liabilities occurring in the future which are not recognised as liabilities on our balance sheet. By their nature, contingencies will be resolved only when one or more uncertain future events occur or fail to occur. We assess the likelihood that a potential claim or liability will arise and also quantify the possible range of financial outcomes where this can be reasonably determined. Weve disclosed our assessment of contingent liabilities in note 30.
144
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
19. Provisions continued
Restructuring programmes involve estimation of the direct cost necessary for the restructuring and exclude items that are associated with ongoing activities. The amounts below exclude restructuring costs for which the timing and amount are certain. These are recognised as part of trade and other payables.
Under our property rationalisation programmes weve identified a number of surplus leased properties. Although efforts are being made to sublet this space, this is not always possible. Estimates have been made of the cost of vacant possession and of any shortfall arising from any potential sub-lease income being lower than the lease costs. Any such shortfall is recognised as a provision. We have also made estimates of the costs to restore properties upon vacation where this is required under the lease agreements.
Asset retirement obligations (AROs) involve an estimate of the cost to dismantle equipment and restore network sites upon vacation and the timing of the event. The provision represents the groups best estimate of the amount that may be required to settle the obligation.
Network asset provisions represent our future operational costs and vacant site rentals arising from obligations relating to network share agreements. Costs are expected to be incurred over a period of up to 20 years.
Our regulatory provision represents our best estimate of the cost to settle our present obligation in relation to historical regulatory matters. The charge for the year represents the outcome of managements re-assessment of the estimates and regulatory risks across a range of issues, including price and service issues. The prices at which certain services are charged are regulated and may be subject to retrospective adjustment by regulators. Estimates are used in assessing the likely value of the regulatory risk.
For all risks, the ultimate liability may vary materially from the amounts provided and will be dependent upon the eventual outcome of any settlement.
Restructuring £m |
Property £m |
Network ARO £m |
Network share £m |
Regulatory £m |
Litigation £m |
Other £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2017 |
11 | 292 | 83 | 50 | 479 | 69 | 177 | 1,161 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Additions |
4 | 37 | 2 | | 51 | 6 | 33 | 133 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unwind of discount |
| 11 | 2 | 2 | | | | 15 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Utilised or released |
(2 | ) | (46 | ) | (16 | ) | (19 | ) | (210 | ) | (11 | ) | (32 | ) | (336 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Transfers |
| | | | | | 85 | 85 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exchange differences |
(1 | ) | | | | | | (2 | ) | (3 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2018 |
12 | 294 | 71 | 33 | 320 | 64 | 261 | 1,055 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Additions |
| 84 | 102 | 2 | 58 | 3 | 66 | 315 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unwind of discount |
| 11 | 2 | 1 | | | | 14 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Utilised or released |
| (71 | ) | (13 | ) | (9 | ) | (196 | ) | (9 | ) | (109 | ) | (407 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Transfers |
(12 | ) | 21 | | | | 27 | (7 | ) | 29 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Exchange differences |
| | | | | (1 | ) | 1 | | |||||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2019 |
| 339 | 162 | 27 | 182 | 84 | 212 | 1,006 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
Analysed as: |
||||||||||||
Current |
424 | 603 | 625 | |||||||||
Non-current |
582 | 452 | 536 | |||||||||
1,006 | 1,055 | 1,161 | ||||||||||
In 2016/17 we recognised a £300m charge in relation to estimated deemed consent compensation payments. In 2016/17 a related fine of £42m was imposed and was recognised as a payable rather than as a provision. The provision movement in the year reflects the completion of the majority of deemed consent compensation payments, and new matters arising across a range of issues, including price and service issues, and the re-assessment of other regulatory risks and in light of historic regulatory decisions by Ofcom. The movement has been recorded as a specific item.
Included within Other provisions are contract loss provisions of £25m (2017/18: £38m) relating to the anticipated total losses in respect of certain contracts. It is expected that the majority of these provisions will be utilised in the next few years. Although there is a short period remaining to the finalisation of these contracts, there remains uncertainty as to whether potential future changes to key assumptions made when estimating their future losses could have a significant impact. There is no single change in key variables that
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
145
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
19. Provisions continued
could materially affect future expected losses on these contracts, but it is reasonably possible there will be a combination of changes in key variables that could have a material impact. Also included in Other are amounts provided for constructive obligations arising from insurance claims which will be utilised as the obligations are settled.
During the year we have updated property provisions to reflect our reassessment of lease-end obligations to reflect the groups property strategy announced in May 2018, and to update the rate used to discount these provisions. Where additions to the provision relate to capitalised assets there has been a corresponding increase in the asset (see note 15). Other amounts have been charged to the income statement as specific items.
During the year we have updated provisions relating to asset retirement obligations to reflect our latest assessment of the cost to dismantle equipment and restore the sites, and to update the rate used to discount the provisions. The increase in the provision has been reflected in an increase in the corresponding capitalised asset (see note 15).
Background to BTs pension plans
The group has both defined benefit and defined contribution retirement benefit plans. The groups main plans are in the UK and the largest by membership is the BT Pension Scheme (BTPS) which is a defined benefit plan that was closed to new entrants on 31 March 2001. After that date new entrants to BT in the UK have been able to join a defined contribution plan, currently the BT Retirement Saving Scheme (BTRSS), a contract-based arrangement operated by Standard Life.
Sections B and C of the BTPS were closed to future benefit accrual on 30 June 2018 (which represented over 99% of the BTPS active membership at the time) and affected employees have been able to join the BTRSS for future pension accrual. Non-management employees will be eligible to join a new hybrid pension arrangement, the BT Hybrid Scheme, between 1 April 2019 and 30 September 2019. This new arrangement combines elements of both defined benefit and defined contribution pension schemes.
EE Limited operates the EE Pension Scheme (EEPS), which has a defined benefit section that was closed to future benefit accrual in 2014 and a defined contribution section which is open to new joiners.
We also have retirement arrangements around the world in line with local markets and culture.
What are they? | How do they impact BTs financial statements? | |||
Defined contribution plans |
Benefits in a defined contribution plan are linked to:
contributions paid
the performance of each individuals chosen investments
the form in which individuals choose to take their benefits.
Contributions are paid into an independently administered fund. |
The income statement charge in respect of defined contribution plans represents the contribution payable by the group based upon a fixed percentage of employees pay.
The group has no exposure to investment and other experience risks. |
||
Defined benefit plans |
Benefits in a defined benefit plan are:
determined by the plan rules, dependent on factors such as age, years of service and pensionable pay
not dependent upon actual contributions made by the company or members. |
The income statement service cost in respect of defined benefit plans represents the increase in the defined benefit liability arising from pension benefits earned by active members in the current period.
The group is exposed to investment and other experience risks and may need to make additional contributions where it is estimated that the benefits will not be met from regular contributions, expected investment income and assets held. |
Significant accounting policies that apply to retirement benefits
Defined benefit plans
Our net obligation in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation less the fair value of the plan assets.
The income statement expense is allocated between an operating charge and net finance income or expense.
|
The operating charge reflects the increase in the defined benefit obligation resulting from the pension benefit earned by active employees in the current period, the costs of administering the plans and any past service costs/credits such as those arising from curtailments or settlements. |
146
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
20. Retirement benefit plans continued
|
The net finance income or expense reflects the interest on the net retirement benefit obligations recognised in the group balance sheet, based on the discount rate at the start of the year. |
Remeasurements of the net pension obligation are recognised in full in the group statement of comprehensive income in the year in which they arise. These comprise the impact on the defined benefit obligation of changes in demographic and financial assumptions compared with the start of the year, actual experience being different to those assumptions and the return on plan assets being above or below the amount included in the net pension interest expense.
Defined contribution plans
The income statement expense for the defined contribution pension plans we operate represents the contributions payable for the year.
Amounts in the financial statements
Group income statement
The expense or income arising from all group retirement benefit arrangements recognised in the group income statement is shown below.
Year ended 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
Recognised in the income statement before specific items |
||||||||||||
Service cost (including administration expenses & PPF levy): |
||||||||||||
defined benefit plans |
135 | 376 | 281 | |||||||||
defined contribution plans |
476 | 265 | 240 | |||||||||
Past service credit a |
| (17 | ) | | ||||||||
Subtotal |
611 | 624 | 521 | |||||||||
Recognised in the income statement as specific items (note 10) |
||||||||||||
Costs to close BT Pension Scheme and provide transition payments b for affected employees |
23 | | | |||||||||
Cost to equalise benefits between men and women due to guaranteed minimum pension (GMP) c |
26 | | | |||||||||
Net interest expense on pensions deficit included in specific items |
139 | 218 | 209 | |||||||||
Subtotal |
188 | 218 | 209 | |||||||||
Total recognised in the income statement |
799 | 842 | 730 | |||||||||
a |
Relates to the removal of future indexation obligations following changes to the benefits provided under certain pension plans operating outside the UK in 2017/18. |
b |
All employees impacted by the closure of the BTPS receive transition payments into their BTRSS pot for a period linked to the employees age. There was no past service cost or credit on closure due to the assumed past service benefit link as an active member being the same as that assumed for a deferred member. |
c |
In October, a High Court judgment involving the Lloyds Banking Groups defined benefit pension schemes was handed down, resulting in the group needing to recognise additional liability to equalise benefits between men and women due to GMPs, in common with most UK defined benefit schemes. |
Group balance sheet
The net pension obligation in respect of defined benefit plans reported in the group balance sheet is set out below. The prior year retirement benefit obligation has been restated as a result of a prior period accounting error, refer to note 2 for more details.
2019 | 2018 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March |
Assets £m |
Present value of liabilities £m |
Deficit £m |
Assets £m |
Present value of liabilities (Restated) £m |
Deficit (Restated) £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||
BTPS |
52,186 | (58,855 | ) | (6,669 | ) | 49,894 | (56,259 | ) | (6,365 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
EEPS |
816 | (997 | ) | (181 | ) | 763 | (920 | ) | (157 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Other plans a |
362 | (694 | ) | (332 | ) | 299 | (624 | ) | (325 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Retirement benefit obligation |
53,364 | (60,546 | ) | (7,182 | ) | 50,956 | (57,803 | ) | (6,847 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Adjustments due to effect of asset ceiling (IFRIC 14) |
| | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred tax asset |
1,208 | 1,164 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net pension obligation |
(5,974 | ) | (5,683 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
a |
Included in the present value of obligations of other plans is £101m (2017/18: £97m) related to unfunded pension arrangements. |
Included within trade and other payables in the group balance sheet is £42m (2017/18: £17m) in respect of contributions payable to defined contribution plans.
BT is not required to limit any pensions surplus or recognise additional pensions liabilities in individual plans as economic benefits are available in the form of either future refunds or reductions to future contributions. This is on the basis that IFRIC 14 applies enabling a refund of surplus following the gradual settlement of the liabilities over time until there are no members remaining in the scheme.
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
147
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
20. Retirement benefit plans continued
Movements in defined benefit plan assets and liabilities
The table below shows the movements on the pension assets and liabilities and shows where they are reflected in the financial statements. The prior year retirement benefit obligation has been restated as a result of a prior period accounting error, refer to note 2 for more details.
Assets £m |
Liabilities £m |
Deficit £m |
||||||||||
At 31 March 2017 |
51,112 | (60,200 | ) | (9,088 | ) | |||||||
Service cost (including administration expenses and PPF levy) |
(67 | ) | (309 | ) | (376 | ) | ||||||
Past service credit |
| 17 | 17 | |||||||||
Interest on pension deficit |
1,201 | (1,419 | ) | (218 | ) | |||||||
Included in the group income statement |
(577 | ) | ||||||||||
Return on plan assets above the amount included in the group income statement |
10 | | 10 | |||||||||
Actuarial gain arising from changes in financial assumptions a |
| 2,251 | 2,251 | |||||||||
Actuarial loss arising from changes in demographic assumptions a (Restated) |
| (697 | ) | (697 | ) | |||||||
Actuarial gain arising from experience adjustments b |
| 120 | 120 | |||||||||
Included in the group statement of comprehensive income |
1,684 | |||||||||||
Regular contributions by employer |
264 | | 264 | |||||||||
Deficit contributions by employer |
872 | | 872 | |||||||||
Included in the group cash flow statement |
1,136 | |||||||||||
Contributions by employees |
2 | (2 | ) | | ||||||||
Benefits paid |
(2,449 | ) | 2,449 | | ||||||||
Foreign exchange |
11 | (13 | ) | (2 | ) | |||||||
Other movements |
(2 | ) | ||||||||||
At 31 March 2018 (Restated) |
50,956 | (57,803 | ) | (6,847 | ) | |||||||
Service cost (including administration expenses and PPF levy) |
(49 | ) | (86 | ) | (135 | ) | ||||||
Costs to close BT Pension Scheme |
(6 | ) | | (6 | ) | |||||||
Cost to equalise benefits between men and women due to guaranteed minimum pension (GMP) |
| (26 | ) | (26 | ) | |||||||
Interest on pension deficit |
1,356 | (1,495 | ) | (139 | ) | |||||||
Included in the group income statement |
(306 | ) | ||||||||||
Return on plan assets above the amount included in the group income statement |
1,607 | | 1,607 | |||||||||
Actuarial loss arising from changes in financial assumptions a |
| (3,920 | ) | (3,920 | ) | |||||||
Actuarial gain arising from changes in demographic assumptions a |
| 247 | 247 | |||||||||
Actuarial loss arising from experience adjustments b |
| (36 | ) | (36 | ) | |||||||
Included in the group statement of comprehensive income |
(2,102 | ) | ||||||||||
Regular contributions by employer |
43 | | 43 | |||||||||
Deficit contributions by employer |
2,024 | | 2,024 | |||||||||
Included in the group cash flow statement |
2,067 | |||||||||||
Contributions by employees |
1 | (1 | ) | | ||||||||
Benefits paid |
(2,564 | ) | 2,564 | | ||||||||
Foreign exchange |
(4 | ) | 10 | 6 | ||||||||
Other movements |
6 | |||||||||||
At 31 March 2019 |
53,364 | (60,546 | ) | (7,182 | ) | |||||||
a |
The actuarial gain or loss arises from changes in the assumptions used to value the defined benefit liabilities at the end of the year compared with the assumptions used at the start of the year. This includes both financial assumptions, which are based on market conditions at the year end, and demographic assumptions such as life expectancy. |
b |
The actuarial loss or gain arising from experience adjustments on defined benefit liabilities represents the impact on the liabilities of differences between actual experience during the year compared with the assumptions made at the start of the year. Such differences might arise, for example, from members choosing different benefit options at retirement, actual salary increases being different from those assumed or actual benefit increases being different to the pension increase assumption. |
How do we value our retirement benefit plans?
Valuation methodology
The IAS 19 liabilities are measured as the present value of the estimated future benefit cash flows to be paid by each scheme, calculated using the projected unit credit method. These calculations are performed for the group by professionally qualified actuaries.
The expected future benefit payments are based on a number of assumptions including future inflation, retirement ages, benefit options chosen and life expectancy and are therefore inherently uncertain. Actual benefit payments in a given year may be higher or lower, for example if members retire sooner or later than assumed, or take a greater or lesser cash lump sum at retirement than assumed.
Critical accounting judgements and key estimates made when valuing our retirement benefit plans
The accounting cost of these benefits and the present value of our pension liabilities involve judgements about uncertain events including the life expectancy of the members, price inflation and the discount rate used to calculate the net present value of the future pension payments. We use estimates for all of these uncertain events in determining the pension costs and liabilities in our financial statements. Our assumptions reflect historical experience, external advice and our judgement regarding future expectations. Financial assumptions are based on market expectations at the balance sheet date.
148
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
20. Retirement benefit plans continued
The fair value of our pension asset is made up of quoted and unquoted investments. The latter require more judgement as their values are not directly observable. The assumptions used in valuing unquoted investments are affected by current market conditions and trends which could result in changes in fair value after the measurement date.
How do we value the assets?
Under IAS 19, plan assets must be valued at the bid market value at the balance sheet date. For the main asset categories:
|
Equities listed on recognised stock exchanges are valued at closing bid prices. |
|
Properties are valued on the basis of open market value. |
|
Bonds are measured using a combination of broker quotes and pricing models making assumptions for credit risk, market risk and market yield curves. |
|
Holdings in investment funds are valued at fair value which is typically the Net Asset Value provided by the investment manager. |
|
Certain unlisted investments are valued using a model based valuation such as a discounted cash flow. |
|
The value of the longevity insurance contract held by the BTPS is measured by discounting the projected cash flows payable under the contract (projected by an actuary, consistent with the terms of the contract). |
Overview and governance of the BTPS
What is the profile of the BTPS?
At 31 March 2019 there were 288,000 members of the BTPS. Members belong to one of three sections depending upon the date they first joined the BTPS. The membership is analysed below.
Analysis of BTPS
Active members |
Deferred members |
Pensioners | Total | |||||||||||||
Sections A and B liabilities (£bn) a |
| 9.0 | 31.5 | 40.5 | ||||||||||||
Section C liabilities (£bn) |
| 14.1 | 4.3 | 18.4 | ||||||||||||
Total IAS 19 liabilities (£bn) |
| 23.1 | 35.8 | 58.9 | ||||||||||||
Total number of members |
| b | 83,000 | 205,000 | 288,000 | |||||||||||
a |
Sections A and B have been aggregated in this table as Section A members have typically elected to take Section B benefits at retirement. |
b |
At 31 March 2019 there are around 50 active members in the BTPS. |
The estimated duration of the BTPS liabilities, which is an indicator of the weighted average term of the liabilities, is around 16 years although the benefits payable by the BTPS are expected to be paid over more than 70 years. Whilst benefit payments are expected to increase over the earlier years, the value of the liabilities is expected to reduce.
The chart below illustrates the estimated benefits payable from the BTPS forecast using the IAS 19 assumptions.
Forecast benefits payable by the BTPS at 31 March 2019 (unaudited)
a |
Based on accrued benefits to 30 June 2018. |
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
149
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
20. Retirement benefit plans continued
What are the benefits under the BTPS?
Benefits earned for pensionable service prior to 1 April 2009 are based upon a members final salary and a normal pensionable age of 60.
Between 1 April 2009 and 30 June 2018, Section B and C active members accrued benefits based upon a career average re-valued earnings (CARE) basis and a normal pensionable age of 65. On a CARE basis benefits are built up based upon earnings in each year and the benefit accrued for each year is increased by the lower of inflation or the individuals actual pay increase in each year to retirement.
Under the Scheme rules the determination of the rate of inflation for statutory minimum rates of revaluation and indexation for the majority of benefits is based upon either the Retail Price Index (RPI) or the Consumer Price Index (CPI) which apply to each category of member as shown below.
Active members | Deferred members | Pensioners | ||||
Section B a |
Benefits accrue on a CARE basis increasing at the lower of RPI or the individuals actual pensionable pay increase |
Preserved benefits are revalued before retirement based upon CPI |
Increases in benefits in payment are currently based upon CPI | |||
Section C |
Increases in benefits in payment are currently based upon RPI up to a maximum of 5% | |||||
a |
Section A members have typically elected to take Section B benefits at retirement. |
In December 2018, the Court of Appeal upheld the High Courts ruling that it is currently not possible to change the index used to calculate pension increases paid in the future to members of Section C of the BTPS from RPI to another index. BT is seeking permission to appeal the decision from the Supreme Court.
How is the BTPS governed and managed?
BT Pension Scheme Trustees Limited (the Trustee) has been appointed by BT as an independent trustee to administer and manage the BTPS on behalf of the members in accordance with the terms of the BTPS Trust Deed and Rules and relevant legislation (principally the Pension Schemes Act 1993, the Pensions Act 1995 and the Pensions Act 2004).
Under the terms of the Trust Deed there are nine Trustee directors, all of whom are appointed by BT, as illustrated below. Trustee directors are usually appointed for a three-year term but are then eligible for re-appointment.
BTPS assets
Asset allocation
The allocation of assets between different classes of investment is reviewed regularly and is a key factor in the Trustees investment policy. The allocations reflect the Trustees views on the appropriate balance to be struck between seeking returns and incurring risk, and on the extent to which the assets should be allocated to match liabilities. Current market conditions and trends are regularly assessed which may lead to adjustments in the asset allocation.
150
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
20. Retirement benefit plans continued
The fair value of the assets of the BTPS analysed by asset category are shown below. These are subdivided by assets that have a quoted market price in an active market and those that do not (such as investment funds).
2019 a | 2018 a | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total
£bn |
of which quoted b £bn |
Total % |
Total
£bn |
of which quoted b £bn |
Total % |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Growth |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equities |
UK | 0.5 | 0.4 | 1 | 0.5 | 0.5 | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Overseas developed | 7.7 | 7.3 | 15 | 7.8 | 7.3 | 16 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Emerging markets | 1.1 | 1.1 | 2 | 0.5 | 0.4 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Private Equity |
1.5 | | 3 | 1.9 | | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Property |
UK | 3.5 | | 7 | 3.9 | | 8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Overseas | 1.1 | | 2 | 1.2 | | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other growth assets |
Absolute Return c | 1.2 | | 2 | 1.5 | | 3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Non Core Credit d | 3.8 | 1.1 | 7 | 3.4 | 1.0 | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mature Infrastructure | 1.4 | | 3 | 1.4 | | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liability matching |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Government bonds |
UK Index Linked | 13.2 | 13.2 | 25 | 12.5 | 12.5 | 25 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment grade credit |
Global | 14.3 | 10.1 | 27 | 10.0 | 8.0 | 20 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash, derivatives and other |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash balances |
2.7 | | 5 | 3.8 | | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Longevity insurance contract e |
(0.7 | ) | | (1 | ) | (0.4 | ) | | (1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other f |
0.9 | | 2 | 1.9 | | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
52.2 | 33.2 | 100 | 49.9 | 29.7 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
a |
At 31 March 2019, the Scheme did not hold any equity issued by the group (2017/18: £3m). The Scheme also held £2,154m (2017/18: £10m) of bonds issued by the group, reflecting the BTPS fully subscribing to £2bn of bonds issued by BT in June 2018 following agreement of the 2017 funding valuation. |
b |
Assets with a quoted price in an active market. |
c |
This allocation seeks to generate returns irrespective of the direction of markets. Managers within this allocation will typically manage their portfolios without close regard to a specific market benchmark. |
d |
This allocation includes a range of credit investments, including emerging market, sub-investment grade and unrated credit. The allocation seeks to exploit investment opportunities within credit markets using the expertise of a range of specialist investment managers. |
e |
The Trustee has hedged some of the Schemes longevity risk through a longevity insurance contract which was entered into in 2014. The value reflects experience to date on the contract from higher than expected deaths. This amount partly offsets a reduction which would be recognised in the Schemes liabilities over time. |
f |
Includes collateral posted in relation to derivatives held by the Scheme. |
IAS 19 assumptions
The table below summarises the approach used to set the key IAS 19 assumptions for the BTPS.
Approach to set the assumption | ||
Discount rate |
IAS 19 requires that the discount rate is determined by reference to market yields at the reporting date on high quality corporate bonds. The currency and term of these should be consistent with the currency and estimated term of the pension obligations.
The assumption is calculated by applying the projected BTPS benefit cash flows to a corporate bond yield curve constructed by our external actuary based on the yield on AA-rated corporate bonds.
In setting the yield curve, judgement is required on the selection of appropriate bonds to be included in the universe and the approach used to then derive the yield curve. |
|
RPI inflation | The RPI inflation assumption is set using an inflation curve derived from market yields on government bonds, weighted by projected BTPS benefit cash flows, and making an adjustment for an inflation risk premium (to reflect the extra premium paid by investors for inflation protection), which is currently assumed to be 20bps. | |
CPI inflation | CPI is assessed at a margin below RPI taking into account market forecasts and independent estimates of the expected difference. | |
Pension increases | Benefits are assumed to increase in line with the RPI or CPI inflation assumptions, based on the relevant index for increasing benefits, as prescribed by the rules of the BTPS and summarised above. | |
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
151
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
20. Retirement benefit plans continued
Approach to set the assumption | ||
Longevity |
The longevity assumption takes into account:
the actual mortality experience of the BTPS pensioners, based on a formal review conducted at the 2014 triennial funding valuation
future improvements in longevity based on a model published by UK actuarial professions Continuous Mortality Investigation (using the CMI 2017 Mortality Projections model with a 1.25% per year long-term improvement parameter). |
|
The key financial assumptions used to measure the liabilities of the BTPS are shown below.
Nominal rates (per year) | Real rates (per year) a | |||||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March |
2019 % |
2018 % |
2017 % |
2019 % |
2018 % |
2017 % |
||||||||||||||||||
Rate used to discount liabilities |
2.35 | 2.65 | 2.40 | (0.87 | ) | (0.44 | ) | (0.78 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Inflation increase in RPI |
3.25 | 3.10 | 3.20 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Inflation increase in CPI |
2.25 | b | 2.00 | c | 2.00 | d | (1.0 | ) b | (1.1 | ) c | (1.2 | ) d | ||||||||||||
a |
The real rate is calculated relative to RPI inflation. |
b |
Assumed to be 0.1% lower until 31 March 2023. |
c |
Assumed to be 0.1% higher until 31 March 2023. |
d |
Assumed to be 0.5% higher until 31 March 2019. |
The BTPS represents over 97% of the groups retirement benefit obligation. While the financial assumptions may vary for each plan, the nominal financial assumptions weighted by liabilities across all plans are equal to the figures shown in the table above (to the nearest 0.05%).
Based on the IAS 19 longevity assumptions, the forecast life expectancies for BTPS members aged 60 are as follows:
At 31 March |
2019 Number of years |
2018 Number of years |
||||||
Male in lower pay bracket |
25.7 | 25.8 | ||||||
Male in medium pay bracket |
27.0 | 27.1 | ||||||
Male in higher pay bracket |
28.5 | 28.5 | ||||||
Female in lower pay bracket |
28.5 | 28.5 | ||||||
Female in higher pay bracket |
28.7 | 28.7 | ||||||
Average improvement for a member retiring at age 60 in 10 years time |
0.7 | 0.7 | ||||||
Risks underlying the assumptions
Background
The BTPS faces similar risks to other UK DB schemes: things like future low investment returns, high inflation, longer life expectancy and regulatory changes may all mean the BTPS becomes more of a financial burden. Further details are set out on page 47.
Changes in external factors, such as interest rates, can have an impact on the IAS 19 assumptions, impacting the measurement of BTPS liabilities. These factors can also impact the Scheme assets. The BTPS hedges some of these risks, including longevity and currency using financial instruments and insurance contracts.
Some of the key financial risks, and mitigations, for the BTPS are set out in the table below.
Changes in bond yields |
A fall in yields on AA-rated corporate bonds, used to set the IAS 19 discount rate, will lead to an increase in the IAS 19 liabilities.
The BTPSs assets include corporate bonds, government bonds and interest rate derivatives which are expected to partly offset the impact of movements in the discount rate. However, yields on these assets may diverge compared with the discount rate in some scenarios. |
|
Changes in inflation expectations |
A significant proportion of the benefits paid to members are currently increased in line with RPI or CPI inflation. An increase in long-term inflation expectations will lead to an increase in the IAS 19 liabilities.
The BTPSs assets include index-linked government bonds and inflation derivatives which are expected to largely offset the impact of movements in inflation expectations. |
|
Changes in life expectancy |
An increase in the life expectancy of members will result in benefits being paid out for longer, leading to an increase in the BTPS liabilities.
The BTPS holds a longevity insurance contract which covers around 25% of the BTPSs total exposure to improvements in longevity, providing long-term protection and income to the BTPS in the event that members live longer than currently expected. |
|
Other risks include: volatile asset returns (ie where asset returns differ from the discount rate); changes in legislation or regulation which impact the value of the liabilities or assets; and member take-up of options before and at retirement to reshape their benefits.
152
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
20. Retirement benefit plans continued
Quantification
BTs independent actuary has assessed the potential negative impact of the key risks that might occur no more than once in every 20 years illustrated as the following four scenarios:
1-in-20 events | ||||||||
Scenario | 2019 | 2018 | ||||||
1. Fall in discount rate a |
1.1 | % | 1.1 | % | ||||
2. Increase to inflation rate b |
0.7 | % | 0.7 | % | ||||
3. Fall in equity markets c |
30.0 | % | | |||||
4. Increase to life expectancy |
1.25 | years | 1.35 | years | ||||
a |
Scenario assumes a fall in the yields on both government and corporate bonds. |
b |
Assuming RPI, CPI, pension increases and salary increases all increase by the same amount. |
c |
Scenario ignores any potential benefit from derivatives held by the scheme. |
The impact shown under each scenario looks at each event in isolation in practice a combination of events could arise.
Sensitivity analysis of the principal assumptions to 1-in-20 events used to measure BTPS IAS 19 liabilities
The sensitivity of the deficit allows for both the change in the liabilities and the assumed change in the assets. For example, the increase in the deficit under the life expectancy scenario incorporates the expected movement in the value of the insurance contract held to hedge longevity risk.
The sensitivities have been prepared using the same approach as 2017/18 which involves calculating the liabilities and deficit using the alternative assumptions stated.
BTPS funding
Triennial funding valuation
The triennial valuation is carried out for the Trustee by a professionally qualified independent actuary. The purpose of the valuation is to design a funding plan to ensure that the BTPS has sufficient funds available to meet future benefit payments. The latest funding valuation was performed as at 30 June 2017. The next funding valuation will have an effective date of no later than 30 June 2020.
The valuation methodology for funding purposes, which is based on prudent assumptions, is broadly as follows:
|
Assets are valued at market value at the valuation date. |
|
Liabilities are measured on an actuarial funding basis using the projected unit credit method and discounted to their present value. |
The results of the two most recent triennial valuations are shown below.
June 2017 valuation £bn |
June 2014 valuation £bn |
|||||||
BTPS liabilities |
(60.4 | ) | (47.2 | ) | ||||
Market value of BTPS assets |
49.1 | 40.2 | ||||||
Funding deficit |
(11.3 | ) | (7.0 | ) | ||||
Percentage of accrued benefits covered by BTPS assets at valuation date |
81.3 | % | 85.2 | % | ||||
Percentage of accrued benefits on a solvency basis covered by the BTPS assets at the valuation date |
62.2 | % | 63.0 | % | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
153
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
20. Retirement benefit plans continued
Key assumptions funding valuation
These valuations were determined using the following prudent long-term assumptions.
Nominal rates (per year) | Real rates (per year) a | |||||||||||||||||||
June 2017 valuation % |
June 2014 valuation % |
June 2017 valuation % |
June 2014 valuation % |
|||||||||||||||||
Average single equivalent discount rate |
2.6 | 4.5 | (0.8 | ) | 1.0 | |||||||||||||||
Average long-term increase in RPI |
3.4 | 3.5 | | | ||||||||||||||||
Average long-term increase in CPI |
2.4 | 2.5 | (1.0 | ) | (1.0 | ) | ||||||||||||||
a |
The real rate is calculated relative to RPI inflation and is shown as a comparator. |
The discount rate at 30 June 2017 was derived from prudent return expectations above a risk-free yield curve based on gilt and swap rates. The discount rate reflects views of future returns at the valuation date, allowing for the Scheme to hold 45% of its investments in growth assets initially, before de-risking to a low risk investment approach by 2034. This gives a prudent discount rate of 1.4% per year above the yield curve initially, trending down to 0.7% per year above the curve in the long-term. The assumption is equivalent to using a flat discount rate of 1.0% per year above the yield curve at the valuation date.
The average life expectancy assumptions at the valuation dates, for members 60 years of age, are as follows.
Number of years from valuation date |
June 2017 assumptions |
June 2014 assumptions |
||||||
Male in lower pay bracket |
25.9 | 26.1 | ||||||
Male in medium pay bracket |
27.2 | 27.5 | ||||||
Male in high pay bracket |
28.6 | 29.0 | ||||||
Female in lower pay bracket |
28.6 | 28.9 | ||||||
Female in high pay bracket |
28.9 | 29.2 | ||||||
Average improvement for a member retiring at age 60 in 10 years time |
0.9 | 1.3 | ||||||
Payments made to the BTPS
Year ended 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
||||||
Ordinary contributions |
33 | 248 | ||||||
Deficit contributions |
2,000 | 850 | ||||||
Total contributions in the year |
2,033 | 1,098 | ||||||
Future funding obligations and recovery plan
Under the terms of the Trust Deed, the group is required to have a funding plan, determined at the conclusion of the triennial funding valuation, which is a legal agreement between BT and the Trustee and should address the deficit over a maximum period of 20 years.
In May 2018, the 2017 triennial funding valuation was finalised, agreed with the Trustee and certified by the Scheme Actuary. The funding deficit at 30 June 2017 was £11.3bn. The deficit was agreed to be met over a 13 year period, with the remaining payments shown in the table below.
BT is scheduled to make future deficit payments to the BTPS in line with the table below.
Year to 31 March | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | 2026 | 2027 | 2028 | 2029 | 2030 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deficit contribution (£m) |
1,250 | a | 900 | b | 900 | c | 907 | 907 | 907 | 907 | 907 | 907 | 907 | 907 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
a |
payable by 30 June 2019. |
b |
£400m payable by 30 June 2020. |
c |
£200m payable by 30 June 2021. |
Based on the 2017 funding valuation agreement, the group expects to make contributions of approximately £1,310m to the BTPS in 2019/20, comprising of contributions of approximately £60m for expenses and future accrual and deficit contributions of £1,250m.
Other protections
The 2017 funding agreement with the Trustee included additional features for BT to provide support to the BTPS. These include:
Feature | Detail | |
Shareholder distributions |
BT will provide additional payments to the BTPS by the amount that shareholder distributions exceed a threshold. The threshold allows for 10% per year dividend per share growth plus £200m per year of share buybacks on a cumulative basis.
This will apply until 30 June 2021, or until the finalisation of the next valuation if earlier.
BT will also consult with the Trustee if it considers share buybacks in excess of £200m per year or making a special dividend. This obligation is on-going until otherwise terminated. |
154
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
20. Retirement benefit plans continued
Feature | Detail | |
Material
corporate events |
In the event that BT generates net cash proceeds greater than £1.0bn from disposals (net of acquisitions) in any 12-month period ending 30 June, BT will make additional contributions to the BTPS equal to one third of those net cash proceeds. This obligation applies until the next valuation is signed.
BT will consult with the Trustee if:
it considers making acquisitions with a total cost of more than £1.0bn in any 12-month period; or
it considers making disposals of more than £1.0bn; or
it considers making a Class 1 transaction (acquisition or disposal); or
it is subject to a takeover offer.
This obligation is on-going until otherwise terminated.
BT will advise the Trustee should there be other material corporate events which would materially impact BTs covenant to the BTPS. This obligation is on-going until otherwise terminated. |
|
Negative pledge |
A negative pledge that future creditors will not be granted superior security to the BTPS in excess of a £1.5bn threshold, to cover both British Telecommunications plc and BT Group plc.
This provision applies until the deficit reduces to below £2.0bn at any subsequent funding valuation. |
In the highly unlikely event that the group were to become insolvent there are additional protections of BTPS members benefits:
Feature | Detail | |
Crown Guarantee |
The Crown Guarantee was granted by the Government when the group was privatised in 1984 and would only come into effect upon the insolvency of BT.
The Trustee brought court proceedings to clarify the scope and extent of the Crown Guarantee. The Court of Appeal judgment on 16 July 2014 established that:
the Crown Guarantee covers BTs funding obligation in relation to the benefits of members of the BTPS who joined post-privatisation as well as those who joined pre-privatisation (subject to certain exceptions)
the funding obligation to which the Crown Guarantee relates is measured with reference to BTs obligation to pay deficit contributions under the rules of the BTPS.
The Crown Guarantee is not taken into account for the purposes of the actuarial valuation of the BTPS and is an entirely separate matter, only being relevant in the highly unlikely event that BT became insolvent. |
|
Pension
Protection Fund (PPF) |
The Pension Protection Fund (PPF) may take over the BTPS and pay benefits not covered by the Crown Guarantee to members.
There are limits on the amounts paid by the PPF and the PPF would not provide exactly the same benefits as those provided under the BTPS Rules. |
Other benefit plans
In addition to the BTPS, the group maintains benefit plans around the world with a focus on these being appropriate for the local market and culture.
EE Pension Scheme (EEPS)
The EEPS is the second largest defined benefit plan sponsored by the group. It has a defined benefit section that is closed to future accrual, with liabilities of around £1.0bn, and a defined contribution section with around 11,000 members.
At 31 March 2019, the defined benefit sections assets are invested across a number of asset classes including global equities (23%), property & illiquid alternatives (22%), an absolute return portfolio (25%) and a liability driven investment portfolio (30%).
The triennial valuation of the defined benefit section was performed as at 31 December 2015, and agreed in March 2017. This showed a funding deficit of £141m. The group is scheduled to contribute £1.875m each month between 1 April 2019 and November 2020. The next funding valuation is taking place as at 31 December 2018 and is underway.
BTRSS
The BTRSS is the largest defined contribution scheme maintained by the group with around 69,000 active members. In the year to 31 March 2019, the group contributed £388m to the BTRSS.
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
155
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
Significant accounting policies that apply to own shares
Own shares are recorded at cost and deducted from equity. When shares vest unconditionally or are cancelled they are transferred from the own shares reserve to retained earnings at their weighted average cost.
Treasury shares a |
Employee share ownership
trust a |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
millions | £m | millions | £m | millions | £m | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2017 |
8 | (35 | ) | 14 | (61 | ) | 22 | (96 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Own shares purchased b |
43 | (125 | ) | 32 | (96 | ) | 75 | (221 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Share options exercised b |
(1 | ) | 2 | (29 | ) | 100 | (30 | ) | 102 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Transfer of shares to satisfy US share scheme |
(4 | ) | 13 | | | (4 | ) | 13 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Executive share awards vested |
| | (5 | ) | 16 | (5 | ) | 16 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 1 April 2018 |
46 | (145 | ) | 12 | (41 | ) | 58 | (186 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Own shares purchased b |
| | 5 | (9 | ) | 5 | (9 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Share options exercised b |
(1 | ) | 2 | | | (1 | ) | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Executive share awards vested |
| | (8 | ) | 26 | (8 | ) | 26 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2019 |
45 | (143 | ) | 9 | (24 | ) | 54 | (167 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
a |
At 31 March 2019, 45,308,559 shares (2017/18: 46,224,966) with an aggregate nominal value of £2m (2017/18: £2m) were held at cost as treasury shares and 9,021,714 shares (2017/18: 12,855,378) with an aggregate nominal value of £nil (2017/18: £1m) were held in the Trust. |
b |
See group cash flow statement on page 114. In 2018/19 the cash paid for the repurchase of ordinary share capital was £9m (2017/18: £221m). The cash received for proceeds on the issue of treasury shares was £5m (2017/18: £53m). |
The treasury shares reserve represents BT Group plc shares purchased directly by the group. The BT Group Employee Share Ownership Trust (the Trust) also purchases BT Group plc shares.
The treasury shares and the shares in the Trust are being used to satisfy our obligations under employee share plans. Further details on Employee Saveshare Plans and Executive share plans are provided in note 22.
Significant accounting policies that apply to share-based payments
We operate a number of equity-settled share-based payment arrangements, under which we receive services from employees in consideration for equity instruments (share options and shares) of the group. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value at the date of grant. Market-based performance criteria and non-vesting conditions (for example, the requirement for employees to make contributions to the share purchase programme) are reflected in this measurement of fair value. The fair value determined at the grant date is recognised as an expense on a straight line basis over the vesting period, based on the groups estimate of the options or shares that will eventually vest and adjusted for the effect of non market-based vesting conditions. Fair value is measured using either the Binomial options pricing model or Monte Carlo simulations, whichever is more appropriate to the share-based payment arrangement.
Service and performance conditions are vesting conditions. Any other conditions are non-vesting conditions which have to be taken into account to determine the fair value of equity instruments granted. In the case that an award or option does not vest as a result of a failure to meet a non-vesting condition that is within the control of either counterparty, this is accounted for as a cancellation. Cancellations are treated as accelerated vesting and all remaining future charges are immediately recognised in the income statement. As the requirement to save under an employee saveshare arrangement is a non-vesting condition, employee cancellations, other than through a termination of service, are treated as an accelerated vesting.
No adjustment is made to total equity for awards that lapse or are forfeited after the vesting date.
Year ended 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
Employee Saveshare Plans |
38 | 42 | 40 | |||||||||
Executive Share Plans: |
||||||||||||
Incentive Share Plan (ISP) |
6 | 16 | | |||||||||
Deferred Bonus Plan (DBP) |
6 | 4 | 9 | |||||||||
Retention Share Plan (RSP) |
17 | 21 | 8 | |||||||||
Other plans |
| 1 | | |||||||||
67 | 84 | 57 | ||||||||||
What share incentive arrangements do we have?
Our plans include savings-related share option plans for employees and those of participating subsidiaries, further share option plans for selected employees and a stock purchase plan for employees in the US. We also have several share plans for executives. All share-based payment plans are equity-settled. Details of these plans is set out below.
156
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
22. Share-based payments continued
Employee Saveshare Plans
Under an HMRC-approved savings-related share option plan, employees save on a monthly basis, over a three or five-year period, towards the purchase of shares at a fixed price determined when the option is granted. This price is usually set at a 20% discount to the market price for five-year plans and 10% for three-year plans. The options must be exercised within six months of maturity of the savings contract, otherwise they lapse. Similar plans operate for our overseas employees.
Incentive Share Plan (ISP)
Under the ISP, participants are entitled to these shares in full at the end of a three-year period only if the company has met the relevant pre-determined corporate performance measures and if the participants are still employed by the group. For ISP awards granted in 2018/19, 2017/18 and 2016/17: 40% of each award is linked to a total shareholder return (TSR) target for a comparator group of companies from the beginning of the relevant performance period; 40% is linked to a three-year cumulative normalised free cash flow measure; and 20% to growth in underlying revenue excluding transit.
Deferred Bonus Plan (DBP)
Under the DBP, awards are granted annually to selected employees. Shares in the company are transferred to participants at the end of three years if they continue to be employed by the group throughout that period.
Retention Share Plan (RSP)
Under the RSP, awards are granted to selected employees. Shares in the company are transferred to participants at the end of a specified retention period if they continue to be employed by the group throughout that period.
Under the terms of the ISP, DBP and RSP, dividends or dividend equivalents earned on shares during the conditional periods are reinvested in company shares for the potential benefit of the participants.
Employee Saveshare Plans
Movements in Employee Saveshare options are shown below.
Movement in the number of share
options |
Weighted average exercise price | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year ended 31 March |
2019 millions |
2018 millions |
2017 millions |
2019 pence |
2018 pence |
2017 pence |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Outstanding at 1 April |
175 | 189 | 197 | 306 | 313 | 287 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Granted |
80 | 69 | 44 | 175 | 250 | 362 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Forfeited |
(44 | ) | (41 | ) | (18 | ) | 298 | 328 | 345 | |||||||||||||||||||
Exercised |
(1 | ) | (30 | ) | (33 | ) | 247 | 169 | 208 | |||||||||||||||||||
Expired |
(20 | ) | (12 | ) | (1 | ) | 294 | 353 | 345 | |||||||||||||||||||
Outstanding at 31 March |
190 | 175 | 189 | 254 | 306 | 313 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Exercisable at 31 March |
| | | 249 | 320 | 237 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
The weighted average share price for all options exercised during 2018/19 was 249p (2017/18: 311p, 2016/17: 357p).
The following table summarises information relating to options outstanding and exercisable under Employee Saveshare plans at 31 March 2019.
Normal dates of vesting and exercise (based on calendar years) |
Exercise price per share |
Weighted average exercise price |
Number of outstanding options millions |
Weighted average remaining contractual life |
||||||||||||
2019 |
319p 397p | 333p | 40 | 10 months | ||||||||||||
2020 |
243p 376p | 305p | 34 | 22 months | ||||||||||||
2021 |
170p 353p | 232p | 43 | 34 months | ||||||||||||
2022 |
243p | 243p | 29 | 46 months | ||||||||||||
2023 |
170p | 170p | 43 | 58 months | ||||||||||||
Total |
254p | 189 | 34 months | |||||||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
157
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
22. Share-based payments continued
Executive share plans
Movements in executive share plan awards during 2018/19 are shown below:
Number of shares (millions) | ||||||||||||||||
ISP | DBP | RSP | Total | |||||||||||||
At 31 March 2018 |
54 | 6 | 12 | 72 | ||||||||||||
Awards granted |
33 | 4 | 7 | 44 | ||||||||||||
Awards vested |
| (1 | ) | (7 | ) | (8 | ) | |||||||||
Awards lapsed |
(18 | ) | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | (20 | ) | ||||||||
Dividend shares reinvested |
5 | | | 5 | ||||||||||||
At 31 March 2019 |
74 | 8 | 11 | 93 | ||||||||||||
Fair values
The following table summarises the fair values and key assumptions used for valuing grants made under the Employee Saveshare plans and ISP in 2018/19, 2017/18 and 2016/17.
2019 | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year ended 31 March |
Employee Saveshare |
ISP |
Employee Saveshare |
ISP |
Employee Saveshare |
ISP | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted average fair value |
41 | p | 156 | p | 56 | p | 202 | p | 72 | p | 328 | p | ||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted average share price |
208 | p | 211 | p | 296 | p | 281 | p | 422 | p | 426 | p | ||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted average exercise price of options granted |
175 | p | n/a | 250 | p | n/a | 362 | p | n/a | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Expected dividend yield |
3.47% 3.83 | % | n/a | 3.12% 3.21 | % | n/a | 2.9% 3.4 | % | n/a | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Risk free rates |
0.74% 1.07 | % | 0.7 | % | 0.1% 0.2 | % | 0.2 | % | 0.5% 0.8 | % | 0.6 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Expected volatility |
23.3% 25.8 | % | 23.5 | % | 23.1% 24.3 | % | 23.6 | % | 19.0% 21.5 | % | 21.8 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Employee Saveshare grants are valued using a Binomial options pricing model. Awards under the ISP are valued using Monte Carlo simulations. TSRs are generated for BT and the comparator group at the end of the three-year performance period, using each companys volatility and the cross correlation between pairs of stocks.
Volatility has been determined by reference to BTs historical volatility which is expected to reflect the BT share price in the future. An expected life of three months after vesting date is assumed for Employee Saveshare options. For all other awards the expected life is equal to the vesting period. The risk-free interest rate is based on the UK gilt curve in effect at the time of the grant, for the expected life of the option or award.
The fair values for the DBP and RSP were determined using the market price of the shares at the grant date. The weighted average share price for DBP awards granted in 2018/19 was 209p (2017/18: 282p, 2016/17: 421p) and for RSP awards granted in 2018/19 217p (2017/18: 282p, 2016/17: 417p).
Significant accounting policies that apply to investments
Investments classified as amortised cost
These investments are measured at amortised cost. Any gain or loss on derecognition is recognised in the income statement.
Investments classified as fair value through profit and loss
These investments are initially recognised at fair value plus direct transaction costs. They are re-measured at subsequent reporting dates to fair value and changes are recognised directly in the income statement.
Debt instruments classified as fair value through other comprehensive income
These investments are initially recognised at fair value plus direct transaction costs. Investments are re-measured at subsequent reporting dates to fair value, and unrealised gains and losses are recognised in other comprehensive income (except for changes in exchange rates for monetary items, interest, and impairment losses, which are recognised in the income statement). On derecognition of the investment, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in other comprehensive income is taken to the income statement, in the line that most appropriately reflects the nature of the item or transaction.
Equity instruments classified as fair value through other comprehensive income
We have made an irrevocable election to present changes in the fair value of equity investments that are not held for trading in other comprehensive income. All gains or losses are recognised in other comprehensive income and are not reclassified to the income statement when the investments are disposed of, aside from dividends which are recognised in the income statement when our right to receive payment is established. Equity investments are recorded in non-current assets unless they are expected to be sold within one year.
158
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
23. Investments continued
IFRS 9 was applied for the first time on 1 April 2018 and introduces new classifications for financial instruments, including investments. Under IAS 39, we classified investments as available-for-sale, loans and receivables, and fair value through profit or loss. On transition to IFRS 9 we have reclassified them as fair value through other comprehensive income, fair value through profit or loss, and amortised cost, as set out in note 1. The current year figures in the following table reflect the classifications under IFRS 9, and the prior year figures reflect the previous classifications under IAS 39.
At 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
Non-current assets |
||||||||||||
Fair value through other comprehensive income |
48 | | | |||||||||
Available-for-sale |
| 46 | 37 | |||||||||
Fair value through profit or loss |
6 | 7 | 7 | |||||||||
54 | 53 | 44 | ||||||||||
Current assets |
||||||||||||
Fair value through other comprehensive income |
| | | |||||||||
Available-for-sale |
| 2,575 | 1,437 | |||||||||
Investments held at amortised cost |
3,214 | | | |||||||||
Loans and receivables |
| 447 | 83 | |||||||||
3,214 | 3,022 | 1,520 | ||||||||||
Investments held at amortised cost consist of investments previously classified as loans and receivables and relate to money market investments denominated in sterling of £2,687m (2017/18: £416m, 2016/17: £35m), in US dollars of £26m (2017/18: £27m, 2016/17: £30m) in euros of £499m (2017/18: £nil, 2016/17: £nil) and in other currencies £2m (2017/18: £4m, 2016/17: £18m). They also include investments in liquidity funds of £2,522m (2017/18: £2,575m, 2016/17: £1,437m) held to collect contractual cash flows. In prior years these were classified as available-for-sale.
Fair value estimation
Fair value hierarchy At 31 March 2019 |
Level 1 £m |
Level 2 £m |
Level 3 £m |
Total held at fair value £m |
||||||||||||
Non-current and current investments |
||||||||||||||||
Fair value through other comprehensive income |
38 | | 10 | 48 | ||||||||||||
Fair value through profit or loss |
6 | | | 6 | ||||||||||||
Total |
44 | | 10 | 54 | ||||||||||||
At 31 March 2018 |
Level 1 £m |
Level 2 £m |
Level 3 £m |
Total held at fair value £m |
||||||||||||
Non-current and current investments |
||||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale |
32 | 2,575 | 14 | 2,621 | ||||||||||||
Fair value through profit or loss |
7 | | | 7 | ||||||||||||
Total |
39 | 2,575 | 14 | 2,628 | ||||||||||||
At 31 March 2017 |
Level 1 £m |
Level 2 £m |
Level 3 £m |
Total held at fair value £m |
||||||||||||
Non-current and current investments |
||||||||||||||||
Available-for-sale |
21 | 1,437 | 16 | 1,474 | ||||||||||||
Fair value through profit or loss |
7 | | | 7 | ||||||||||||
Total |
28 | 1,437 | 16 | 1,481 | ||||||||||||
The three levels of valuation methodology used are:
Level 1 uses quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 uses inputs for the asset or liability other than quoted prices that are observable either directly or indirectly.
Level 3 uses inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data, such as internal models
or other valuation methods.
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
159
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
23. Investments continued
Level 2 balances disclosed in prior years consist of investments classified as available-for-sale and relating to liquidity funds denominated in sterling of £2,180m (2017/18) and £900m (2016/17), and in euros of £395m (2017/18) and £537m (2016/17). Their fair value was calculated by using notional currency amounts adjusted by year end spot exchange rates. These have been reclassified on adoption of IFRS 9 and are now held at amortised cost.
Level 3 balances consist of investments classified as fair value through other comprehensive income (previously available-for-sale) of £10m (2017/18: £14m, 2016/17: £16m) which represent investments in a number of private companies. In the absence of specific market data, these investments are held at cost, adjusted as necessary for impairments, which approximates to fair value.
Significant accounting policies that apply to cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and current balances with banks and similar institutions, which are readily convertible to cash and are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and have an original maturity of three months or less. All are held at amortised cost on the balance sheet, equating to fair value.
For the purpose of the consolidated cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents are as defined above net of outstanding bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are included within the current element of loans and other borrowings (note 25).
IFRS 9 was applied for the first time on 1 April 2018 and introduces new classifications for financial instruments. Cash and cash equivalents were classified as loans and receivables under IAS 39, and are now classified as financial assets held at amortised cost under IFRS 9. This has not had an impact on the accounting for these instruments, or on their carrying amounts.
At 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
Cash at bank and in hand |
495 | 446 | 469 | |||||||||
Cash equivalents |
||||||||||||
US deposits |
3 | 26 | 32 | |||||||||
UK deposits |
1,132 | 31 | 1 | |||||||||
Other deposits |
36 | 25 | 26 | |||||||||
Total cash equivalents |
1,171 | 82 | 59 | |||||||||
Total cash and cash equivalents |
1,666 | 528 | 528 | |||||||||
Bank overdrafts (note 25) |
(72 | ) | (29 | ) | (17 | ) | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents per the cash flow statement |
1,594 | 499 | 511 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents include restricted cash of £44m (2017/18: £32m, 2016/17: £43m), of which £40m (2017/18: £29m, 2016/17: £41m) was held in countries where local capital or exchange controls currently prevent us from accessing cash balances. The remaining balance of £4m (2017/18: £3m, 2016/17: £2m) was held in escrow accounts, or in commercial arrangements akin to escrow.
25. Loans and other borrowings
Significant accounting policies that apply to loans and other borrowings
We initially recognise loans and other borrowings at the fair value of amounts received net of transaction costs. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method and, if included in a fair value hedge relationship, are re-valued to reflect the fair value movements on the associated hedged risk. The resulting amortisation of fair value movements, on de-designation of the hedge, is recognised in the income statement.
Whats our capital management policy?
The objective of our capital management policy is to target an overall level of debt consistent with our credit rating target while investing in the business, supporting the pension scheme and paying dividends. In order to meet this objective, we may issue or repay debt, issue new shares, repurchase shares, or adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders. We manage the capital structure and make adjustments to it in the light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the group. The Board regularly reviews the capital structure. No changes were made to these objectives and processes during 2018/19, 2017/18 or 2016/17. For details of share issues and repurchases in the year see note 21.
Our capital structure consists of net debt and shareholders equity. The analysis below summarises the components which we manage as capital.
At 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
Net debt |
11,035 | 9,627 | 8,932 | |||||||||
Total parent shareholders equity a |
10,140 | 9,877 | 8,305 | |||||||||
21,175 | 19,504 | 17,237 | ||||||||||
a |
Excludes non-controlling interests of £27m (2017/18: £34m, 2016/17: £30m). 2017/18 parent shareholders equity has been restated to reflect the update to the calculation of our IAS 19 accounting valuation of retirement benefit obligations, refer to note 2. |
160
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
25. Loans and other borrowings continued
Net debt
Net debt consists of loans and other borrowings (both current and non-current), less current asset investments and cash and cash equivalents. Loans and other borrowings are measured at the net proceeds raised, adjusted to amortise any discount over the term of the debt. For the purpose of this measure, current asset investments and cash and cash equivalents are measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Currency denominated balances within net debt are translated to sterling at swapped rates where hedged.
Net debt is considered to be an alternative performance measure as it is not defined in IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure is the aggregate of loans and other borrowings (current and non-current), current asset investments and cash and cash equivalents.
A reconciliation from the most directly comparable IFRS measure to net debt is given below.
At 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
Loans and other borrowings |
16,876 | 14,275 | 12,713 | |||||||||
Less: |
||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
(1,666 | ) | (528 | ) | (528 | ) | ||||||
Current asset investments |
(3,214 | ) | (3,022 | ) | (1,520 | ) | ||||||
11,996 | 10,725 | 10,665 | ||||||||||
Adjustments: |
||||||||||||
To retranslate debt balances at swap rates where hedged by currency swaps |
(701 | ) | (874 | ) | (1,419 | ) | ||||||
To remove accrued interest applied to reflect the effective interest method and fair value adjustments |
(260 | ) | (224 | ) | (314 | ) | ||||||
Net debt |
11,035 | 9,627 | 8,932 | |||||||||
The table below shows the key components of net debt and of the increase of £1,408m this year.
At 1 April 2018 £m |
Issuance/ (maturities) £m |
Fair value movements £m |
Foreign exchange £m |
Transfer to within one year £m |
Accrued
movements £m |
At 31 March 2019 £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt due within one year a |
2,281 | (1,423 | ) | (8 | ) | (97 | ) | 1,281 | 66 | 2,100 | ||||||||||||||||||
Debt due after one year |
11,994 | 3,972 | (11 | ) | (102 | ) | (1,111 | ) | 34 | 14,776 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cash flows from derivatives related to net debt |
| 124 | | | (124 | ) | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Overdrafts |
| 46 | | | (46 | ) | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Impact of cross-currency swaps b |
(874 | ) | | | 182 | | (9 | ) | (701 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Removal of the accrued interest and fair value adjustments c |
(226 | ) | | 19 | | | (56 | ) | (263 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Gross debt |
13,175 | 2,719 | | (17 | ) | | 35 | 15,912 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Less: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
(528 | ) | (1,140 | ) | | (3 | ) | | 5 | (1,666 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Current asset investments |
(3,022 | ) | (203 | ) | | 11 | | | (3,214 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Removal of the accrued interest c |
2 | | | | | 1 | 3 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net debt |
9,627 | 1,376 | | (9 | ) | | 41 | 11,035 | ||||||||||||||||||||
a |
Including accrued interest and bank overdrafts. |
b |
Translation of debt balances at swap rates where hedged by cross currency swaps. |
c |
Removal of accrued interest applied to reflect the effective interest rate method and removal of fair value adjustments. |
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
161
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
25. Loans and other borrowings continued
The table below gives details of the listed bonds and other debt.
At 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
6.625% £500m bond due June 2017 a |
| | 526 | |||||||||
5.95% US$1,100m bond due January 2018 a |
| | 891 | |||||||||
3.25% 600m bond due August 2018 a |
| 541 | 539 | |||||||||
2.35% US$800m bond due February 2019 a |
| 572 | 642 | |||||||||
4.38% £450m bond due March 2019 |
| 455 | 460 | |||||||||
1.125% 1,000m bond due June 2019 a |
869 | 883 | 863 | |||||||||
8.625% £300m bond due March 2020 |
300 | 300 | 300 | |||||||||
0.625% 1,500m bond due March 2021 a |
1,289 | 1,309 | 1,282 | |||||||||
0.5% 575m bond due June 2022 a |
495 | 502 | | |||||||||
1.125% 1,100m bond due March 2023 a |
946 | 961 | 942 | |||||||||
0.875% 500m bond due September 2023 a |
430 | | | |||||||||
4.5% US$675m bond due December 2023 a |
524 | | | |||||||||
1% 575m bond due June 2024 a |
498 | 506 | | |||||||||
1% 1,100m bond due November 2024 a |
943 | 959 | | |||||||||
3.50% £250m index linked bond due April 2025 |
433 | 419 | 403 | |||||||||
1.75% 1,300m bond due March 2026 a |
1,118 | 1,137 | 1,113 | |||||||||
1.5% 1,150m bond due June 2027 a |
993 | 1,009 | | |||||||||
2.125% 500m bond due September 2028 a |
433 | | | |||||||||
5.125% US$700m bond due December 2028 a |
542 | | | |||||||||
5.75% £600m bond due December 2028 |
710 | 721 | 731 | |||||||||
9.625% US$2,670m bond due December 2030 a (minimum 8.625% b ) |
2,096 | 1,943 | 2,191 | |||||||||
3.125% £500m bond due November 2031 |
502 | 502 | | |||||||||
3.64% £330m bond due June 2033 |
339 | | | |||||||||
1.613% £330m index linked bond due June 2033 |
340 | | | |||||||||
6.375% £500m bond due June 2037 a |
522 | 522 | 522 | |||||||||
3.883% £330m bond due June 2039 |
340 | | | |||||||||
1.739% £330m index linked bond due June 2039 |
340 | | | |||||||||
3.924% £340m bond due June 2042 |
350 | | | |||||||||
1.774% £340m index linked bond due June 2042 |
351 | | | |||||||||
3.625% £250m bond due November 2047 |
250 | 250 | | |||||||||
Total listed bonds |
15,953 | 13,491 | 11,405 | |||||||||
Finance leases |
206 | 223 | 229 | |||||||||
2.21% £350m bank loan due December 2017 |
| | 352 | |||||||||
Other loans |
645 | 532 | 710 | |||||||||
Bank overdrafts (note 24) |
72 | 29 | 17 | |||||||||
Total other loans and borrowings |
717 | 561 | 1,079 | |||||||||
Total loans and other borrowings |
16,876 | 14,275 | 12,713 | |||||||||
a |
Designated in a cash flow hedge relationship. |
b |
The interest rate payable on this bond attracts an additional 0.25% for a downgrade by one credit rating by either Moodys or Standard & Poors to the groups senior unsecured debt below A3/Arespectively. In addition, if Moodys or Standard & Poors subsequently increase the ratings then the interest rate will be decreased by 0.25% for each rating category upgrade by each rating agency. In no event will the interest rate be reduced below the minimum rate reflected in the above table. |
Unless previously designated in a fair value hedge relationship, all loans and other borrowings are carried on our balance sheet and in the table above at amortised cost. The fair value of listed bonds and other long-term borrowings is £17,785m (2017/18: £14,878m, 2016/17: £13,496m) and the fair value of finance leases is £251m (2017/18: £253m, 2016/17: £273m).
The fair value of our bonds and other long-term borrowings is estimated on the basis of quoted market prices (Level 1), or based on similar issuances where they exist (Level 2).
The carrying amount of other loans and bank overdrafts equates to fair value due to the short maturity of these items (Level 3).
The interest rates payable on loans and borrowings disclosed above reflect the coupons on the underlying issued loans and borrowings and not the interest rates achieved through applying associated cross-currency and interest rate swaps in hedge arrangements.
162
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
25. Loans and other borrowings continued
Loans and other borrowings are analysed as follows:
At 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
Current liabilities |
||||||||||||
Listed bonds |
1,367 | 1,702 | 1,539 | |||||||||
Finance leases |
16 | 18 | 15 | |||||||||
Bank loans |
| | 352 | |||||||||
Other loans and bank overdrafts a |
717 | 561 | 726 | |||||||||
Total current liabilities |
2,100 | 2,281 | 2,632 | |||||||||
Non-current liabilities |
||||||||||||
Listed bonds |
14,586 | 11,789 | 9,866 | |||||||||
Finance leases |
190 | 205 | 214 | |||||||||
Other loans |
| | 1 | |||||||||
Total non-current liabilities |
14,776 | 11,994 | 10,081 | |||||||||
Total |
16,876 | 14,275 | 12,713 | |||||||||
a |
Includes collateral received on swaps of £638m (2017/18: £525m, 2016/17: £702m). |
The carrying values disclosed in the above table reflect balances at amortised cost adjusted for accrued interest and fair value adjustments to the relevant loans or borrowings. These do not reflect the final principal repayments that will arise after taking account of the relevant derivatives in hedging relationships which are reflected in the table below. Apart from finance leases, all borrowings as at 31 March 2019, 2018 and 2017 were unsecured.
The principal repayments of loans and borrowings at hedged rates amounted to £15,912m (2017/18: £13,175m, 2016/17: £10,980m) and repayments fall due as follows:
2019 | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March |
Carrying amount £m |
Effect of hedging and interest £m |
Principal repayments at hedged rates £m |
Carrying amount £m |
Effect of hedging and interest £m |
Principal repayments at hedged rates £m |
Carrying amount £m |
Effect of hedging and interest £m |
Principal repayments at hedged rates £m |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Within one year, or on demand |
2,100 | (264 | ) | 1,836 | 2,272 | (291 | ) | 1,981 | 2,632 | (498 | ) | 2,134 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Between one and two years |
1,309 | (133 | ) | 1,176 | 1,192 | (66 | ) | 1,126 | 1,614 | (197 | ) | 1,417 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Between two and three years |
15 | | 15 | 1,332 | (154 | ) | 1,178 | 1,166 | (43 | ) | 1,123 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Between three and four years |
1,463 | (89 | ) | 1,374 | 18 | | 18 | 1,295 | (121 | ) | 1,174 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Between four and five years |
964 | 33 | 997 | 1,489 | (111 | ) | 1,378 | 12 | | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After five years |
10,975 | (461 | ) | 10,514 | 7,899 | (405 | ) | 7,494 | 5,844 | (724 | ) | 5,120 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total due for repayment after more than one year |
14,726 | (650 | ) | 14,076 | 11,930 | (736 | ) | 11,194 | 9,931 | (1,085 | ) | 8,846 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total repayments |
16,826 | (914 | ) | 15,912 | 14,202 | (1,027 | ) | 13,175 | 12,563 | (1,583 | ) | 10,980 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fair value adjustments |
50 | 73 | 150 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans and other borrowings |
16,876 | 14,275 | 12,713 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Obligations under finance leases are analysed as follows:
2019 | 2018 | 2017 | 2019 | 2018 | 2017 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Minimum lease payments |
Repayment of outstanding lease obligations |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Amounts payable under finance leases: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Due within one year |
29 | 33 | 29 | 16 | 18 | 14 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Between two to five years |
109 | 122 | 102 | 66 | 71 | 50 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
After five years |
159 | 193 | 237 | 120 | 130 | 165 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
297 | 348 | 368 | 202 | 219 | 229 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Less: future finance charges |
(95 | ) | (129 | ) | (139 | ) | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Fair value adjustments for purchase price adjustment |
4 | 4 | | 4 | 4 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total finance lease obligations |
206 | 223 | 229 | 206 | 223 | 229 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets held under finance leases mainly consist of buildings and network assets. Our obligations under finance leases are secured by the lessors title to the leased assets.
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
163
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
Year ended 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
Finance expense |
||||||||||||
Interest on: |
||||||||||||
Financial liabilities at amortised cost and associated derivatives |
582 | 478 | 567 | |||||||||
Finance leases |
13 | 16 | 15 | |||||||||
Derivatives |
| 14 | 12 | |||||||||
Fair value movements on derivatives not in a designated hedge relationship |
(3 | ) | 1 | (2 | ) | |||||||
Reclassification of cash flow hedge from other comprehensive income |
45 | 34 | (1 | ) | ||||||||
Unwinding of discount on provisions |
14 | 15 | 16 | |||||||||
Total finance expense before specific items |
651 | 558 | 607 | |||||||||
Specific items (note 10) |
139 | 218 | 210 | |||||||||
Total finance expense |
790 | 776 | 817 | |||||||||
Reconciliation of net finance expense to net interest cash outflow
Net interest cash outflow of £508m (2017/18: £548m, 2016/17: £622m) is £109m lower (2017/18: £2m higher, 2016/17: £28m higher) than the net finance expense in the income statement.
Year ended 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
Finance expense before specific items |
651 | 558 | 607 | |||||||||
Finance income before specific items |
(34 | ) | (12 | ) | (13 | ) | ||||||
Net finance expense before specific items |
617 | 546 | 594 | |||||||||
Timing differences: |
||||||||||||
Derivative restructuring costs |
| | 1 | |||||||||
Timing of coupon payments on bonds |
(85 | ) | (6 | ) | 19 | |||||||
Deferred income |
8 | 8 | 8 | |||||||||
Principal uplift on CPI and RPI linked bonds |
(32 | ) | | | ||||||||
Net interest cash outflow |
508 | 548 | 622 | |||||||||
27. Financial instruments and risk management
We issue or hold financial instruments mainly to finance our operations; to finance corporate transactions such as dividends, share buybacks and acquisitions; for the temporary investment of short-term funds; and to manage currency and interest rate risks. In addition, various financial instruments, for example trade receivables and payables arise directly from operations.
How do we manage financial risk?
Our activities expose us to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.
Treasury operation
We have a centralised treasury operation whose primary role is to manage liquidity and funding requirements as well as our exposure to associated market risks, and credit risk.
Treasury policy
Treasury policy is set by the Board. Group treasury activities are subject to a set of controls appropriate for the magnitude of borrowing, investments and group-wide exposures. The Board has delegated authority to operate these policies to a series of panels responsible for the management of key treasury risks and operations. Appointment to and removal from the key panels requires approval from two of the following: the chairman, the chief executive or the chief financial officer.
There has been no change in the nature of our risk profile between 31 March 2019 and the date of approval of these financial statements.
How do we manage interest rate risk?
Management policy
Interest rate risk arises primarily from our long-term borrowings. Interest cash flow risk arises from borrowings issued at variable rates, partially offset by cash held at variable rates. Fair value interest rate risk arises from borrowings issued at fixed rates.
Our policy, as set by the Board, is to ensure that at least 70% of ongoing net debt is at fixed rates. Short-term interest rate management is delegated to the treasury operation while long-term interest rate management decisions require further approval by the chief financial officer, group director tax, treasury, insurance and pensions or the treasury director who each have been delegated such authority from the Board.
Hedging strategy
In order to manage our interest rate profile, we have entered into cross-currency and interest rate swap agreements to vary the amounts and periods for which interest rates on borrowings are fixed. The duration of the swap agreements matches the duration of the debt instruments. The majority of the groups long-term borrowings are subject to fixed sterling interest rates after applying the impact of these hedging instruments.
164
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
27. Financial instruments and risk management continued
How do we manage foreign exchange risk?
Management policy
Foreign currency hedging activities protect the group from the risk that changes in exchange rates will adversely affect future net cash flows.
The Boards policy for foreign exchange risk management defines the types of transactions typically covered, including significant operational, funding and currency interest exposures, and the period over which cover should extend for each type of transaction.
The Board has delegated short-term foreign exchange management to the treasury operation and long-term foreign exchange management decisions require further approval from the chief financial officer, group director tax, treasury, insurance and pensions or the treasury director.
Hedging strategy
A significant proportion of our external revenue and costs arise within the UK and are denominated in sterling. Our non-UK operations generally trade and are funded in their functional currency which limits their exposure to foreign exchange volatility.
We enter into forward currency contracts to hedge foreign currency capital purchases, purchase and sale commitments, interest expense and foreign currency investments. The commitments hedged are principally denominated in US dollar, euro and Asia Pacific region currencies. As a result, our exposure to foreign currency arises mainly on non-UK subsidiary investments and on residual currency trading flows. We use cross-currency swaps to swap foreign currency borrowings into sterling.
The table below reflects the currency and interest rate profile of our loans and borrowings after the impact of hedging.
2019 | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March |
Fixed rate interest £m |
Floating rate interest £m |
Total £m |
Fixed rate interest £m |
Floating rate interest £m |
Total £m |
Fixed rate interest £m |
Floating rate interest £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sterling |
13,556 | 1,767 | 15,323 | 11,990 | 676 | 12,666 | 9,633 | 706 | 10,339 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Euro |
| 589 | 589 | | 509 | 509 | | 641 | 641 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
13,556 | 2,356 | 15,912 | 11,990 | 1,185 | 13,175 | 9,633 | 1,347 | 10,980 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ratio of fixed to floating |
85% | 15% | 100% | 91% | 9% | 100% | 88% | 12% | 100% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted average effective |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
fixed interest rate sterling |
4.0% | 4.4% | 4.9% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The floating rate loans and borrowings bear interest rates fixed in advance for periods ranging from one day to one year, primarily by reference to LIBOR quoted rates, RPI and CPI.
Sensitivity analysis
The income statement and shareholders equity are exposed to volatility arising from changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates. To demonstrate this volatility, management has concluded that the following are reasonable benchmarks for performing sensitivity analysis:
|
For interest, a 1% increase in interest rates and parallel shift in yield curves across sterling, US dollar and euro currencies. |
|
For foreign exchange, a 10% strengthening/weakening of sterling against other currencies. |
The impact on equity, before tax and excluding any impact related to retirement benefit plans, of a 1% increase in interest rates and a 10% strengthening of sterling against other currencies is as detailed below:
At 31 March |
2019 £m Increase (reduce) |
2018 £m Increase (reduce) |
2017 £m Increase (reduce) |
|||||||||
Sterling interest rates |
672 | 628 | 554 | |||||||||
US dollar interest rates |
(350 | ) | (267 | ) | (348 | ) | ||||||
Euro interest rates |
(399 | ) | (401 | ) | (229 | ) | ||||||
Sterling strengthening |
(219 | ) | (236 | ) | (269 | ) | ||||||
A 1% decrease in interest rates and 10% weakening in sterling against other currencies would have broadly the same impact in the opposite direction.
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
165
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
27. Financial instruments and risk management continued
The impact of a 1% change in interest rates on the groups annual net finance expense and our exposure to foreign exchange volatility in the income statement, after hedging, (excluding translation exposures) would not have been material in 2018/19, 2017/18 and 2016/17.
Credit ratings
We continue to target a BBB+/Baa1 credit rating over the cycle. We regularly review the liquidity of the group and our funding strategy takes account of medium-term requirements. These include the pension deficit and shareholder distributions.
Our December 2030 bond contains covenants which require us to pay higher rates of interest since our credit ratings fell below A3 in the case of Moodys or A in the case of Standard & Poors (S&P). Additional interest of 0.25% per year accrues for each ratings category downgrade by each agency below those levels effective from the next coupon date following a downgrade. Based on the total notional value of debt outstanding of £2.0bn at 31 March 2019, our finance expense would increase/decrease by approximately £10m a year if the groups credit rating were to be downgraded/upgraded, respectively, by one credit rating category by both agencies.
Our credit ratings were as detailed below:
2019 | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March | Rating | Outlook | Rating | Outlook | Rating | Outlook | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Rating agency |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Moodys |
Baa2 | Stable | Baa2 | Stable | Baa1 | Negative | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Standard & Poors |
BBB | Stable | BBB+ | Negative | BBB+ | Negative | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
How do we manage liquidity risk?
Management policy
We maintain liquidity by entering into short and long-term financial instruments to support operational and other funding requirements, determined using short and long-term cash forecasts. These forecasts are supplemented by a financial headroom analysis which is used to assess funding adequacy for at least a 12-month period. On at least an annual basis the Board reviews and approves the long-term funding requirements of the group and on an ongoing basis considers any related matters. We manage refinancing risk by limiting the amount of borrowing that matures within any specified period and having appropriate strategies in place to manage refinancing needs as they arise. The maturity profile of our loans and borrowings at 31 March 2019 is disclosed in note 25. We have term debt maturities of £1.2bn in 2019/20.
Our treasury operation reviews and manages our short-term requirements within the parameters of the policies set by the Board. We hold cash, cash equivalents and current investments in order to manage short-term liquidity requirements. At 31 March 2019 we had undrawn committed borrowing facilities of £2.1bn (2017/18: £2.1bn, 2016/17: £2.1bn) maturing in September 2021.
In the UK, the group has arranged for funders to offer a supplier financing scheme to the groups suppliers. This enables suppliers who sign up to the arrangements to sell their invoices to the funders and to be paid earlier than the invoice due date. The group assesses the arrangement against indicators to assess if debts which vendors have sold to the funder under the supplier financing scheme continue to meet the definition of trade payables or should be classified as borrowings. At 31 March 2019 the payables met the criteria of trade payables.
Maturity analysis
The following table provides an analysis of the remaining contractually-agreed cash flows including interest payable for our non- derivative financial liabilities on an undiscounted basis, which therefore differs from both the carrying value and fair value.
Non-derivative financial liabilities At 31 March 2019 |
Loans
and
£m |
Interest on
and other
£m |
Trade and
£m |
Provisions £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||||
Due within one year |
1,886 | 541 | 5,158 | 39 | 7,624 | |||||||||||||||
Between one and two years |
1,309 | 505 | | 33 | 1,847 | |||||||||||||||
Between two and three years |
15 | 497 | | 35 | 547 | |||||||||||||||
Between three and four years |
1,463 | 496 | | 14 | 1,973 | |||||||||||||||
Between four and five years |
964 | 482 | | 12 | 1,458 | |||||||||||||||
After five years |
10,975 | 3,543 | | 127 | 14,645 | |||||||||||||||
16,612 | 6,064 | 5,158 | 260 | 28,094 | ||||||||||||||||
Interest payments not yet accrued |
| (5,850 | ) | | | (5,850 | ) | |||||||||||||
Fair value adjustment |
50 | | | | 50 | |||||||||||||||
Impact of discounting |
| | | (29 | ) | (29 | ) | |||||||||||||
Carrying value on the balance sheet a,b |
16,662 | 214 | 5,158 | 231 | 22,265 | |||||||||||||||
166
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
27. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Non-derivative financial liabilities At 31 March 2018 |
Loans and
£m |
Interest on
and other
£m |
Trade and
£m |
Provisions £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||||
Due within one year |
2,120 | 452 | 4,939 | 54 | 7,565 | |||||||||||||||
Between one and two years |
1,192 | 404 | | 34 | 1,630 | |||||||||||||||
Between two and three years |
1,332 | 365 | | 25 | 1,722 | |||||||||||||||
Between three and four years |
18 | 357 | | 43 | 418 | |||||||||||||||
Between four and five years |
1,489 | 355 | | 19 | 1,863 | |||||||||||||||
After five years |
7,899 | 2,714 | | 197 | 10,810 | |||||||||||||||
14,050 | 4,647 | 4,939 | 372 | 24,008 | ||||||||||||||||
Interest payments not yet accrued |
| (4,495 | ) | | | (4,495 | ) | |||||||||||||
Fair value adjustment |
73 | | | | 73 | |||||||||||||||
Impact of discounting |
| | | (72 | ) | (72 | ) | |||||||||||||
Carrying value on the balance sheet a,b |
14,123 | 152 | 4,939 | 300 | 19,514 | |||||||||||||||
Non-derivative financial liabilities At 31 March 2017 |
Loans
and other
£m |
Interest on
and other
£m |
Trade
and other
£m |
Provisions £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||||
Due within one year |
2,468 | 507 | 5,259 | 62 | 8,296 | |||||||||||||||
Between one and two years |
1,614 | 415 | | 41 | 2,070 | |||||||||||||||
Between two and three years |
1,166 | 364 | | 21 | 1,551 | |||||||||||||||
Between three and four years |
1,295 | 327 | | 18 | 1,640 | |||||||||||||||
Between four and five years |
12 | 319 | | 17 | 348 | |||||||||||||||
After five years |
5,844 | 2,726 | | 310 | 8,880 | |||||||||||||||
12,399 | 4,658 | 5,259 | 469 | 22,785 | ||||||||||||||||
Interest payments not yet accrued |
| (4,494 | ) | | | (4,494 | ) | |||||||||||||
Fair value adjustment |
150 | | | | 150 | |||||||||||||||
Impact of discounting |
| | | (177 | ) | (177 | ) | |||||||||||||
Carrying value on the balance sheet a,b |
12,549 | 164 | 5,259 | 292 | 18,264 | |||||||||||||||
a |
Foreign currency-related cash flows were translated at closing rates as at the relevant reporting date. Future variable interest rate cash flows were calculated using the most recent rate applied at the relevant balance sheet date. |
b |
The carrying amount of trade and other payables excludes £1,479m (2017/18: £1,326m, 2016/17: £1,298m) of non-current trade and other payables which relates to non-financial liabilities, and £632m (2017/18: £2,229m, 2016/17: £2,178m) of other taxation and social security and deferred income. |
Trade and other payables are held at amortised cost. The carrying amount of these balances approximates to fair value due to the short maturity of amounts payable.
The following table provides an analysis of the contractually agreed cash flows in respect of the groups derivative financial instruments. Cash flows are presented on a net or gross basis in accordance with the settlement arrangements of the instruments.
Derivatives Analysed by earliest payment date a | Derivatives Analysed based on holding instrument to maturity | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial liabilities At 31 March 2019 |
Net settled £m |
Gross settled outflows £m |
Gross settled inflows £m |
Total £m |
Net settled £m |
Gross settled outflows £m |
Gross settled inflows £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Due within one year |
167 | 1,007 | (950 | ) | 224 | 82 | 1,007 | (950 | ) | 139 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Between one and two years |
128 | 541 | (489 | ) | 180 | 77 | 541 | (489 | ) | 129 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Between two and three years |
131 | 131 | (96 | ) | 166 | 71 | 131 | (96 | ) | 106 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Between three and four years |
163 | 633 | (591 | ) | 205 | 71 | 633 | (591 | ) | 113 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Between four and five years |
207 | 1,095 | (1,042 | ) | 260 | 71 | 1,095 | (1,042 | ) | 124 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After five years |
43 | 3,790 | (3,660 | ) | 173 | 467 | 3,790 | (3,660 | ) | 597 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total b |
839 | 7,197 | (6,828 | ) | 1,208 | 839 | 7,197 | (6,828 | ) | 1,208 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives Analysed by earliest payment date a | Derivatives Analysed based on holding instrument to maturity | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial liabilities At 31 March 2018 |
Net settled £m |
Gross settled outflows £m |
Gross settled inflows £m |
Total £m |
Net settled £m |
Gross settled outflows £m |
Gross settled inflows £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Due within one year |
140 | 587 | (547 | ) | 180 | 91 | 587 | (547 | ) | 131 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Between one and two years |
135 | 183 | (166 | ) | 152 | 91 | 183 | (166 | ) | 108 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Between two and three years |
156 | 442 | (446 | ) | 152 | 85 | 69 | (47 | ) | 107 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Between three and four years |
143 | 52 | (29 | ) | 166 | 80 | 68 | (47 | ) | 101 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Between four and five years |
161 | 52 | (29 | ) | 184 | 80 | 68 | (47 | ) | 101 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After five years |
291 | 2,234 | (2,149 | ) | 376 | 599 | 2,575 | (2,512 | ) | 662 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total b |
1,026 | 3,550 | (3,366 | ) | 1,210 | 1,026 | 3,550 | (3,366 | ) | 1,210 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
167
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
27. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Derivatives Analysed by earliest payment date a | Derivatives Analysed based on holding instrument to maturity | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial liabilities At 31 March 2017 |
Net settled £m |
Gross settled outflows £m |
Gross settled inflows £m |
Total £m |
Net settled £m |
Gross settled outflows £m |
Gross settled inflows £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Due within one year |
291 | 582 | (576 | ) | 297 | 92 | 582 | (576 | ) | 98 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Between one and two years |
296 | 1,139 | (1,097 | ) | 338 | 92 | 1,139 | (1,097 | ) | 134 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Between two and three years |
198 | | | 198 | 92 | | | 92 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Between three and four years |
114 | | | 114 | 88 | | | 88 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Between four and five years |
104 | | | 104 | 83 | | | 83 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
After five years |
123 | | | 123 | 679 | | | 679 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total b |
1,126 | 1,721 | (1,673 | ) | 1,174 | 1,126 | 1,721 | (1,673 | ) | 1,174 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
a |
Certain derivative financial instruments contain break clauses whereby either the group or bank counterparty can terminate the swap on certain dates and the mark to market position is settled in cash. |
b |
Foreign currency-related cash flows were translated at closing rates as at the relevant reporting date. Future variable interest rate cash flows were calculated using the most recent rate applied at the relevant balance sheet date. |
How do we manage credit risk?
Management policy
Our exposure to credit risk arises from financial assets transacted by the treasury operation (primarily derivatives, investments, cash and cash equivalents) and from trading-related receivables.
For treasury-related balances, the Boards defined policy restricts exposure to any one counterparty by setting credit limits based on the credit quality as defined by Moodys and Standard & Poors. The minimum credit ratings permitted with counterparties in respect of new transactions are A3/A for long-term and P1/A1 for short-term investments. If counterparties in respect of existing transactions fall below the permitted criteria we will take action where appropriate.
The treasury operation continuously reviews the limits applied to counterparties and will adjust the limit according to the nature and credit standing of the counterparty, and in response to market conditions, up to the maximum allowable limit set by the Board.
Operational management policy
Our credit policy for trading-related financial assets is applied and managed by each of the customer-facing units to ensure compliance. The policy requires that the creditworthiness and financial strength of customers are assessed at inception and on an ongoing basis. Payment terms are set in accordance with industry standards. Where appropriate, we may minimise risks by requesting securities such as deposits, guarantees and letters of credit. We take proactive steps including constantly reviewing credit ratings of counterparties to minimise the impact of adverse market conditions on trading-related financial assets.
Exposures
The maximum credit risk exposure of the groups financial assets at the balance sheet date is as follows:
At 31 March | Notes |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
||||||||||||
Derivative financial assets |
1,592 | 1,509 | 2,246 | |||||||||||||
Investments |
23 | 3,268 | 3,075 | 1,564 | ||||||||||||
Trade and other receivables a |
17 | 1,766 | 2,518 | 2,729 | ||||||||||||
Contract assets |
6 | 1,602 | | | ||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
24 | 1,666 | 528 | 528 | ||||||||||||
9,894 | 7,630 | 7,067 | ||||||||||||||
a |
The carrying amount excludes £445m (2017/18: £317m, 2016/17: £360m) of non-current trade and other receivables which relate to non-financial assets, and £1,456m (2017/18: £1,496m, 2016/17: £1,106m) of prepayments, deferred contract costs and other receivables. |
The credit quality and credit concentration of cash equivalents, current asset investments and derivative financial assets are detailed in the tables below. Where the opinion of Moodys and Standard & Poors (S&P) differ, the lower rating is used.
Moodys/S&P credit rating of counterparty |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
Aa2/AA and above |
2,522 | 2,575 | 1,444 | |||||||||
Aa3/AA |
1,376 | 313 | 208 | |||||||||
A1/A+ a |
1,145 | 651 | 952 | |||||||||
A2/A a |
649 | 628 | 370 | |||||||||
A3/A a |
50 | 180 | 204 | |||||||||
Baa1/BBB+ a |
75 | 59 | 561 | |||||||||
Baa2/BBB and below a |
160 | 207 | 86 | |||||||||
5,977 | 4,613 | 3,825 | ||||||||||
a |
We hold cash collateral of £638m (2017/18: £492m, 2016/17: £702m) in respect of derivative financial assets with certain counterparties. |
The concentration of credit risk for our trading balances is provided in note 17, which analyses outstanding balances by customer-facing unit. Where multiple transactions are undertaken with a single financial counterparty or group of related counterparties, we enter into netting arrangements to reduce our exposure to credit risk by making use of standard International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) documentation. We have also entered into credit support agreements with certain swap counterparties whereby, on a daily, weekly and monthly basis, the fair value position on notional £3,289m of long dated cross-currency swaps and interest rate swaps is collateralised. The related net cash inflow during the year was £129m (2017/18: outflow £220m, 2016/17: inflow £100m). The collateral paid and received is recognised within current asset investments and loans and other borrowings, respectively.
168
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
27. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Offsetting of financial instruments
The table below shows our financial assets and liabilities that are subject to offset in the groups balance sheet and the impact of enforceable master netting or similar agreements.
Related amounts not set off in the balance sheet | ||||||||||||||||
Financial assets and liabilities At 31 March 2019 |
Amounts presented in the balance sheet £m |
Right of set off with derivative counterparties £m |
Cash collateral £m |
Net amount £m |
||||||||||||
Derivative financial assets |
1,592 | (802 | ) | (638 | ) | 152 | ||||||||||
Derivative financial liabilities |
(940 | ) | 802 | 90 | (48 | ) | ||||||||||
Total |
652 | | (548 | ) | 104 | |||||||||||
Related amounts not set off in the balance sheet | ||||||||||||||||
Financial assets and liabilities At 31 March 2018 |
Amounts presented in the balance sheet £m |
Right of set off with derivative counterparties £m |
Cash collateral £m |
Net amount £m |
||||||||||||
Derivative financial assets |
1,509 | (754 | ) | (492 | ) | 263 | ||||||||||
Derivative financial liabilities |
(837 | ) | 754 | 60 | (23 | ) | ||||||||||
Total |
672 | | (432 | ) | 240 | |||||||||||
Related amounts not set off in the balance sheet | ||||||||||||||||
Financial assets and liabilities At 31 March 2017 |
Amounts presented in the balance sheet £m |
Right of set off with derivative counterparties £m |
Cash collateral £m |
Net amount £m |
||||||||||||
Derivative financial assets |
2,246 | (693 | ) | (702 | ) | 851 | ||||||||||
Derivative financial liabilities |
(903 | ) | 693 | 64 | (146 | ) | ||||||||||
Total |
1,343 | | (638 | ) | 705 | |||||||||||
Derivatives and hedging
We use derivative financial instruments mainly to reduce exposure to foreign exchange and interest rate risks. Derivatives may qualify as hedges for accounting purposes if they meet the criteria for designation as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges in accordance with IFRS 9.
Significant accounting policies that apply to derivatives and hedge accounting
All of our derivative financial instruments are held at fair value on the balance sheet.
Derivatives designated in a cash flow hedge
The group designates certain derivatives as cash flow hedges. Where derivatives qualify for hedge accounting, recognition of any resultant gain or loss depends on the nature of the hedge. To qualify for hedge accounting, hedge documentation must be prepared at inception, the hedge must be in line with BTs risk management strategy and there must be an economic relationship based on the currency, amount and timing of the respective cash flows of the hedging instrument and hedged item. This is assessed at inception and in subsequent periods in which the hedge remains in operation. Hedge accounting is discontinued when it is no longer in line with BTs risk management strategy or if it no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.
When a derivative financial instrument is designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows of a recognised asset or liability, or a highly probable transaction, the effective part of any gain or loss on the derivative financial instrument is recognised directly in equity, in the cash flow reserve. For cash flow hedges of recognised assets or liabilities, the associated cumulative gain or loss is removed from equity and recognised in the same line of the income statement and in the same period or periods that the hedged transaction affects the income statement. Any ineffectiveness arising on a cash flow hedge is recognised immediately in the income statement.
Other derivatives
Our policy is not to use derivatives for trading purposes. However, due to the complex nature of hedge accounting, some derivatives may not qualify for hedge accounting, or may be specifically not designated as a hedge because natural offset is more appropriate. These derivatives are classified as fair value through profit and loss and are recognised at fair value. Any direct transaction costs are recognised immediately in the income statement.
Gains and losses on re-measurement are recognised in the income statement in the line that most appropriately reflects the nature of the item or transaction to which they relate. Derivative financial instruments are classified as current assets or current liabilities where they have a maturity period within 12 months. Where derivative financial instruments have a maturity period greater than 12 months, they are classified within either non-current assets or non-current liabilities.
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
169
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
27. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Where the fair value of a derivative contract at initial recognition is not supported by observable market data and differs from the transaction price, a day one gain or loss will arise which is not recognised in the income statement. Such gains and losses are deferred and amortised to the income statement based on the remaining contractual term and as observable market data becomes available.
The fair values of outstanding swaps and foreign exchange contracts are estimated using discounted cash flow models and market rates of interest and foreign exchange at the balance sheet date.
At 31 March 2019 |
Current asset £m |
Non-current asset £m |
Current liability £m |
Non-current liability £m |
||||||||||||
Designated in a cash flow hedge |
102 | 1,228 | 40 | 689 | ||||||||||||
Other |
9 | 253 | 8 | 203 | ||||||||||||
Total derivatives |
111 | 1,481 | 48 | 892 | ||||||||||||
At 31 March 2018 |
Current asset £m |
Non-current asset £m |
Current liability £m |
Non-current liability £m |
||||||||||||
Designated in a cash flow hedge |
187 | 1,061 | 41 | 587 | ||||||||||||
Other |
10 | 251 | 9 | 200 | ||||||||||||
Total derivatives |
197 | 1,312 | 50 | 787 | ||||||||||||
At 31 March 2017 |
Current asset £m |
Non-current asset £m |
Current liability £m |
Non-current liability £m |
||||||||||||
Designated in a cash flow hedge |
417 | 1,508 | 25 | 616 | ||||||||||||
Other |
11 | 310 | 9 | 253 | ||||||||||||
Total derivatives |
428 | 1,818 | 34 | 869 | ||||||||||||
All derivative financial instruments are categorised at Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as defined in note 23.
Instruments designated in a cash flow hedge include interest rate swaps and cross-currency swaps hedging euro- and US dollar- denominated borrowings. Forward currency contracts are taken out to hedge step-up interest on currency denominated borrowings relating to the groups 2030 US dollar bond. The hedged cash flows will affect the groups income statement as interest and principal amounts are repaid over the remaining term of the borrowings (see note 25).
We hedge forecast foreign currency purchases, principally denominated in US dollar, euro and Asia Pacific currencies 12 months forward with certain specific transactions hedged further forward. The related cash flows are recognised in the income statement over this period.
The amounts related to items designated as hedging instruments were as follows:
Hedged items At 31 March 2019 |
Notional
£m |
Asset £m |
Liability £m |
Balance in cash
£m |
Fair
value
£m |
Amount
£m |
||||||||||||||||||
Sterling, euro and US dollar denominated borrowings a |
13,518 | 1,311 | (702 | ) | (48 | ) | (130 | ) | (19 | ) | ||||||||||||||
US dollar step up interest on US denominated borrowings b |
145 | 3 | (1 | ) | (38 | ) | (13 | ) | 4 | |||||||||||||||
Foreign currency purchases, principally denominated in US dollar, euro and Asia Pacific currencies c |
1,821 | 16 | (26 | ) | (13 | ) | (33 | ) | 33 | |||||||||||||||
Total cash flow hedges |
15,484 | 1,330 | (729 | ) | (99 | ) | (176 | ) | 18 | |||||||||||||||
Deferred tax |
| | 15 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives not in a designated hedge relationship |
262 | (211 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Carrying value on the balance sheet |
1,592 | (940 | ) | (84 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
Hedged items At 31 March 2018 d |
Notional
£m |
Asset £m |
Liability £m |
Balance in cash
£m |
Fair value
£m |
Amount
£m |
||||||||||||||||||
Sterling, euro and US dollar denominated borrowings a |
12,504 | 1,222 | (608 | ) | 101 | 347 | (333 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
US dollar step up interest on US denominated borrowings b |
143 | | (6 | ) | (29 | ) | 13 | 3 | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency purchases, principally denominated in US dollar, euro and Asia Pacific currencies c |
1,989 | 26 | (14 | ) | (13 | ) | 8 | 53 | ||||||||||||||||
Total cash flow hedges |
14,636 | 1,248 | (628 | ) | 59 | 368 | (277 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Deferred tax |
| | (22 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives not in a designated hedge relationship |
261 | (209 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Carrying value on the balance sheet |
1,509 | (837 | ) | 37 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
170
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
27. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Hedged items At 31 March 2017 d |
Notional
£m |
Asset £m |
Liability £m |
Balance in cash
£m |
Fair value
£m |
Amount
£m |
||||||||||||||||||
Sterling, euro and US dollar denominated borrowings a |
10,041 | 1,845 | (621 | ) | 87 | (800 | ) | 938 | ||||||||||||||||
US dollar step up interest on US denominated borrowings b |
146 | 5 | (2 | ) | (45 | ) | (21 | ) | 4 | |||||||||||||||
Foreign currency purchases, principally denominated in US dollar, euro and Asia Pacific currencies c |
2,327 | 75 | (18 | ) | (74 | ) | (63 | ) | (4 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Total cash flow hedges |
12,514 | 1,925 | (641 | ) | (32 | ) | (884 | ) | 938 | |||||||||||||||
Deferred tax |
| | (95 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives not in a designated hedge relationship |
321 | (262 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Carrying value on the balance sheet |
2,246 | (903 | ) | (127 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
a |
Sterling, euro and US dollar denominated borrowings are hedged using cross currency swaps and interest rate swaps. Amounts recycled to profit and loss are presented within other operating costs and finance expense. |
b |
US dollar step up interest on US denominated borrowings are hedged using forward currency contracts. Amounts recycled to profit and loss are presented within finance expense. |
c |
Foreign currency purchases, principally denominated in US dollar, euro and Asia Pacific currencies are hedged using forward currency contracts. Amounts recycled to profit and loss in respect of these items are presented within cost of sales and other operating costs. |
d |
We have presented comparatives to this information, now required by IFRS 7 following the adoption of IFRS 9, for 31 March 2018 and 31 March 2017. |
All cash flow hedges were fully effective in the period.
Other comprehensive income | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Capital redemption reserve £m |
Cash flow reserve a £m |
Fair
£m |
Cost of
£m |
Translation reserve d £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||||||||
At 1 April 2016 |
27 | 173 | 16 | | 469 | 685 | ||||||||||||||||||
Exchange differences e |
| | | | 227 | 227 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net fair value gain (loss) on cash flow hedges |
| 884 | | | | 884 | ||||||||||||||||||
Movements in relation to cash flow hedges recognised in income
|
| (938 | ) | | | | (938 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Fair value movement on available-for-sale assets |
| | (3 | ) | | | (3 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Tax recognised in other comprehensive income |
| 8 | | | 21 | 29 | ||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2017 |
27 | 127 | 13 | | 717 | 884 | ||||||||||||||||||
Exchange differences e |
| | | | (188 | ) | (188 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Net fair value gain (loss) on cash flow hedges |
| (368 | ) | | | | (368 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Movements in relation to cash flow hedges recognised in income
|
| 277 | | | | 277 | ||||||||||||||||||
Fair value movement on available-for-sale assets |
| | 11 | | | 11 | ||||||||||||||||||
Tax recognised in other comprehensive income |
| 10 | | | (9 | ) | 1 | |||||||||||||||||
Transfer to realised profit |
| (83 | ) | | | | (83 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2018 |
27 | (37 | ) | 24 | | 520 | 534 | |||||||||||||||||
Transfer to cost of hedging reserve |
| 81 | | (81 | ) | | | |||||||||||||||||
At 1 April 2018 |
27 | 44 | 24 | (81 | ) | 520 | 534 | |||||||||||||||||
Exchange differences e |
| | | | 64 | 64 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net fair value gain (loss) on cash flow hedges |
| 168 | | 8 | | 176 | ||||||||||||||||||
Movements in relation to cash flow hedges recognised in income
|
| (31 | ) | | 13 | | (18 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Fair value movement on assets at fair value through other comprehensive income |
| | 3 | | | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||
Tax recognised in other comprehensive income |
| (37 | ) | | | (4 | ) | (41 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Transfer to realised profit |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2019 |
27 | 144 | 27 | (60 | ) | 580 | 718 | |||||||||||||||||
a |
The cash flow reserve is used to record the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments related to hedged transactions that have not yet occurred. Amounts recognised in income and expense include a net charge to the cash flow reserve of £30m (2017/18: credit of £295m, 2016/17: charge of £941m) relating to fair value movements on derivatives. The items generating these foreign exchange movements are in designated cash flow hedge relationships. |
b |
The fair value reserve (2017/18, 2016/17: available-for-sale reserve) is used to record the cumulative fair value gains and losses on assets classified as fair value through other comprehensive income (2017/18, 2016/17: available-for-sale financial assets). The cumulative gains and losses are recycled to the income statement on disposal of the assets. |
c |
The cost of hedging reserve reflects the gain or loss on the portion excluded from the designated hedging instrument that relates to the currency basis element of our cross currency swaps. It is initially recognised in other comprehensive income and accounted for similarly to gains or losses in the cash flow reserve. |
d |
The translation reserve is used to record cumulative translation differences on the net assets of foreign operations. The cumulative translation differences are recycled to the income statement on disposal of the foreign operation. |
e |
Excludes £(2)m (2017/18: £1m, 2016/17: £10m) of exchange differences in relation to retained earnings attributed to non-controlling interests. |
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
171
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
29. Related party transactions
Information about material related party transactions of the BT Group is set out below.
Key management personnel comprise executive and non-executive directors and members of the Executive Committee. Compensation of key management personnel is disclosed in note 7.
Amounts paid to the groups retirement benefit plans are set out in note 20.
30. Financial commitments and contingent liabilities
Financial commitments were as follows:
At 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
||||||
Operating lease commitments |
6,619 | 6,597 | ||||||
TV programme rights commitments |
2,113 | 2,823 | ||||||
Capital commitments |
1,432 | 993 | ||||||
Other commitments |
253 | 624 | ||||||
Total |
10,417 | 11,037 | ||||||
TV programme rights commitments, mainly relating to football broadcast rights, are those for which the licence period has not yet started.
Future minimum operating lease payments were as follows:
Payable in the year ending 31 March: |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
||||||
2019 |
| 600 | ||||||
2020 |
755 | 550 | ||||||
2021 |
641 | 513 | ||||||
2022 |
599 | 486 | ||||||
2023 |
555 | 463 | ||||||
2024 |
512 | 449 | ||||||
Thereafter |
3,557 | 3,536 | ||||||
Total future minimum operating lease payments |
6,619 | 6,597 | ||||||
Operating lease commitments were mainly in respect of land and buildings which arose from a sale and operating leaseback transaction in 2001. Leases have an average term of 13 years (2017/18: 14 years) and rentals are fixed for an average of 13 years (2017/18: 14 years).
Other than as disclosed below, there were no contingent liabilities or guarantees at 31 March 2018 other than those arising in the ordinary course of the groups business and on these no material losses are anticipated. We have insurance cover to certain limits for major risks on property and major claims in connection with legal liabilities arising in the course of our operations. Otherwise, the group generally carries its own risks.
Commitments and guarantees
BT plc
On 27 March 2019 a formal guarantee was put in place for BT Group plc to fully and unconditionally guarantee the obligations of its wholly-owned subsidiary British Telecommunications plc (BT plc) under its US dollar-denominated SEC-registered bonds. BT Group will also guarantee the obligations under the existing notes and new notes issued under BT plcs Euro Medium Term Note Programme (EMTN), and under BT plcs £300m 8.625% bonds due in 2020 and £600m 5.75% bonds due in 2028.
BDUK
Under the Broadband Delivery UK programme, grants received by the group may be subject to reinvestment or repayment to the local authority depending on the level of take-up.
Telefónica UK Limited leases
Weve provided guarantees relating to certain leases entered into by Telefónica UK Limited (formerly O2 UK Limited) prior to the demerger of mmO2 from BT on 19 November 2001. mmO2 plc (now part of the Telefónica Group) has given BT a counter indemnity for these guarantees. There is no exposure in the event of credit default in respect of amounts used to defease future lease obligations. The guarantee lasts until Telefónica UK Limited has discharged all its obligations.
Legal proceedings
The group is involved in various legal proceedings, including actual or threatened litigation, and government or regulatory investigations. However, save as disclosed below, the group does not currently believe that there are any legal proceedings, or government or regulatory investigations that may have a material adverse impact on the operations or financial condition of the group. In respect of each of the claims below, the nature and progression of such proceedings and investigations can make it difficult to predict the impact they will have on the group. There are many reasons why we cannot make these assessments with certainty, including, among others, that they are in early stages, no damages or remedies have been specified, and/or the often slow pace of litigation.
172
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued |
30. Financial commitments and contingent liabilities continued
Italian business
US securities class action complaints: The plaintiffs filed a third amended complaint in December 2018. We filed a motion to dismiss that complaint, which plaintiffs opposed. We filed our reply to the plaintiffs opposition to the motion to dismiss on 11 January 2019. We are awaiting a decision from the US District court.
Italian Authorities: On 11 February 2019 the Milan Public Prosecutor served BT Italia S.P.A. with a notice regarding conclusion of their preliminary investigation. The notice (which named BT Italia, as well as various individuals) records the prosecutors view that as at the conclusion of the preliminary investigation there is a basis for proceeding with its case against BT Italia for certain potential offences under articles 5 and 25 of Legislative Decree 231/2001. BT Italia disputes this and maintains in a defence brief filed on 19 April 2019 that it should not be prosecuted. BT Italia is not presently the subject of any formal charge (nor are any of the individuals named in the prosecutors notice).
Phones 4U
In December 2016, the administrators of Phones 4U started legal proceedings in the High Court in the United Kingdom against EE, claiming payments under a retail trading agreement for sums then due in respect of revenues (net of costs) from certain customers prior to Phones 4U entering administration. This sharing of revenue under the retail trading agreement was due to continue until September 2019, with related payments continuing until April 2021. On May 2018 we reached a confidential agreement with the administrators of Phones 4U to settle this matter. This settlement is in line with the accruals we held to cover potential payments required by EE.
Since 2015 the administrators of Phones 4U Limited have made allegations that EE and other mobile network operators colluded to procure Phones 4Us insolvency. During the year proceedings were issued for an unquantified amount by the administrators and in April 2019 we submitted our defence to this claim. We continue to dispute these allegations vigorously.
Brazilian tax claims
Brazilian tax claims The Brazilian state tax authorities have made tax demands on the exchange of goods and services (ICMS) and regulatory assessments (FUST/FUNTTEL) against certain Brazilian subsidiaries. These are indirect taxes imposed on the provision of telecommunications services in Brazil. The state tax and regulatory authorities are seeking to impose ICMS and FUST/FUNTTEL on revenue earned on activities that the company does not consider as being part of the provision of telecommunications services, such as equipment rental and managed services. We have disputed the basis on which ICMS and FUST/FUNTTEL are imposed and, in the case of ICMS, have challenged the rate which the tax authorities are seeking to apply.
We currently have 33 ICMS cases with a current potential value of £204m (as at the end of March 2019). This is the assessed amount for all cases spanning the period from 1998 to 2012 (plus one outlier case for the period 2013 to 2016 in the state of Minas Gerais and one case for the period 2014 to 2015 in the state of Amazonas). There are currently 56 FUST/FUNTTEL cases with a known overall liability of £19m; with a further £4m estimated (as at the end of April 2019). The judicial process is likely to take many years. There are eight ICMS cases worth approximately £55m which are at an advanced stage. These are currently pending before the Sao Paulo Court of Appeal. We are waiting for the Reporting Judge to schedule the trial hearing and expect to have a date soon, following the February judicial recess.
Regulatory matters
In respect of regulatory risks, the group provides for anticipated costs where an outflow of resources is considered probable and a reasonable estimate can be made of the likely outcome. Estimates are used in assessing the likely value of the regulatory risk. The ultimate liability may vary from the amounts provided and will be dependent upon the eventual outcome of any settlement.
Northern Ireland Public Sector Shared Network contract
On 4 April 2019 Ofcom opened an investigation into whether the award of the Public Sector Shared Network contract for Northern Ireland to BT complied with relevant significant market power conditions. We are cooperating with Ofcoms investigation.
Other regulatory matters
We hold provisions reflecting managements estimates of regulatory risks across a range of issues, including price and service issues. The precise outcome of each matter depends on whether it becomes an active issue, and the extent to which negotiation or regulatory decisions will result in financial settlement.
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
173
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
Financial Statements of BT Group plc BT Group plc company balance sheet Registered number 04190816 |
At 31 March | Notes |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
|||||||
Non-current assets |
||||||||||
Investments |
2 | 10,952 | 10,885 | |||||||
Trade and other receivables a |
4,540 | 6,928 | ||||||||
15,492 | 17,813 | |||||||||
Current assets |
||||||||||
Trade and other receivables a |
1,117 | 112 | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
2 | 6 | ||||||||
1,119 | 118 | |||||||||
Current liabilities |
||||||||||
Trade and other payables b |
96 | 75 | ||||||||
96 | 75 | |||||||||
Total assets less current liabilities |
16,515 | 17,856 | ||||||||
Non-current liabilities |
||||||||||
Loans and other borrowings c |
3,029 | 2,983 | ||||||||
3,029 | 2,983 | |||||||||
Equity |
||||||||||
Ordinary shares |
499 | 499 | ||||||||
Share premium |
1,051 | 1,051 | ||||||||
Capital redemption reserve |
27 | 27 | ||||||||
Merger reserve |
3 | 3,149 | 5,649 | |||||||
Own shares |
(167 | ) | (186 | ) | ||||||
Profit and loss account d |
8,927 | 7,833 | ||||||||
Total equity |
13,486 | 14,873 | ||||||||
16,515 | 17,856 | |||||||||
a |
Trade and other receivables primarily relate to a £1,010m equity placing raised in February 2015 and net proceeds of £7,507m, before £3m of issue costs, relating to the sale of EE to British Telecommunications plc on 29 January 2016. Subsequently £4,275m of the loan receivable relating to the sale of EE has been repaid. The balance consists of two loans to group undertakings of £1,061m (2017/18: £1,044m) repayable on 31 January 2058 and £3,479m (2017/18: £5,884m) repayable on 21 December 2064. The loans attract interest of LIBOR plus 102.5 basis points (2017/18: LIBOR plus 90 basis points). Included in the current trade and other receivables are loan to group undertakings of £997m (2017/18: £nil) and accrued interest of £120m (2017/18: £112m). |
b |
Trade and other payables consists of loans from group undertakings of £60m (2017/18: £34m) and other creditors of £36m (2017/18: £41m). |
c |
Loans and other borrowings consist of a loan from group undertakings of £3,029m (2017/18: £2,983m). The loan is repayable on 31 January 2058 and attracts interest of LIBOR plus 102.5 basis points (2017/18: LIBOR plus 90 basis points). |
d |
As permitted by Section 408(3) of the Companies Act 2006, no profit and loss account of the company is presented. The profit for the financial year, dealt with in the profit and loss account of the company was £44m (2017/18: £61m). |
The financial statements of the company on pages 173 to 176 were approved by the Board of Directors on 8 May 2019 and were signed on its behalf by:
Jan du Plessis Chairman |
Philip Jansen Chief Executive |
Simon Lowth Chief Financial Officer |
174
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
BT Group plc company statement of changes in equity |
Note |
Called up share capital a £m |
Share premium account £m |
Capital redemption reserve £m |
Merger reserve £m |
Own shares b £m |
Profit and loss account b,c £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
At 1 April 2017 |
499 | 1,051 | 27 | 5,649 | (96 | ) | 9,290 | 16,420 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit for the financial year |
| | | | | 61 | 61 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends paid |
| | | | | (1,524 | ) | (1,524 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Capital contribution in respect of share-based payments |
| | | | | 84 | 84 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Net buyback of own shares |
| | | | (90 | ) | (78 | ) | (168 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
At 1 April 2018 |
499 | 1,051 | 27 | 5,649 | (186 | ) | 7,833 | 14,873 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit for the financial year |
| | | | | 44 | 44 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Transfer to realised profit |
3 | | | | (2,500 | ) | | 2,500 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends paid |
| | | | | (1,503 | ) | (1,503 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Capital contribution in respect of share-based payments |
| | | | | 67 | 67 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Net buyback of own shares |
| | | | 19 | (23 | ) | (4 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Unclaimed dividends over 10 years |
| | | | | 9 | 9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 March 2019 |
499 | 1,051 | 27 | 3,149 | (167 | ) | 8,927 | 13,486 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
a |
The allotted, called up and fully paid ordinary share capital of the company at 31 March 2019 was £499m (31 March 2018: £499m), representing 9,968,127,681 (31 March 2018: 9,968,127,681) ordinary shares of 5p each. |
b |
In 2018/19 9,066,942 shares (2017/18: 38,627,352) were issued from Own shares to satisfy obligations under employee share schemes and executive share awards at a cost of £28m (2017/18: £130m). At 31 March 2019, 54,330,273 shares (31 March 2018: 59,249,666) with an aggregate nominal value of £3m (31 March 2018: £1m) were held as part of Own shares at cost. |
c |
As permitted by Section 408(3) of the Companies Act 2006, no profit and loss account of the company is presented. The profit for the financial year, dealt with in the profit and loss account of the company, was £44m (2017/18: £61m). |
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
175
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
Notes to the company financial statements |
1. BT Group plc accounting policies
Principal activity
The principal activity of the company is to act as ultimate holding company of the BT group.
Accounting basis
As used in these financial statements and associated notes, the term company refers to BT Group plc (a public company limited by shares). These separate financial statements of the company are prepared in accordance with, and presented as required by, the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies using Financial Reporting Standard 101 (FRS 101). These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with FRS 101. FRS 101 incorporates, with limited amendments, International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).
Financial statements
The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis and under the historical cost convention.
As permitted by Section 408(3) of the Companies Act 2006, the companys profit and loss account has not been presented.
New and amended accounting standards effective during the year
There have been no new or amended accounting standards or interpretations adopted during the year that have a significant impact on the financial statements.
Exemptions
As permitted by FRS 101, the company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under that standard in relation to business combinations, share-based payments, non-current assets held for sale, financial instruments, capital management, and presentation of comparative information in respect of certain assets, presentation of a cash flow statement, standards not yet effective, impairment of assets and related party transactions. The company intends to continue to take advantage of these exemptions in future years. Further detail is provided below.
Where required, equivalent disclosures have been given in the consolidated financial statements of BT Group plc.
The BT Group plc consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2019 contain a consolidated cash flow statement. Consequently, as permitted by IAS 7 Statement of Cash flow, the company has not presented its own cash flow statement.
The BT Group plc consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2019 contain related party disclosures.
Consequently, the company has taken advantage of the exemption in IAS 24, Related Party Disclosures not to disclose transactions with other members of the BT Group.
The BT Group plc consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2019 contain financial instrument disclosures which comply with IFRS 7, Financial Instruments: Disclosures.
Consequently, the company is exempt from the disclosure requirements of IFRS 7 in respect of its financial instruments.
Investments
Investments are stated at cost and reviewed for impairment if there are indicators that the carrying value may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised to the extent that the carrying amount cannot be recovered either by selling the asset or by continuing to hold the asset and benefiting from the net present value of the future cash flows of the investment.
Taxation
Full provision is made for deferred taxation on all temporary differences which have arisen but not reversed at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not that there will be sufficient taxable profits from which the underlying timing differences can be deducted. The deferred tax balances are not discounted.
Dividends
Dividend distributions are recognised as a liability in the year in which the dividends are approved by the companys shareholders. Interim dividends are recognised when they are paid; final dividends when authorised in general meetings by shareholders. Dividend income is recognised on receipt.
Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Repurchased shares of the company are recorded in the balance sheet as part of Own shares and presented as a deduction from shareholders equity at cost.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and current balances with banks and similar institutions, which are readily convertible to cash and are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and have an original maturity of three months or less.
Share-based payments
The company does not incur a charge for share-based payments. However, the issuance by the company of share options and awards to employees of its subsidiaries represents additional capital contributions to its subsidiaries. An addition to the companys investment in subsidiaries is recorded with a corresponding increase in equity shareholders funds. The additional capital contribution is determined based on the fair value of options and awards at the date of grant and is recognised over the vesting period.
2. Investments
Cost |
Total £m |
|||
At 31 April 2017 |
10,801 | |||
Additions |
84 | |||
At 31 March 2018 |
10,885 | |||
Additions |
67 | |||
At 31 March 2019 |
10,952 | |||
Additions of £67m (2017/18: £84m) comprise capital contributions in respect of share-based payments.
176
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Notes to the company financial statements continued |
2. Investments continued
The company held a 100% investment in BT Group Investments Limited, a company registered in England and Wales, throughout 2018/19 and 2017/18.
3. Merger reserve
On 29 January 2016, the company issued 1,594,900,429 ordinary shares of 5p at 470.70p per share resulting in a total of £80m being credited to the share capital.
These shares were used as part consideration for the acquisition of EE, which completed on 29 January 2016. As a result of this transaction, a merger reserve was created of £7,424m net of £3m issue costs. The acquisition of EE was structured by way of a share-for-share exchange. This transaction fell within the provisions of Section 612 of the Companies Act 2006 (merger relief) such that no share premium was recorded in respect of the shares issued. The company chose to record its investment in EE at fair value and therefore recorded a merger reserve equal to the value of the share premium which would have been recorded had Section 612 of the Companies Act 2006 not been applicable ie equal to the difference between the fair value of EE and the aggregate nominal value of the shares issued.
This merger reserve was initially considered unrealised on the basis it was represented by the investment in EE. This was not considered to represent qualifying consideration (in accordance with Tech 02/10 (Guidance on the determination of realised profits and losses in the context of distributions under the Companies Act 2006)), as superseded by Tech 02/17 (Guidance on realised and distributable profits under the Companies Act 2006).
Immediately following the acquisition of EE, the companys investment in EE was transferred to BT in exchange for an intercompany loan. To the extent the loan is settled in qualifying consideration, the related proportion of the merger reserve is considered realised. Hence the merger reserve is an unrealised reserve until it is realised by the settlement of the intercompany loan by qualifying consideration.
During 2018/19, £2,500m (2017/18: £nil) of merger reserve was transferred to realised profit following the settlement of an intercompany loan by qualifying consideration.
4. Other information
Dividends
The Board recommends that a final dividend in respect of the year ended 31 March 2019 of 10.78p per share will be paid to shareholders on 9 September 2019, taking the full year proposed dividend in respect of 2018/19 to 15.4p (2017/18: 15.4p, 2016/17: 15.4p) which amounts to approximately £1,527m (2017/18: £1,524m, 2016/17: £1,532m). This final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting and therefore the liability of approximately £1,069m (2017/18: £1,044m, 2016/17: £1,050m) has not been included in these financial statements. The proposed dividend will be payable to all shareholders on the Register of Members on 9 August 2019.
Employees
The chairman, the executive directors and the company secretary & general counsel, governance of BT Group plc were the only employees of the company during 2018/19 and 2017/18. The costs relating to qualifying services provided to the companys principal subsidiary, British Telecommunications plc, are recharged to that company.
177 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
||
Subsidiaries |
178 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Related undertakings continued
|
||
179 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
180 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Related undertakings continued
|
||
181 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
182 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Related undertakings continued
|
||
Group | ||||
interest in | ||||
allotted | ||||
Company name | capital a | Share class | ||
BT Cornwall Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT Corporate Trustee |
limited by | |||
Limited |
100% | guarantee | ||
BT European Investments Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT Facilities Services Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT Fifty-One |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT Fifty-Three Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT Fleet Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT Global Security Services Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT Global Services Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT Holdings Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT IoT Networks Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT Lancashire Services Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT Law Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT LGS Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT Managed Services (No.2) Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT Managed Services Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT Nominees Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT Property Holdings (Aberdeen) Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT Property Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT Sixty-Four Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT SLE Euro Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT SLE USD Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT Solutions Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT South Tyneside Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
BT UAE Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
Communications Global Network Services Limited UK Branch b |
100% | | ||
Communications Networking Services (UK) |
100% | ordinary | ||
Communicator (IOM) Limited UK Branch b |
100% | | ||
ESAT Telecommunications (UK) Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
Extraclick Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
groupBT Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
Newgate Street Secretaries Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
Numberrapid Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
Pelipod Ltd |
100% | ordinary | ||
Radianz Limited |
100% | ordinary | ||
SEV Automotive And Plant Limited |
100% | ordinary |
Group | ||||||||
interest in | ||||||||
allotted | ||||||||
Company name | capital a | Share class | ||||||
Southgate Developments Limited |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
Tikit Limited |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
Tudor Minstrel |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
Alexander Bain House, 15 York Street, Glasgow, G2 8LA Scotland |
|
|||||||
Holland House (Northern) |
||||||||
Limited |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
BDO LLP, 55 Baker Street, London, W1U 7EU, United Kingdom |
|
|||||||
BT Business Direct Limited |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
BT Fifty |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
BT Forty-Nine |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
BT IT Services Limited |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
BT Lease Holdings Limited |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
BT Leasing Limited |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
BT Moorgate One Limited |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
BT Moorgate Two Limited |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
BT Property Holdings (Oxford) Limited |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
BT Seventy-Three |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
BTexact Technologies Limited |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
BTexact Venturing Limited |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
dabs.com Limited |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
IP Trade Networks Ltd |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
Mobilise Telecoms Limited |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
M-Viron Limited |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
Newgate Leasing Limited |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
Postgate Holding Company |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
Kelvin House, 123 Judd Street, London, WC1H 9NP, United Kingdom |
|
|||||||
Openreach Limited |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
The Balance, 2 Pinfold Street, Sheffield, S1 2GU, United Kingdom |
|
|||||||
Plusnet plc |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
Third Floor, St Georges Court, Upper Church Street, Douglas, IM1 1EE, Isle of Man |
|
|||||||
Belmullet Limited |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
Communicator Insurance Company Limited |
99 | % | ordinary | |||||
1 | % | preference | ||||||
Communicator Limited |
100 | % | ordinary | |||||
Priestgate Limited |
100 | % | ordinary |
183 | ||||||||
|
||||||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Strategic report |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
Governance |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Financial statements |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
Additional information |
|||||||
|
||||||||
184 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Related undertakings continued
|
||
Associates
Joint Ventures and Joint Operations c
Interests in joint operations
EE Limited and Hutchison 3G UK Limited (together the Companies) each have a 50% share in the joint operation Mobile Broadband Network Limited (MBNL). MBNLs ongoing purpose is the operation and maintenance of mobile networks through a sharing arrangement. This includes the efficient management of shared infrastructure and networks on behalf of the Companies, acquiring certain network elements for shared use, and coordinating the deployment of new infrastructure and networks on either a shared or a unilateral basis (unilateral elements being network assets or services specific to one company only). The group is committed to incurring 50% of costs in respect of restructuring the Shared Network, a similar proportion of the operating costs (which varies in line with usage), and 100% of any unilateral elements.
Guarantees for the joint operation are given by British Telecommunications plc and CK Hutchison Holdings Limited.
The principal place of business of the joint operation is in the UK.
a |
The proportion of voting rights held corresponds to the aggregate interest in percentage held by the holding company and subsidiaries undertaking. |
b |
No shares issued for a branch. |
c |
All joint ventures are governed by a joint venture agreement or shareholder agreement. MBNL is accounted for as a joint operation. |
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
185
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
|
Alternative performance measures
Introduction
We assess the performance of the group using a variety of alternative performance measures that are not defined under IFRS and are therefore termed non-GAAP measures. The non-GAAP measures we use are: change in underlying revenue, adjusted revenue, adjusted EBITDA, adjusted earnings per share, normalised free cash flow, and net debt. The rationale for using these measures, along with a reconciliation from the nearest measures prepared in accordance with IFRS, are presented in this Additional Information below.
The alternative performance measures we use may not be directly comparable with similarly titled measures used by other companies.
Specific items
The groups income statement and segmental analysis separately identify trading results on an adjusted basis, being before specific items. The directors believe that presentation of the groups results in this way is relevant to an understanding of the groups financial performance as specific items are those that in managements judgement need to be disclosed by virtue of their size, nature or incidence. This is consistent with the way that financial performance is measured by management and reported to the Board and the Executive Committee and assists in providing a meaningful analysis of the trading results of the group.
In determining whether an event or transaction is specific, management considers quantitative as well as qualitative factors, such as the frequency or predictability of occurrence.
Examples of charges or credits meeting the above definition and which have been presented as specific items in the current and/or prior years include acquisitions/disposals of businesses and investments, retrospective regulatory matters, historical insurance or litigation claims, business restructuring programmes, asset impairment charges, property rationalisation programmes, net interest on pensions and the settlement of multiple tax years. In the event that items meet the criteria, which are applied consistently from year to year, they are treated as specific items.
Reported revenue, reported operating costs, reported operating profit, reported profit before tax, reported net finance expense and reported EPS are the equivalent IFRS measures. A reconciliation from these can be seen in the Group income statement on page 110.
Change in underlying revenue
Change in underlying revenue is a non-GAAP measure that seeks to reflect the underlying performance of the group that will contribute to long-term sustainable growth. As such this excludes the impact of acquisitions or disposals, foreign exchange movements and specific items.
We have also separately included IFRS 15 in the current year to identify the impact of the new revenue standard which was effective from 1 April 2018. This is important to understand the
movement in revenue year on year as comparatives for prior years are reported under the previous standard (IAS 18).
A reconciliation from the movement in reported revenue, the most directly comparable IFRS measures, to the movement in underlying revenue, is set out below.
Year ended 31 March |
2019 % |
2018 % |
||||||
Decrease in reported revenue (IAS 18) |
(1.2 | ) | (1.4 | ) | ||||
Specific items (IAS 18) |
| | ||||||
IFRS 15 adjustment |
(0.1 | ) | | |||||
Decrease in adjusted revenue (IFRS 15 pro forma) |
(1.3 | ) | (1.4 | ) | ||||
Transit revenue |
| 0.6 | ||||||
Acquisitions and disposals |
0.2 | 0.1 | ||||||
Foreign exchange movements |
0.2 | (0.3 | ) | |||||
Decrease in underlying revenue |
(0.9 | ) | (1.0 | ) | ||||
Adjusted EBITDA
In addition to measuring financial performance of the group and customer-facing units based on operating profit, we also measure performance based on EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA. EBITDA is defined as the group profit or loss before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA before specific items, net non-interest related finance expense, and share of profits or losses of associates and joint ventures. EBITDA is a common measure used by investors and analysts to evaluate the operating financial performance of companies, particularly in the telecommunications sector.
We consider EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA to be useful measures of our operating performance because they approximate the underlying operating cash flow by eliminating depreciation and amortisation. EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are not direct measures of our liquidity, which is shown by our cash flow statement, and need to be considered in the context of our financial commitments.
A reconciliation of reported profit for the period, the most directly comparable IFRS measure, to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA is set out below.
Year ended 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
Reported profit for the period |
2,159 | 2,032 | 1,908 | |||||||||
Tax |
507 | 584 | 446 | |||||||||
Reported profit before tax |
2,666 | 2,616 | 2,354 | |||||||||
Net interest related finance expense |
606 | 530 | 580 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortisation |
3,546 | 3,514 | 3,572 | |||||||||
EBITDA |
6,818 | 6,660 | 6,506 | |||||||||
EBITDA specific items a |
425 | 610 | 906 | |||||||||
Net other finance expense |
150 | 234 | 224 | |||||||||
Share of post tax losses (profits) of associates and joint ventures |
(1 | ) | 1 | 9 | ||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
7,392 | 7,505 | 7,645 | |||||||||
a |
Excludes amortisation specifics of £nil (2017/18: £nil, 2016/17: £62m). Specific items are set out in note 10 to the consolidated financial statements. |
186
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Additional information continued |
Alternative performance measures continued
Earnings per share
We also measure financial performance based on adjusted earnings per share, which excludes specific items. Basic and adjusted earnings per share, and the per share impact of specific items, are as follows:
2019 | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year ended 31 March |
Pence per share |
£m |
Pence per share |
£m |
Pence per share |
£m | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic earnings per share/profit |
21.8 | 2,159 | 20.5 | 2,032 | 19.2 | 1,908 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Specific items a |
4.5 | 452 | 7.4 | 741 | 9.7 | 961 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted basic earnings per share/profit |
26.3 | 2,611 | 27.9 | 2,773 | 28.9 | 2,869 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
a |
Specific items are set out in note 10 to the consolidated financial statements. |
We disclose reported earnings per share, both basic and diluted, in note 12 to the consolidated financial statements.
Normalised free cash flow
Normalised free cash flow is one of the groups key performance indicators by which our financial performance is measured. It is primarily a liquidity measure. However, we also believe it is an important indicator of our overall operational performance as it reflects the cash we generate from operations after capital expenditure and financing costs, both of which are significant ongoing cash outflows associated with investing in our infrastructure and financing our operations.
Normalised free cash flow is defined as free cash flow (net cash inflow from operating after capital expenditure) after net interest paid, before pension deficit payments (including the cash tax benefit of pension deficit payments) and specific items. It excludes cash flows that are determined at a corporate level independently of ongoing trading operations such as dividends, share buybacks, acquisitions and disposals, and repayment and raising of debt.
Normalised free cash flow is not a measure of the funds that are available for distribution to shareholders.
A reconciliation from cash inflow from operating activities, the most directly comparable IFRS measure, to free cash flow and normalised free cash flow, is set out below.
Year ended 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
Cash generated from operations |
4,687 | 5,400 | 6,725 | |||||||||
Tax paid |
(431 | ) | (473 | ) | (551 | ) | ||||||
Net cash inflow from operating activities |
4,256 | 4,927 | 6,174 | |||||||||
Net purchase of property, plant and equipment and software |
(3,637 | ) | (3,341 | ) | (3,119 | ) | ||||||
Free cash flow |
619 | 1,586 | 3,055 | |||||||||
Interest received |
23 | 7 | 7 | |||||||||
Interest paid |
(531 | ) | (555 | ) | (629 | ) | ||||||
Add back pension deficit payments |
2,024 | 872 | 274 | |||||||||
Add back net cash flow from specific items |
598 | 828 | 205 | |||||||||
Add back net sale of non-current asset investments |
1 | 19 | (20 | ) | ||||||||
Add back payments in respect of acquisition of spectrum licences |
| 325 | | |||||||||
Remove refund on acquisition of spectrum licence |
(21 | ) | | | ||||||||
Remove cash tax benefit of pension deficit payments |
(273 | ) | (109 | ) | (110 | ) | ||||||
Normalised free cash flow |
2,440 | 2,973 | 2,782 | |||||||||
Net debt
Net debt consists of loans and other borrowings (both current and non-current), less current asset investments and cash and cash equivalents. Loans and other borrowings are measured as the net proceeds raised, adjusted to amortise any discount over the term of the debt. For the purpose of this measure, current asset investments and cash and cash equivalents are measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value.
Our net debt calculation starts from the expected future undiscounted cash flows that should arise when our financial instruments mature. We adjust these cash flows to reflect hedged risks that are re-measured under fair value hedges, as well as for the impact of the effective interest method. Currency-denominated balances within net debt are translated to sterling at swap rates where hedged.
Net debt is a measure of the groups net indebtedness that provides an indicator of overall balance sheet strength. It is also a single measure that can be used to assess both the groups cash position and its indebtedness. The use of the term net debt does not necessarily mean that the cash included in the net debt calculation is available to settle the liabilities included in this measure.
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
187
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
Alternative performance measures continued
Net debt is considered to be an alternative performance measure as it is not defined in IFRS. A reconciliation from loans and other borrowings, cash and cash equivalents, and current asset investments, the most directly comparable IFRS measures to net debt, is set out below.
At 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||
Loans and other borrowings a |
16,876 | 14,275 | 12,713 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
(1,666 | ) | (528 | ) | (528 | ) | ||||||
Current investments |
(3,214 | ) | (3,022 | ) | (1,520 | ) | ||||||
11,996 | 10,725 | 10,665 | ||||||||||
Adjustments: To retranslate currency denominated balances at swapped rates where hedged b |
(701 | ) | (874 | ) | (1,419 | ) | ||||||
To remove fair value adjustments and accrued interest applied to reflect the effective interest method c |
(260 | ) | (224 | ) | (314 | ) | ||||||
Net debt |
11,035 | 9,627 | 8,932 | |||||||||
a |
Includes overdrafts of £72m at 31 March 2019 (31 March 2018: £29m, 31 March 2017: £17m). |
b |
The translation difference between spot rate and hedged rate of loans and borrowings denominated in foreign currency. |
c |
Includes remaining fair value adjustments made on certain loans and other borrowings and accrued interest at the balance sheet date. |
188
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
Additional information continued |
Selected financial data
Summary group income statement
Year ended 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
2015 £m |
|||||||||||||||
Revenue |
||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted |
23,459 | 23,746 | 24,082 | 18,879 | 17,840 | |||||||||||||||
Specific items |
(31 | ) | (23 | ) | (20 | ) | 133 | 128 | ||||||||||||
23,428 | 23,723 | 24,062 | 19,012 | 17,968 | ||||||||||||||||
Operating costs |
||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted |
(19,613 | ) | (19,755 | ) | (19,947 | ) | (15,051 | ) | (14,185 | ) | ||||||||||
Specific items |
(394 | ) | (587 | ) | (948 | ) | (348 | ) | (381 | ) | ||||||||||
(20,007 | ) | (20,342 | ) | (20,895 | ) | (15,399 | ) | (14,566 | ) | |||||||||||
Operating profit |
||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted |
3,846 | 3,991 | 4,135 | 3,828 | 3,655 | |||||||||||||||
Specific items |
(425 | ) | (610 | ) | (968 | ) | (215 | ) | (253 | ) | ||||||||||
3,421 | 3,381 | 3,167 | 3,613 | 3,402 | ||||||||||||||||
Net finance expense |
||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted |
(617 | ) | (546 | ) | (594 | ) | (483 | ) | (560 | ) | ||||||||||
Specific items |
(139 | ) | (218 | ) | (210 | ) | (229 | ) | (299 | ) | ||||||||||
(756 | ) | (764 | ) | (804 | ) | (712 | ) | (859 | ) | |||||||||||
Share of post tax (loss) profit of associates and joint ventures |
||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted |
1 | (1 | ) | (9 | ) | 6 | (1 | ) | ||||||||||||
Profit (loss) on disposal of interest in associates and joint ventures specific items |
| | | | 25 | |||||||||||||||
1 | (1 | ) | (9 | ) | 6 | 24 | ||||||||||||||
Profit before taxation |
||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted |
3,230 | 3,444 | 3,532 | 3,351 | 3,094 | |||||||||||||||
Specific items |
(564 | ) | (828 | ) | (1,178 | ) | (444 | ) | (527 | ) | ||||||||||
2,666 | 2,616 | 2,354 | 2,907 | 2,567 | ||||||||||||||||
Taxation expense |
||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted |
(619 | ) | (671 | ) | (663 | ) | (607 | ) | (631 | ) | ||||||||||
Specific items |
112 | 87 | 217 | 166 | 121 | |||||||||||||||
(507 | ) | (584 | ) | (446 | ) | (441 | ) | (510 | ) | |||||||||||
Profit for the year |
||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted |
2,611 | 2,773 | 2,869 | 2,744 | 2,463 | |||||||||||||||
Specific items |
(452 | ) | (741 | ) | (961 | ) | (278 | ) | (406 | ) | ||||||||||
2,159 | 2,032 | 1,908 | 2,466 | 2,057 | ||||||||||||||||
Basic earnings per share |
||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted |
26.3p | 27.9p | 28.9p | 31.8p | 30.6p | |||||||||||||||
Specific items |
(4.5)p | (7.4)p | (9.7)p | (3.3)p | (5.1)p | |||||||||||||||
21.8p | 20.5p | 19.2p | 28.5p | 25.5p | ||||||||||||||||
Average number of shares used in basic earnings per share (millions) |
9,912 | 9,911 | 9,938 | 8,619 | 8,056 | |||||||||||||||
Average number of shares used in diluted earnings per share (millions) |
9,975 | 9,961 | 9,994 | 8,714 | 8,191 | |||||||||||||||
Diluted earnings per share |
21.6p | 20.4p | 19.1p | 28.2p | 25.1p | |||||||||||||||
Dividends per share a |
15.4p | 15.4p | 15.4p | 14.0p | 12.4p | |||||||||||||||
Dividends per share, US cents a,b |
20.1c | 21.6c | 19.3c | 20.1c | 18.4c | |||||||||||||||
a |
Dividends per share represents the dividend paid and proposed in respect of the relevant financial year. Under IFRS, interim dividends are recognised as a deduction from shareholders equity when they are paid, final dividends when they are approved. |
b |
Based on actual dividends paid and/or year end exchange rate on proposed dividends. |
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
189
Strategic report
Governance
Financial statements
Additional information
Selected financial data continued
Summary group balance sheet
At 31 March |
2019 £m |
2018 (Restated) a £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
2015 £m |
|||||||||||||||
Intangible assets |
14,385 | 14,447 | 15,029 | 15,450 | 3,170 | |||||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment |
17,835 | 17,000 | 16,498 | 15,971 | 13,498 | |||||||||||||||
Other non-current assets |
3,623 | 3,046 | 3,970 | 2,997 | 3,040 | |||||||||||||||
Total non-current assets |
35,843 | 34,493 | 35,497 | 34,418 | 19,708 | |||||||||||||||
Current assets less current liabilities |
842 | (1,836 | ) | (4,050 | ) | (3,103 | ) | (356 | ) | |||||||||||
Total assets less current liabilities |
36,685 | 32,657 | 31,447 | 31,315 | 19,352 | |||||||||||||||
Non-current loans and other borrowings |
(14,776 | ) | (11,994 | ) | (10,081 | ) | (11,025 | ) | (7,862 | ) | ||||||||||
Retirement benefit obligations |
(7,182 | ) | (6,847 | ) | (9,088 | ) | (6,382 | ) | (7,583 | ) | ||||||||||
Other non-current liabilities |
(4,560 | ) | (3,905 | ) | (3,943 | ) | (3,796 | ) | (3,226 | ) | ||||||||||
Total assets less liabilities |
10,167 | 9,911 | 8,335 | 10,112 | 681 | |||||||||||||||
Ordinary shares |
499 | 499 | 499 | 499 | 419 | |||||||||||||||
Share premium account |
1,051 | 1,051 | 1,051 | 1,051 | 1,051 | |||||||||||||||
Own shares |
(167 | ) | (186 | ) | (96 | ) | (115 | ) | (165 | ) | ||||||||||
Merger reserve |
4,147 | 6,647 | 6,647 | 8,422 | 998 | |||||||||||||||
Other reserves |
718 | 534 | 884 | 685 | 502 | |||||||||||||||
Retained loss |
3,919 | 1,366 | (650 | ) | (430 | ) | (2,124 | ) | ||||||||||||
Total equity |
10,167 | 9,911 | 8,335 | 10,112 | 681 | |||||||||||||||
a |
Certain results have been restated to reflect the update to the calculation of our IAS19 accounting valuation of retirement benefit obligations. See note 2 to the Condensed consoliated financial statements. |
190 | ||||
BT Group plc |
Annual Report 2019 |
|||
|
|
|||
Additional information continued
|
||
Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements
This Annual Report contains certain forward-looking statements which are made in reliance on the safe harbour provisions of the US Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements relate to analyses and other information which are based on forecasts of future results and estimates of amounts not yet determinable. These statements include, without limitation, those concerning: current and future years outlook; underlying revenue and revenue trends; EBITDA; free cash flow; capital expenditure; shareholder returns including dividends and share buyback; net debt; credit ratings; our group-wide transformation and restructuring programme, cost transformation plans and restructuring costs; investment in and roll out of our fibre network and its reach, innovations, increased speeds and speed availability; our broadband-based service and strategy; investment in and rollout of 5G; our investment in TV, enhancing our TV service and BT Sport; the investment in converged network; the recovery plan, operating charge, regular cash contributions and interest expense for our defined benefit pension schemes; effective tax rate; growth opportunities in networked IT services, the pay-TV services market, broadband, artificial intelligence and mobility and future voice; growth of, and opportunities available in, the communications industry and BTs positioning to take advantage of those opportunities; expectations regarding competition, market shares, prices and growth; expectations regarding the convergence of technologies; plans for the launch of new products and services; network performance and quality; the impact of regulatory initiatives, decisions and outcomes on operations, including the regulation of the UK fixed wholesale and retail businesses and the impact of the Commitments we gave to Ofcom to provide Openreach with greater strategic and operational independence following Ofcoms Digital Communications Review; BTs possible or assumed future results of operations and/or those of its associates and joint ventures; investment plans; adequacy of capital; financing plans and refinancing requirements; demand for and access to broadband and the promotion of broadband by third-party service providers; improvements to the control environment; and those statements preceded by, followed by, or that include the words aims, believes, expects, anticipates, intends, will, should,plans, strategy, future, likely, seeks, projects, estimates or similar expressions.
Although BT believes that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, it can give no assurance that these expectations will prove to have been correct. Because these statements involve risks and uncertainties, actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause differences between actual results and those implied by the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:
market disruptions caused by technological change and/or intensifying competition from established players or new market entrants; unfavourable changes to our business where Ofcom raises competition concerns around market power; unfavourable regulatory changes; disruption to our business caused by an uncertain or adversarial political environment; geopolitical risks; adverse developments in respect of our defined benefit pension schemes; adverse changes in economic conditions in the markets served by BT, including interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and tax risk; financial controls that may not prevent or detect fraud, financial misstatement or other financial loss; security breaches relating to our customers and employees data or breaches of data privacy laws; failures in the protection of the health, safety and wellbeing of our people or members of the public or breaches of health and safety law and regulations; controls and procedures that could fail to detect unethical or inappropriate behaviour by our people or associates; customer experiences that are not brand enhancing nor drive sustainable profitable revenue growth; failure to deliver, and other operational failures, with regard to our complex and high-value national and multinational customer contracts; changes to our customers needs or businesses that adversely affect our ability to meet contractual commitments or realise expected revenues, profitability or cash flow; termination of customer contracts; natural perils, network and system faults or malicious acts that could cause disruptions or otherwise damage our network; supply chain failure, software changes, equipment faults, fire, flood, infrastructure outages or sabotage that could interrupt our services; attacks on our infrastructure and assets by people inside BT or by external sources like hacktivists, criminals, terrorists or nation states; disruptions to the integrity and continuity of our supply chain (including any impact of global political developments with respect to Huawei); insufficient engagement from our people; and risks relating to our BT transformation plan. Certain of these factors are discussed in more detail elsewhere in this Annual Report including, without limitation, in Our approach to risk management on pages 44 to 54. BT undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements whether written or oral that may be made from time to time, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
Material contracts
Excluding contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, no contracts have been entered into in the two years preceding the date of this document by BT or another member of the group which are, or may be, material to the group or contain a provision under which a member of the group has an obligation or entitlement which is, or may be, material to BT or such other member of the group.
Notes
|
||
Notes
|
||
BT Group plc Registered office: 81 Newgate Street, London EC1A 7AJ Registered in England and Wales No. 4190816 Produced by BT Group
PHME 84339 Printed in England by Pindar Scarborough Ltd Design by emperor.works Typeset by Donnelley Financial Solutions Printed on Revive 50 Silk which is made from 50% de-inked, post-consumer waste and 50% virgin fibre
bt.com
|
Exhibit 15.3
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-219524 and 333-178663) of BT Group plc of our report dated 9 May 2018 and 19 September 2018 relating to the financial statements, which appears in BT Group plcs Annual Report and this Form 20-F for the year ended 31 March 2019, included as Exhibit 15.2 to this Form 20-F.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
London, United Kingdom
23 May 2019
Exhibit 15.4
23 May 2019
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549
United States of America
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have read the statements made by BT Group plc (copy attached) included under Item 16F of Form 20-F dated 23 May 2019 of BT Group plc, and are in agreement with the statements contained in the first sentence of paragraph 1, the last sentence of paragraph 2, paragraph 5, and the first sentence of paragraph 6 on pages 30-31 therein. We have no basis to agree or disagree with other statements of the registrant contained therein.
Yours faithfully,
/s/ KPMG LLP
London, United Kingdom
23 May 2019
CHANGE IN REGISTRANTS CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
ITEM 16F DISCLOSURE
KPMG LLP (KPMG) was our auditor for the 2018/19 financial year, such appointment having been approved by shareholders at the Companys Annual General Meeting on 11 July 2018. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) was our auditor for the 2017/18 financial year and for prior financial years.
PwC and its predecessor firms were our auditors since BT listed on the London Stock Exchange in 1984 and PwCs reappointment had not been subject to a tender until 2017 when the Audit & Risk Committee recommended to the Board that an audit tender process be undertaken with a view to appointing a new auditor for the financial year 2018/19. PwC advised the Audit & Risk Committee on 11 April 2017 that it would not participate in the tender process and so effectively indicated that it would decline to stand for re-election after the completion of the 2017/18 audit for the purposes of Item 16F(a)(1)(i) of Form 20-F. In this regard, we note that PwC would only have been permitted to serve as our auditor until the end of the 2019/20 audit due to the auditor rotation rules in the United Kingdom. In June 2017, following the conclusion of the audit tender process, we announced that the Board had approved the proposed appointment of KPMG as auditor beginning with the 2018/19 financial year, and the appointment was approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 11 July 2018.
PwC audited our financial statements for 2016/17 and 2017/18. None of the reports of PwC on those financial statements contained an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, or was qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.
During those fiscal years there were no disagreements with PwC, whether or not resolved, on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which, if not resolved to PwCs satisfaction, would have caused PwC to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with their reports. During such fiscal years there were no reportable events as that term is defined in Item 16F(a)(1)(v) of Form 20-F other than management concluded that there was a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting as at 31 March 2017 in respect of the Italian business, as described our Annual Report on Form 20-F for 2016/17 and 2017/18, and as at 31 March 2018 in respect of the IAS 19 accounting error, as described on pages 94 to 95 of the Annual Report 2019 incorporated herein by reference.
As part of our investigation into our Italian business, in October 2016, we engaged KPMG to conduct an independent review of the accounting practices in our Italian business. The investigation, which included our own review with support and oversight from our Legal, Governance & Compliance function and Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer, revealed inappropriate behavior in our Italian business, improper accounting practices and a complex set of improper sales, purchase, factoring and leasing transactions.
In 2017, KPMG and our internal investigation team, with support and oversight from our Legal, Governance & Compliance function and Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer conducted an investigation of the systems and controls relating to our Italian business. This investigation resulted in the steps to improve our internal controls described in our Annual Reports on Form 20-F for 2016/17 and 2017/18.
We have provided KPMG with a copy of this disclosure in response to Item 16F and requested that KPMG provides us with a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether they agree with such disclosure. A copy of KPMGs letter, dated May 23, 2019, is attached as Exhibit 15.4 to this Form 20-F.
We have provided PwC with a copy of this disclosure in response to Item 16F and requested that PwC provides us with a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether they agree with such disclosure. A copy of PwCs letter, dated May 23, 2019, is attached as Exhibit 15.5 to this Form 20-F.
Exhibit 15.5
23 May 2019
Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F Street, N.E.
Washington, DC 20549
Commissioners:
We have read the statements made by BT Group plc (copy attached), which we understand will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Item 16F of Form 20-F, as part of the Form 20-F of BT Group plc dated 23 May 2019. We agree with the statements concerning our Firm in such Form 20-F.
Very truly yours
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
London, United Kingdom
23 May 2019
ITEM 16F DISCLOSURE
KPMG LLP (KPMG) was our auditor for the 2018/19 financial year, such appointment having been approved by shareholders at the Companys Annual General Meeting on 11 July 2018. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) was our auditor for the 2017/18 financial year and for prior financial years.
PwC and its predecessor firms were our auditors since BT listed on the London Stock Exchange in 1984 and PwCs reappointment had not been subject to a tender until 2017 when the Audit & Risk Committee recommended to the Board that an audit tender process be undertaken with a view to appointing a new auditor for the financial year 2018/19. PwC advised the Audit & Risk Committee on 11 April 2017 that it would not participate in the tender process and so effectively indicated that it would decline to stand for re-election after the completion of the 2017/18 audit for the purposes of Item 16F(a)(1)(i) of Form 20-F. In this regard, we note that PwC would only have been permitted to serve as our auditor until the end of the 2019/20 audit due to the auditor rotation rules in the United Kingdom. In June 2017, following the conclusion of the audit tender process, we announced that the Board had approved the proposed appointment of KPMG as auditor beginning with the 2018/19 financial year, and the appointment was approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 11 July 2018.
PwC audited our financial statements for 2016/17 and 2017/18. None of the reports of PwC on those financial statements contained an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, or was qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.
During those fiscal years there were no disagreements with PwC, whether or not resolved, on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which, if not resolved to PwCs satisfaction, would have caused PwC to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with their reports. During such fiscal years there were no reportable events as that term is defined in Item 16F(a)(1)(v) of Form 20-F other than management concluded that there was a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting as at 31 March 2017 in respect of the Italian business, as described our Annual Report on Form 20-F for 2016/17 and 2017/18, and as at 31 March 2018 in respect of the IAS 19 accounting error, as described on pages 94 to 95 of the Annual Report 2019 incorporated herein by reference.
As part of our investigation into our Italian business, in October 2016, we engaged KPMG to conduct an independent review of the accounting practices in our Italian business. The investigation, which included our own review with support and oversight from our Legal, Governance & Compliance function and Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer, revealed inappropriate behavior in our Italian business, improper accounting practices and a complex set of improper sales, purchase, factoring and leasing transactions.
In 2017, KPMG and our internal investigation team, with support and oversight from our Legal, Governance & Compliance function and Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer conducted an investigation of the systems and controls relating to our Italian business. This investigation resulted in the steps to improve our internal controls described in our Annual Reports on Form 20-F for 2016/17 and 2017/18.
We have provided KPMG with a copy of this disclosure in response to Item 16F and requested that KPMG provides us with a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether they agree with such disclosure. A copy of KPMGs letter, dated May 23, 2019, is attached as Exhibit 15.4 to this Form 20-F.
We have provided PwC with a copy of this disclosure in response to Item 16F and requested that PwC provides us with a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether they agree with such disclosure. A copy of PwCs letter, dated May 23, 2019, is attached as Exhibit 15.5 to this Form 20-F.